DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:

Page

#:1.12

Da|'c:4611612011
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: CODE OF ETHICS & TRUTHFULNESS

BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
POLICY AND PROCEDURE

SECTION:
CHAPTER:
SUBJECT:

I

12

CODE OF ETHICS & TRUTHFULNESS

ORIGINAL EFFECTIVE DATE: MAY 9, 2011
REVISION

DATE: JUNE 1,2A11

EFFECTIVE DATE: JUNE 16, 201

1

CHIEF OF POLICE:MARK W" OTT

ACCREDITATIONSTANDARDS:

1.1.2

26.1.1

THIS DIRECTIVE SUPERCEDES PREVIOUS DIRECTIVE I.12 - POLICE ETHICS,
TRUTHFULNESS & HONESry
The written directives developed by the Bridgeton Police Department are for internal use only,
and do not enlarge an officer's civil or criminal liability in any way. They should not be
construed as the creation of a higher standard of safety or care in an evidentiary sense, with
respect to third pafi claims. Violations of written directives can only be the basis of a
complaint by this department, and then only in an administrative disciplinary setting.

1..12-1 PURPOSE
The purpose of this policy is to provide members of the department with a clear
understanding of their ethical responsibilities and of their responsibility to constantly strive to
meet the highest standards of professional policing. This policy will also provide officers with
a general idea of consequences for failing to abide by its provisions.

t.12-2

POLTCY

It will be the policy of the department, as a professional law enforcement agency, to adopt

the lnternational Chief s of Police "Law Enforcement Code of Ethics". All members of the
department shall abide by this code as set forth in this policy, the Bridgeton PD Rules and
egulations and the City of Bridgeton Personnel Policy & Procedures. lt shall also be the
policy of this agency for all of its officers and employees to remain truthful and honest in all
required matters.

1.12-3 PROCEDURE

A.

Primary responsibilities of a police officer:

R

1

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #:1.12
Date:4611612011
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: CODE OF ETHICS & TRUTHFULNESS

1.

A police officer acts as an official representative of government who is
required and trusted to work within the law. The officer's power and
duties are conferred by statute. The fundamental duties of a police officer
include servingthe community, safeguarding lives and property, protecting
the innocent, keeping the peace, and ensuring the rights of all to liberty,
equality and justice.

2.

A police officer as an official representative of government is required to
be truthful and honest in most citizen contacis, and all official reports
and proceedings.

B.

Performance of duties of a police officer:

A police officer shall perform all duties impartially, without favor or affection
or ill will, and without regard to status, sex, race, religion, political belief or
aspiration. All citizens will be treated equally with courtesy, consideration
and dignity.
2

Officers will never allow personal feelings, animosities, or friendships to
influence official conduct. Laws will be enforced appropriately and
courteously and, in carrying out their responsibilities, officers will strive
to obtain maximum cooperation from the public. They will conduct
themselves in appearance and deportment in such a manner as to inspire
confidence and respect for the position of public trust they hold.
Members shall not lie, give misleading information or falsify written or
verbal communications in official proceedings or reports or in their actions
with another person or organization when it is reasonable to expect that
such information may be relied upon because of the member's position or
affiliation with this department.

C.

Discretion

A police officer will use responsibly the discretion vested in the position
and exercise it within the law. The principle of reasonableness will guide
the officer's determinations and the officer will consider all surrounding
circumstances in determining whether any legal action shall be taken.
Consistent and wise use of discretion based on professional policing
competence will do much to preserve good relationships and retain the
confidence of the public. There can be difficulty in choosing between
conflicting courses of action. lt is important to remember that a timely
word of advice rather than arrest, which may be correct in appropriate

Page #:

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #:1.12
Date:0611612411
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: CODE OF ETHICS & TRUTHFULNESS
circumstances, can be a more effective means of achieving a desired
end.

D.

Use of force:
1.

A police officer will never employ unnecessary force or violence and will
use only such force in the discharge of duty as is reasonable in all
circumstances.

2.

Force should be used only with the greatest restraint and only after

discussion, negotiation, and persuasion have been found io be
inappropriate or ineffective While the use of force is occasionally
unavoidable, every police officer will refrain from applying the unnecessary
infliction of pain or suffering and will never engage in cruel, degrading or
inhumane treatment of any person.

E.

Confidentiality:

1.

Whatever a police officer sees, hears, or learns of, which is of a
confidential nature will be kept secret unless the performance of duty or
legal provision requires otherwise. Members of the public have a right to
security and privacy, and information obtained about them must not be
improperly divulged.

F. lntegrity:
1.

A police officer will not engage in acts of corruption or bribery, nor will
an officer condone such acts by other police officers.

2.

The public demands that the integrity of poilce officers be above reproach.
Police officers must, therefore, avoid any conduct that might compromise
integrity and thus undercut the public confidence in a law enforcement
agency. Officers will refuse to accept any gifts, presents, subscriptions,
favors, gratuities, or promises that could be interpreted as seeking to cause
the officer to refrain from performing official responsibilities honesfly and
within the law. Police officers must not receive private or special
advantage from their official status. Respect from the public cannot be
bought; it can only be earned and cultivated.

G.

Cooperation with other officers and agencies:
1.

Police officers will cooperate with all legally authorized agencies and their
representatives in the pursuit of justice.

2.

An officer or agency may be one among many organizations that may
provide law enforcement services io a jurisdiction. lt is imperative that a

Page #:

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Order #:1.12
Dafe:46/1612A11
Category: DEPARTM ENT ORDERS
Title: CODE OF ETHICS & TRUTHFULNESS
police officer assists colleagues fully and completely with respect and
consideration at all times.

H.

PersonaliProfessional Capabilities:
1.

Police officers will be responsible for their own standard of professional
performance and wlll take every reasonable opportunity to enhance and
improve their level of knowledge and competence.
Through study and experience, a police officer can acquire the high level
of knowledge and competence that is essential for the efficient and effective
performance of duty. The acquisition of knowledge is a never-ending
process of personal and professional development that should be pursued
constantly.

l.

Private life:

1.

Police officers will behave in a manner that does not bring discredit to their
agencies or themselves.

2.

A police ofiicer's character and conduct while off duty must always be
exemplary, thus maintaining a position of respect in the community in
which he lives and serves. The officer's personal behavior must be beyond
reproach.

The code of ethics which is referred to above should not be considered all
inclusive. Each individual member of the department must at all times remember
their ethical responsibilities to their profession, their department, their community
and themselves.

1.12-4 TRAINING
The training of department employees on the code of ethics shall be conducted
biennially.

The training will be conducted in a classroom setting during regularly scheduled
departmental training.

l:12-5

A.

VIOLATIONS

Examples of violations:

1.

Purposely putting false or misleading information into an official police
report or other government document. This would be viewed as a

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:1.12

Order
Date:0G11612011
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: CODE OF ETHICS & TRUTHFULNESS
schedule "A" matter in addition to associated criminal violations.

2.

lntentionally lying to an investigator during a criminal or administrative
investigation. This would be viewed as a schedule "A" matter in addition
to associated criminal violations.

3.

Covering up for or purposely failing to report loss of or damage to division
equipment. This would be viewed as a schedule "A" matter in addition to
associated criminal violations.

4.

Failing to conduct a professional investigation and, because of ii, an
innocent person is prosecuted. This would be viewed as a schedule "A"
matter in addition to any associated criminal violation.

5.

Making untruthful or misleading statements or partial truths about any
employee, supervisor, command staff member or their operations.
This would be viewed as a schedule "A" matter.

6.

Providing citizens with misleading or false information to avoid
performance of duties or delivery of an expected service. This
would be viewed as a schedule "A" matter.

7.

Requesting others to change facts in a report or withdraw a report
or notice, causing delay of any official communications. This would be
viewed as a schedule "A" matter.

(Note - points 1 through 7 and similar siiuations involving the future reliability of the officer
represents cases in which the first step in discipline must be termination, as a necessary step
in protecting the rights of citizens and the integrity of the agency.)

8.

Calling in sick when there is no illness or situation requiring the necessity
for the use of a sick day. This would be viewed as a schedule "8" matter.

Each specific incident may present aggravating or mitigating circumstances and not every

siiuation can be provided for in this policy.

B.

Examples of non-violations.

1.

Filing information that proves to be wrong when the member can provide
substantial evidence that he or she had no intent to be in error.

2.

Minor omissions or errors on reports or cases that have no significant
impact on outcome and when the member has not worked with such
reports or cases for a period of time.

3.

Redirecting a criminal suspect's, or a potentially dangerous person's,

#:

5

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:

#:1.12

Date:0O11612011
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: CODE OF ETHICS & TRUTHFULNESS

attention or focus in order to reduce the threat of injury or jeopardizing of
an important investigation is not a violation of this order.

C.

Each specific incident may present aggravating or mitigating circumstances and
not every situation can be provided for in this order.

Attachment: LAW ENFORCEMENT CODE OF ETHICS

LAW ENFORCEMENT CODE OF ETHICS
As a law enforcement officer, my fundamental duty is to serve the community; to safeguard
lives and property; to protect the innocent against deception, the weak against oppression or
intimidation and peaceful against violence or disorder; and to respect the constitutional rights
of all to liberty, equality and justice.

will keep my private life unsullied as an example to all and will behave in a manner that does
not bring discredit to me or to my agency. I will maintain courageous calm in the face of
danger, scorn or ridicule; develop self-restraint; and be constantly mindful of the welfare of
others. Honest in thought and deed both in my personal and oflicial life, I will be exemplary in
obeying the law and regulations of my department. Whatever I see or hear of a confidential
nature or that is confided to me in my official capacity will be kept ever secret unless
revelation is necessary in the performance of my duty.
I

I will never act officiously or permit my personalfeelings, prejudices, political beliefs,
aspirations, animosities or friendships to influence my decisions. With no compromise for
crime and with relentless prosecution of criminals, I will enforce the law courteously and
appropriately without fear of favor, malice or ill will, never employing unnecessary force or
violence and never accepting gratuities.

I recognize the badge of my office as a symbol of public faith, and I accept it as a public trust

to be held so long as I am true to ethics of police service. I will never engage in acts of
corruption or bribery, nor will I condone such acts by other police officers. I will cooperate
with all legally authorized agencies and their representatives in the pursuit of justice.
I know that I alone am responsible for my own standard of professional performance and will
take every reasonable opportunity to enhance and improve my level of knowledge and
competence.
I will constantly strive to achieve these objectives and ideals, dedicating myself before God to
my chosen profession...law enforcement.

6

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:

Order #: 1.39
Date:1213012009
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
TitIE: DEPARTMENT STRUCTU RE
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
Chief of Police Directive
POLICYAND PROCEDURE

SECTION:

I

CHAPTER:

39

REVISION

DATE:

SUBJECT:

12-31-20A9

BRIDGETON P.D. STRUCTURE

Effective Date: January 1st, 2010
Chief of Police: Mark W. Ott
PURPOSE
The purpose of this directive is to establish a firm framework, or table of organrzation, for the
chain of command and division of work throughout the Police Department.
POLICY
It shall be the policy of this Department to follow this directive in an effort to achieve a unified

purpose and direction to fulfill our obligations and carry out our missions with little or no
difficulty. lt shall be the policy of this Department to maintain unity of command and direction
in carrying out our assigned missions and obligations.

ACRONYMS
AB - Administrative Bureau
ABC - Administrative Bureau Commander
COMPSTAT - Comprehensive Statistics, a meeting where crime patterns, statistics and
oncentration of calls is analyzed and discussed in an effort to make plans,
hold
managers and supervisors of the Department accountable, and to
address the
identified problems.

-

DB Deteciive Bureau
DBC Detective Bureau Commander
lA lnternal Affairs
PB Patrol Bureau
PBC Patrol Bureau Commander

-

-

PSB

- Professional

Standards Bureau
TCOs - Telecommunications Officers
TRNG - Training
XO - Executive Officer; the Police Captain.
PROCEDURE

A.

The Department shall be commanded by the Chief of Police. The Chiefs duties and

c

1

Page

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #: 1.39
Date:1213012009
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: DEPARTMENT STRUCTU RE
responsibilities are described in both statutory law and in the Department's Rules &
Regulations. ln the Chief s absence the XO is in command of the Department.

B.

COMMAND STRUCTURE / SCHEMATIC
Chief of Police
Police Captain

ABC

DBC

C. The Executive

1.

-

Executive Officer (XO)

PBC

PSBC

Officer (Police Captain):

Duties;

a.

Assumes command of the Department during absence of the Chief;

b.

Has financial and budgetary control and supervision of all Bureau
Commanders;

c.

Acts as the Command lnspection Officer;

i.

Carries out scheduled and unscheduled inspections of
various Departmental sub-units and operations to ensure
compliance with Departmental Rules & Regulations,
directives, procedures and policies.

d.

Shall formulate and promulgate Departmental Directives,
procedures and policies, with Chiefs approval, when necessary;

e.

Shall carry out other duties as determined to be necessary for the
betterment of the Department. This may be done on personal
initiative with Chief s approval or as assigned by the Chief of
Police.

2.

f

Shall lead DepartmentalCOMPSTAT meetings.

S.

Shall prepare annual evaluations on each of the four Bureau
Commanders and foruvard them to the Chief by no later than Jan.
12th ot the following year.

Work Week/Hours.

a.

Shall be determined by the Police Captain with Chiefs approval.

#:

2

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #: 1.39
Date:12130D0A9
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

TitIe: DEPARTMENT STRUCTU RE

D.

b.

Shall provide a minimum of 40 hours per week.

c.

Shall provide a minimum number of extra hours per year as
provided for in existing contracts if so stipulated.

Patrol Bureau.

1.

Shall be commanded by a Police Lieutenant;

a.

The Patrol Bureau Commander (PBC) shall be responsible for
overall operation of the Patrol Bureau.

b.

PBC shall be responsible for staffing overtime assignments be they
short shift, or outside functions.

c.

PBC shall be responsible for tracking ICE notifications, false alarms
and issue of invoices/summonses.

d.

PBC shall be responsible for all TCOs and perform other duties as
assigned.

e.

PBC shall be responsible for assisting with budget preparation
concerning needs of the Patrol Bureau.

f.

PBC shall report to the XO monthly, in a format approved by the
XO, on the status and activities of the PB (by no later than the 12th
of each month following the month reported on.)

g.

PBC works days and hours of work as approved by the Chief or
XO, and per contract.

h.

PBC shall be responsible for ensuring evaluations are done on each
member of the PB, when done they would be forwarded to the XO.

i.

The PBC shall have assigned a number of personnel as deemed
appropriate under current manpower conditions to carry out its
goals, missions and responsibilities. This manpower shall be
organized around the squad system.

j.

Squads.

(i)

There shall be four Patrol Squads. The Supervisors and
Officers shall work the 12 hour workday on a biweekly
rotation between day & night shift. The Supervisor's 12
hour shift shall run from 6:30 to 6:30. The Ofiicer's 12
hour shift shall run from 7:00 to 7:00.

Page

#:

3

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #: 1.39
Date:1213412009
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
TitIE: DEPARTMENT STRUCTU RE

(ii)

E.

There shall be two Neighborhood Response Teams. The
Supervisors of the NRT shall work 1430 to 0230. The
Officers shall work the 12 hour workday which runs from
1500 to 0300. The NRTs shall be a largely proactive unit.
NRT officers may be called upon to fill gaps in Squad
coverage when shift strength falls below 4 patrolmen, '1
OIC and 1 Desk Officer.

Detective Bureau

1.

Shall be commanded by a Police Lieutenant;

The Detective Bureau Commander (DBC) shall be responsible for
overall operations of the Bureau.
The DBC shall be responsible to perform other duties as assigned.
The DBC shall ensure that proper communications are kept with
the Cumberland County Prosecutor's Office concerning various
investigations, notifications and especially information concerning
Statewide Narcotics Action Plan requirements and Governols
Crime Initiatives
DBC shall be responsible for assisting with budget preparation
concerning the needs of the DB.
DBC shall report to the XO monthly, in a format approved by the
XO, on the status and activities of the DB (by no later than the 12th
of each month following the month reported on).

I

DBC shall work days and hours of work as approved by the Chief
or XO and per contract.
DBC shall be responsible for ensuring that evaluations are done on

each member of the DB, when completed they would be fonrvarded
to the XO.
DB shall have assigned a number of Police Sergeants, Police
Officers and other civilian personnel as deemed appropriate under
current manpower conditions to carry out its goals, missions and
responsibilities. This manpower shall be organized around the
squad system, with each squad being commanded by a Police
Sergeant.

i.

The personnel assigned to the DB shallwork schedules assigned

Page #:

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #: 1.39
Date:12130/20A9
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: DEPARTMENT STRUCTURE
by the DBC with approvalfrom the Chief or Captain.

Squads.
(i)

(

ii)

There shall be one Squad of Detectives assigned to conduci
secondary investigations of reported crimes, incidents and
carry out other duties as assigned.

When possible, there shall be one Anti-Crime Team which
shall be assigned to primarily focus on proactive antiganglanti-narcotics efforts, but shall carry out other duties
as assigned.

(

iii) The DB shall also be in charge of the Evidence Processing

and Storage functions.

F. Professional
1.

Standards Bureau

Shall be commanded by a Police Lieutenant;

The Professional Standards Bureau Commander (PSBC) shall be
responsible for overall operations of the Bureau.

b.

The PSBC shall be responsible to perform other duties as assigned.

c.

The PSBC shall ensure that proper communicatrons are kept with
the Cumberland County Prosecutor's Oflice Professional
Standards Unit concerning various investigations and notifications.

d.

PSBC shall be responsible for assisting with budget preparation
concerning the needs of the PSB.

e.

The PSBC shall report to the XO monthly, in a format approved by
the XO, on the status and activities of the PSB (by no later than the
12th of each month following the month reported on).

f.

PSBC works days and hours as approved by the Chief or XO and
per contract.

g

The PSBC shall be responsible for ensuring that evaluations are
done on each member of the PSB, when completed they would be
forwarded to the XO.

h.

The PSB shall have assigned a number of Sergeants, Officers and
other personnel as deemed appropriate under current manpower
conditions to carry out its goals, missions and responsibilities.

Page #:

DEPARTMENT ORDER

139

Order #:
Date:1213012009
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Tit|e: DEPARTMENT STRUCTU RE

i.

The personnel assigned to the PSB shallwork schedules assigned
by the PSBC with approval from the Chief or XO.

j.

Shall prepare the yearly package to the Cumberland County
Prosecutor's Office:

The Report shall contarn the following yearly reports;

(i)

The lnternalAffairs Report

(ii)

Police Pursuit Report

(iii) Use of Force Report
(iv) Training Report

(v)

Firearms Training/Qualifications Report

(vi) ICE Detainers

k.

The PSB shall be responsible for the following functions, and
filing and reporting on the following subject matter areas:

(i)

lnternalAffairs

(iii) Regulatory lnvestigations
(iv) Other duties as assigned

G.

Administrative Bureau

1.

Shall be commanded by a Police Lieutenant;

a.

The Administrative Bureau Commander (ABC) shall be
responsible for overall operations of the Bureau.

b.

The AB shall be responsible for the following functions:

(i) Compuiers and Networking
(ii) TelecommunicationsA/ideo Equipment
(iii) Traffic Safety
(iv) AnimalControl

Page

#:

6

DEPARTMENT ORDER

1.39

Date:1213012009
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

TitIe: DEPARTMENT STRUCTURE

(v)

School Crossing Guards

(vi) TAC Function
(vii) Vehicle, Building and Equipment lnventory & Care

(viii)

Police Records

(ix) Other duties and responsibilities as assigned

(x)

lmpounded vehicles

(xi) Department Training and Records of Training
- Forwarding a Detailed Department Training Report to
PSB

(xii)Right to Know Office

(xiii)

Safety Officer Function

(xiv)

Crime Track Entries

(xv)VGTOF Entries

(xvi)

Making Recordings for Cumberland County Prosecutor's
Office

(xvii)

Bridgeton Municipal Court Security

c.

The ABC shall be responsible for assisting with budget preparation
concerning the needs of the AB.

d.

ABC shall report to the XO monthly, in a format approved by the
XO, on the status and activities of the AB (by no later than the '12th
of each month following the month reported on).

e.

ABC shall work days and hours of work as approved by the Chief
or XO and per contract.

f.

ABC shall be responsible for ensuring that evaluations are done on
each member of the AB, when completed they would be forwarded
to the XO.

g.

The AB shall have assigned a number of Sergeants, Officers and

Page

#:

7

DEPARTMENT ORDER

1.39

Date:1213012049
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: DEPARTMENT STRUCTU RE
Civilian personnel as deemed appropriate under current manpower
conditions to earry out its goals, missions and responsibilities.

h.

The personnel assigned to the AB shallwork schedules assigned
by the ABC with approvalfrom the Chief or XO.

i.

The Services Unit officers shall be multi-functional officers, used
to supplement Patrol Squads when their strength falls below four
patrolmen, one OIC and one desk officer. The Services Unit shall
study motor vehicle crash statistics and use that research to
pro-actively enforce the law in order to reduce the number or
severity of crashes based on researched data through enforcement
Service officers shall, when working take primary serviee of any
reported crash, when available. The Service officers shall also be
responsible for the following duties when available:

(i) Crossing
(ii)

guard replacement

Follow up investigation on hit & run reports

(iii) Proactive motor vehicle enforcement in identified problem
zones

(iv) Radar enforcement

(v)

Other duties as assigned

(vi) TAC OFFICER

*
*
*
*
"
*
*
'
.
.
"
*
*
j.

- Duties & Responsibilities

Care of Master Name lndex (merging)
General Clean Up of lmpact Records
Report Review (All necessary reports in)
Pin Mapping
Compstat Meeting Prep
Purging of Old Records
Training of Dispatch Personnel
Taking care of CCPO recording requests
VGTOF Entries
NCIC Training & Compliance/Record Keeping
Making Certain Prinis Reach SBI as required
Follow Up - SOP ReceipVTB Receipt
Other duties as assigned

The Community Police Unit shall be officers assigned to semifixed posts and used to cover contractual obligations for patrol
coverage in a community policing manner.

Page

#:

8

DEPARTMENT ORDER

1.39

Order #:
Date:12130120A9
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: DEPARTMENT STRUCTURE

(i) CPU Officers will meet with the management

of posted
areas (Amity Heights Office tor AHIIUEZ Office for UEZ
patrol) regularly.

(ii)

ABC shall instruct the Community Policing Sergeant on
how to prepare email notifications to Apartment Complex
managers concerning activities in their respective
communities, and shall ensure this is done in a timely
and appropriate manner.

Page

#:

9

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

Order #:1.47
Date:A711212A11
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: RECORDS
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
POLICY AND PROCEDURE

SECTION:

I

CHAPTER:
SUBJECT:

47
RECORDS

EFFECTIVE DATE: AUGUST 17. 2a11
CHIEF OF POLICE:MARK W. OTT

ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S): 82.1.1
82.1.6

The written directives developed by the Bridgeton Police Department are for internal use only,
and do noi enlarge an officer's civil or criminal llability in any way. They should not be
construed as the creation of a higher standard of safety or care in an evidentiary sense, with
respect to third party claims. Violations of written directives can only be the basis of a
complaint by this department, and then only in an administrative disciplinary setting.

l:47-1

PURPOSE

The purpose of this directive is to establish and maintain the policy and procedures
concerning the appropriate submission, storage, maintenance, and control of the reports and
records of the Bridgeton Police Department.

t"47-2

POLTCY

It is the policy of the Bridgeton Poltce Department to maintain records in a manner to
meet operational, informational and management needs in conformance with applicable law,
administrative code, and Attorney General and Prcsecutor Guidelines.

1..47-3 PROCEDURES

l.

General

A.

Records serve as the official memory of a law enforcement agency and are subject to
scrutiny at all levels of the criminaljustice system. The Bridgeton Police Department may be
judged for competency by citizens and representaiives of other governmental entities by the
manner in which reports and records are completed and maintained.

B. Any release of records must be in conformance with the Open Public Records Act NJSA
47'.14-1et seq., applicable Attorney General Guidelines and this directive.

#:

1

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

Order #:1.47
Dafr:A711212011
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: RECORDS

C.

Records shall be retained in accordance with the applicable schedules promulgated by

the New Jersey Division of Archives and Records Management.

D.

The Records Unit is the repository of all records with the exception of the following:

1.

Accreditation files;

2.

Confidentialinformants,

3.

Criminal intelligence;

4.

Fiscal records; and

5. Personnel records (internalaffairs, training, personnel, medical, disciplinary, grievance,
applications, selection, etc.)
E' The Administrative Bureau Commander

or his designee is designated as the Records
Supervisor and is responsible for maintaining the security and integrity of all records unit
records and files.

F. Access to files in the records unit is restricted to authorized personnel only. The Records
Supervisor may grant access to other personnel on an as-needed basis.
G. Most of the information contained in the agency's criminal records is available through
the in-house computer system or State and Federal electronic records systems.

1.

lf it is after hours and an investigation is of such magnitude to require copying or
inspection of original records, the duty supervisor may contact the Records Supervisor, who
may respond or authorize a recall of a Commanding Officer or records unit personnel to
assist in gaining access to and inspection of these original records.

H. Once the data from the written

records is entered into the in-house incident records
management system, the physical record shall be promptly filed. Access to these filing
cabinets is restricted. Personnel with a need to physically inspect andior copy these records
for official purposes, may only do so with the permission of the Records Supervisor or his
designee. Original records shall not be removed from the records unit unless signed for on a
form designed for such use by the Records Supervisor.

l. Original reporis may be completed electronically or may be hand written. Handwritten
reports shall be in black ink ONLY. Original reports should be signed and foruvarded to the
records unit through the chain of command for filing.
J.

Follow-up reports (original copies) shall be identified with the same file number as the
original precipitating event and forwarded to the records unit for storage in the original
incident file jacket.

#r

2

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Order #:1.47
Date:0711212011
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: RECORDS

ll.

Contemporaneous Notes

A.

Deflnition of notes is any handwritten or typed writing or notation made by an officer or
detective that describes or memorializes a crime scene or the substantive content of a
witness interview including, but not limited to; what transpired during the course of the
interview (e.9. the questions that were posed; what the interviewee said; a description of the
interviewee's reaction and physical appearance, such as a notation that the interviewee
appeared to be nervous, excited, angry, mad, etc.). Notes also include notations made after
the interview that memorialize the officer's personal recollection of what transpired during the
interview. The term DOES NOT include notes made in the course of a criminal investigation
that do not describe or otherwise document the substantive content of a witness interview
(e.9. information learned outside the witness interview; surveillance notes; notations made
during the interview concerning investigative tasks to be accomplished such as a "to do" list,
or reference to information from outside the interview to be checked against statements
made by the interviewee to verify or dispel the witness'account; possible lines of inquiry or
specific questions that were not pursued or actually posed to the witness, etc.).

B.

All original notes of crime scenes or witness interviews made by an officer in the course
of an investigation of an indictable crime shall be retained by the officer with photocopies
being forwarded to the Records Unit as per procedures set forth In BPD Policy lll.17. The
notes must be clearly marked with the applicable case number and attached to the original
report.

C. A photocopy of all such original notes shall be forwarded to the Prosecutor's Office along
with the reports for any indictable investigation.

1.

Contemporaneous notes that are considered confidential or privileged, or notes that an
officer or detective believes that full disclosure or any portion thereof that may endanger any
person or interfere with an investigation shall be clearly marked as confidential. The
Prosecutor's Office will determine whether to provide these notes in the discovery process.

lll.

Field Reporting & Records Management

A.

A standardized process is required to memorralize police activity for future reference. At
a minimum, a CAD record will be generated for all citizen complaints, all calls for police
service and all self-initiated field activity This CAD record assigns a unique file number to
each incident for reference.

B. Patrol Officers and Sergeants shall ensure that all efforts are made to complete
applicable reports during the shift in which they are generated.
C.

Reports that, due to circumstances beyond the Officer's control, are not able to be
completed during a particular shift shall be printed and placed into the corresponding
incomplete bin in the shift Sergeant's office and shall have included an "lncomplete Report
Form" (attachment A) to be completed by the shift Supervisor. This form shall explain the

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:1.47

Order
Date:0711212011
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: RECORDS
reasons for the report not being completed by the end of the officer's shift. Examples of
justified reasons for incomplete reports would include witness statements which have not yet
been attained, acquisition of necessary documents, etc,

D.

Under NO circumstances is an Officer to secure from duty to a period of leave, which
includes scheduled days off, without having completed all outstanding incomplete reports.

E. ALL reports should be completed within 48 hours of the incident being generated. ln the
rare instance when reports may need to remain incomplete for a period in excess of 48
hours, the applicable Supervisor shall explain said circumstances in the "lncomplete Report
Form" and forward same to the Division Commander.

F. Supervisors are responsible for reviewing reports to ensure that they are complete,
accurate, and grammatically correct.

1.

Reports containing errors or deficiencies will be returned to the officer for correction prior
to submission to the records unit. Supervisors will indicate that they reviewed the report by
placing their initials and lD number in the appropriate field.

G.

Reports authored by supervisors should be reviewed by a supervisor in the next level of
command.

H. The Records Unit shall provide copies of criminal reports and criminal records to the
County Prosecutor, New Jersey Attorney General, Commissioner of the Department of
Corrections, and any other State and Federal law enforcement agency upon request, on an
as-needed basis, and in accordance with law or policy.

l.

Reports containing descrlptions of hazardous or dangerous conditions that are under the
purview of other governmental agencies shall be copied and forwarded to the appropriate
government agency with jurisdiction without undue delay. lnformation within the report that is
not subject to public disclosure shall be redacted. These governmental agencies include, but
are not limited to municipal, county, and State:

1.

Public Works Departments;

2.

Engineering/Transportation Departments;

3.

Zoning, property maintenance, code officials;

4.

Fire DepartmenUfire code officials;

5.

Public health officials;

6.

Boards of Educationieducational institutions;

7.

Parks and recreation; and,

#:

4

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Date:4711212011
Order #:1.47
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: RECORDS

8.

Utility Company's (gas, electric).

J.

An officer requiring access to original documents currently stored by the Records Unit will
complete a "Records Request" form (attachment B). The Records Request form consists of
one page and is located ln the Records Unit. The Records Request form procedure is as
follows:

1. Records unit staff will provide the Records Request form to the officer requesting same.
The staff member will then write the information inio a records request log to track each form
that is provided.
2.

After completing the Records Request document, it shall be submitted to the Records
Unit during working hours or will be placed in the Records Unit mailbox located in the Shift
Supervisors office during non-working hours.

3.

An assigned Records Unit staff member will then obtain the requested document, sign
the records request form and then place the form in a file folder which will be set in place of
the document being removed.

4.

The Records Unit staff member will then personally hand the requested document to the
requesting officer. ln the event the requesting officer is not available, then the Records Unit
staff member will hand the document to the on-duty shift supervisor who will, in turn, see that
the document is passed on to the requesting offtcer.

5.

The requesting officer is responsible for the integrity and security of the document

requested.

6.

As soon as the requesting officer is completed with their use of the document, said
document shall be returned to the Records Unit staff immediately. lt will be unacceptable for
a record/document to be removed from the Records area for a prolonged period of time.

7.

Records Unit staff will then sign and date the "records request" form in the area denoted
as returned and place the document back in its proper location. The "records request" form
will then be placed with the returning document and become part of that report.

lV.

Release of Government Records

A.

Custodian of a government record for the police department means the Records
Supervisor, designee, or other personnel deemed necessary by the Chief of Police. For
matters not related specifically to the police department, the Municipal Clerk is designated as
the custodian of a government record.

B.

Government records includes any paper, written or printed book, document, drawing,

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Order #:1.47
Date: 47112/2011
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: RECORDS
map, plan, photograph, microfilm, data processed or image processed document, information
stored or maintained electronieally or by sound recording or in a similar device, or any copy
thereof, that has been made, maintained or kept on file or received in the course of offrcial
business.

c.

A government record shall not include the following information:

1.

Any copy, reproduction or facsimile of any photograph, negative or print, including instant
photographs and videotapes of the body, or any portion of the body, of a deceased person
taken by or for the medical examiner at the scene of a death or in the course of a post
mortem examination or autopsy made by or caused to be made by the medical examiner
except:

a. When used in a criminal action or proceeding in this State which relates to the death of
that person;
b. For the use as a court of this State permits, by order, after good cause has been shown
and after written notification of the request for the court order has been served at least five
days before the order is made upon the county prosecutor for the county in which the post
mortem examination or autopsy occurred;
c.

For use in the field of forensic pathology or for use in medical or scientific education or
research; or,

d.

For use by any law enforcement agency in this State or any other state or federal law
enforcement agency.

2.

Criminal investigation records.

a.

Records which are not required by law to be made, maintained or kept on file held by a
law enforcement agency that pertarns to any criminal investigation or related ctvil
enforcement proceeding.

3.

Victim's records, except that a victim of a crime shall have access to their own records.

a.

Victim means a person who has suffered personal or psychological injury or death, or
incurs loss of or injury to personal or real property as a result of a crime, or if such a person is
deceased or incapacitated, a member of that person's immediate family.

b. Victim's record means an individually-identifiable file or document held by a victims, rights
agency that pertains directly io a victim of a crime.
4- Trade secrets and proprietary commercial

or financial information obtained from any

source.

5.

Administrative or technical informatron regarding computer hardware, software and

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

Order #:1.47
Date:07112/2011
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: RECORDS
neiworks which, if disclosed, would jeopardize computer security.

6. Emergency or security information or procedures for any buildings or facility which, if
disclosed, would jeopardize security of the building or facility or persons therein.
7. Security measures and surveillance techniques which, if disclosed, would create a risk to
the safety of persons, property, electronic data or software.
8.

lnformation which, if disclosed, would give an advantage to competitors or bidders.

L

lnformation generated by or on behalf of public employers or public employees in
connection with any sexual harassment complaint filed with a public employer or with any
grievance filed by or against an individual or in connection with collective negotiations,
including documents and statements of strategy or negotiating position.

10. lnformation that is a communication between a public agency and its insurance carrier,
administrative service organization or risk management office.
1. lnformation that is to be kept confidential pursuant to a court order. Refer to (Executive
Order 69) for further deiail.
1

12. That portion of any document that discloses the social security number, credit card
number, unlisted telephone number or driver's license number of any person, except for use
by any government agency, including any court or law enforcement agency in carrying out its
functions.
'13. lnternal Affairs files and records.

D. lt is the public policy of the State of New Jersey that government

records shall be readily
accessible for inspection, copying, or examination by the citizens of this State, with certain
exceptions, for the protection of the public interest.

E. All public records

shall be subject to public access unless exempt.

F. The Bridgeton Police Department has an obligation to safeguard from public access a
citizen's personal information with which it has been entrusted when disclosure would violate
the citizen's reasonable expectation of privacy.

1.

Any person who has been convicted of any indictable offense under the laws of this State
or any other state, and who is seeking government records containing personal information
pertaining to the person's victim or the victim's family, shall be denied access to specific
information, including but not limited to.

a.

Home address;

b.

Home telephone number;

#:

7

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Order #:1.47
Date:0711212A11
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: RECORDS

c.

Work or school address;

d.

Work telephone number;

e.

Social security number;

f.

Medical history;

g

Driver's license number;

h.

Date of birth;
Credit card information; or,

j

Any other identifying information.

G.

Government records containing personal identifying information may be released only if

the information is necessary to assist in the defense of the requestor. A determination that
the information is necessary to assist in the requestor's defense shall be made by the court
upon motion by the requestor or requestor's representative.

H. A custodian of a government record shall not comply with an anonymous request for a
government record.

l. lf the government record(s) that are sought to be inspected, copied or examined pertain
to an investigation in progress, the right of access may be denied if the inspection, copying or
examination of the record(s) are detrimental to the public interest. However, this provision
shall not be construed to allow this agency to prohibit access to a government record that
was open for public inspection, examination, or copying before the investigation commenced.
J.

lf, during the course of an investigation, the Bridgeton Police Department obtains a
government record from another agency that was open to public inspection, examination, or
copying before the investigation commenced, this agency shall provide the other agency with
sufficient access to the record to allow the other agency to comply with requests made to
inspect, copy or examine the record.

K. The following information concerning a criminal investigation shall be available to the
public within 24 hours or as soon as practicable:

1. Where a crime has been reported but no arrest yet made, as to the type of crime, time,
location, and type of weapon, if any;

2.

lf an arrest has been made, information as to the name, address, and age of any victims
unless there has not been sufficient opportunity for notification of next of kin of any injury
and/or death to the victim, or where the release of the names of any victim would be contrary

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #:1.47

Page #:

Date: 0711212011

Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: RECORDS
to existing law or Court Rule. ln deciding on the release of information as to the identity of a
victim, the safety of the victim and the victim's family, and the integrity of any ongoing
investrgation, shall be considered.

3. lf an arrest has been made, information as to the defendant's name, age, residence,
occupation, marital status and similar background information and, the identity of the
complaining party unless the release of this information is contrary to existing law of Court
Rule.

4.

lnformation as to the text of any charges such as the complaint, accusation and
indictment unless sealed by the court or unless the release of the information is contrary to
existing law or Court Rule.

5.

lnformation as to the identity of the investigating and arresting personnel, agency and
length of the investigation.

6.

lnformation of the circumstances immediately surrounding the arrest, including but not
limited to the time and place of the arrest, resistance if any, pursuit, possession and nature
and use of weapons and ammunition by the suspect and by the police.

7.

lnformation as to the circumstances surrounding bail, whether it was posted and the
amount thereof.

L.

Notwithstanding the above provisions, where it shall appear that the information
requested or to be examined will jeopardize the safety of any person or jeopardize any
investigation in progress or may be otherwise inappropriate to release, the information may
be withheld. This exception shall be narrowly construed to prevent disclosure of information
that would be harmful to a bona fide law enforcement purpose of the public safety.
Whenever a law enforcement official determines that it is necessary to withhold information,
the official shall issue a brief statement explaining the decision.

M.

Persons or entities denied access to government records have the right to file a
complaint with the Superior Court or the Government Records Council to challenge the
custodian's decision. (NJSA 47 :1 A-7)

N.

The custodian of a government record shall permit the record to be inspected, examined,
andior copied by any person during regular business hours, unless a government record is
exempt from public access by NJSA 47:1A-1 et seq., any other statute, Executive Order of
the Governor, Rules of Court, or federal law, regulation or order.

O. Prior to allowing any access to any government record, the custodian shall redact from
that record any information that discloses the social security number, credit card number,
unlisted telephone number, or driver's license number of any person; except for use by
another government agency, including a court or law enforcement agency in carrying out its
functions, or any private person or entity seeking io enforce payment of court-ordered child
support.

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Order #:1.47
Date:0711212011
Gategory: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: RECORDS

P.

Copies of the government record may be purchased by any person upon payment of the
fee prescribed by law, regulation, or ordinance.

Q.

A custodian shall permit access to a government record and provide a copy thereof in the
medium requested if this agency maintains the record in that medium.

1. lf this agency does not maintain the record in the medium requested, the custodian shall
either convert the record to the medium requested or provide a copy of some other
meaningful medium.
2.

If the custodian can demonstrate that its actual costs for duplication of a government

record exceed the established rates, this agency shall be permitted to charge the actual cost
of duplicating the record. The actual cost of duplicating the record shall be the cost of
material and supplies used to make copies, but shall not include the cost of labor or other
overhead expenses associated with making the copy.

3.

lf the request for a record is:

a.

ln a medium not routinely used by this agency; or

b.

Not routinely developed or maintained by this agency; or

c.

Requiring a substantial amount of manipulation or programming of informatlon
technology,
This agency may charge, in addition to the actual cost of duptication, a special charge that
shall be reasonable and shall be based on the cost for any extensive use of information
technology, or for the labor cost of personnel providing the service, that is actually incurred by
this agency or attributable to this agency for the programming, clerical, and supervisory
assistance required, or both.

R.

lmmediate access shall ordinarily be granted to budgets, bills, vouchers, contracts,
including collective bargaining agreements and individual employment contracts, and public
employee salary and overtime information.

S. Requests for access to public records must be made on a form approved for use by the
Chief of Polrce and in compliance with NJSA 47:1A-1 et seq.

T.

Requests for access to public records shall be in writing and hand-delivered, mailed,
transmitted electronically or othenrvise conveyed to the custodian. The custodian shall
promptly comply with the request to inspect, examine, copy or provide a copy of a
government record. lf the custodian is unable to comply with a request for access the
appropriate form will be completed with one of the reasons from the preprinted list checked
off.

10

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

Order #:1.47
Date:0711212011
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: RECORDS

U. lf the custodian asserts that part of a particular record is exempt from public access, the
custodian shall delete or excise from a copy of the record that portion that the custodian
asserts is exempt from access and promptly permit access to the remainder of the record.

V.

lf the government record requested is temporarily unavailable because it is in storage,
the custodian shall advise the requestor and shall make arrangements to promptly make a
copy of the record available.

W. lf a request

for a government record would substantially disrupt agency operations, the
custodian may deny access to the record after attempting to reach a reasonable solution with
the requestor that accommodates the interests of the requestor and the agency.

X.

Any employee of the Bridgeton Police Department who receives a request for access to a
government record shall forward the request or direct the person to the custodian of
government records.

Y.

The custodian shall grant access to a government record or deny a request for access as
soon as possible, but no later than 7 business days after receiving the request, providing that
the record is currently available and not in storage or archived.

Z.

ln addition to the provisions of NJSA 47:1A-1 et seq.:

1 . NJSA 39:2-3.3, NJSA 39:2-3.4, and NJSA 39:2-3.5 make it a 4th degree crime to
disclose personal information from a motor vehicle record to unauthorized persons.

2.

NJSA 24:44-60 makes it a disorderly persons offense to disclose certain juvenile
information.

3.

NJSA 9:6-8.10a makes it a disorderly persons offense to release information pertaining
to child abuse or child neglect information to unauthorized persons.

V.

Records Disposal Process

A.

NJAC 15:3-1 et seq. regulates the retention and disposal of public records through the
New Jersey Division of Archives and Records Management. Supervisors are responsible for
archiving and ultimately disposing of unnecessary records under their purview.

B.

The Records Unit Supervisor shall maintain a ready supply of the New Jersey Division of
Archive and Records Management Request and Authorizaiion for Records Disposal forms.

1.

These forms may be typed or neatly printed. The forms are self explanatory. The New
Jersey Records Retention Schedule contains a lisi and description of various records, the
minimum retention schedule, method of destruction, and their associated series number.

a.

Records should be grouped together in their Record Series Number and an estimate of

#:

11

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order

Page

#:

#:1.47

Date:0711212011
Category: DEPARTM ENT ORDERS
Title: RECORDS
their cubic footage should be obtained.

b.

The month and year of the oldest record needs to be recorded in the proper box and the
month and year of the most recent record needs to be recorded in the proper box.

c. Requests to dispose of any financial records (overtime, confidential funds, petty cash,
etc.) must be foruvarded to the Chief Financial Officer for review by the Auditor.
d. Completed forms shall be fonrvarded to the Chief of Police for final review and mailed to
the Drvision of Archives for approval.
e.

While awaiting approval, the records that are being disposed of should be securely boxed
and separated from records that are still being retained.

f.

When approval to destroy the records has been received from the Division of Archives,
the records shall be promptly destroyed by shredding or burning.

g.

Block #12 of the Request and Authorization for Records Disposal shall be completed and
the form shall be again fonvarded to the Chief of Police. The yellow copy shall be mailed to
the Division of Archives and the pink copy shall be retained permanently. A copy of the fully
executed form shall be fonryarded to the Accreditation Manager

C. The Chief of Police may reassign

personnel to records disposal duties at times when a
significant number of outdated records need to be destroyed. The Chief of Police may
authorize an outside vendor to shred the records. Personnel on convalescent duty should be
utilized for this purpose when available.

D.

Personnel shall not haphazardly discard police related records into the trash.

Vl.

Security of Central Records Computer Systems

A.

Virus Protection - Due to the possibility of computer virus infection, all outside software,
discs, or other electronic data storage devices will be scanned utilizing an antivirus program
on each computer. Should anyone need assistance with this process, they will contact the
Administrative Bureau Commander or his designee before using or connecting the device to
any computer. All software shall be properly licensed.

B. Data Back-Up - The Administrative Bureau Commander or his designee shall provide for
a nightly tape back-up of the electronic records management system. This will assure
continual continuity of data integrity and retrieval in case of a catastrophic failure of the
system.

C. Data Storage - All data from the central records computer records management system
will be stored in a manner compliant with the hardware and software manufacturer's
recommendations as well as what is considered to be the current best practices in the lT

12

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

Date:0711212011
Order #:1.47
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: RECORDS
field. All data will be siored in the records management system. The storage of any
electronic files or other forms of electronic data not the propert'y of the Bridgeton Police
Department on computers owned by the Bridgeton Police Department is strictly prohibited.
All data will be stored on network resources that are backed up nightly. No data or
documents will be stored on desktop computer media.

D.

- Physical security of our computer

systems must be maintained at all
personnel
are to be given access to the office
times. Only Bridgeton Police Department
computers regardless of their location should that be in the office or off site on mobile
systems. The Bridgeton Police Department's electronic records management system has a
password protected access control system. Only personnel with a need to access the
system will be assigned a user name and password.

Access Security

E.

Password Strength and Security - All personnel shall have a strong password.
Passwords should never be written down or stored on-line. ldeal passwords are not only
hard to guess but also easily memorized. Passwords are not to be shared with anyone^
They should be considered as sensitive, confidential information that belongs to the
organization. Passwords should not be included in an email message, revealed to
co-workers or family members.

F. Annual Password Audit - On an annual basis the Administrative Bureau Commander or
his designee will perform an audit of all user names and passwords to determine the
following:

1.

Only currently employed personnel have access.

2.

All users' access rights are for their specific duties and responsibilities.

3.

Any personnel on suspension or other related leave of absences are temporarily
removed from having access rights.

4.

The Administrative Bureau Commander or his designee shall report their findings in a
written report to the Chief of Police no later than January 31st of the calendar year.

G.

Clearing, Sanitizing, and Releasing Computer Components - No computer, hard drive,
CD, DVD, cellular phone or other remotely related electronic data storage device owned or
operated by the Brrdgeton Police Department shall be released from custody and control of
this agency until such time as the Administrative Bureau Commander or his designee can
clear it of all data and software and sanitize it in a way that no one will be able to retrieve any
data from any type of storage device at a later date.

H.

lnternet Access - All of the Bridgeton Police Department computers have lnternet access
and are secured with an industry standard firewall to prevent unauthorized access to the
central electronic records management system. Even with this level of protection, internet
use is for mission critical requirements only.

#:

13

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #:1.47
Date:0711212011
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: RECORDS

vil. REFERENCE

FORMS (AVATLABLE ON BpD ONLTNE FORMS)

A.

lncomplete Report Form (Located under Supervisor tab)

B.

Records Request Form (Located under Miscellaneous tab)

Page

#:

14

Page

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:

Date:0111412014
Order #:1.1
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: ABSENTEEI SM/LATEN ESS
BRIDGETON POLICE DIVISION
CHIEF OF POLICE DIRECTIVE
POLICY AND PROCEDURE

SECTION:
CHAPTERSUBJECT:
REVISION

I

1

ABSENTEEISM AND LATENESS

DATE: January 10,2014

EFFECTIVE DATE: January 10,2014
CHIEF OF POLICE:MARK W. OTT

ACCREDITATION

STANDARDS:

26.1.1

THIS DIRECTIVE SUPERCEDES PREVIOUS DIRECTIVE

I.,1

- ABSENTEEISM AND

LATENESS
The written directives developed by the Bridgeton Police Department are for internal use only,
and do not enlarge an officer's civil or crimrnal liability in any way. They should not be
construed as the creation of a higher standard of safety or care in an evidentiary sense, with
respect to third party claims. Violations of written directives can only be the basis of a
complaint by this department, and then only in an administrative disciplinary setting.

l.

Purpose:

This directive is enacted to establish accountability and to control excessive or abusive use of
employee absenteeism privileges within the Bridgeton Police Division.

ll.

Policy.

It is reasonable to expect members to be absent occasionally. However, abusive or
excessive use of absenteeism privileges creates legitimate ethicat, economic and safety
related issues for employees and citizens alike. Controlling absenteeism is a legitimate
business necessity and a basic management right. ln public safety work, controlling
absenteeism is especially important because of the nature of the work and the consistent
need to provide public safety services.
Should substantial evidence suggest that an employee's reasons for being absent are
suspect, or the employee is excessively absent, management will take reasonable and
appropriate action to correct the problem.

lll.

Definitions:

1

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

DaG: A1l1U2A14
Order #: 1.1
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: ABSENTEEISM/LATEN ESS
AtsSENCE WITHOUT LEAVE: Lateness in arriving for duty or failure to report for assigned
duty shall both be considered absence without leave.

Absenteeism is a condition when a worker is not available for regular
ABSENTEEISM:
illustrative examples are: vacation, sick leave and
duties.
Some
scheduled
out-of-department training. lt encompasses the concept of scheduled and non-scheduled
absences from work.
Non-scheduled absenteeism is a practice of a
NON-SCHEDULED ABSENTEEISM:
worker failing to report for work over one or more days, or shifts, when he or she has been
assigned for scheduled work. This includes not being at an expected work location during a
work period, taking excessive periods of time to perform work assignments outside accepted
standards, and also not performing assigned tasks or functions during an assigned work
perlod. Non-scheduled absenteeism also includes employee tardiness.
ATTENDANCE STANDARDS: Attendance siandards are being to work on time, ready
to go to work. Being available for work: being at work station, position or assignment;
available to handle calls or other job functions, as well as being physically and mentally fit for
normal duty.
Fundamental, not marginal, iob duties of the employment
ESSENTIAL FUNCTION:
position. This includes positions that exist to perform the function, Iimited numbers of
persons are available to perform the function, or highly specialized functions that require
special expertise or ability to perform the function.
Business necessity is a practice that is sufficiently compelling
BUSINESS NECESSITY:
to override any discriminatory impact. The practice must effectively carry out the business
purpose for the organization and the employer can provide no other acceptable alternative
practice or policy that would better accomplish the practice without discrimination.
Substantial evidence is the level of evidence a
SUBSTANTIAL EVIDENCE:
reasonable person needs to support a conclusion. lt is this standard or level of evidence that
is appropriate in an administraiive setting and will be the Bridgeton Police Division adopted
standard.
EXCESSIVE ABSENTEEISM: Excessive absenteeism includes but is not limited to the
following definition: more than 2 unexcused absences during a quarter.

The status of an employee who during a quarter used more than two
RED FLAGGED:
unexcused sick days will be red flagged in the following quarter. The employee's red flag is
removed after a quarter with no violation.

lV.

Procedure:

The purpose of this policy is to establish accountability and control excessive or abusive use
of employee absenteeism privileges within this Division. lt is reasonable to expect employees

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Date: A1l1Al2O14
Order #: l.1
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: ABSENTEEISM/LATEN ESS
to be absent occasionally. Legitimate absenteeism (vacation leave, bereavement leave,
contraciual personatdays, approved compensation time and training, as examples), usually
scheduled in advance is not a problem. Abusive or excessive uses of absenteeism privileges
create legitimate ethical, economic and safety related issues.
ln applying this policy, the Division intends to comply with the requirements of local, state and
federal anii-discrimination laws, personnel laws, administrative civil service regulations or
provisions of any collective bargaining contracts that may exist.

1.

Controlling absenteeism is a legitimate business necessity and a basic management
right. ln public safety work, controlling absenteeism is especially imporiant because
of the nature of the work and the consistent need to provide public safety services.
Business necessity. Public safety work requires a team effort and each member
plays an important part as a member of the team. Unless members are regularly
available for duty, work cannot go on effectively and efficiently. Excessive
absenteeism causes unnecessary increase in official operating expenses.
Members who are excessively absent and unavailable for work, forces others to
carry their load, as well as tie up job opportunities and positions for more available
personnel.
b.

All absenteeism affects the effective, efficient and safe operations of this Division.
The nature of public safety work requires a cadre of workers capable and ready to
handle any established or expected service demand by the public. Public safety
personnel have specialized and specific training that cannot be easily replaced or
substituied by other persons. Replacement and substitutions are usually difficult

for management.
Each member must maintain a level of availability for work during any regular
reporting period that is at least that of the unit's calculated average for the
reporting period.

2.

Abuse of absenteeism privileges is considered a serious violation of ethical conduct and
a possible violation of criminal law. Falsifying absenieeism reports or using this privilege
falsely or fraudulently will be dealt with in administrative proceedings and when
appropriate, in criminal proceedings.

a.

When absenteeism is excessive or creates substanttal evidence of abuse,
employees involved can expect to perform one or more of the following actions:
('1) Cooperate in the development of a performance improvement plan,
(2) Provide a signed fitness for duty report;
(3) Answer completely and truthfully all questions related to any

administrative internal affairs investigation or disciplinary investigation

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

1,1

Date:0111012014
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: ABSENTEEISM/LATENESS
that may result;

(4) Face disciplinary measures.

b.

3.

Employees whose absenteeism becomes excessive, and when abuse is not
expected, can expect management to question their fitness for performing the
essential functtons of their jobs. Employees can expect to be evaluated for their
fitness for duty in accordance to prescribed policies/directives.

Examples. The following are examples of both acceptable absenteeism, and
excessive or abusive absenteeism. While the lists provrde ample
illustration of each, one must realize that the lists may not be all
inclusive:

a.

Examples of non-violations.

(1) Observance of scheduled days

off.

(2) Approved bereavement (funeral leave) time.

(3) Time

in approved training, specialwork assignment or educational
assignments, including contractual conference times.

(4) Earned vacation

time.

(5) Required military time, as permitted by law.
(6) Personal days used
(7) Time off for duty

in accordance with policy.

injury.

(B) Time off for approved disability (serious duty injury, pregnancy or cause
provided by federal, state or local discrimination laws).

(9) Use of approved compensation time.

b.

Examples of violations of this policy:

(1) Any employee who accrues, uses or realizes more than two unexcused
absences during any quarter. Schedule "D" offense on first occurrence
Note - proofs of excused absence need to be submitted within one
week of returning to work after the absence. Employees may not
submit provider excuse notes after the initial seven days has elapsed.

(2) All unauthorized absences. Failing to arrive for duty or special

#:

4

Page

DTPARTMENT ORDER

L1

Date: 0111412014
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: ABSENTEEISM/LATEN ESS

Order #:

assignment. Schedule "B" offense on first occurrence.

(3) Consistently scheduling personal appointments that coincide with
scheduled work time. This would be viewed on the first occurrence as
a Schedule "C" matter.

(4) Failing to altend scheduled training or being abseni for any part or any
time period from a scheduled training course without direct approval from
appropriate authority. This would be viewed as a Schedule "B" offense on
the first occurrence.

(5) Time late reporting for duty; habitually unavailable for assignment of
overtime within the scope of contract and policy. Late for duty on the first
instance would be a schedule "D" matter on the first occurrence.
Habitually unavailable for assignment of overtime within the scope of
contraci and policy would be a schedule "C" matter on the first occurrence.

(6) Time lost because of reporting for duty unfit or not ready for duty. This
includes mental or physical unfitness, and the failure to bring or wear
necessary equipment or uniform. This would be viewed as a schedule "c"
offense on the first occurrence.

(7) Time lost consistently correcting work because such work was not
completed properly the first time. This would be viewed as a schedule "D"
matter on the first occurrence.

(8) Time lost in sleeping, loafing or watching TV during resiricted times on the
job. This would be viewed as a schedule "C" matter for the first
occurrence.

(9) Time spent consistently conducting personal business

on work time. This

would be viewed as a schedule "A" matter on the first offense and may also
subject the employee to criminal charges related to theft.

(10)

Time spent correcting deficient work product after receiving notice, oral or
written, to improve. This would be viewed as a schedule "c" matter on the
first occurrence.

(1

1)

Time spent on unassigned task without an immediate supervisor's
permission. This would be viewed as a schedule "D" matter for the first

occurrence.

(12)

Time spent on extended lunch break or work break after receiving notice,
oral orwritten, to correct. This would be viewed as a schedule "c" matter
for the first occurrence.

#:

5

L}EPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Order #: I.1
Date: 01/1012014
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: ABSENTEEI SM/LATEN ESS

(13)

Time taken because of disability or injuries occurring during off duty
hours, reviewed on case by case basis. This would be viewed as a
schedule "D" matter for the first occurrence.

(14)

Absences of short duration (less than three days) due to alleged
illness that are attached to scheduled days off or other scheduled
absenteeism. This would be viewed as a schedule "C" matter for
the first occurrence.

(15)

Consistently using sick leave or personal days within a short period
of time in which they were earned. This would be viewed as a
schedule "D" matter on the first occurrence.

(16)

Use of sick leave at a rate that consistently leaves the employee
at or near zero (less than fifteen hours). This would be viewed as
a schedule "D" matter on the first occurrence.

(17)

Shortterm sick leave (less than twenty hours) consistently
attached to regularly scheduled days off. This would be viewed

as a schedule "C" matter on the first occurrence.

(18)

Using accumulated sick leave beyond the maximum limit allowed.
Which will subject the employee to no pay for any sick leave used
with no accumulated time and would be considered Absence Without
Leave (see #4 below) a schedule "A" matter.

(19)

Failing to provide a minimum of 2 hours notice prior to calling in sick
This would be viewed as a schedule "D" matter on the first occurrence

(20)

Failing to report for duty for five consecutive work days is considered
abandonment of position and employee shall be terminated.

4.

Enforcement Guidelines:
Progressive discipline shall be used up to and including termination. Note:
absence without leave that exceeds five (5) days is considered to be a
voluntary resignation on the part of the employee {See (20) above.}
b.

5.

Each employee shall be eligible to use two unexcused sick days per
quarter without having to supply a note by physician or health care
professional.

Additional examples of non-violation absenteeism:

a.

Absenteeism due to restricted light duty because of a job related injury provided
the associated time off does not establish a pattern of unapproved time attachment

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Date: A1l1Ol2A14
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Titte: ABSENTEEISM/LATEN ESS

Order #:

1.1

with regularly scheduled days off

b.

Sick time used by a member who has a serious illness or injury to self or
immediate family member shall not be calculated into any pattern so long as such
illness or injury is documented (with Chief s Office), the nature of the illness or injury
certified by a licensed physician approved by the Division (in compliance with
medrcalconfidentiality policies) and such use is approved by management.

(1) All such approvals are subject to management audit and change and
intended to be rn compliance with the provisrons of federal, state and local
discrimination laws.

6.

lt is the intent of this directive to convey to members that management respects their
rights to the protection provided them by law. Very important are the rights afforded
through the 1964 Civil Rights Act, the '1990 Americans with Disabilities Act, ihe 1991
Family Leave and Standards Act and state or local laws and ordinances.

7.

lf any employee believes this policy has been improperly or unfairly applied, he or she is
encouraged to discuss the issues with a management authority of their choice. They
should do this free from fear of retaliation. Nothing in this policy is to be construed that
employees are prevented from contacting a representative agency. However, nothing in
this policy is to be construed to mean that employees are not expected to comply with the
principal of "obey now and grieve later." Employees who choose to do otherwise incur
the additional risk of being charged with insubordination and its subsequent
consequences.

8.

Tracking.

a.

Tracking of absences and absenteeism shall be carried out by the Captain of
Police. The information shall be tracked via an excel type program
and printouts shall be made available to unit supervisors for each employee of the
Division.

b.

9.

This information shall be tracked based on quarters. During the first
quarter of trackrng officers who exceed the 2 unexcused sick days shall be "red
flagged" as in violation of the policy. The unit supervisors upon receiving the notice
on particular officers shall provide the officers in violation of same and advise them
that during the next quarter they should be able to correct the error.

Home lnspections/Reporting To Desk

a.

Officers who are "red flagged" may be visited at their home during hours logged off
as sick.

b.

Officers who are "red flagged" and using sick leave will be required to call BPD

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

1.1

Date: 01/1012014
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: ABSENTEEISM/LATEN ESS
Dispatch with the name and location of their medically required visits when leaving
the home. They shall call BPD Dispatch to report their return to the home.

c.

Officers put off work due to duty injury are required to remain at home' lf
required to leave the home (due to medical appointments, etc)they shall contact
BPD Dispatch with the name and location of that place Upon their return to the
home they shall again contact dispatch to report the return.

d.

Use of sick leave or duty injury leave shall be viewed as an on duty situation in the
home or medical setting during regularly scheduled shift hours for shori term
leaves. lt shall not be used by members as a means to have vacations etc. during
the time periods they are meant to be healing. For those on long term leaves they
shall be considered in this status for Monday through Friday 8a4p.

#:

8

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Date: 01/1312014
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: ADMI NISTRATIVE LEAVE/REASSIGNMENT

Order #:

1.2

BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
CHIEF OF POLICE DIRECTIVE
POLICY AND PROCEDURE

SECTION:

I

CHAPTER: 2
REVISION

DATE: 1-13-2014

SUBJECT: ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE / REASSIGNMENT
EFFECTIVEDATE: 1-13'2014
CHIEF OF POLICE:Mark W. Ott

Purpose:
To establish a vehicle beneficialto the organization, and officer/member, in dealing with
outside source allegations, CDR complaints and suspected misconduct. ln ioday's economy
and the increasing caseload placed on this agency through public demand, the practice of
suspending members is not always beneficial to the organization and the city. Often, a prima
facie case does not exist without further investigation into the allegations or charges against a
member. At the same time, this agency must offer protection to the community it serves from
a member or members who may prove to be derelict or corrupt in his or her actions.
Therefore, in cases where prima facie evidence of statutory violation or violation involving
moral turpitude is not readily discernable and where member conduct is not bizarre or
heinous in nature to call for immediate disciplinary suspension, this agency is enacting an

Administrative Leave or Reassignment policy.
Statemeni:
There are times when a member or group of members may become involved in acts or
omissions where it is appropriate for an immediate suspension, with or without pay, as the
first step in effective dealing with the issue at hand. ln other instances, the elements or facts
may not be so clear cut during misconduct allegation investigations, particularly from outside
sources. lt is in these instances of alleged misconduct that members need to be removed
from enforcement duty until a proper investigation or other administrative proceeding can be
accomplished. lt is for these cases, needing further investigation or administrative action (or
possibly completion of a preliminary criminal proceeding) to determine culpability and need
for disciplinary action, that this organization is instituting an Administrative Leave or
Reassignment PolicY.

I.

ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE OR REASSIGNMENT

ls defined within this agency as a non-disciplinary action, to wit, the removal of a member

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:

Date:0111312014
Order #r 1.2
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE/REASSIGNMENT

from enforcement duty to duties prescribed by appropriate authority (i.e. A Command Level
Officer//Lieutenant or above).

II.

USES/DESCRIPTION

Administrative Leave or Reassignment occurs any time a member must be removed from his
regular police enforcement duty functions. This shall remain in effect until such time as a
proper investigation or other administrative proceeding can be made or take place. Usually
the situation will involve a case of suspected misconduct, such as alcohol or drug use,
excessive use of force or being mentally or physically unfit for duty. ln such cases, leaving
the member in position would create an unreasonable liability or safety issue for the
organization.

An immediate supervisor can order a relief from duty for a member but must then
immediately report the action to the next higher ranking supervisor in the chain of command.
lncident documents will follow the chain of command to the Chief. The Chief should initiate
an investigation and make a decision within 24 hours of receiving such notice about whether
the relief will continue and for how long. lt will be within the Chief s discretion, based on
allegation content, any criminal charge and available facts to remove a member from
enforcement duty and reassign the member to administrative functions within the agency to
carry out the fact finding procedures or to follow existing legal procedures to move for an
unpaid suspension based on the individual facts and information existing at the time.
Any reassignments made are to be considered a temporary assignment and are not to be
considered as disciplinary actions.
Should the reported or suspected misconduct require an immediate suspension with or
without pay, the member will, upon direction and discretron of the Chief, report to the Chief or
his designee at locations and times ordered by the Chief. The purpose for such direction is
member availability in assisting the furtherance of the fact finding procedures.
Should a member be reassigned to no duty or suspended with pay, that member shall be on
duty status in the home from 0800hrs to 1600hrs Monday through Friday. That member shall
report to the working supervisor via phone at both the beginning of that shift and the end of
that shift and report any comings or goings from the home to the working patrol OIC or as
designated by the Chief of Police. The Supervisor designated as the point of contact for the
reassigned officer shall be the conduit for passing of important information. supplying
subpoena's, etc.
Administrative leaveireassignment may also be used during inctdents where in the best
interest of the agency and city, an officer needs to be reassigned while the Department takes
other actions. This could include but would not be limited to: during the aftermath of an
officer involved shooting.

This policy is not intended to discriminate against members of this organization based on any

2

DEPARTMENT OR
Order #:1.2
Date:0111312014
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: ADMI Nl STRATIVE LEAVE/REASSIGNMENT
protected class stipulations.

Page #:

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:1.45

Order
Date: 1012212010
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PLAN
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
CHIEF OF POLICE DIRECTIVE
POLICY & PROCEDURE

SECTION: I
CHAPTER:45
SUBJECT: Affirmative Action Plan
Effective Date: September 1sth, 2010
Chief of Police: Mark W. Ott

I.

INTRODUCTION

A. The following

plan makes recommendations relative to the recruitment of minorities
and women for full{ime sworn law enforcement positions in the Bridgeton Police
Department. This marks the first time the department has taken a pro-active
approach to minority hiring by developing an affirmative action plan. Each appllcant
shall be provided an equal employment opportunity regardless of race, sex, or any
other protected class status.

II.

1.

Nothing in this plan however, shall change the department's commitment to
hiring the best available candidate based solely upon the consideration of an
individual candidate's qualifications.

2.

This department will attempt, when feasible, to use alternative hiring programs
such as the Police Assistant Program, the lntergovernmenial Transfer
program or by utilizing candidates from a Rice Bill list.

NEED FOR AFFIRMATIVE ACTION

A. The Bridgeton

Police Department recognizes the need for an affirmative action plan.
The Department has identified, by the demographic analysis below, a need to
increase the percentage of African American officers, Hispanic officers and female
officers.

B.

III.

The Department also recognizes that the process does not end with the development
of a plan. The plan must be evaluated and results analyzed on a regular basis to
insure that the recommendations made are being effective and that the desired
results are being attained.

DEMOGRAPHIC ANALYSIS

#:

1

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:1.45

Order
Date:10/22/2UA
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PLAN

A.

Bridgeton City demographic information (2000 census)

1. Population
22,771
2. Percentage of Caucasians in population 38.9%
3. Percentage of African Americans in population 41.8o/o
4. Percentage of Hispanics in population
24.5%
5. Percentage of other minority races in population 13.7%
6. Percentage of women in population
43.4%
B.

Bridgeton Police Department police officer demographic information for 2010

1.
2.
3.
45.
6.

Authorized sworn positions
Actual number of filled sworn positions
Percentage of Caucasian officers
Percentage of African American officers
Percentage of Hispanic officers
Percentage of Female officers

C. The Bridgeton

1.
D.

3.25%
13.11%
6.5%

The Bridgeton Police Department has not accepted any
applications to date for the year 2010.

Seven candidates were hired in 200g.

a.
b.
c.
2.

g6.88%

Police Department applicant information for 2010:

Bridgeton Police Department hiring results for 2009:

1.

67
63

Three white males
Three Hispanic males
One Hispanic female

Retained candidates hired during 2009

a.

White males retained

*
b.

two.

One resigned position.

Hispanic males retained

*
"

c.

-

-zero.

One injured during academy - drop out.
Two hired from Bilingual Spanish list
Dismissed due to failing state DOp
Spanish language test.

Hispanic female retained

-

yes.

#;

2

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:1.45

Order
Date:1012212A10
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PLAN

IV.

2O1O AFFIRMATIVE ACTION GOALS

A.

By this plan the Department will establish measurable and reasonable
goals for 2010 and beyond regarding attempts at recruiting through civil
service guidelines more African American, Hispanic and female officers

1.

The Department will take lavyful steps to increase the pool of
retained African American officers to 15% within 3 years.

2.

The Department will take lawful steps to increase the pool of
retained Hispanic officers to 15% within 3 years.

3.

The Department will take lawful steps to increase the pool of
retained Female officers to 15% within 3 years.

B.

The Department will continue to hire the best available candidate, regardless of
gender, race, religious, ethnic or other form of protected class status. This will
be done in a manner which best suits a fair and equitable process as possible
under hiring guidelines established by the civil service rules and regulations.

C. The Executive

Offrcer will prepare an annual report regarding action taken in
conjunction with the Affirmative Action Plan and the results of the action taken.
The report will be filed as part of the Department's annual report to the Appropriate
Authority.

#:

3

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page#:

#:1.13.1

Date: 03/1112010
Order
Gategory: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: BRIDGETON PD AWARDS
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
Chief of Police Directive
POLICY AND PROCEDURE

SECTION:

I

CHAPTER: 13.1
REVISION DATE

SUBJECT: BRIDGETON P.D. AWARDS PROGRAM
EFFECTIVE DATE: 3-1 1-2010
CHIEF OF POLICE:MARKW. OTT

PURPOSE:

The purpose of this directive is to identify the types of awards issued by the Department and
as generally as possible set forth the circumstances that would qualify an individual to receive
one.

POLICY:
It shall be the policy of the Bridgeton P.D. to issue appropriate awards to individuals as based
on an examination of the totality of the circumstances involved in the particular case in
question.

The following is a listing of Bridgeton P.D. awards and their respective qualifications:
RIGHT BREAST AWARDS:
ln order of importance;

-

Awarded for an outstanding act in the line of duty,
MEDAL OF HONOR
which placed the individual at imminent personal
hazard of life, with full knowledge of the risk involved.
PURPLE HEART - Awarded for a wound received in the line of duty,
inflicted by an armed adversary, resulting in
severe pu ncture wou nds, lacerations, fractu res
or concussion or wounds requiring in depth
surgical repairs to the nominee.

MEDAL

MEDAL OF VALOR

-

Awarded for an outstanding act of bravery in

1

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:1.13.1

Date: 03/1112010
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: BRIDGETON PD AWARDS
the line of duty which meets some but
not all of the requirements for the Medal
of Honor.

RIGHT BREAST ACCOMPLISHMENT DEVICES:

-

Awarded to officers who have been
FIREARMS INSTRUCTOR
to advanced schooling for firearms
instruction.
DISTINGUISHED PISTOL -Awarded to officers who achieve a
combined score of spring/fall
qualifications 98% during a calendar

EXPERT

year.

-

Awarded to officers who achieve a
PISTOL EXPERT
combined score of sPring/fall
qualifications 90% during a calendar
year.

LEFT BREAST AWARDS:
ln order of importance;

-

Awarded for an individual act of heroism,
COMBAT CROSS
at imminent personal hazard of life, in
combat with an armed adversary.
MERITORIOUS SERVICE -Awarded for a highly unusual accomplishment,
under adverse conditions, with some degree
of hazard to life or limb to the nominee or
where death or injury to a third party is
prevented.

-

Awarded for an act performed in the line of
LIFE SAVING MEDAL
duty which, through disregard to personal
safety or prompt and alert action, results in
saving a life.

-

Awarded for a highly creditable accomplishment
EXCEPTIONAL DUTY
bringing acclaim to himself, his department
or the police profession, as a result of
training, devotion to duty or service to the

MEDAL

public.

Page#:

2

DEPARTMENT ORDER

1.13.1

Order #:
Date: 03/1 112010
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: BRIDGETON PD AWARDS

-

HONORABLE SERVICE
Awarded for a creditable act in the line of duty
which meets some but not all, of the
requirements for other medals. Unusual
accomplishment or initiative.

MEDAL

-

NEGOTIATORS MEDAL
Awarded for a notable act of negotiations that
ends a hostage or suicidal situation without
injury to any party.

-

COMMUNIry POLICING

MEDAL

Awarded for a notable contribution or particular
dedication to the community through the
role of police employee.

- Awarded for service during a year without
suspension. An officer receiving a suspension
is ineligible to receive or wear this medal

GOOD CONDUCT MEDAL

until one year without suspension has
assed.
K9 MEDAL

-

Awarded for a notable act involving a K9
officer and his partner.

-

FIREARM/NARCOTICS
Awarded for a notable act involving the
ENFORCEMENT MEDAL anest of an individual or individuals
who possess either firearm or narcotics.
EDUCATIONAL

Awarded to an officer who achieves 60
MEDAL

ACHIEVEMENT
or more college credits or graduates
the FBI National Academy.

-

UNIT CITATION MEDAL
Awarded to a group of officers who work
together and accomplish a significant
or notable police action.

-

MILITARY SERVICE PIN Awarded to an officer who had been
honorably discharged from the Armed
Forces or US Coast Gaurd.
MULTIPLE MEDALS IDENTIFIERS:
STAR

-

One star affixed to any medal indicates
second award.
Two stars affixed to any medal indicates

Page#:

3

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page#:

3.1

Date: 03/1 112010
Order #: l. 1
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: BRIDGETON PD AWARDS
third award.
ACORN

-

One acorn affixed to any medal indicates
fourth award.
Two acorns affixed to any medal indicates
fifth award.

One oak leaf cluster affixed to any medal
OAK LEAVES indicates sixth award.
Two oak leaf clusters affixed to any medal
indicates seventh award.

-

MALTESE CROSS
One maltese cross affixed to any medal
indicates 8th award. Two maltese crosses
affixed to any medal indicates 9th award.
MULTIPLES IN EXCESS OF NINE PER MEDAL WILL NOT BE RECOGNIZED
ON THE UNIFORM BUT BY PERSONNEL FILE ALONE.

4

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:

1.3

Date:01116/2014
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: CARE OF DEPARTMENT BUILDINGS/ PROPERTY
BRI DGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
CHIEF OF POLICE DIRECTIVE
POLICY AND PROCEDURE

SECTION:

I

CHAPTER: 3

REVISIONDATE: 1-16-2014

SUBJECT:

CARE OF DEPARTMENT PROPERry

EFFECTIVEDATE: 1-16-2014
CHIEF OF POLICE:Mark W. Ott

PURPOSE:
To establish clear guidelines on how Bridgeton Police Department property is to be treated by
City of Bridgeton employees. Employees must understand that the propefi owned by the
City is the property of the City and the City maintains exclusive control over all the property
that it owns.
Everyone must understand that all City property remains as such and that any alterations,
changes, damage or etc. may affect some future public auction results or render the
equipment useless or ineffective for continued proper service.
POLICY:

I.

BUILDINGS

Members and employees will not mar, mark, deface, reconstruct, deconstruct, dismantle,
attach or otherwise alter any Department building or satellite office, whether owned, leased or
rented by the City of Bridgeton.
Note - The term "Buildings" for this policy will include all City owned structures, grounds,
vehicles and equipment.

II.

BULLETIN BOARDS:

a.

CITY OR POLICE DEPARTMENT BULLETIN BOARDS
AII bulletin boards with the exception of authorized Union bulletin boards are the
property of the City of Bridgeton and the City retains all rights at what, when, how

and why things are posted on it's bulletin boards. Employees should consult with
the Chief of Police and gain permission before posting anything on a City or
Department Bulletin Boards.

1

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page#:

Date:0111612014
Order #: 1.3
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: CARE OF DEPARTMENT BUILDINGS/ PROPERTY

b,

AUTHORIZED BULLETIN BOARDS NON-CITY OWNED
Each of the three unions (PBA/SOAJCI B) may at their own expense obtain
and fasten a bulletin board to an approved wall area of the Police Department
so long as it conforms to neat appearance standards, appropriate size and
configuration so as not to interfere with safe movement or clash with new building
color patterns. The bulletin board may be of the type that can be secured by
locking mechanism. Union bulletin boards may only be hung in an approved area
at the Union's cost. These boards shall be controlled by the individual union
presidents or their designee.

c.

PROHIBITIONS
No union nor any of its members may post comments/images/or other materials
that would be violation of any City rule, regulation, directive or policy.

III.

FURNISHINGS AND EQUIPMENT

Members and employees will not mar, mark, deface, reconstruct, deconstruct, dismantle,
attach or othenvise alter any Department equipment or furnishings. Members and
employees wishing to make some form of improvement or alteration to existing furnishings or
equipment of any kind must first seek approval from appropriate authority (ie Lieutenant or
above).

IV. POSTINGS, NOTICES AND ANNOUNCEMENTS
Members and employees will not post any material on any wall, locker, desk or any other
surface in the Department building without authorizaiion from appropriate authority (ie
Lieutenant or above).
Note - background photos/screen savers on workstation computers are to be of the Bridgeton
Police Department patch and not personalized by individual workers.

V,

HOSTILE WORK ENVIRONMENT

No member shall post any material or images or other rendition of anything that could be
construed as offensive or bias in nature.
No member shall post any material of a non-police related matter. Postings shall be for
official police business only. The only exception to this would be posting of family type photos
or public figures or icons of America that are in good taste. These photos or
imageslmaterials shall only be affixed to the cloth covered pegboard portion of an employees
assigned workstation or on the interior surface of an assigned locker door.
Refer to Harassment in the Workplace Policy for further information.

2

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Date:0111612014
Order #: 1.3
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: CARE OF DEPARTMENT BUILDINGS/ PROPERTY

VI.

LOCKERS, DESKS AND OTHER STORAGE AREAS/EQUIPMENT

Members assigned a locker, desk or storage area or equipment shall understand that the
lockers are the property of the Department and City of Bridgeton and therefore subject to
entry and or inspection at all times. The City makes these lockers, desks and other storage
areas or equipment available to employees for their work needs and not for personal use.
Every locker, desk or other storage area/equipment must have a copy of the lock key or
combination on file in the Chiefs office (stored in personnel folder) so that Police or City
Management can open the locker, desk or other storage arealequipment.
The only permitted alterations or additions to Department lockers are the installation of the
door storage device called "Locker Dawg" or "Locker Organizer", which is a nylon hanging
device intended to be secured to the inside of the locker via tape or metal rod.
Locker rooms will be kept clean and all equipment controlled by an employee or member
shall remain secured inside their locker. No one is permitted to hang items outside of the
Iockers, store items on top of lockers or on the floor of the locker room. No footwear may be
stored on the floor, on top of lockers or anywhere outside of the lockers.
It is recommended that any officer wishing to store footwear inside a locker obtain some form
of deodorizer (ie small bags of cedar chips/etc - to place inside the footgear stored inside
lockers).
No member or employee is permitted to post or affix any item, image, writing to the exterior of
any locker or any surface of the locker room.
Members or employees with lockers may affix personal or family photographs or images of
non-hostile, non-pornographic or of a suggestive nature on the interior of their lockers. The
manner of hanging should not be permanent (ie leave the locker scarred or damaged).
No pornographic or biased materials (not being held as evidence through normal evtdentiary
storage methods/procedures) may be stored anywhere inside of any Department building or
storage device of any kind.
This section also applies to all electronic equipment as well (ie computers, hard drives, etc).
The term locker room includes adjacent changing, washing and toilet areas.

VII, KEYS
Members or employees issued keys to Department buildings, vehicles and equipment are
responsible for that equipment and shall be held liable for replacement costs if lost or
damaged.

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #:

1.3

Page #:

Date:011162A14

Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: CARE OF DEPARTMENT BUILDINGS/ PROPERTY
Members or employees losing control of keys to Department buildings must report that loss
io their supervisor immediately upon discovery of the loss. That working supervisor must
make contact with the officer in charge of electronic and metallic key security (Admin.
Bureau) as soon as possible to avoid security breaches of Police Department facilities.
It is the r:esponsibility of members and employees issued vehicle keys to return them to their
proper place prior to securing for the day. Should an officer neglect to return a key and must
be called to return same that responsibility falls on the officer and no overtime shall be
awarded for returning the key.
Members or employees may, at their own expense, obtain copies of keys to vehicle which
they are normally assigned. Upon separation from service the officer, must however,
surrender those keys to the Department.
VIII.CLEANLINESS
Members and employees given access to work spaces, areas and equipment are expected
to maintain the neat appearance of same. This would include making certain all trash is
properly placed in the approprrate trash bin or container (overflowing containers are emptied
into available exterior trash receptacles).
Vehicles shall not be left with cups, bottles, papers, wrappers, etc. littering the interior or trunk
areas of vehicles. This shall include the neat and organized storage of police equipment in
vehicles.
Members and employees are expected to take care of any spills they may inadvertently
cause along floors throughout the building or vehicle.
Members and employees are expected to maintain their assigned work spaces in a neat,
clean and orderly fashion, ensuring that sensitive documents or items of non-sensitive nature
are not left behind (are properly destroyed).
Any permitted refrigeration device is to be kept clean and inspected by working supervisors
on a daily basis. On every Sunday night shift the working supervisor shall inspect the break
room refrigerator and remove or cause to be removed any and all items stored there that are
not accounted for by working personnel. Monday morning the working supervisor shall make
certain that this was carried out.

All personnel are expected to cooperate in keeping the break room clean, neat and
conducive to good health by participating in clean up, discarding abandoned items, etc.

IX. VIOLATIONS
Any violation of this policy will be handled on a case by case basis involving the severity and
type of activiiy involved through progressive discipline.

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:

#:1.13.2

Date=O4l28l2Q1O
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: DIRECTIVE ON NEW CLASS B SUMMER SHIRTS

BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
Chief of Police Directive
POLICY AND PROCEDURE

SECTION:

I

CHAPTER:

'13.2

SUBJECT: NEW SUMMER CLASS B SHIRT SPECIFICATIONS
EFFECTIVE DATE:May 1st, 20'10
CHIEF OF POLICE:MARK W. OTT
MODIFIED: May 7th, 2010
PURPOSE:

The purpose of this order is to allow officers at their own expense to acquire and wear a
more suitable shirt for hot weather wear.
The secondary purpose of this order is to provide specifications for those shirts.

POLICY:
For those officers wishing to purchase, at their own expense, polo style shirts for wear during

the periods of "summer Uniform" they may do so, and wear same, so long as their entire
work group is likewise outfitted with the same shirt.
The term "Work GroLrp" from above may be defined as particular squad (1-4) or team (A or
B).

SPECIFICATIONS:
These specifications provide for the description of the only authorized version of shirt:
MANUFACTURER: ELBECO

MODEL:

UFX

COLOR:

DARKNAVY

1OO%Polyester

ACCOUTREMENTS:
Patrol

Officer'. 1. Small Bridgeton PD patch on right shoulder

1

Page#:

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:1.13.2

Date:0412812010
Order
Gategory: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: DIRECTIVE ON NEW CLASS B SUMMER SHIRTS
112 inch below shoulder seam.

23.
Police

Normalcloth badge centered on left chest.
Centered under badge in gray thread matching
badge color, badge number in 1/2 inch high lettering.

Sergeant 1.

2.
3.
4.
Police Lt &

Small Bridgeton PD patch on right shoulder 1i2
inch below shoulder seam.
Sergeants chevrons centered on collar tips of
shirt collars.
PD patch on right arm.
Normal cloth badge centered on left chest.
Centered under badge in gold thread matching
badge color, badge number in 1/2 inch high lettering.

Above.

2.

1.

Small Bridgeton PD patch on right shoulder

ll2inch

below shoulder seam.
Rank insignia on 1.5 squares on both shoulders 1
inch past the sleeve seam, color to match BPD Patch
gold.

3. Normal cloth badge centered on left chest.
4. Centered under badge in gold thread matching
badge color, badge number in l12inch high lettering.

2

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:

#:1.49

DaG: A4la1l2O12
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: BODY ARMOR

BRI DGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
CHIEF OF POLICE DIRECTIVE
POLICY & PROCEDURE

SECTION: I
CHAPTER:49
SUBJECT: BODYARMOR
EFFECTIVE DATE:April 1 ,2012
CHIEF OF POLICE:MARK W. OTT
The written directives developed by the Bridgeton Police Department are for internal use only,
and do not enlarge an officer's civil or criminal liability in any way. They should not be
construed as the creation of a higher siandard of safety or care in an evidentiary sense, with
respect to third party claims. Violations of written directives can only be the basis of a

complaint by this department, and then only in an administrative disciplinary setting.

1.49-1 PURPOSE
The purpose of this policy is to provide law enforcement officers with guidelines for the proper
use and care of body armor.

1.49-2

POLTCY

It is the policy of this department to maximize officer safety through the use of body armor in
combination with prescribed safety procedures. While body armor provides a significant level
of protection, it is not a substitute for the observance of officer safety procedures.

l:49-3

DEFINITIONS

Field Activities: Duty assignments and/or tasks that place or could reasonably be expected to
place officers in situations where they would be required to act in enforcement rather than

administrative or support capacities.

l:494 PROCEDURES

A.

lssuance of Body Armor

1.

All body armor issued must comply with protective and related
requirements prescribed under current standards of the National
lnstitute of Justice.

1

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date:041ffi12412
Order #:1.49
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: BODY ARMOR

B.

C.

2.

All officers shall be issued department-approved body armor.

3.

Body armor that is worn or damaged shall be replaced by this
depariment. Body armor that must be replaced due to misuse
or abuse by the officer shall be paid for by the officer.

Use of Body Armor

1.

Officers shall wear only depaftment-approved body armor.

2.

Officers that are assigned to a uniformed function and non-uniformed
sworn officers are required to wear body armor while engaged in field
activities both on duty and during off duty employment unless they
are exempt, as follows.

a.

When a licensed physician determines that an officer has a
medical condition that would preclude the wearing body armor;

b.

When the officer rs involved in undercover or plain clothes work
that a supervisor determines could be compromised by the
wearing of body armor; or

c.

When the department determines that circumstances make
it inappropriate to mandate wearing body armor.

lnspections of Body Armor

1.

Supervisors shall be responsible for ensuring that body armor is worn
and maintained as required by this policy through routine observation
and periodic inspections.

2.

Annual inspections of body armor shall be conducted for fit, cleanliness,
signs of damage, abuse and wear.

D.

Care, Maintenance and Replacement of Body Armor

1.

Officers shall routinely inspect personal body armor for signs of damage
and for general cleanliness.

2.

As dirt and perspiration may erode ballistic panels, each officer shall be
responsible for cleaning personal body armor in accordance with the
man ufactu rer's instructions.

3.

Officers are responsible for the proper storage, maintenance and care
of body armor in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

Page

#:

2

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:1.49

Date:0410112012
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: BODY ARMOR

E.

4.

Officers are responsible for reporting damage or excessive wear to the
ballistic panels or cover to their supervisor.

5.

Body armor will be replaced in accordance with guidelines and protocols
established by the National lnstitute of Justice and current contract
agreements.

Training

1.

The training officer shall be responsible for:

a.

Monitoring technologicaladvances in the body armor industry
that may necessitate a change in body armor.

b.

Assessing weapons and ammunition currently in use and the
suitability of approved body armor to protect against those
threats.

c.

Providing training programs that demonstrate body armor's
stopping power under actual firing conditions and that emphasize
its safe and proper use.

d.

Maintaining statistics on incidents where armor has or has not
protected officers from harm, including traffic accidents.

Page

#:

3

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:

1.5

Date:0112712014
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: DISPATCHING AND COMMUNICATIONS CENTER
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
POLICY AND PROCEDURE

SECTION:
CHAPTER:
SUBJECT:

I

5

DISPATCHINGANDCOMMUNICATIONSCENTER

EFFECTIVE DATE: January 27 th, 201 4
REVISION DATE: January 24th,2014
CHIEF OF POLICE:MARKW. OTT

ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S):

81

.2.1',81.2.2;81.2.3',81.2.4; 81.2.8', 81.2.12; 81.2.14',

81.3.2

THIS POLICY SUPERCEDES AND INCORPORATES PREVIOUS DIRECTIVE I.4O DISPATCH FUNCTION; EFFECTIVE 11ta1t2008
The written directives developed by the Bridgeton Police Department are for internal use only,
and do not enlarge an officer's civil or criminal liability in any way. They should not be
construed as the creation of a higher standard of safety or care in an evidentiary sense, with
respect to third party claims. Violations of written directives can only be the basis of a

complaint by this department, and then only in an administrative disciplinary setting.

l:40-1

PURPOSE

The purpose of this policy is to establish measures of standards and performance which
are necessary for the effective and efficient operation of this department. This policy also
serves to ensure that a measure of safety and security to law enforcement officers and the
public is in place through the establishment of equipment and system requirements, as well

as, by operational and procedural requirements and guidelines.

t.40-2

POLTCY

The basic function of the Communications Center is to satisfy the immediate information
needs of the law enforcement agency in the course of its normal, daily activities and during
emergencies. lt is the latter situation that places the greatest demands upon the
communications center and tests the capability of the center to fulfill its functions.
The communications center conveys information from the public to the law enforcement
agency through communications personnel (hereinafter referred to as dispatchers), to the
officer who responds to the call for assistance, to other law enforcement and public services
agencies, and to information storage facilities. Each system's component measures the
agency's capability to respond to the needs of the community.

I

Page#:

DEPARTMENT ORDER

1.5

Date:01127/2014
Order #:
Gategory: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: DISPATCHING AND COMMUNICATIONS CENTER

l:40-3

L

PROCEDURE

Administration

A. The Patrol Bureau CommaMer(s)

shall be responsible for administering the

communications section.

B.

The communications center shall be operated in accordance with the Federal
Communications Commission (FCC) and New Jersey procedures and
requirements.

1. lt shall be the responsibility of the Patrol Bureau Commander(s)

to ensure

that the Federal Communication Commission's procedures and
requirements are followed.

2. All appropriate

Federal Communications Commission documents shall
be accessible to the dispatchers.

ll.

Operations

A. The Communications

Center shall be equipped with manuals on the operations
or activities in the communications center.

B.

The dispatcher shall have immediate access to the following departmental
resources;

1.

The duty Patrol Bureau Commander, shift sergeant or officer

in

charge.

2. A duty roster of all personnel.
3. The telephone

numbers of every agency member. (Telephone numbers
shall not be given to any person(s) that are not an active member of the
police department)

4.

A phone list of extensions for all employees within the building.

5.

A mechanism via computer aided dispatch to know the status of officers
assigned to duty.

6.

When someone calls police headquarters for an employee and that
employee is off or out of the building, the dispatcher shall take a
message or forward the callto voice mail,

2

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date: 01 127 12014
Order #: L 5
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: DISPATCHING AND COMMUNICATIONS CENTER

a.

When a civilian arrives at headquarters and requests to
speak to an officer or a superior officer, the dispatcher shall
notify the requested officer. The dispatcher will advise the
civilian that the officer was contacted and relay any message
or have them await the employee's arrival.

b.

When a civilian arrives at headquarters and requests to speak
to an officer and the officer is not on duty, the civilian should be
advised of the ofFicer's status and provide, if requested, when
the officer is scheduled to return to work, but should offer
services of another officer to ensure swift customer service.

7.

Cellular phone

a.

Department cellular phones shall be utilized when contacting

the Chief, Division Commanders or anyone else with a
department cell phone as needed after normal business hours.

b.
8.

The telephone numbers shall be located in the communications
center.

Written procedures and phone numbers to procure emergency and
necessary external services to include, but not limited to the following;

a.

Heating and Air conditioning

b.

Locksmith

c.

AnimalControl

d.

Fire Department

e.

Rescue Squad

f.

Other service organizations that might be required during
non-business hours.

g

Generatorlelectrical problems

C. The dispatcher

shall have immediate access to Emergency Medical Dispatch
Guide cards located in the communications center computer system.

D.

When an attack warning test is received by the dispatcher via telephone, the
following information shall be completed on the post card and mailed to the
Cumberland County Office of Emergency Management.

Page

#:

3

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

I.5

Date:0112712014
Order #:
Gategory: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: DISPATCHING AND COMMUNICATIONS CENTER

1

Date received

2

Time received

3.

Operator number and stgnature

4.

Supervisor who was notified

E.

The dispatcher is never to discuss a police reported incident with anyone calling
police headquarters for information. The call should be referred immediately to
the Shift Supervisor.

F.

The dispatcher should never release information to the public or the news media.
Any non-law enforcement person(s) requesting information concerning department
activities shall be directed to the Chief of Police. Press releases shall only be
provided by the Chief of Police or his designee as described in Policy #1.22
and #1 .22.1 - Press Releases. This also applies to a person coming into
headquarters requesting information. Dispatchers are not authorized to answer
questions regarding law enforcement matters.

G.

The dispatcher shall determine whether a call for service is of an emergency
or non-emergency situation and send officers to the call based on that
determination. lf in doubt, the dispatcher should immediately notify the shift
supervisor for guidance.

H.

The dispatcher shall advise the caller of the agency's response or lack thereof
and should provide referrals to other agencies as the circumstances warrant.

l.

The dispatcher shall immediately notify an officer in charge when a serious crime
has been committed and rePorted.

J.

A dispatcher shall always be cognizant of the activities on his/her shift, as well
as the preceding shifts.

1.

The dispatcher shall be responsible for communicating pertinent
information that may be needed by later shifts tothe oncoming
dispatcher(s).

2.
K.

No notes or papers are to be placed on the communications equipment
or console at anY ttme.

The dispatcher shall be responsible for teletype communications

1.

All outgoing teletype messages shall be entered into the teletype log.

#:

4

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date:0112712014
Order #: 1.5
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: DISPATCHING AND COMMUNICATIONS CENTER

2.

The CAD system shall be used for referencing the teletype message
The dispatcher and the shift supervisor shall be responsible to review
all incoming teletype messages dlrected to the agency.

4.

The shift supervisor shallforward all incoming teletype messages to the
Patrol Bureau Commander for review.

The dispatcher shall dispatch the appropriate patrol and support units when
alarm is received.

M.

1.

Officers dispatched to an alarm call shall acknowledge and shall indicate
their response.

2.

Officers shall advise if the call is a false alarm.

The dispatcher on duty shall maintain security for the communications center,
as follows;

1.

The communications center must be kept clear of personnel that are
not directly responsible for its operation. This is necessary to eliminate
noise, confusion and control of equipment.
The only authorized personnel to be in the communications center
are the dispatchers assigned to that specific shift, shift supervisors
on duty or personnetwith special approvalthrough permission of
the shift supervisor.
The only exception to this section would be an emergency basis,
wherein the dispatcher on duty requests assistance in the operation
of the communications cenier, and this shall be for emergencies
and breaks only. The personnel of the department shall utilize the
areas designated for coffee breaks, reports, meetings, etc. The
communications center does not fit any of these categories.
No one is to be allowed access to the main section of the police
department without first contacting the party they wish to obtain
clearance. This includes relatives and retired officers. This does
not apply to the person(s) that are in charge of building
maintenance.
d.

It shall be the responsibility of the dispatcher to maintain the
communications center in a neat and orderly manner. The

following guidelines are to be followed;

(1) Equipment, including chairs, computer, filing cabinets,

Page #:

DEPARTMENT ORDER

.5

Date: 01 127 12014
Order #: I
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: DISPATCHING AND COMMUNICATIONS CENTER
waste baskets, terminals, etc, are not to be relocated,
removed or added to the communications center, unless
specifically authorized by the Chief of Police or his
designee.

(2) Food and nonalcoholic beverages may be consumed in
the communications center by dispatchers only.

(3) Coolers, purses, non-departmental books or briefcases
are to be kept out of the public view.
in the dispatch center shall not carry
and/or utilize a personal cellular telephone while in the

(4) Personnelworking
dispatch center.

Z.

N.

No member of any department is to enter the communications center to
use any equipment assigned for communications purposes, unless the
member is filling in for an absent dispatcher or assisting in an emergent
situation. This shall only be done after the member has been properly
trained in the use of such equipment.

The dispatcher shall have a good working knowledge in the following areas;

1.

Directives/Policy & Procedures/Rules & Regulations

2.

9-1-1

3.

CJIS (including NCIC 2000)

4.

CAD

5.

AOCTELE (including DV central registry)

6.

Radio Console and Procedures

7.

Equipment

8.

Records and files

9.

City activities and events

10. Apartment complex tenant lists/ban information
11. Drug Offender Restraining Orders

O.

All personnelwill completely familiarize themselves with all agencies served

Page

#:

6

DEPARTMENT ORDER

1.5

Date:0112712014
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: DISPATCHING AND COMMUNICATIONS CENTER
by or connected with the communications center, which includes fire, road,

water/sewer, hospitals, ambulances, animalcontrol, zoning enforcement, etc

P.

The communications center shall disseminate to all police personnel any
pertinent information from surrounding jurisdictions, i.e. Stolen Vehicle.

1.

lncident information collected from other jurisdictions.

2.

lncident information from the City of Bridgeton.

a.

All information shall be forwarded to surrounding communities
via teletype or telephone.

b.
Q.

The dispatcher shall enter all information into the NCIC computer
format.

The dispatcher shall not be responsible to deliver emergency messages via
telephone.

1.

Notification shall be made to the Patrol Bureau Commander or the
shift supervisor.

2.

The Patrol Bureau Commander or shift supervisor shall deliver the
message in person.

3.

R.

Emergency messages are defined as related to this subsection:

a.

Death Notification (Follow directive IL10)

b.

lllness or serious injury in the family.

c.

Contact requesting law enforcement agency.

When a dispatcher receives a eall or is visited by a viciim, witness, or
complainant, the dispatcher will properly obtain all information so that
they may disseminate the nature of the call and to be able to determine
whether an emergency or non-emergency response is required.

1.

Provide general information when no follow-up to any other agency
is necessary.

2.

Dispatch the appropriate response or refer the call for officer follow-up.

3.

Advise the calling party of the agency response or other protocol
including direct police intervention and or referral to other agencies.

Page

#:

7

Page

DEPARTMENT ORDER

1.5

Date:0112712014
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: DISPATCHING AND COMMUNICATIONS CENTER

S.

When a dispatcher receives a call, the dispatcher shall prioritize the callfor
service according to the estimated risk level. The following is a listing of the
highest priority calls for service:

1.

Officer needs assistance (violent conditions involved);

2. Any call where the life of another is in immediate

danger,

3. 911 Hang-up calls;
4.

Crime in progress;

5.

Hostage /Barricaded suspect;

6.

Domestic violence calls;

7.

Shots fired;

8.

Assaults and aggravated assaults;

9.

Motor vehicle crashes with injury;

10. Weapon calls;
11. Robbery and armed robbery;
12. Burglary;
13. Alarms,

14. Structuralfires,
15. Any call where the caller is facing violence or potentially facing violence.

T. When a dispatcher

receives an emergency callwhich was inappropriately routed,
or was misdirected to this agency instead of the appropriate emergency service
agency, the dispatcher shall relay the information to the appropriate emergency
service agency.

1.

The dispatcher, when possible shall transfer the call to the appropriate
agency.

?.

The dispatcher shall remain on the line until the dispatcher from that
agency answers the call.

#:

8

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Order #: 1.5
Date:0112712014
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: DISPATCHING AND COMMUNICATIONS CENTER

lll.

Facilities and Equipment

A. The following

B.

backup resources shall be utilized by the communications center.

1.

Secondary handsets for all telephone lines.

2.

Emergency generator for continued operation in the event of failure of
the primary power.

The communications center shall be supplied with a listing of emergency services
agencies' telephone numbers.

c. The communications center shall be equipped with a map detailing this agency's
service area.
D.

The communications center shall be operated 24 hours a day, seven days a week
to provide continuous two-way radio and telephone access capabilities between the
communications center, officers on duty and calls for service,
Hours for the shifts are as follows:

1. Day Shift

0700-1900 hours

2.

Night

Shift

'1900-0700 hours

3.

Mid

shift

1400-0200 hours

a.

The dispatcher shall not leave his/her post unless a qualified
replacement is available.

b.

There shall be an additional dispatcher working the mid shift
as listed above to provide for maximum coverage during
periods of heightened activity and calls for service when available.

E.

The agency's radio system shall be inspected annually by the communications
service company to ascertain if the radio system is providing adequate coverage
for the city.

F.

The Communications center shall be equipped with a base station capable of
two-way operation with both multi-channeled portable and mobile units on a joint
public safety frequency, SPEN- State Police Emergency Network Radio System

G.

The communications center shall have the information for obtaining emergency
repairs of critical equipment in the communication center and shall report any
malfunction or need of supplies to the Administrative Bureau Commander.

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

1.5

Date:0112712014
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: DISPATCHING AND COMMUNICATIONS CENTER

H.

The communications center shall be equipped with administrative telephone trunk
lines.

1.

lt shall be the responsibility of the Administrative Bureau Commander to
conduct periodic telephone line load studies.

2.

3.

The telephone line load study shall assist the Administrative Bureau
Commander in determining whether additional phone lines are needed
to handle the volume of incoming telephone calls.
The telephone line load study shall be forwarded to the Chief of Police

for inclusion in the police department's annual report.

L

J.

The communications center shall be equipped with a telephone and digital
audio recording system capable of immediate and future playback of both
recorded telephone messages and radio conversations while maintaining
continuous recording of incoming messages.

1.

Each dispatcher on their respective tours of duty will utilize the instant
playback component located at each console.

2.

The Administrative Bureau Commander or his/her designee shall maintain
the data storage along with the recording system.

3.

lt will be the responsibility of the Administrative Division Commander to
ensure that the recording system is functioning properly.

Preservation of recorded telephone/radio calls

1.
K.

All recordings shall be retained for at least thirty days.

Preserving telephone/radio calls

1.

The conversation on the recording system is to be transferred by the
Administrative Bureau Commander or his/her designee onto a DVD/CD
when an incident occurs that requires preserving or is requested.

2.

The DVD/CD is to be labeled as follows:

a.
b.
c.
d.
3.

Case Number
Date

Time

Otficer's lnitials

When the recording in question might be used in any court proceeding

#:

10

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

Order#:1.5

Date:0112712414
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: DISPATCHING AND COMMUNICATIONS CENTER
or disciplinary action, the Administrative Bureau Commander or his/her
designee shall enter the recording into evidence.

L.

Destruction of preserved DVD/CD

1.
IV.

The destruction of a preserved DVD/CD recording shall be followed
according to department policy #lll.5 - Property and Evidence Procedures.

Fire Alarm System

A.

The communications center shall be equipped with a fire alarm system.

V. Training
A.

Any and all personnel being considered for assignment as a dispatcher must
satisfactorily perform the following
:

1.

B.

The following emergency call taking training requirements must be met:

1.

C.

Serve a period of training and familiarization while under the constant
supervision of a qualified and established training dispatcher, under the
Dispatcher Training Program (Policy #1.5.1).

New Communications OPerators:

a.

40 hour communications course and/or on the job training

b.

The dispatcher/calltaker certification record shall be filed with
the employee's personnel training file.

CAD Training

D. CJIS Training
VI.

Police Radio OPeration

A.

All Personnel shall have constant access to radio communications while on duty
assignments.

B.

When an officer needs to contact the communications center, he/she shall identify
himself/herself and await a reply from the dispatcher.

C.

When dispatch needs to contact an officer, the dispatcher shall call the officer and
await a reply from that officer. lt is the responsibility of every officer to acknowledge
each dispatch communicated via police radio at said officer(s)'

#:

11

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

1.5

Date:0112712014
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: DISPATCHING AND COMMUNICATIONS CENTER

1.

This is extremely important, as the Dispatch Center is the organizational
center for all police related activities;

2.

Dispatched calls from the Dispatch Center are to be viewed as direct orders
and shall be acted upon appropriately, unless countermanded by a competent
authority as based on specific circumstances.

D. Officers

shall contact dispatch to update any CAD entries and to advise of any
assistance which they may require.

E.

When officers are conducting active investigations, they shall communicate in the
following manner.

1.

Communicate over the police radio to the dispatch center or to other officers
the important and/or necessary information; or

2.

Communicate via personal or departmental cellular telephone to the dispatch
center main lines.

a.

3.

Members of the lnvestigations Bureau may, when making confidential
communications, bypass the need for having information shared in this way,
but shall consider the nature of the communication and whether or not it
needs to be shared with police dispatch and/or officers when doing so.

4.

Covert investigations or exchanging information on crimes in progress,
offrcers may:

a.

F.

Officers shall not make direct, personal cellular telephone to personal
cellular telephone contact with other officers or department members
concerning the investigation.

Communicate directly with other officers from cellular telephone to
cellular telephone, but must keep the Dispatch Center advised of
activities by making contact with them via the Dispatch Center
main telephone lines or by police radio.

Offrcers shall advise dispatch of all self-initiated activity to include, but not limited
to:

1. meal breaks;
2. personal relief,
3. fuel;
4. vehicle maintenance/DPW;
5. any other circumstance which makes them unavailable for service or
which would cause a delay in service.

#:

12

Page

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date:0112712014
Order #: 1.5
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: DISPATCHING AND COMMUNICATIONS CENTER

G.

All personnel are required to indicate their status, location, nature of the call,
assignment, assigned area of responsibility, or advisement when out of service.
The dispatcher shall record the information provided in the CAD.

H.

The following method shall be used to identify officers during radio transmissions

1.
l.

Officer's vehicle number or radio number

Communications with interacting agencies shall be managed as follows:

1.

Communications with other police agencies shall be through the State
Police Emergency Network (SPEN) and/or County Radio Channels.

J.

All personnel shall use the appropriate radio codes and phonetic alphabet.

K.

All personnelwill communicate on the radio in the following manner:

1. Professional transmissions
2. All acknowledgements will be verbal (no clicking)
3. No profanitY will be used
4. Acknowledge calls giving your vehicle or radio number
5. Audible voice (no cliPPing)
6. Proper enunciation
7. Use of proper radio codes
Vll. Police Radio Malfunctions

A.

A test count will be requested from the dispatcher if radio malfunction is
suspected.

B.

lf a radio malfunction is discovered, it is to be reported immediaiely by
telephone to the communications center and the shift supervisor. A cAD
should be struck documenting the issue and noting who was contacted
in regards io the radio failure.

C.

Relaying of messages from poor transmitting locations to other vehicles
on the system shall be accomplished when necessary. lf you encounter
a weak transmission in the city, the following suggestions will assist you:

1.

lf wearing a jacket, have the portable antenna exposed

2.

lf all else fails, use your car radio

D.

Officers shall operate the mobile radios on channel

E.

Portable radios operate the same as the mobile radios

'1.

#:

13

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Dat's:A112712014
Order #: 1.5
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: DISPATCHING AND COMMUNICATIONS CENTER
Vlll. Police Radio Proiocol

A.

The following shall be the standard radio procedures:

1.

2.

Dispatched call

a.

"District 7 to Vehicle Number" or "Radio Number"

b.

Police response: "Vehicle Number" or "Radio Number"

c.

Dispatcher: "Vehicle Number" or "Radio Number"
respond to (location) for a (nature of call)

Motor vehicle Stops

a.

Officer: "Vehicle or Radio Number to 7"

b.

Dispatcher. "Vehicle or Radio Number go ahead"

c.

Officer: Location, plate, vehicle description, number of
occupants, etc

d.
3.

4

Dispatcher: "Copy and time of stop"

Suspicious Persons

a.

Officer. "Vehicle or Radio Number to 7"

b.

Dispatcher: "Vehicle or Radio Number go ahead"

c.

Officer: Give location and description

d.

Dispatcher: "Copy and time of incident"

Miscellaneous BroadcasVPolice lnformation

a.

Dispatcher: "District 7 to all units, prepare to copy
(naiure of call, missing person, etc), authority (list town
where incident occurred)

b.

Wait approximately 15 seconds

c.

Give information slowly so information can be copied.

d.

All units shall acknowledge "received".

Page

#:

14

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

Date:0112712014
Order #: 1.5
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: DISPATCHING AND COMMUNICATIONS CENTER

lX.

e.

The dispatcher will acknowledge that all units received and
the time when all units have acknowledged.

f.

lf individual officers do not acknowledge, the dispatcher will
call them by vehicle or radio number to seek acknowledgment.

Fire and First Aid Squad Radio Operations

A.

All Fire Department Vehicle and First Aid Vehicles are dispatched by
Cumberland County Police Radio.

X.

Registration of equipment and personnel

A.

All radio equipment capable of being used for two-way communications
shall be approved for use by the Chief of Police or his designee.

B.

Radio identification numbers shall be maintained at the communications center.

Xl. When a call for service

is received and requires a police response, the dispatcher shall
assign the call to the officer assigned or located in that area.

A. This may be superseded

when the initially assigned officer in that particular

area is unavailable.

Xll. When an officer makes an emergency request for assistance, or if the officer's radio
indicates an alarm, the following procedures shall be followed:

A.

The dispatcher shall contact the officer whose alarm has been activated to
ascertain if it was accidental or a malfunction.

B.

lf no response from the officer, the dispatcher shall notify all units of the
location of the officer requesting assistance or who has activated an alarm.

C.

Patrol officers shall notify dispatch of their intent to respond.

D.

All personnel shall maintain radio silence as much as is operationally feasible
until the situation involving the officer has been rectified.

Xlll.

When a dispatcher receives a callfor a crime in progress or an officer requesting
assistance, all personnel will refrain from using the radio for any unrelated, routine
communication which might interfere with the emergency call.

XlV.

Communications Records

A. The dispatcher

shall record the following information at the time of a request

#:

15

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

Date:0112712014
Order #: 1.5
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: DISPATCHING AND COMMUNICATIONS CENTER
for service (the CAD system will automatically assign the next sequential
number as a control number)

1.

Date and time of request

2.

Name and address of complainant (if possible)

3.

Type of incident reported

4.

Location of incident reported

5.

Date and time of dispatch

6.

Date and time of officer arrival

7.

Date and time of officer return to service

B. Disposition

9.
B.

or status of reported incident

ldentity of office(s) dispatched along with those assigned as primary
and backup officers.

The information shall be recorded for all requests including those received by
telephone, in person, self initiated by the officer(s) or reported to the officer(s)
in the field. The information shall be recorded for each specific call for law
enforcement service.

C.

The dispatcher shall obtain all relevant information for each call for law
enforcement service. The dispatcher shall elicit as much information as
possible to enhance the safety of the officer and assist in anticipating
conditions to be encountered at the scene.

D.

The dispatcher shall record the status of the officers when out of service.

E.

Contact with telecommunications officers shall always occur over recorded
departmental telephone lines or by police radio. There shall be no cases where
an officer utilizes a personaltelephone to contact a telecommunication officer's
personal telephone.

XV. Violations

A.

Violations of this directive shall be handled via progressive discipline standards.

#:

16

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:

1.5.1

Date:0113112014
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: DISPATCHER TRAINI NG PROGRAM
BRIDGETON POLICE DIVISION
CHIEF OF POLICE DIRECTIVE
POLICY AND PROCEDURE

SECTION:

I

CHAPTER:

5.1

REVISION

DATE;

SUBJECT:

1-31-2014

DISPATCHERTRAININGPROGRAM

EFFECTIVE DATE: 1 -31 -2014
CHIEF OF POLICE:MARK W. OTT

ACCREDITATIONSTANDARDS.

35.1.3;

33.1 .5,

33.1.6;
33.4.3;
33.5.1

The written directives developed by the Bridgeton Police Department are for internal use only,
and do not enlarge an officer's civil or criminal liability in any way. They should not be
construed as the creation of a higher standard of safety or care in an evidentiary sense, with
respect to thlrd party claims. Violations of written directives can only be the basis of a
complaint by this department, and then only in an administrative disciplinary setting.

l:5.1-1 PURPOSE
The purpose of this policy is to establish a training program for employees hired as
dispatchers for the police department

l:5.1-2 POLICY
It is the policy of the Bridgeton Police Department to train dispatchers in the duties and
responsibilities of police dispatching to ensure the safety of the police officers and the public.

l:5.1-3 PROCEDURE

I.

Definitions:

A. Certified Dispatcher-

A dispatcher who has been trained and certified
in dispatching and is recognized by the State of New Jersey as a certified

dispatcher or tele-communicator.

1

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Order #: 1.5.1
Date:0113112014
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: DISPATCHER TRAINING PROGRAM

B.

Training Dispatcher (CTO)- A dispatcher chosen by the Administrative
Division Commander or his/her designee to train newly hired dispatchers
in performing the duties and responsibilities of dispatching
Phase 1 training- Phase one of training involves active observation by the
trainee as the training dispatcher performs and explains the duties, followed
by active participation by the trainee with assistance from the training
dispatcher

ll.

D

Phase 2 training- Phase two of training begins when the training dispatcher
takes a secondary role with the trainee performing all the functions of a
dispatcher with the Trainer available to assist when needed.

E.

Primary Dispatcher- For purposes of this policy a primary dispatcher is
a dispatcher who is certified and can work the communications center
without a second dispatcher on duty.

F.

Secondary Dispatcher- For purposes of this policy a secondary dispatcher
is a dispatcher who can not work in the communications center unless a
primary dispatcher is on duty.

G.

Week- For purposes of this policy, a week is a minimum of thirty six hours

Training Program
A.

Dispatchers, like all new hires, will be subjected to an orientation program
into the police department.
Upon completion of the orientation program, the dispatcher will be paired up
with a CTO. Dispatchers who are hired and are not considered to be a
certified dispatcher shall be trained on the following schedule:

1.

Phase 1 training:
Phase '1 training will be for a period of 4 weeks. This may be
extended for an additional period of 2 weeks at the recommendation
of the training dispatcher and upon approval of the Administrative
Division Commander or his/her designee.

2.

Phase 2 training:
Phase 2 training will be for a period of 4 weeks. This may be
extended for an additional period of 1 week at the recommendation
of the training dispatcher and upon approval of the Administrative
Division Commander or his/her designee

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Order #: I 5.1
Date: A113112014
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: DISPATCHER TRAINING PROGRAM

3.

Secondary Dispatch
Upon completion of Phase 2 iraining, the dispatcher shall be a
secondary dispatcher until such time as they have received
certification for basic dispatch.

C.

For dispatchers who start employment with this agency as a certified
dispatcher shall be trained on the following schedule.

1.

Phase 1 training:
Phase 1 training will be for a period of 2 weeks. This may be
extended for an additional period of 1 week at the recommendation
of the training dispatcher and upon approval of the Administrative
Division Commander or hisiher designee.

2.

Phase 2 iraining:
Phase 2 training will be for a period of 2 weeks. This may be
extended for an additional period of 1 week at the recommendation
of the training dispatcher and upon approval of the Administrative
Division Commander or his/her designee.

3.

D.

lll.

lf a dispatcher on this training schedule is working without a
training dispatcher due to scheduled time off, the training period
will be increased accordingly to compensate the same number of
days to ensure that the dispatcher receives the minimum number
of hours of training.

For dispatchers who are hired as part time dispatchers, the training will
consist of a minimum of one week of training with a training dispatcher.
Any time after the one week, the training officer can recommend that the
part time dispaicher be permitted to work as a secondary dispatcher. The
part time dispatcher will remain as a secondary dispatcher until
recommended by the training officer as a primary dispatcher and only
after approval of the Administrative Division Commander or his/her designee
Only certifled dispatchers shall be hired as part time dispatchers.

Record Keeping and Evaluatrons

A. The CTO shallevaluate

the dispatch trainee each day during phase one
and phase two of the training, utilizing the daily communications training
evaluation form (Appendix A - Policy 1.5.4).

B.

The Administrative Bureau Commander or his/her designee shall evaluate

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

Date:0113112014
Order #: 1.5.'l
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: DISPATCHER TRAINING PROGRAM
the dispatch trainee on a weekly basis. The evaluations after Phase 2 will
be monthly for each calendar month for the first six months, including the
first month, if phase two training ends before the 15th of the month. The
monthly training shall be completed utilizing the monthly communications
evaluation form (Appendix B - Policy 1.5.5).

C.

Records shall be kept on any part time dispatchers and any exceptional or
unsatisfactory performance will be discussed with the dispatcher, however,
no formalized written evaluation shall be eonducted on part time dispatchers.

lV. Selection of CTO

A. The Administrative Division Commander

shall consult with the Training
Officer to determine which dispatchers should be selected as a CTO.

B.

The CTO shall make every effort to minimize time off when they
are actively training a dispatcher.

NOTE - THE BLANK TRAINEE PAPERWORK PACKET IS ON FILE IN CHIEF'S OFFICE
UNDER THIS DIRECTIVE NUMBER.

#:

4

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

1.5.2

Datez03l14l2O11
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: COMMUNICATIONS TRAINING OFFICER MANUAL

The lesson, as a complete unit of instruction, should be selected in terms of the following
factors:

1.

What are the objectives of the lesson?

Remember that the lesson is designed to help students learn. The objectives
should therefore be planned around the student achievement.

2.

Does the lesson meet the needs of the student?

lnstruction should be student-centered. What is taught is only of value for the
contribution it makes to the development of the student.

3.

Does the lesson deal with only one major topic or job?

It is important that the student not be confused with too many ideas or topics
presented at one time.

4.

Does the lesson contain new ideas or procedures?

lf there are no new elements the lesson should be treated as a review lesson.
lf there are more than six or seven elements learned, it may have to be
divided into several lessons.

5.

ls the lesson based on previous information?

Unless the lesson starts a new unit of work, the lesson should have some
connection with previous information.

6.

Does the lesson lead into more advanced work?

Unless the lesson is the last one in a unit of work, it should be planned to be
followed by additional information.

7.

ls the lesson too short?

lf the lesson does not contain enough material to warrant giving a test on the
information presented, it may not be a lesson, as such, but merely a bit of
information. lt may be desirable to combine severalsmall"lessons" into a
larger unit of instruction.

B. ls the lesson too long?

#:

10

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Order #:1.5.2
Date=0311412011
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: COMMU

N

ICATIONS TRAI

N

I

NG OFFICER MAN UAL

A lesson should be complete enough to warrant the planning and effort
required. Any time the lesson rambles or pursues uncertain goals it should be
terminated so that valuable time can be used in other activities. The learners'
attention span must also be taken into account.

The Four Step Plan
The four step method of instruction is a natural procedure applicable to any instructional
situation. lt will fit teaching situations in any industry, in any area, or at any level. lt
seems basically logical to proceed by first getting the attention and interest of the
individual, when this is accomplished, presenting the information to be learned and
finally determining that the learner has actually learned. The four-step method is as
simple as that. lts features are summarized in the following steps.

step 1 lntroduction: The first step of the teaching process should result in the
arrangement of the ideas and experiences already present in the learner into such
an order that he/she will be receptive toward the new ideas and experiences to be
taught. No new knowledge is added. The instructor is interested developing a
basis upon which the instruction can rest. lt is also essential that the introduction
step be designed to focus the interest of the student on the lesson to be learned and
provide them with a motive and enthusiasm for learning. These steps must all be
thorough and complete if the new instruction is to have effective reception.
Step 2 Presentation: The objective of the second step of the teaching process is to
impart the knowledge or skills to the learner. This step must be related to known
ideas and experiences. The instructor's problem is to arrange the materialto be
taught in a effective order, placing emphasis on the most essential aspects.
Step 3. Application: The third step of the teaching process affords the learner the
opportunity to put to use the information prepared for and presented in the
previous steps. lt should disclose the learners' grasp of the details of the new
subject matter and their ability to progress.
Step 4. Test The last step of the teaching process may be regarded as the final
inspection of the learner's accomplishment. The instructor is concerned with
determining the present abilities of the learner and his readiness to move on to a
new phase of the instruction. Whether the instructor gives an oral test, written
test, or performance test, the student must know the nature of the extent of
his success and failures.

11

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:1.5.2

Date:0311412011
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: COMMUNICATIONS TRAINING OFFICER MANUAL

Standardized Guidelines and the Evaluation Process
What are the Standardized Guidelines? Job performance standards and descriptions of how
well a trainee must perform in order to pass the Field Training Program satisfactorily.
How many are there? They are broken down into 30 measurable behaviors. On the Daily
Field Training Evaluation Report, these 30 behaviors are broken down into four categories.
1. Appearance
2. Attitude/lnteraction
Knowledge
Performance.

3.
4.

Why do we use them?
. To show validity, all trainees are evaluated on the same basis.

.

To show reliability if it measures consistently.

.

By using the guidelines we can bring CTOs into the same line of thought in each of

.

the 30 measurable behaviors.
So we don't base the rating on personal bras.

Leniency: The tendency to rate high by not following the guidelines. lt can damage a
recruit's morale when they see another trainee performing low but getting rated high.

CentralTendency: Raters tend to group their ratings in the middle scale. This possibly
results from the policy of documenting other scores.
The Halo Effect: Don't assume that excellence in one factor implies excellence in all factors.
Related Traits: When the CTO gives similar ratings to traits or behaviors that only seems to
be similar. Such as: if the trainee is attentive to duty, then they must have a high degree of
initiative.

#:

12

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:1.5.2

Order
Date=0311412011
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: COMMUNICATIONS TRAINING OFFICER MANUAL
Overweighing: Being unduly influenced by an occurrence, either good or bad, involving the
trainee near the end of the shift.

How we use Standardized Guidelines.

The rating system.
1 is totally unacceptable

2 is close to a 1 and is just a little better than totally unacceptable
3 is close to a 4 but not yet minimally acceptable.
4 is the minimum acceptable level. lt is an officer able to work a solo assignment in a
safe, skillful, productive and professional manner.
5 and 6 are above acceptable and like a bonus score recognize work that is above the
minimum acceptable level.
7 is a superior performance.
N.R.T is Not Responding to Training.
N.O. is Not Observed in that behavior.
Training Time is RemedialTraining Time, document time spent on remedialtraining.

Scores of 1,2,6,7, and N.R.T's must have justification shown on the Daily Communications
Training Report in the appropriate narrative category.

The Evaluation lnterview

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Review the Daily Communications Training Report that you have completed.
Determine what you want to accomplish when you discuss it with the trainee.
Discuss the evaluation in private.
Place primary interest on the trainee's development and growth.
Be open minded to the opinions of the trainee.
Cover the trainee's strengths first.
When discussing weaknesses, tell the trainee how to improve.
Close the evaluation when you've covered allthe points, the trainee has responded and
plans of action have been developed for the future.
Daily Communications Training Report Narrative Section CTO Checklist

1
2

Set the stagelscene.
Consider using verbatim quotes

#:

13

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:1.5.2

Order
Date:0311412011
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: COMMU

3
4
5
6
7
I

N

ICATIONS TRAI N I NG OFFICER MANUAL

Remember your audience.
Critique performance, not style.
Don't predict.
Report facts.
Check your spelling, grammar, etc...
Think remedial!

Training Supervisors Weekly Report

1
2
3
4
5

CTO meets with the Training Coordinator..
Discuss strengths and weaknesses of trainee.

Prepare remedial plan if necessary.
Review progress of Field Training Guide.
The Training Coordinator and the Administrative Bureau Commander will review Weekly
Field Training Evaluation Reports.

#:

14

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:1.5.2

Order
Date:0311412011
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: COMMU

N

ICATIONS TRAIN I NG OFFICER MAN UAL

Communications Training Officer Program
Standardized Evaluation Guidelines
The task of evaluating and rating a trainee's performance must be based on the following
numericalscale value definitions. As guidelines, these definitions serve as a means of
program standardization and continuity.
Appearance

l.General Appearance: Evaluates physical appearance, dress and demeanor.

Unacceptable

1.
Dirty shoes and unkempt of soiled uniform; unkempt hair
not conforming to regulations; poor personal hygiene.

4.

Acceptable

7.

Superior

Neat and clean uniform or business attire; shoes are shined,
good personal hygiene.

Neat, clean, well fitting, pressed uniform or business attire;
wellgroomed hair; wellshined shoes; very good personal

hygiene.

Attitude/lnteraction
2. Acceptance of Feedback-CTO Program: Evaluates the way that the trainee accepts the
trainer's criticism and how that feedback is used to further the leaning process and improve

performance.

1. Unacceptable

4.

Always makes excuses for poor performance;
argumentative; refuses to make corrections; trainee takes
criticism personal or gets angry. Trainee patronizes CTO.

Acceptable Accepts criticism

with open mind and positive manner;
applies criticism to further the learning process.

#:

15

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page#:

#:1.5.2

Order
Date=0311412011
Gategory: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: COMM

7.

UN

ICATIONS TRAI Nl NG OFFICER MAN UAL

Superior

Solicits criticism in order to improve performance; applies
the information gained from the criticism to improve; never
argues or blames others.

Attitude/l nteraction (contin ued)
3. Attitude Toward Communications Work: Evaluates how the trainee views the career in

terms of personal motivation, goals and acceptance of the responsibilities of the job.

1. Unacceptable

Sees career as only a job; uses job to boost ego;
abuses authority ; demonstrates little dedication to the principles of the public safety work.

4.

Acceptable

7.

Superior

Expresses active interest in the new career and in public
safety communications responsibilities.

Utilizes off duty time to further professional knowledge,
actively soliciting assistance from others to increase
knowledge and improve skills. Demonstrates true concern
for callers and maintains high ideals in terms of
professional responsibilities.

4. With the Public in General: Evaluates the trainee's ability to interact with citizens in an
appropriate, efficient manner.

1. Unacceptable

Abrupt,belligerent,argumentative,andoverbearing;
unconcerned and disinterested with the public; Overlooks
or avoids the "service" aspects of the job. lntroverted,
insensitive, and uncaring.

4.

Acceptable

7.

Superior

Courteous, friendly and empathetic; communicates in a
professionaland unbiased manner; always maintains self
control; always tries to be objective; appears to be at ease
with alltypes of people. ls service oriented.
ls very much at ease with citizen contacts. euickly
establishes rapport and leaves people with the feeling that
the call taker was interested in serving them. ls objective
with allcontacts,

16

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Order #=1.5.2
Date:0311412011
Category: DEPARTM ENT ORDERS

Title: COMMUNICATIONS TRAINING OFFICER MANUAL
5.With Other Department Members: Evaluates the trainee's ability to effectively interact with
other Department members of various ranks in various capacities.

1. Unacceptable

4.

Acceptable

7.

Superior

lnsubordinate; gossips about other employees;
patronizes CTO, superiors or officers. Resists instructions.
Considers him- or herself superior. Belittles others. ls not a
"team player''.
Understands and adheres to chain of command; respects
command authority; good peer and CTO relationships and
is accepted as a group member
Excellent rapport with peers and superiors; understands
com mand officers responsibilities and fu nctions, respects
and supports their position.

KNOWLEDGE
6.Knowledge of Department Policies and Procedures: Evaluates the trainee's knowledge of
departmental procedures and ability to apply this knowledge under actual conditions.

1.

4.

Unacceptable

Acceptable

7. Superior

No Knowledge or does not understand Department policies
and procedure or violates same; makes no attempt to learn
after errors are pointed out.
Familiar with most commonly applied Department policies
and procedures and makes decisions basically within
Department's policies and procedures; able to research
orders.
Exceptional working knowledge of Department policies
and procedures and exhibits this knowledge by
discretionary decisions; researches orders on own.

7. Knowledge of Radio/Telephone: Evaluates the trainee's knowledge of the radio and
telephone systems that are installed and in use.

1.

Unacceptable

Fails to display knowledge of equipment purpose or use,
making mistakes in the use of radio or telephone and makes
no attempt to learn or improve

4.

Acceptable

Familiar with the purpose and use of the radio and
telephone and correctly applies this knowledge to the
processing of calls for service.

17

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:l-5.2

Order
Date:0311412011
Category: DEPARTM ENT ORDERS

Title: COMMU

N

ICATIONS TRAI

7.

N

I

NG OFFICER MAN UAL

Superior

Exceptional working knowledge of the radio and

telephone,
seeks new knowledge and understanding and correctly
diagnoses problems with the system(s).

8. Knowledge of CAD/Computers: Evaluates the trainee's knowledge of the department's
Computer Aided Dispatch system and the ability to work with that system.

1. Unacceptable

4.

Acceptable

7.

Superior

Fails to display knowledge or understanding of the CAD
system. Has little or no keyboarding skills.
Familiar with most commons uses of the CAD system and
inputs information quickly and accurately.

Has an excellent working knowledge of the CAD system
and its various applications. Can work through the system
effortlessly.

9.Knowledge of Call Prioritization. Evaluates the trainee's knowledge of the call prioritization,
including emergency call{aking and emergency dispatch procedures (as applicable).

1. Unacceptable

4.

Acceptable

7.

Superior

Fails to display knowledge of proper call prioritization
procedures.

Familiar with the priority concepts and applies them to
emergency situations. Complies with department's call
prioritization policies or procedures.
Has excellent working knowledge of the call prioritization
system, including its theories and philosophies. Correctly
applies call prioritization during shift without assistance.

'l0.Knowledge Reflected in VerbalTests: Evaluates the trainee's ability to adequately handle
verbal tests throughout the training process.

1. Unacceptable

Unable to answer training officer's questions and does not
attempt to improve.

#:

18

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:1.5.2

Order
Date=0311412011
Gategory: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: COMMUNICATIONS TRAINING OFFICER MANUAL

4.

Acceptable

7.

Superior

Answers most training officers questions; makes attempts
to learn unanswered questions.

Answers all of training officers questions and researches
unanswered questions.

Performance
11. Telephone Skills-Normal Conditions: Evaluates the trainee's ability to properly
answer non-emergency telephone calls, and process the calls according to department
policies, regulations, and procedures and accepted telephone techniques.

1. Unacceptable

4.

Acceptable

7.

Superior

Uses course or rude language or demeanor on the phone.
Fails to follow departmental guidelines for answering nonemergency telephone calls. Fails to keep proper notes, or
has numerous errors in notes.
Uses proper telephone courtesy. Follows accepted
departmental guidelines for answering non-emergency
telephone calls. Keeps notes of calls as needed.

Uses proper telephone courtesy, emulating a true concern for
callers. Keeps exemplary notes as needed.

12. Telephone Skill: Moderate and High Stress Conditions: Evaluates the trainee's ability to

properly answer moderate and high stress emergency telephone calls, and process the calls
according to department policies, regulations, and procedures and accepted telephone
techniques

1. Unacceptable

4.

Acceptable

Uses course or rude language or demeanor on the phone.
Fails to follow departmental guidelines for answering
emergency telephone calls or prematurely terminates calls
from emergency callers. Fails to keep proper notes, or
has numerous errors in notes.
Uses proper telephone techniques in stress conditions,
following departmental g u idelines for answeri n g emergency
telephone calls. Keeps accurate notes of calls as needed.

#:

19

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Date:0311412011
Order #:1.5.2
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: COMMUNI CATIONS TRAI Nl NG OFFI CER MAN UAL

7.

Superior

Uses proper emergency telephone techniques, keeping callers
calm while obtaining information or giving directions and
instructions. Keeps exemplary notes as needed.

13. Caller lnterview Skill: Evaluates the trainee's ability to obtain information from callers on
the phone or units in the field who are reporting incidents or requesting communications

actions.

1.

4.

Unacceptable

Does not ask questions to solicit information, or asks
improper questions. Does not use accepted techniques to
calm hysterical callers. Engages in unnecessary questioning
or conversation.

Acceptable

Obtains necessary information in a minimum period of time,
with little superfluous questioning. Uses accepted techniques
to calm hysterical callers. Solicits missing information as
needed.

7.

Superior

Obtains necessary information in a minimum period of time,
using sequential method of questioning and recording.
Actively listens to obtain information without repeating
questions. Skillfully calms hysterical callers.

14. Routinelogs/ Forms-Accuracy/Completeness: Evaluates the trainee's ability to properly
utilize departmental logs/forms necessary to job accomplishment.

1.

Unacceptable

Unable to determine proper logs/ forms after being
instructed on prior occasions; incomplete forms; requires
constant supervision for routine forms.

4.

Acceptable

7.

Superior

Knows most standard logs/ forms and understands format;
completes form with reasonable accuracy and thoroughness;
requires little supervision.

Consistently and rapidly completes detailed logs/ forms with
no assistance; forms are legible and neat; very little or no
assistance; high degree of accuracy.

15. Geography/Map lnterpretation: Evaluates the trainee's ability to read a map, interpret
directions, and relay map information to concerned parties. Also evaluates the trainee's
overall orientation to the geographic area.

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page#:

#:1.5.2

Order
Date:0311412011
Gategory: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: COMM

U

NICATIONS TRAI Nl NG OFFICER MANUAL

1. Unacceptable

4.

Acceptable

Has little or no working knowledge of the geographic area
served by the agency. Cannot orient places and directions.
Cannot properly interpret features on a map.
Reasonable working knowledge of the geographic area and
can orient places and directions. Able to interpret a street
map. Knows resources available to assist in finding locations.

7

"

Superior

Has an intimate knowledge of the geographic area served b y
the agency. Can orient most locations according to
landmarks, cross streets, etc. Can read and interpret all
features on a map.

16, Position Performance: Non-Stress conditions: Evaluates the trainee's ability to work within
his or her assigned position and perform required duties in a non-stress condition.

1. Unacceptable

4.

Confused and disoriented; unable to decide proper course
of action; unable to control and handle situations; requires
constant supervision in choosing course of action. Takes
wrong course of action or avoids taking action

Acceptable Assess most situations

and takes proper action with very

little supervision.

7.

Superior

Properly assesses situation, including unusual or complex
ones. Determines the appropriate course of action and takes
same.

17. Position Performance: Stress Conditions: Evaluates the trainee's ability to work within his

or her assigned position and perform required duties in moderate and high stress situations.

1. Unacceptable

4.

Acceptable

Becomes emotionaland panic stricken; loses controland
temper; unable to function and causes situation to escalate
out of hand; makes poor decisions. Overreacts.
Under most situations exhibits calm and controlled attitude;
doesn't allow situations to further deteriorate; makes
reasonable decisions.

21

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page#:

Date:0311412011
Order #:1.5.2
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: COMM UN ICATIONS TRAI N I NG OFFICER MAN UAL

7.

1

Superior

Maintains calm and self control in even the most extreme
situations. Quickly restores control in the situation, and
takes command. Determines the best course of action and
takes same and brings order to the situations without
assistance;

B. CAD Skills-Normal Conditions

1. Unacceptable

Cannot use the CAD terminal for even simple nonemergency entries and retrievals. Cannot use keyboard at
an acceptable rate of speed or accuracy. Cannot key
information while receiving it by phone or radio.

4.

Utilizes the CAD terminal in his or her assigned position in
non-emergency situatlons according to policy and
procedure. Enters information while receiving it over the
phone or radio. Accurately keys information into the
system.

7

-

Acceptable

Superior

Utilizes the CAD terminal with ease in non-emergency
situations, even in the most complex situations. Enters
information while receiving it over the phone or radio,
while also conversing and questioning for more
information. Keys information at high rates of speed and
accuracy.

19. CAD Skills-Moderate and Hi-Stress-Evaluates the trainee's ability to utilize the CAD
system in his or her assigned position under moderate and high stress conditions

1. Unacceptable

Becomes emotional and panic stricken; and cannot
manipulate the CAD system under moderate or high stress.
Makes excessive entry mistakes.

4.

Utilizes the CAD terminal in his or her assigned position in
emergency situations according to policy and

Acceptable

22

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page#:

DaG:43h412011
Order #:1.5.2
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: COMMUNICATIONS TRAINING OFFICER MANUAL
procedure. Enters information while receiving it over the
phone or radio. Accurately keys information into the
system.

7.

Superior Utilizes the CAD Terminal with ease in moderate or high
stress emergencies, even in the most complex situations.
Enters information while receiving it over the phone or
radio, while also conversing and questioning for
information. Keys information at high rates of speed and
accuracy.

20. CAD Skills-Update and Relay: Evaluates the trainee's ability to update the CAD
information as it is received and relay to the proper person or unit.

1. Unacceptable

Fails to solicit updated information, or fails to input
updated information when received. Routes information to
the wrong person or unit.

4.

Acceptable After gaining initial information, the trainee obtains additional
information and correctly enters it. Determines the proper routing, if necessary, and sends the
new information to the proper person or unit.

7.

SuperiorSends initial call information at the earliest possible moment, then obtains
additional information as it is received. Always routes information to the proper unit or person.
Checks to insure that the message was properly received.

21. Control of Conflict: Voice Command: Evaluates the trainee's ability to gain and maintain
control of situations through verbal command and instructions.

1. Unacceptable

lmproper voice inflection; too soft, Ioud, indecisive,
confused; loses control.

4.

Acceptable

Speaks with authority in a calm, clear voice and shows
attitude of concern; maintains self control.

7.

Superior

Always gives appearance of complete command through
voice tone and bearing; never loses self control and always
projects professionalism and authority.

23

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Order #:1.5.2
Date:0311412011
Gategory: DEPARTM ENT ORDERS

Title: COMMUN ICATIONS TRAI N NG OFFICER MAN UAL
I

22. Control of Conflict: Hysterical Caller: Evaluates the trainee's ability to gain and maintain
control of a hysterical caller, and to obtain pertinent information from this caller.
1. Unacceptable
Uses little of no force, or too much force, to gain attention
and attempt to control. "Freezes" or fails to attempt to
speak or gain control. Uses rough language or other
inappropriate means to try to gain attention and control.

4-

Acceptable

Superior

Gains control of hysterical caller in most cases using
proper level of voice tone, word choice, and inflection.
Gains control of even the most extreme hysterical caller,
using proper levels of voice tone, word choice, and
inflection in all cases.

23. Problem Solving: Decision Making: Evaluates the trainee in terms of ability to perceive,
form valid conclusions, arrive at sound judgments and make proper decisions.

1.

Unacceptable

Acts without thought or is indecisive; relies on others to
make decisions. Is unable to reason through a problem and
come to a conclusion. Cannot recall a previous solution and apply it to a new problem.

4.

Acceptable

7.

Superior

ls able to reason out problems and relate them to what has
been previously taught; has good perception and ability to
make own decisions.
Excellent perception of situations; foresees problems and
arrives at decisions in advance. Relates past solution to
present situations.

24. Common Sense and Judgment- Evaluates the trainee's judgments and use of common
sense as it applies to all situations.

1. Unacceptable

4"

Acceptable

7.

Superior

Acts without thought or indecisive; nalve; unable to make
decisions alone and to reason a situation out; considerable
lack of common sense and judgement.
Able to reason out problems and relate to training; good
perceptions and ability to make decisions; shows common
sense and good judgment in most situations.
Shows above average ability to evaluate a situation and
uses common sense and good judgment in arriving at
course of action; foresees potential problems and arrives

24

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page#:

#:1.5.2

Date:A311412011
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: COMMUNICATIONS TRAINING OFFICER MANUAL
at advance solutions.

25. Radio: Appropriate Use of Procedures: Evaluates the trainees ability to use the radio
network in accordance with department policy and procedures.

1. Unacceptable

4.

Violates policy concerning use of radio. Does not follow
procedures or follows wrong procedure. Does not
understand or use proper language.

Acceptable Follows policy and accepted procedures, Has a good
working knowledge of most often used radio language.

7.

Superior

Always follows proper procedures and adheres to policy.
Has superior working knowledge of all radio language, and applies knowledge when
using the radio.

26. Radio: Listens and Comprehends: Evaluates the trainee's ability to pay attention to radio
traffic and to understand the information that is transmitted. Evaluates the ability to "hea/'
radio tratfic from other positions and understand the meaning of the transmissions.

1. Unacceptable

4.

Acceptable

Repeatedly misses calls to headquarters and is unaware of
traffic on adjoining consoles; frequently has to field units
to repeat transmission or does not comprehend message;
pays no attention to radio.

Understands radio traffic directed at the trainee's position
and is generally aware of the radio traffic at other
adjoining positions.

Superiorls aware of own radio traffic and traffic in the adjoining positions. ls
aware of radio traffic on other parts of the town and uses previously transmitted information to

7.

advantage.

27. Radio: Articulation of Transmission: Evaluates the trainee's ability to communicate with
others on the radio network.

1. Unacceptable

Does not pre-plan before transmitting message; under or
over modulation resulting in field units constantly asking
for repeat. Cuts in on other transmissions; uses long
unnecessary transmissions on the primary channel; long
silent pauses; clips transmissions.

25

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page#:

#:1.5.2

Date:0311412011
Order
Gategory: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: COMMUNICATIONS TRAINING OFFICER MANUAL

4.

Acceptable

7.

Superior

Uses proper procedure with short, concise transmissions in
a clear, calm voice without hesitation; observes good radio
etiquette.

Uses proper procedure with clear, calm, voice even under
stress situations; does not waste air time; excellent radio
etiquette.
Services dispatch policies and procedures and exhibits this
knowledge by no mistakes

28. Use of Time-Evaluates the trainee on his/her proper use of time during the shift.

1. Unacceptable

4.

Acceptable

7.

Superior

Constantly mis-manages time; consistently late for shift
change; does not go available in a timely fashion;
concentrates on socializing instead of handling duties and
responsibilities; takes inordinate amount of time to
complete basic tasks.

Manages time wisely; completes tasks
thoroughly and expediently; completes detailed
assignments in a minimum amount of time with no
assistance.

Manages time wisely: comes to work early; completes
task thoroughly and expediently; completes detailed
assignments in a minimum amount of time with no
assistance-

29. Preparedness-Evaluates the trainee on his/her preparedness for duty and completing
assignments.

1. Unacceptable

4.

Acceptable

7.

Superior

Unprepared to begin shift; is not organized does not
complete specific assignments.

Comes prepared for the upcoming shift, is organized,
consistently completes assignments on time.

Always prepared to work at beginning of shift; is
extremely organized ; always completes assignments on
time and often conducts additional research on latest
techniques.

26

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page#:

#:1.5.2

Order
Date:0311412011
Gategory: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: COMMUNICATIONS TRAINING OFFICER MANUAL

30. NCIC/SCIC/ATSIACS Skills - Evaluates the trainee's

abitity to utitize the
NCIC/SCICiATS/ACS systems in his or her assigned position. under low, moderate and high
stress conditions

1. Unacceptable

4.

Acceptable

7.

Superior

Cannot use the terminal for even simple, low stress
entries and retrievals. Cannot use keyboard at
an acceptable rate of speed or accuracy. Cannot key
information while receiving it by phone or radio.

Utilizes the terminal in his or her assigned position in
proper stress related situations. Enters information while receiving it over the phone or radio
Accurately keys information into the system.
Utilizes the terminal with ease in all stress related
situations, even in the most complex situations. Enters
information while receiving it over the phone or radio,
while also conversing and questioning for more
information. Keys information at high rates of speed and
accuracy.

27

Page

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date=Q311412011
Order #:1.5.2
Category: DEPARTM ENT ORDERS
Title: COMM U N ICATIONS TRAI N I NG OFFICER MANUAL

BRIDGETON POLICE DIVISION
CHIEF OF POLICE DIRECTIVE
POLICY AND PROCEDURE
SECTION:

I

CHAPTER:5.2
REVISION DATE: N/A

SUBJECT: COMMUNICATIONS TRAINING OFFICER MANUAL

EFFECTIVE DATE: MARCH 14, 2011
CHIEF OF POLICE:MARKW. OTT

ACCREDITATIONSTANDARDS:

35.1.3;

33.1.5;

33.1.6;
33.4.3;
33.5.1

BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT

COMMUNICATIONS TRAINING OFFICER MANUAL
Table of Contents

Values
Training
Our

3
4

Rules

Trainee Training
Violation of Communications Training
Duties and Responsibilities of
Duties and Responsibilities of CTO Training
CTO Evaluation
Evaluation
Standardized
Scale Value

CTO

5

Program

6
6

Coordinator

Meetings
Schedule
Guidelines
Application I
I
CTO lnstructionalTechniques
11
Lesson Planning

7
8
B

7

#:

1

Page#:

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:1.5.2

Datet0311412011
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: COMMUN ICATIONS TRAI N NG OFFICER MAN UAL
I

Four Step Plan
Standardized Guide/Evaluation
Evaluation Interview
Supervisor Weekly Report
Thirty Standardized Guidelines

12
14
15
16
17

BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
VALUE STATEMENT

This law enforcement agency shall strive to meet all objectives and goals of the police
mrssion with an unwavering commitment to personal and organizational integrity.
We will recognize the wealth of our community's cultural diversity and act with appropriate
tolerance and dignity, striving for the impartial and responsible fulfillment of our assignments
and duties,

We shall uphold the spirit, as well as the statement, of our Public Oath of Office, having
accountability to those we serve.

We recognize and acknowledge that all members of this law enforcement agency are
valuable resources. We accept our obligation to each other and to our community to provide
each agency member with the appropriate opportunities to achieve his or her professional
potential.

Mandatory Conduct For Communications Training Personnel
Training
A Communications Operator who becomes a Communications Training Officer (CTO) must
commit to a philosophy of teaching. He/she must realize that training is the first priority and
evaluation the secondary. The CTO must be willing to bear the responsibility for the progress
of the trainee, or lack of it, until such time as it is determined that other factors are the root
cause of a trainee's performance.
The Communications Training Program philosophy states:
CTOs will make every effort to train and to direct each trainee in ways that maximize the
opportunities for a trainee to succeed.

CTOs must remember that the training staff must ensure that each trainee receives the
maximum opportunity to show that he/she can do the job. CTOs will always attempt to set a
positive atmosphere for the tralnee in which learning is maximized and in which the trainee
will be able to perform to the best of his or her ability. As much as is possible, stress felt by

2

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Date=0311412011
Order #:1.5.2
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: COMMUNICATIONS TRAINING OFFICER MANUAL
the trainee should be caused by the task being taught, not from any unrelated comments or
actions on the part of the CTO. lt is impossible to entirely eliminate stress caused by
evaluation, but it should be minimized as much as possible.

CTOs must conduct themselves in a professional manner at all times. They must teach
Department policy and procedures. CTOs should set an example by virtue of their
knowledge, behavior, and appearance. They should remember that a trainee is a product of
what he/she is taught and of the behavior demonstrated by the CTO. For a CTO to say, "Do
as I say and not as I do," is not acceptable.
The productivity and appearance of the CTO must meet the Department's standards. CTOs
must strive to be above standard in all areas at all times.

Daily Communications Training Evaluation Reports.

When completing the Daily Communications Training Evaluation Report, CTOs shall refer to
the programs standardized guidelines. This is to ensure evaluations are consistent with the
programs standards.
Training Scenarios
CTOs will not set up training or mock scenarios without the approval of the Administrative
Bureau Commander or his/her designee.
The trainee will always be told when a situation is a mock scenario. Trainees will never be
"set up", with a mock scenario without their knowledge.

CTO/Trainee Relationship
The relationship between the CTO and the trainee will be a teacher/student and/or
supervisor/subordinate relationship. As part of this relationship, the following is expected:
The hallmark of this relationship will be one of mutual respect. Trainees will be treated
with respect at all times, and they will be expected to respect the CTO and to follow his/her
directions. Trainees will not be harassed, intimidated, intentionally embarassed or treated in
a demeaning manner. Name calling or use of derogatory terms by the CTO is not acceptable
and will not be tolerated. CTOs willtry not to show their anger or frustration while they are
working with a trainee. Remember: praise in public, correct in private.

A)

B)

CTO personnelwill not make discriminatory or sexist remarks and will behave at alltimes
in a manner consistent with the Departments Rules and Regulations.

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:

#=1.5.2

Date:0311412011
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: COMMU

N

ICATIONS TRAI

N

I

NG OFFICER MAN UAL

C)

CTOs will not accept gifts from nor give gifts to the trainees while they are in the Field
Training Program.

Communications Trainee -Training Rules
Trainees are to be respectful of the CTOs. The CTOs lawful direction is to be accepted and
followed at all times. lf a trainee believes that a specific instruction or order is unlawful or
improper, or an evaluation is unfair, he/she will discuss the matter with the CTO. lf the
trainee is still not satisfied, he/she should address the matter with the Administrative Bureau
Commander or his/her designee.
Trainees will complete all assignments in a prompt, timely manner. They will comply with all
policies and procedures.
Trainees will be prepared for all Communications Training assignments and will be
responsible for their completion. CTOs will review assignments with the trainee after the
trainee has studied the assigned material.
Trainees will be receptive to constructive criticism given by CTOs. They may verbalize an
explanation for their actions; however, repeated rationalization, excessive verbal
contradictions and hostility are not acceptable.

Violation of Communications Training Program Policy by CTO
Violation of the Communications Training Program policy and rules of conduct may result in
disciplinary action, to include removalfrom the Communications Training Program. A CTOs
immediate supervisor is instructed to document any violations on a memorandum and to
forward them to the Patrol Bureau Gommander. lf appropriate, this documentation should
include a statement of the action taken or recommended by the reporting supervisor.
Orientation and Observation Period
The first week of training is the orientation and observation period. lt is preferred that this
time be used for the CTO to gradually demonstrate dispatch responsibilities. During the first
week, the majority of training will be devoted to CAD training and other equipment training.
He/she may be gradually eased into performing some dispatching tasks, but should primarily
observe. The performance objectives in the Dispatcher Training Manual shall be reviewed
during the orientation and observation period.

Duties and Responsibilities of the Communications Training Officer
The Communications Training Officer is the essential means by which the goal of the
program is achieved, specifically, the production of a communications operator able to work a

4

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Date:0311412011
Order #:1.5.2
Gategory: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: COMMUNICATIONS TRAI Nl NG OFFICER MANUAL
solo assignment in a safe, skillful, productive and professional manner.
ln the role of trainer, the CTO provides on-going instruction in the traditional sense, utilizing
innovative and practical techniques.
The CTO must have the requisite skills necessary to become a reliable evaluator of a
trainee's performance. The CTO is required to write daily evaluations of the trainee's
performance and submit additional documentation as required.
During the trainees first week they will receive only verbal evaluations and suggestions from
the CTO. This "Orientation and Observation" period is designed to allow the trainee to
become familiar with his/her new surroundings without stress of daily critiques. The trainee's
written evaluation begins after the "Orientation and Observation" week.
The CTOs performance is also subject to evaluation; the CTOs professional and personal
conduct shall be exemplary. A CTO should possess and recognize the need for possessing
a higher sense of professionalism than is generally found throughout the Department. A
CTO understands that the effectiveness, image and future of the Department are
substantially decided by the quality of its personnel.

Duties and Responslbilities of the CTO Training Coordinator
The CTO Training Coordinator has the responsibility of the training and evaluation of
probationary personnel.
As trainees are assigned to the Communications Training Program, the duties of the Training
Coordinator become more complex. ln addition to their own responsibilities, the Training
Coordinator must ensure that the training and evaluation process are accomplished. Various
sources of information should be utilized to achieve this goal. Evaluation Reports, oral
communication with the CTO, trainee, tests and personal observations of trainee
performance are all used to summarize the trainee's weekly progress.
The Training Coordinator is also responsible for the weekly review of the trainee's Daily
Evaluations to determine if it is up to date and properly filled out. lf it is not current, the
Training Coordinator should ascertain why it is not, giving special attention to the possible
need for remedial training of the trainee.
The Training Coordinator and the CTO must understand the importance of documenting the
trainee's training. Documentation addresses both deficient and acceptable performance,
providing a ready reference to use in response to questions concerning the program and/or
the trainee's performance in the program.
Should the question of termination of a trainee arise, it is the responsibility of the Training
Coordinator to request memorandums and other supporting data from the current CTO and

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:

*=1.5.2

Date:0311412011
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: COMMUN ICATIONS TRAI Nl NG OFFICER MAN UAL
from each of the CTOs with whom the trainee may have previously been assigned. Should
there be disagreement concerning the decision to terminate, it then becomes the role of the
Training Coordinator to call together those CTOs who have been involved with the trainee
and mediate the disagreement. Further, the Training Coordinator has the responsibility of
keeping the Administrative Bureau Commander informed of the progress of any trainee who
may be terminated,
The Training Coordinator must monitor the overall training and evaluation of trainees to
insure that personality conflicts between the CTO and the trainee do not arise and that the
CTO maintains objectivity throughout their contact with the trainee.
A fully effective Training Coordinator will constantly strive to improve the overall operation of
the program and willwork with allother program participants towards the goalof
organizational excellence.

Communications Training Officer Evaluation Meetings
The Training Coordinator may periodically schedule a meeting with the CTO and the trainee
during the Communications Training Program to access the program and monitor the course
of training. Any below standard evaluations received by a trainee is immediate grounds for a
meeting with the CTO and the Administrative Bureau Commander in an attempt to enhance
performance.
Evaluation Process Schedule
The evaluation procedures employed in the Communications Training and Evaluation
Program are multifaceted in that they utilize input from a variety of verbal and written sources.
Detailed descriptions and exemplars of the actual evaluative instruments are found in this
manual.

Evaluation Schedule

DAILY The Training Coordinator and the Administrative Bureau Commander shall review the
completed Daily Summary Report for each week of the trainee's field training.
TRAINING RECORD The CTO shallteach the performance objectives and document all
training in the book.

Distribution of Reports and Evaluations
COMMUNICATIONS TRAI NING

Week

1

No Daily Field Training Evaluation Reports. "Observation and orientation" period.

6

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Date=0311412011
Order #:1.5.2
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: COMMU
Week

N

ICATIONS TRAI

2-8

N

I

NG OFFICER MANUAL

Daily Field Training Evaluation Report by CTOs

Week 8lf qualified, including certification, trainee shall work their own schedule without CTO.

lf a trainee is found to be unacceptable in any area, the Training Coordinator and the

Administrative Bureau Commander will determine if proceedings towards termination should
be initiated, or an extension of training granted.

Development of Standardized Guidelines
ln this section thirty specific communications operators behaviors are discussed in great
detail. The performance criteria for these behaviors are the basis for the evaluation form
currently used in the Bridgeton Police Department's Communications Training and Evaluation
Program.
In order to promote standardization of the evaluation process, there is a clear need to
articulate, define and document the reference points. ln other words, the discussed common
reference points used in the evaluation process need to be articulated in order to explain the
rationale behind a numerical score of "1" , "4" , or "7" in each of the thir$ performance criteria.

Because public safety communications, like so many other professions, has within it a wide
variety of techniques and procedures, it becomes very important that a standardization of
performance evaluation take place.
Scale Value Application
Perhaps the most difficult task facing CTO's is the application of numerical values to the
behaviors they are evaluating. The rater's dilemma usually involves their rating
philosophy versus that of another, prompting the question, who is right? The following
explanation should clarify the issue and ease the concerns of the rater and the ratee.
The first principle of value application that must be understood is that each of us has
different perceptions on nearly everything in life. While standardization of ratings is an
acute necessity, an attempt to standardize perceptions is doomed to failure from the start.
For example: CTO "A" based on a prior negative experience of his own, might see a
trainee's neglect of getting a callback number on an important call as worth a "1" rating. CTO
"B", on the other hand, might see the same trainee behavior as a "3" level performance.
Should we (or the trainee) really be concerned? Our answer is "No"... As long as both CTO's
see the performance as "unacceptable" under the guidelines of the performance criteria,
Caller lnterview Skill.

A lack of standardization occurs when "A" sees the behavior as Unacceptable (Scale 1,2,
or 3) and "8" sees the same behavior as Acceptable (Scale Values 4 through 7). Again,
we have no difficulty accepting differences in CTO's perceptions unless these

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #:1.5.2

Page #:

Date=0311412011

Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: COMMUNICATIONS TRAINING OFFICER MANUAL
perceptions vary from the unacceptable values to values reflecting acceptable
performance.
The second principle that may come into play in the above example, or any other
performance of the job task items, has to do with the value assigned as a result of the
trainee not responding to training. A trainee who responds at a less than acceptable level
might be assigned a"2" or "3" for that task.
The CTO is under an obligation to remediate that mistake and assess the trainee's
performance when next he/she has the opportunity to do so. lf the CTO retrained and the
trainee fails again, a reduction in the scale values might be appropriate.

CTO lnstructional Techniques
CTO's interested ln transmitting skill and knowledge to others must answer three important
questions. What should be taught? What materials and procedures willwork best to teach
what we wish the student to learn? How will we know we have taught it? Not only must these
questions be answered to instruct effectively, they must be answered in the way they are
listed.

Once course objectives are developed, lesson plans and the duration of the lessons must be
established. lnstructional methods that enable police candidates to progress more rapidly
toward the course objectives should be used. Moreover, procedures to evaluate the trainee's
progress toward the objectives should be implemented.
The course objectives must be communicated to the trainee. He/she must fully understand
them, recognizing that a clearly stated objective succeeds in communicating to the trainee a
visual conception of a successful trainee's skills at the end of the course or at the end of part
of a course. Objectives are only fully realized when the trainees can demonstrate
competence. A statement of specific course objectives is not sufficiently explicit unless it
indicates how the instructor intends to sample understanding. The CTO must describe what
the trainee will be asked to do to demonstrate their understanding. Thus the statement which
communicates best will be one that describes the expected behavior of the trainee. Such a
statement should identify and define the desired behavior as well as specify the criterla of
acceptable performance.
Specifying the minimum acceptable level of ability for each objective creates a performance
standard against which instructional programs can be assessed, it can then be readily
ascertained whether or not a program has been successful in achieving the instructional
intent.

Time limits and minimum numerical scores are not necessarily essential. What is essential is
there is a reliable, accurate method to measure trainee performance according to the stated
course objective.
Research reveals that participating students learn more effectively than non-participating

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Date:0311412011
Order #:1.5.2
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: COMMU

N

ICATI ONS TRAI

N

I

NG OFFICER MAN UAL

students do. The more a person participates in an incident, the better heishe becomes in
handling its demands, providing, of course, that their responses are accompanied by effective
critiques. lf participation is to be effective, students should acquire basic knowledge prior to
formal training sessions. Additional assignments may assist in the acquisition of this
foundation.
Because individuals learn at different speeds, a standardized program can hold some
students back while others move ahead. Self-paced, individualized programs of instruction
are a method for overcoming the learning rate problem. The individualized instructional
technique must be goal oriented, there must be a clear definition of what a student will be
able to do after the training.
CTOs should plan lectures, discussions and individualized programs carefully. Wellthought
out lesson plans, utilizing visualaids and demonstration, should be used as aids to teaching
as well as for the promotion of standardized training. An acceptable standard in the field of

vocationaleducation is the Five Step teaching Process, These five steps are, (1) Rehearsal..
testing the competency of the lesson plan. (2) Preparation.. preparing the students mind for
receiving the information. (3) Presentation.. giving the student new knowledge or
demonstrating the new operation, through an organized lesson plan. (4) Application.. giving
the student an opportunity to apply his newly gained knowledge. (5) The Test,. checking the
ability of the student to perform the operation or to apply the knowledge in a new situation.

An explanation of the lesson planning follows:
Lesson Planning
Lesson Plan Format

What to teach is one of the first problems confronting a new teacher. Teachers of trade and
technical classes choose the content of their teaching from an analysis of their occupation.
This must be organized into lessons and listed in the proper teaching sequence.
The beginning teacher is also confronted with trying to determine how much to include in
each lesson and how to present the material effectively.
The Lesson
A lesson is not a period of time, it is a body of instruction, and although there is a limit to the
time an instructor can maintain interest in a lesson. This amount of time varies according to
the purpose of the lesson and the amount and kinds of student participation connected with
the lesson.
Unfortunately the teacher must often consider the time factor when actually presenting the
lesson. The lesson should be planned in its complete form and changes due to a lack of time
can be made while a lesson is being presented. lf possible, the teacher should plan their
teaching so as to allow enough time to complete a lesson in its entirety when presenting it.

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

Date: 06/10i2009
Order #: R/R
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: DUTY MANUAL - RULES & REGULATIONS

The Bridgeton Police Department
Rules & Regulations J- Duty Manual

Adopted, Resolved and Promulgated: 1-15-2008
Resolution #:193-07

MISSION STATEMENT

This law enforcement agency is dedicated to the equitable and impartial enforcement of the
laws and ordinances to protect human life, property, and to maintain the public peace. ln
accomplishing

our mission of protection and service, the members of this agency will respect Constitutional
rights,

human dignity and community values.

We commit to the enhancement of a police-community partnership, and will assist the
members of our community with the identification and resolution of problems, in the effort to
improve quality of
life. We will give our community the highest quality of law enforcement services possible,
while
continuously striving for the highest professional standards.
VALUE STATEMENT

This law enforcement agency shall strive to meet all objectives and goals of the police
mission with an unwavering commitment to personal and organizational integrity.
We will recognize the wealth of our community's cultural diversity and act with appropriate
tolerance and dignity, striving for the impartial and responsible fulfillment of our assignments
and duties.

We shall uphold the spirit, as well as the statement, of our Public Oath of Office, having
accountability to those we serve.
We recognize and acknowledge that all members of this law enforcement agency are
valuable resources. We accept our obligatlon to each other and to our community to provide
each agency member with the appropriate opportunities to achieve his or her professional
potential.
OUR OBLIGATIONS
'1st The Bridgeton Police Division is obliged to take action when investigating or observing
any violation, no matter how trivial it may seem.

2nd

The Bridgeton Police Division is obliged to deliver police services with the highest
degree of

#:

1

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page#:

R/R

Date: 06/10/2009
Order #:
Gategory: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: DUTY MANUAL - RULES & REGULATIONS
professionalism possible.

3rd The Bridgeton Police Division is obliged to forge the strongest possible ties to the
neighborhoods and communities that we protect.

4th The Bridgeton Police Division is obliged to stand by its officers whenever they make
honest,
good faith efforts to enforce the law.

THE LAW ENFORCEMENT CODE OF ETHICS
As a Law Enforcement Officer, my fundamental duty is to serve mankind; to safeguard lives
and propefi; to protect the innocent against deception, the weak against oppression or
intimidation, and the peaceful against violence or disorder; and to respect the Constitutional
right of all persons to liberty, equality and justice.
I will keep my private life unsullied as an example to all; maintain courageous calm in the face
of danger, scorn or ridicule; develop self-restraint; and be constantly mindful of the welfare of
others. Honest in thought and deed in both my personal and official life, I will be exemplary in
obeying the laws of the land and regulations of my Division. Whatever I see or hear of a
confidential nature or that is confided to me in my official capacity will be kept ever secret
unless revelation is necessary in the performance of my duty.

will never act officiously or permit personal feelings, prejudices, animosities or friendships to
influence my decisions. With no compromise for crime and with relentless prosecution of
criminals, I will enforce the law courteously and appropriately without fear or favor, malice or
ill will, never employing unnecessary force or violence and never accepting gratuities.
I

I recognize the badge of my office as a symbol of public faith, and I accept it as a public trust
to be held so long as I am true to the ethics of police service. I will constantly strive to achieve
these objectives and ideals, dedicating myself before God and to my chosen profession- Law
Enforcement.

FOREWARD

The purpose of this manual is threefold: 1) to set forth rules and regulations governing the
conduct of poiice officers and civilian employees of the Division, 2) to define personnel
procedures, and 3) to provide procedural guidance for members of the department in carrying
out the duties imposed upon them by law.
The success of a police force in the performance of its duties is largely measured by the
degree of support and cooperation it receives from the people of the community which it
Serves. lt is of paramount importance that we secure the confidence, respect, and
approbation of the public. The cultivation of such desirable attitudes is dependent upon

2

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

R/R

Date: 06/10/2009
Order #:
Gategory: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: DUTY MANUAL - RULES & REGULATIONS
proper performance of duty by every member of the department.

A professional responsibility no less grave than that of other administrators of the law is
imposed upon members of the Division. Professionalization of police services is gaining
general recognition, but it can win universal acclaim and permanent status only if the actions
of the police are reflected in intelligent, sincere, efficient, and courteous service. The police
profession must embody the highest attributes of every other profession. Not private profit,
nor personal reward, but the service of the community is the earmark of the professional
police officer.
The contents of this manual have been developed to guide and assist members in reaching
these goals. Adherence to these principles and guidelines by all members of the Division will
eliminate the need for disciplinary action and will insure our acceptance by the community as
a truly professional police agency.

Chief of Police

l.

Establishment of police division rules and regulations

A.

Police Division authority
1. The Police Division of the City of Bridgeton is established pursuant to
N.J.S.A. 40A.14-118 and Bridgeton City ordinance number 3-21. The
Bridgeton Police Division shall after this be called the Division.

B.

Division rules
1. Rules and regulations established. The appropriate authority of the City
of Bridgeton hereby adopts and promulgates the department rules and

regulation, known as the Bridgeton Police Division Rules and Regulations
and after this called the "rules".

2. Right to amend or revoke. ln accordance with N.J.S.A. 40A:14-118,
the right reserved by the appropriate authority to amend or to revoke any
of the rules contained herein.
3. Previous rules, policies, and procedures. All rules previously issued,
and policies and procedures that are contrary to the rules contained
herein, are hereby revoked to the extent of any inconsistency. All other
policies and procedures shall remain in force.
4. Application. These rules are applicable to all police officers of the

#:

3

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

RIR

Order #:
Date: 06/10/2009
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: DUTY MANUAL - RULES & REGULATIONS
Division and to all civilian employees of the division where
appropriate.
5. Distribution. One copy of these rules shall be distributed to each
employee of the Division.

6. Responsibility for maintenance. lt is the continuing responsibility of
each employee to maintain a current copy of the rules, including all
additions, revisions and amendmenis as issued.
7

ll.

. F amiliarization. E m ployees shal I thorou g hly f amiliarize them selves
with provisions of the rules. lgnorance of any provision of these
rules will not be a defense to a charge of a violation of these
rules. lt is the continuing responsibility of each employee to
seek clarification through the chain of command for any rule
which is not fully understood.

Definitions

A.

Appropriate Authority. The person designated by Bridgeton City Ordinance 3-21
as "The Appropriate Authority".

B.

Appointing Authority. The Business Administrator for the City of Bridgeton.

C. Authority. The right to issue orders,

give commands, enforce obedience, initiate
action and make necessary decisions commensurate with rank or assignment as
provided for in the Division rules, policies and procedures. Authority may be
delegated by those who designated. Acts performed without proper authority or
authorization shall be considered to be in violation of the rules.

D. Chain of Command.

Vertical lines of communication, authority and responsibility
within organizational structure of the division.

E.

Day off. Those days determined by the appropriate supervisor on which a given
employee is excused from duty.

F. Directive.

A document detailing the performance of a specific activi$ or method of
operation. "Directive" includes:
1. Generalorder: Broadly based directive dealing with policy and procedure and
affecting one or more organizational subdivisions of the Division.

2. Special order: A directive dealing with a specific circumstance or event that is
usually self-canceling.

3. Personnel order: A directive initiating and announcing a change in the

#:

4

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

R/R

Date: 06110/2009
Order #:
Gategory: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: DUTY MANUAL - RULES & REGULATIONS

assignment, rank or status of personnel.

G.

Employee. All employees of the Division, whether sworn, regular, special
officers, or civilian employees.

H.

May/Should. As used herein words "may" and "should" mean that the action
indicated is permitted.

L

Order. Any written or oral directive issued by a supervisor to any subordinate or
group of subordinates in the course of duty.

J.

Policy. A statement of department principles that provides the basis for the
development of procedures and directives.

K.

Procedure. A written statement providing specific direction for performing Division
activities. Procedures are implemented through policies and directives.

L.

ShallA//ill. The words "Shall" and "Will", as used herein, shall indicate that the
action required is mandatory.

M. Supervisor.

Employee assigned to a position requiring the exercise of immediate
supervision over the activities of other employees.

lll.

General Duties and Responsibilities

A.

Police officers shall:
1. Take appropriate action to;

a. Protect life and property;
b. Preserve the peace

c. Prevent crime;
d. Detect and arrest violators of the law;
e. Enforce allfederal, state, and local laws and ordinances
coming within Division jurisdiction;

f. Safely and expeditiously regulate traffic;
g. Aid citizens in matters within police jurisdiction;
h. Take appropriate police action in aiding fellow officers as

needed;

#:

5

Page

DEPARTMENT ORDER

R/R

Date: 06/10/2009
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Titte: DUTY MANUAL - RULES & REGULATIONS

i. Provide miscellaneous services.
2. Support and defend the individual protections, rights and privileges
guaranteed by the Constitutions of the United States and New Jersey.

3. Exercise authority consistent with the obligations imposed by the oath
of office and in conformance with the policies of the Division.
4. Abide by all rules, regulations and departmental procedures and
directives governing police officer employees.

5. Be accountable and responsible to their supervisors for obeying all
Iawfulorders.
6. Coordinate their efforts with other employees of the Division to achieve
Division objectives.
7. Conduct themselves in accordance with high ethical standards, on and

off duty.
8. Strive to improve their skills and techniques through study and training.
9. Familiarize themselves with the area of authority and responsibility for
the current assignment.
10. Perform their duties promptly, impartially, faithfully, and diligently.
'11. Perform all related work as required.

B.

Supervisors in the Division shall:
'1. Enforce Division rules and insure compliance

with Division policies and

procedures.

2. Exercise proper use of their command within the limits of their authority
to assure efficient performance by their subordinates.
3. Exercise necessary control over their subordinates to accomplish the
objectives of the Division.
4. Guide and train subordinates to gain effectiveness in performing their
duties.
5. Use Division disciplinary procedures when necessary

#:

6

DEPARTMENT ORDER

RIR

Date: 06/10/2009
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Titte: DUTY MANUAL - RULES & REGULATIONS
6. When using discipline, comply strictly with the provisions of the Division

disciplinary process.

C. Chief of Police
1. Pursuantto N.J.S.A. 40A'.14-118 and municipalordinance, the Chief of
Police shall be the head of the Police Division and shall be directly

responsible to the appropriate for the efficiency and day to day operations
of the department. Pursuant to policies established by the appropriate
authority, the Chief of Police shall:
a. Administer and enforce the Rules and Regulations of the Police

Division and any special emergency directives for the disposition
and discipline of the Division and its members and officers;
b. Have, exercise and discharge the functions, powers and
duties of the Police Division;

c. Prescribe the duties and assignments of all members and
officers,

d. Delegate such authority as may be deemed necessary for the
efficient operation of the Police Division to be exercised under the
direction and control of the Chief; and

e. Report at least monthly to the appropriate authority in such
form as shall be prescribed on the operation of the Police Division
during the preceding month and make such other reports as may
be requested by the appropriate authority.

2. Responsibilities. The Chief of Police is responsible to:
a. Establish and maintain the efficient operation of the Division.
b. Organize, controland maintain all property and resources of

the Division.
c. Develop the written organizational structure of the Division,
including chain of command and duty assignments.
d. Develop and implement policies and procedures necessary to
govern and direct the day to day operations of the police
department.

e. Provide for the proper training of all Division employees

Page

#:

7

DEPARTMENT ORDER

R/R

Date: 06/10/2009
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: DUTY MANUAL - RULES & REGULATIONS
f. Provide for periodic inspections of all police operations to insure
compliance with Division rules, policies, and procedures.
g. Maintain the overall discipline of the Division.
h. Maintain a constructive relationship with the public, community
organizations, the media and other law enforcement agencies.
i. Prepare and submit the annual budget and proposed
expenditure programs to the appropriate authority or other
designated offrcials.

j. Allocate funds within the budget, which are appropriated by the
governing body.

k. Provide for performance evaluations of all Division employees.

D. Civilian employees

shall:

1. Take appropriate action to perform the duties of their posrtions
promptly, faithfully and diligently.

2. Exercise authority consistent with the obligations imposed by their
position and in conformance with the policies of the Division.
3. Be accountable and responsible to their supervisors for obeying all

lawfulorders.
4. Coordinate their efforts with other employees of the Division to achieve
Division objectives.
5. Conduct themselves in accordance with high ethical standards on and
off-duty.

6. Strive to improve their skills and techniques through study and training.
7. Familiarize themselves with the area of authority and responsibility for
the current assignment.
8. Abide by all rules, regulations and departmental procedures and

directives governing civilian employees,

9. Perform all related work as required.

lV Rules of Conduct

Page

#:

I

DEPARTMENT ORDER

R/R

Date: 06/1012009
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: DUTY MANUAL - RULES & REGULATIONS

A

General conduct
1. Performance of duty. All employees shall promptly perform their duties

as required or directed by law, Division rule, policy or directive, or by lawful
order of a superior officer.
2. Action off duty. While off duty, poliee officers shall take appropriate
action as needed in any police matter that comes to their attention within
their jurisdiction as authorized by New Jersey law and Division policy.

3. Obedience to Laws and Rules. Employees shall obey all laws,
ordinances, rules, policies, and procedures and directives of their Division.
4. Withholding lnformation. Employees shall report any information
concerning suspected criminal activity of others.
5. Reporting violations of Laws and Rules. Employees knowing of other
employees violating laws, ordinances, or rules of the Division, shall report
same, in writing to the Chief of Police through official channels. lf the
employee believes the information is of such gravity that it must be
brought to the immediate, personal attention of the Chief of Police, official
channels may be byPassed.

6. lnsubordination. Employees shall not:
a. Fail or refuse to obey a lawful order given by a supervisor;
b. Use any disrespectful or abusive language or action toward a
supervisor.
7. Conduct toward other Division employees. Employees shall treat other
Division employees with respect. They shall be courteous and civil at all
times in their relationships with one another. when on duty and in the
presence of the public, ofiicers should be referred to by rank.
8. Compromising Criminal Cases. Employees shall not interfere with the
proper administration of justice.
9. Compromising Administrative cases. Employees shall not interfere
with the proper administration of Justice.
10. Recommending Services Prohibited. Employees shall not suggest,
recommend, or advise the retention of any attorney, bail bond broker, tow
service or any other service provider of any kind as a result of police
business.

Page

#:

9

DEPARTMENT ORDER

RIR

Date: 06/10/2009
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: DUTY MANUAL - RULES & REGULATIONS
1'1. Posting

Bail. Employees shall not post bail for any person in custody,

except relatives. In the event a labor organization made up of employees
decides to post bail it shall be done through an intermediary, who is not
employed by the Division.
12. Use of Force. Employees shall follow Division policy and procedure
on the use of force.
13. Fitness of Duty. Police officers shall maintain sufficient physical and
psychological condition in order to handle the variety of activities required
of a law enforcement officer.
14. Driver's License. Employees operating Division motorvehicles shall
possess a valid New Jersey driver's license. Whenever a driver's license
is revoked, suspended, or lost, the employee shall immediately notify the
appropriate supervisor giving full particulars.
15. Address and Telephone Numbers. Employees are required to have a
telephone in the place where they reside. Changes in address and
telephone numbers shall be reported in writing to the appropriate

supervisor within 24 hours of the change.

B

Orders
1. lssuing Orders

a. Manner

of issuing orders. Orders from a supervisor to a
subordinate shall be in clear and understandable language.

b.

Unlawful Orders. No supervisor shall knowingly issue any
order, which is in violation of any law or ordinance.

c.

lmproper Orders. No supervisor shall knowingly issue any
order which is in violation of any Division rule, policy, or
procedure.

2. Receiving Orders
a. Questions Regardrng Orders. Employees in doubt as to the
nature or detail of an order shall seek clarification from their
supervisors through the chain of command.
b. Obedience to Unlawful Orders. Employees are not required to
obey any order, which is contrary to any law or ordinance.

Page

#:

10

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date: 06/'1U2OA9
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: DUTY MANUAL - RULES & REGULATIONS

Order #: RIR

Responsibility for refusalto obey rests with the employee, who
will be required to justify the refusal to obey.
c. Obedience to lmproper Orders. Employees who are given any
order which contrary to Division rule, policy, or procedure must
first obey the order to the best of their ability, and then report the
improper order as provided.
d. Conflicting Orders. Upon receipt of an order conflicting with
any previous order, the employee affected will advise the person
issuing the second order of this fact. Responsibility for
countermanding the original order rests with the individual issuing
the second order. lf so directed, the latter order shall be obeyed
first. Orders will be countermanded, or conflicting orders will be
issued, only when reasonably necessary for the good of the
Division.

e. Reports of Unlavvful or lmproper Orders. An employee receiving
an unlawful or improper or order shall, at first opportunity, report in
writing to the next highest ranking supervisor above who issued
the unlavvful or improper order. Actions regarding such a report
shall be conducted by the Chief of Police.
f. Criticism of OfficialActs of Orders. Employees shall not
criticize the actions or orders of any department employee in a
manner which is defamatory, obscene or which tens to impair
the efficient operation of the Division.

C.

Police Records and lnformation
1. Release of lnformation. Employees shall not release any information
nor reveal any confidential business of the Division to the public or the

press except as provided in Divisron policy and procedure.

2. Division Records. contents of any record or report filed within the
Division shall not be exhibited or divulged to any person other than a duty
authorized police officer, except with the approval of the appropriate
supervisor, or under due process of law, or as permitted under Division
policy and procedures.
3. Reports. No employee shall knowingly falsify any official report or enter
or cause to be entered any inaccurate, false, or improper information on
records of the Division.

D.

Gifts, rewards, etc

Page #:

11

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date:06/10/2009
Order #: R/R
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: DUTY MANUAL - RULES & REGULATIONS
1. Soliciting orAccepting Benefits. Employees shall not directly or

indirectly solicit, accept or agree to accept any benefit not allowed by
law to influence the performance of their official duties.

2. Rewards. Employees shall not accept any gift, gratuity, or reward in
money or other compensation for services rendered in the line of duty,
except that which may be authorized by law and Division policy.
3. Disposition of Unauthorized Gifts, Gratuities. Any unauthorized gift,
gratuity, loan, fee, reward, or other object coming into the possession of
any employee shall be forwarded to the Chief of Police together with a
written report explaining the circumstances.

E. Alcoholic Beverages

and Drugs.

1. Consuming Alcoholic Beverages Before Duty. Employees shall not
consume alcoholic beverages within eight hours prior to reporting for duty.

2. Being Under the lnfluence. Employees shall not report for duty under
the influence of alcoholic beverages.
3. Consuming Alcoholic Beverages on Duty. Employees of the Division
shall not consume any alcoholic beverage while on duty.

4. Exception. Employees while assigned to duty in civilian clothes may
consume alcoholic beverages only if such consumption:
a. is absolutely necessary in the performance of duty, and
b. has been approved by the appropriaie supervisor, and

c. does not render the employee unfit for proper and efficient
performance of duty.
5. Consuming Alcoholic Beverages Off Duty ln Uniform. Employees shall
not consume alcoholic beverages while off duty and in uniform or any
recognizable component of the uniform.
6. Alcoholic Beverages in Police Buildings. Alcoholic Beverages shall
not, at any time, be consumed in police buildings or facilities.

7. Supervisors' Responsibility. Supervisors shall not assign to duty, nor
allow, to remain on duty, any employee whose fitness for duty is
questionable due to the use of alcoholic beverages or medication.

Page #:

12

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Date:06/10/2009
Order #: RiR
Gategory: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: DUTY MANUAL - RULES & REGULATIONS
8. Possession of Alcoholic Beverages. Employees shall not have
alcoholic beverages on their person while on duty or in uniform, nor in
any police Division building or vehicle, except for evidential or other
authorized purpose.

9. Entering Licensed Premises. Employees in uniform shall not enter any
licensed premises where alcoholic beverages are sold or stored, except
in the performance of duty and in compliance with Division policy.
10.Taking Medication on Duty. Employees of the Division shall nottake
any medication which may diminish their alertness or impair their senses
prior to or after reporting for duty unless directed by a physician.
1

1. Notification about Medication. When employees are required to take

any prescription medication or any non-prescription medication or any
medication which may diminish their alertness or impair their senses, the
employee shall notify their supervisor as to the medication required, its
properties, the degree and the period during which the employee is
required to take the medication. This notification shall be by the
prescribing physician. lf the medication is a non-prescription drug the
employee shall make this notification. The required notification shall be
made prior to the employee reporting for duty. This information so
provided shall be confidential.
12. Drug Testing. This Division shall conduct random drug testing of police
officers in accordance with the Drug Testing Policy of the Attorney General
and in accordance with the Division standard operating procedure.
F.

Duty Conduct

1. Reporting for Duty. Employees shall report for duty at the time and
place specified, properly uniformed and equipped.

2.

Absence from Duty. An employee who fails to appear for duty at the
date, time and place specified without the consent of competent authority
is absent without leave. Supervisors shall immediately report to their
supervisor in writing any employee who is absent without leave.

3. Prohibited

Activity on Duiy. Employees who are on duty are prohibited
from engaging in activities, which are not directly related to the
performance of their duty (e.9. sleeping, conducting private business,
or gambling).

4.

Use of Tobacco While On Duty. Employees shall not use tobacco
except in authorized areas. Employees shall not use tobacco while in
direct contact with the public, and shall be as unobtrusive as possible.

IJ

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

RiR

Date: 06110/2009
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: DUTY MANUAL - RULES & REGULATIONS

5. Distracters. The use of any item or object that distracts an employee
from the performance of duty other than equipment authorized by the
Division is prohibited while on duty.

6. Relief.

Employees are to remain at their assignments and on duty
properly
until
relieved by other employees or until dismissed by competent
authority.

7. Meals. All meals are to be consumed within authorized areas, subject
to modification by the supervisor.
8. Training. Employees shall attend training at the direction of the
appropriate supervisor. Such attendance is considered a duty assignment,
unless the prevailing collective bargaining agreement provides otherwise.

9. lnspections. Employees

directed to attend full dress inspections shall
report in the uniform prescribed, carrying the equipment specified.
Unauthorized absenee from such inspection shall be considered absence

without leave.

G.

Uniforms, appearance and identification

1. Regulation Uniforms Required. All police officers and uniform civilians
shall maintain uniforms prescribed in Division policy and procedure.
Uniforms shall be kept neat, clean and well pressed at all times.

2.

Manner of Dress on Duty. Employees shallwear uniform or eivilian
clothing on duty as prescribed by Division policy and procedure for the
employee's current assignment.

3. Wearing Jewelry on Duty.

Police officers on duty shall not wear loose
fitting jewelry which may be grasped during a struggle or which can
inflict injury or retard mobility of the officer. This provision shall not prohibit
non-uniform officers on duty from wearing jewelry appropriate for the
conditions of their current assignment in accordance with Division policy.

4.

PersonalAppearance. Employees, while on duty, shall be neat and
clean in person, with uniform or clothes clean and pressed. The provision
shall not prohibit non-uniformed officers on duty from dressing appropriately
for the conditions of their current assignment in accordance with Division
policy.

5. Wearing or Carrying ldentification. Employees shallwear or carry their
Division identification at all times, provided that it is practical under the
circumstances.

#:

14

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date:06/10/2009
Order #: R/R
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: DUTY MANUAL - RULES & REGULATIONS

6.

ldentification as Police Officer. Except when impractical or where the
identity is obvious, police officers shall identify themselves by displaying
the official badge or identification card before taking police action.

H.

Division equipment and property

1. Equipment on duty. Employees shall carry all equipment on duty as
prescribed in Division policy and procedure based on their assignment.

2.

Equipment off duty. Employees shall carry equipment off duty as
prescribed in Division policy and procedure based on their assignment.

3. Firearms. Employees

shall follow Division policy and procedure on the
care and handling of firearms.

4.

Division Property and Equipment. Employees are responsible for the
proper care of Division property and equipment assigned to them or used
by ihem in the course of duty.

5. Use of Division

Property and Equipment. Employees shall not use any
property
or
equipment for personal business or pleasure.
Division

6.

Damaged or Inoperative Propefi or Equipment. Employees shall
immediately report to their supervisors any loss of or damage to Division
property assigned to or used by them. The supervisor shall also be
notified of any defects or hazardous conditions existing in any Division
equipment or property.

7.

Care of Division Buildings. Employees shall not mark or deface any
surface in any Division building. No material shall be affixed to any wall
in Division buildings without specific authorization from the appropriate
supervisor.

shall not mark, alter or deface any posted notice
of the Division. Notices or announcements shall not be posted on bulletin
boards without permission of the appropriate supervisor, except those
areas designated for use by the collective bargaining units.

8. Notices. Employees

9. Use of Division Vehicles. Employees shall not use any Division
vehicle without permission of a supervisor. Division vehicles shall never
be used for personal business or pleasure except as provided for in
Division policy.
10. Operation of Division Vehicles. When operating Division vehicles,
employees shall not violate traffic laws except in cases of emergency

Page #:

15

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date: 06/10/2009
Order #: R/R
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: DUTY MANUAL - RULES & REGULATIONS
and then only in conformity with state law and Division policy and
procedure regarding same.
1'1. Transporting Citizens. Citizens will be transported in Division vehicles
only in conformance with Division policy.

12. Reporting Accidents. Accidents involving Division personnel, property,
equipment and vehicles must be reported in accordance with Division
policy and procedure.

13. lnspection. Division property and equipment is and remains the
propeiry of the Division and is subject to entry and inspection without
notice.

14. Liabili$. lf Division property is damaged or lost as a result of misuse
or negligence by an employee, that employee will be held liable to
reimburse the Division for the damage or loss and is subject to
disciplinary action.

15. Surrender of Division property.

a.

Upon Separation from the Division. Employees are required
to surrender all Division property in their possession upon
separation from the service. For failure to return a non-expendable
item, the employee will be required to reimburse the Division for
the fair market value of the article.

b.

Under Suspension. Any employee under suspension shall
immediately surrender their identification, firearm (if applicable),
and all other Division property to the appropriate supervisor
pending disposition of the case.

L

Communications, Correspondence

1. Restrictions. Employees

a. Not use Division

shall:

letterheads for private correspondence.

b.

Only send correspondence out of the Division under the
direction of the appropriate supervisor.

2.

Forwarding Communications. Any employee who receives a written
communication for transmission to another employee shallforward same,
without delay.

3. Use of Division Address.

Employees shall not use the Division as a

Page

#:

16

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date:06/10/2009
Order #: R/R
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: DUTY MANUAL - RULES & REGULATIONS
mailing address for private purposes. The Division address shall not be
used for any private vehicle registration, driver license, crediUbank
accounts or as a billing address.
telephone equipment may not be used for
personal use involving toll charges without the express approval of a
supervisor.

4. Telephones. Division

5. Radio

Discipline. Employees operating the police radios shallstrictly
observe the procedures and restrictions for such operations as set forth
in Division policy and procedures and by the Federal Communications
Commission.

J

Conduct Toward Public
be courieous and orderly in their dealings
perform
their duties politely, avoiding profane
public.
They shall
with the
language and shall always remain calm regardless of provocation.

1. Courtesy. Employees shall

for ldentification. Upon request, employees are required to
supply their name and identification number in a courteous manner.

2. Request

Employees shall not exhibit bias or favoritism toward any
person because of race, sex, sexual orientatlon, creed, color, nattonal
origin, ancestry influence or political affiliation.

3. lmpartiality.

Use of Derogatory Terms. Employees shall not use language that is
derogatory to anyone because of race, sex, sexual orientation, creed,
color, national origin, ancestry, or influence.

4.

5. Affiliation with certain organizations Prohibited. No employee shall

knowingly become a member of any organizations which advocates the
violation of law, or which professes hatred, prejudice, or oppression
against any racial or religious group or political entity, except when
necessary in the performance of duty and at the direction of the Chief of
Police.

6. Representing the Poflce Division. Employees shall not give public
speeches or demonstrations on behalf of the Division, nor shall they
endorse any product or service as a representative of the Division, without
prior approval from the Chief of Police.

K.

Politicalactivities
.1.

Employees shall not be candidates for or hold office in elective public
positions or political organizations within or inclusive of the jurisdiction in

Page #:

41

tt

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date:06/10/2009
Order #: R/R
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: DUTY MANUAL - RULES & REGULATIONS
which the are employed unless authorized to do so by the county
prosecutor.

2. Employees may contribute funds or any other thing of value to
candidates for public office subject to the provision of law governing such
contributions.
3. Employees shall not engage in any political activity while on duty, or

while in uniform, or at any other time if to do so would conflict with their
duties or impair their ability to perform their duties.
4. Employees shall not directly or indirectly use or attempt to use their
official position to influence the political activity of another person.
5. Employees shall not engage in any polling duties except in the
performance of their official duties.

6. Employees shall not display any political material on any government
propedry or on their person while on duty or in uniform.
L.

Judicial appearance and testimony.
1. Duty of Employee to Appear and Testify. Employees shall appear and
testify on matters directly related to the conduct of their office, posltion or
employment before any court, grand jury, or State Commission of
lnvestigation.

2. Subpoena. Employees must attend court or quasi-judicial hearings as
required by a subpoena. Permission to omit this duty must be obtained
from the prosecuting attorney handling the case or other competent court
officials.
3. Court Appearance. When appearing in court on Division business,
employees shall wear either the Division uniform or appropriate business
attire.
4. Testifying for the Defendant. Any employee subpoenaed to testify for
the defense or against the municipality or Division in any hearing or trial
shall notify the appropriate supervisor immediately upon receipt of the
subpoena.
5. Division lnvestigations. Employees are required to answer questions,
file reports, or render material and relevant statements, in a Division
investigations when such questions and statements are directly related to
job responsibilities. Employees shall be advised of, and permitted to
invoke, all applicable constitutional and statutory rights, including

Page #:

18

Page

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date: 06110i2009
Order #: R/R
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: DUTY MANUAL - RULES & REGULATIONS
consultation with their designated representative.
6. Truthfulness. Employees are required to be truthful at all times whether
under oath or not.
7. Civil Action, Subpoenas. Employees shall not volunteer to testify in civil
actions arising out of Division employment and shall not testify unless
subpoenaed. lf the subpoena arises out of Division employment or if
employees are informed that they are party to a civil action arising out of
Division employment, they shall immediately notify the appropriate
supervisor.
8. Civil Depositions and Affidavits. Employees shall confer with the
appropriate supervisor before giving a deposition or affidavit on a civil case
relating to their police employment.
9. CivilAction, Expert Witness. Employees shall not volunteer or agree to
testify as expert witnesses in civil actions withoui the prior written approval
of the county prosecutor.
10. Civil Process. Employees shall not serve civil process or asslst in civil

cases unless such service is approved by the appropriate supervisor.

V.

Personnel Regulations

A.

Hours and Leave
1. Hours of Duty. Employees shall have regular hours assigned to them
for active duty, and when not so employed, they shall be considered off
duty. Employees subject to be recalled to duty as needed.

2. Scheduled Days Off. Employees are entitled to days off pursuant to
appropriate collective bargaining agreements and are to take such days
according to a schedule arranged by the appropriate supervisor.
3. Vacation Leave. Employees are entitled to vacation days off pursuant
to appropriate collective bargaining agreements, Division policy and
procedure, and approval of the vacation schedule by the appropriate
supervisor.

4. Other Leaves. Employees are entitled to other leave as provided for
collective bargaining agreements, by law and by Division policy and
procedure, subject to approval of the schedule by the appropriate
supervisor.
5. Sick Leave. Employees are entitled to sick days off pursuant to

in

#:

19

DEPARTMENT ORDER

R/R

Date: 06/10/2009
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: DUTY MANUAL - RULES & REGULATIONS
appropriate collective bargaining agreements and department policy and
procedures.
6. Abuse of Sick Leave. Employees who take sick leave in violation of
Division policy shall be subject to disciplinary action.
7. Suspension of Leave. Any vacation leave, scheduled day off, or other
leave of absence may be suspended when an emergency which
reasonably could not have been foreseen is declared by appropriate
Division authority, and which unavoidably requires utilization of additional
employees who are not scheduled to work.

B.

Secondary Employment
1. Secondary Employment. Employees may engage in secondary
employment consistent with Division policy.

C.

Resignation
1. Resignation to be in Writing. All resignations of employees must be in
writing and bear the signature of the person resigning. Employees shall
provide no less than two weeks notice to the Chief of Police.

Vl.

Discipline

A.

Disciplinary Action
1. Disciplinary Action. Employees, regardless of rank, shall be subiect to
disciplinary action, according to the nature or aggravation of the offense,
for:

a. committing an offense punishable under the laws or statues of
the United States, the State of New Jersey or any other
State, or municipal ordinances;
b. failure, either willfully or through negligence or incompetence, to

perform the duties of their rank or assignment;
c. violation of any rule, policy, procedure, or directive of the
Division, or
d. failure to obey any lavuful instruction, order, or command of
supervisor.

2. Repeated Violations. Repeated violations of the rules of conduct shall

Page

#:

2A

DEPARTMENT ORDER

R/R

Date: 06/10/2009
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: DUTY MANUAL - RULES & REGULATIONS
be indicaiive of employees' disregard for their duty and may be cause of
dismissal. This shall apply regardless of the type or severity of the
offenses.
3. Other Violations. ln addition, any infractions of N.J.A.C . 4A1-1.1 et
seq, and N.J.A.C. 4A'.2-2.3 (a) 1 through 11, shall be a violation of these
rules and regulations.

B.

Disciptinary Procedure
1. Specific Disciplinary Procedures.

a. Requirement. All personnel are directed to report in writing to
the Chief of Police any violation of law, policy, procedure,
directive or rule/regulation by another member of the
organization. ln the event of crisis or depending on the
seriousness of the incident the notification shall be
immediate and shall be made in person or via telephone.
b. Notification. Upon receipt of such notification the Chief of
Police shall determine the course of action for that
violation, be it further investigation, review by the
Cumberland County Prosecutor's Office, further interview
and or immediate action.

c. Review of Discipline. After a fair and impartial review of the
matter, the Chief of Police, and review if necessary, by the
Cumberland County Prosecutor's Office, the Chief shall
direct an appropriate coarse of action and determine
whether the matter is to be turned over to the Cumberland
County Prosecutor for charging of the offending employee
with a criminal complaint or by signing the appropriate
DOP forms for the notice of discipline.
d. Administrative

Only. ln the event the issue is handled as an

administrative matter all standard DOP forms and
procedures apply. The appointing authority shall sign as
the charging authority on all disciplinary matters.

e. Hearing Officer. The hearing officer, as specified by ordinance,
shall be the Appropriate Authority, or the Appropriate
Authority's designee.

f. Negotiation of Discipline. As is standard practice on matters
involving a final disciplinary action, of major or minor
proportion, the employee facing final disciplinary action

Page

#:

21

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page#:

Date:06/10/2009
Order #: R/R
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: DUTY MANUAL - RULES & REGULATIONS
may enter into negotiations with the charging authority
in an effort to work out the final discipline without the
need for hearing, if applicable, if that negotiated
settlement is agreeable to both the charging authority
and the employee facing discipline.

g. Minor Discipline. ln the event an employee is found to have
violated rule, regulation, directive or policy and the
appropriate discipline is 5 days suspension or less
hearing may be requested. There will be no administrative
appeal process.
h. Major Discipline. ln the event an employee is found to have
violated law, rule, regulation, directive or policy and the
appropriate discipline is greater than 5 days suspension
or greater the employee facing this discipline may accept
the discipline or request a hearing and have rights to
appeal the decision of that hearing through New Jersey
Department of Personnel procedures.

2.

Penalties; under progressive system of discipline:
a. Counseling
b. Oral reprimand or performance notice

c. Writien reprimand

d. Monetary fine
e. Transfer/ Reassignment

f. Suspension

without pay

g. Loss of promotion opportunity
h. Demotion
i. Dismissal

Penalties must be imposed on a case basis. Some rule violaiions are major or
serious by their very nature and musi be addressed appropriately in order to
maintain discipline within the Division. Other matters are considered moderate or
minor in nature. ln each case, the hearing officer should consider all the
aggravating and mitigating circumstances surrounding the accused or employee.

22

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page#:

R/R

Date: 06/10/2009
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: DUTY MANUAL - RULES & REGULATIONS

Examples of penalty classification would be:

Class

Violation

A

SEVERE/SERIOUS VIOLATION:

A

Soliciting, accepting, or agreeing to accept, directly or indirectly any
benefit not allowed by law to influence the performance of official duty.

A

lnsubordination; failure to obey lawful order.

A

Neglect of Duty; major case of neglect; such as failing to take appropriate
action to protect victim of domestic violence, or failure to take official action
on occasion of discovery of DWl.

B

MAJOR VIOLATION

B

lnsubordination, disrespectful behavior toward supervisory officer or
mocking orders issued by supervisory officer'

B

Reporting for duty under the influence of an alcoholic beverage.

B

Failing to carry out duty, leaving officers or citizens at potential risk.

C

MODERATE VIOLATION.

C

Knowingly issue an order which is in violation of any Division rule, policy or
procedure. Resulting in minor affect on Division.

C

Reporting Late For Work; 2nd offense.

D

MINOR VIOLATION:

D

Transport citizens in Division vehicle not in conformance to Division policy.

D

Reporting to work late for shift; 1st offense.

:

RECOMMENDED DISCIPLINARY MEASURES

A

Sever/Serious Violation

B

Major

Violation =

=

Suspension to Termination

Suspension to Demotion

23

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page#:

Date: 06110/2009
Order #: R/R
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: DUTY MANUAL - RULES & REGULATIONS

C

Moderate Violation

D

Minor

=

Violation =

Written Reprimand to Suspension
Counseling to Suspension

All employees must bear in mind that in a case by case analysis of each disciplinary
matter, the employee being disciplined will be disciplined according to their overall record.

24

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:1.44

Date:0210812014
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: DUTY TO TRANSPORT - FRISK

Order

BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
CHIEF OF POLICE DIRECTIVE
POLICY & PROCEDURE

SECTION:
CHAPTER:44
I

SUBJECT: Duty To TransPort - Frisk
Effective Date: July 6th, 2009
Chief of Police: Mark W. Ott

PURPOSE

The purpose of this directive is to establish in writing the procedure for making certain that
Bridgeton PD officers perform a frisk of subjecis for weapons when they have a duty to
transport a person who is not under arrest, unless they can cite specific reasons for not
conducting the self protective frisk.
POLICY
Effective immediately all officers shall:

1.

Upon being noticed to transport an individual from any particular location
to another location, the officer carrying out the transport shall perform
a pat-down frisk (as determined by procedure, and with same sex guidelines)
unless:

a.

The Officer can cite specific reasons not to conduct the pat down.

i.

The subject is wearing clothing that could not possibly
conceal a weapon.

ii.

The person is personally known by and trusted by the
transport officer.

b.

iii.

The person is a law enforcement officer.

iv.

The person to be transported is a young child.

v.

The person is elderly and infirm.

Race or ethnicity may play no part in the officer's decision either
for or against this administrative frisk.

#:

1

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:1.44

Date:0210812410
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Titie: DUTY TO TRANSPORT - FRISK

c.

The person to be frisked will, prior to being frisked, be advised that
it is the policy of the Department to pat-down any person to be
transported prior to entering the vehicle and that they are in no
way being considered a suspect or believed to be carrying a weapon.

d.

Should the person have baggage/luggage, these items will be secured
in the trunk of the police vehicle and will not be frisked/searched.

Page

#:

2

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order

Page

#:1.18.1

Date:1011612009
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIELD TRAINING MANUAL
BRI DGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
CHIEF OF POLICE DIRECTIVE
POLICY AND PROCEDURE

SECTION: I
CHAPTER: 18
SUBSECTION:

SUBJECT:

1

FIELD TRAINING MANUAL

EFFECTIVE DATE: 12-1 -2009
CHIEF OF POLICE:Mark W. Ott
PURPOSE:

A guidebook to standardize the training of newly hired offrcers.
MECHANICS:

To Field Training Officers, there seems to have been some confusion in the past regarding
use of this manual. lt is hoped that the following schematic will help in reducing problems.
Remember, one of the most vital features of Police work is DOCUMENTATION. As a trainee
moves through this training program the FTOs assigned are charged with DOCUMENTING
everything.
SECTION ONE:
You will find our mission statement and the end of phase tests. Each trainee MUST
complete each end of phase testing. They should complete this as a SOLO officer. NO
HELP from anyone. After this is completed, the testing materials along with all of the
evaluations, both daily and weekly, and the intermediate OR's, for that phase should be
removed from the book and turned over to the Training Supervisor.
SECTION TWO:
Recruit Training Manual. The goal is io complete all sections of this manual by the end of
Phase lll. lt may not be possible for the recruit to actually perform all of the activities,
however, the trainee should have received some training by you on all sections. As you see
the section is now labeled "TRAINING SPECIFICS" and you should fill the areas as they are
trained and performed, regardless of what week they are performed.

See IMPACT, Departmental Orders, 1.18. for the Directive on Field Training Program.
SECTION THREE:

#:

1

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Order #:1.18.1

Date:1011612009
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIELD TRAINING MANUAL
Evaluation guidelines: you should ALWAYS use these guides to complete your evaluations.
The recruit should be rated following these guides. A new trainee should not receive a 4 or
above unless they actually meet the criteria. They are not being graded on the knowledge
they are expected to know at any given point in their training, but rather what they are
expected to know or how they are expected to perform at the end of training. lf they do not
know ALL of the radio codes that we use, they should never receive a 4 or above. You can
use these guides to show the trainee what is expected of them. All trainees should be
receiving a 4 or above in all areas by phase 4.
SECTION FOUR:
Weekly evaluations: complete these at the end of each week. Use the scores from the daily
ORs to complete this weekly. The purpose of this is to show the trainee that their numbers or
score, are improving, or not, as the week progressed. Experience tells us that all trainees are
constantly wondering if they are performing well or better than before. lt's also important to
let them know in a professional manner if they are not performing to standard and to explain
what is lacking. lf their rating is improving they will see it here.
SECTION FIVE:
lntermediate observation report: to be completed by the FTO at the end of each phase (1
through 3). A copy will be provided to the next FTO so that they can focus on identified
weaknesses, and hopefully work on correcting these identified problems, lf remedialtraining
is needed then this needs to be communicated to the Training Supervisor.

SECTION ONE:

Page

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:

#:1.18.1

Date:1011612049
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIELD TRAINING MANUAL

MISSION STATEMENT
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT

This law enforcement agency is dedicated to the equitable and impartial enforcement of
laws and ordinances to protect human life, property and to maintain the public peace. ln
accomplishing our mission of protection and service, the members of this agency will respect
Constitutional rights, individual rights, human dignity and community values.

We commit to the enhancement of a police-community partnership, and will assist the
members of our community with the identification and resolution of problems, in the effort to
improve quality of life. We will give our community the highest quality of law enforcement
services possible, while continuously striving for the highest professional standards.

have read and understand the Mission Statement of
the Bridgeton Police Department and will do my utmost to follow this mission throughout my
career.
I,

Date: I

Signed:

I

VALUE STATEMENT
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT

This law enforcement agency shall strive to meet all objectives and goals of the police
mission with an unwavering commitment to personal and organizational integrity.
We will recognize the wealth of our community's cultural diversity and act with
appropriaie tolerance and dignity, striving for the impartial and responsible fulfillment of our
assignments and duties.

We shall uphold the spirit, as well as the statement, of our Public Oath of Office, having
accountability to those we serve.
We recognize and acknowledge that all members of this law enforcement agency are
valuable resources. We accept our obligation to each other and to our community to provide
each agency member with the appropriate opportunities to achieve his or her professional
potential.
, have read and understand the Value
values
throughout my career with the
live
by
these
my
utmost
to
Statement and will do
Bridgeton Police Department.
I,

Signed:

Date: I

I

3

Page #:

DEPARTMENT ORDER

18.1

Date: 10/16/2009
Order #: L
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIELD TRAINING MANUAL
LAW ENFORCEMENT CODE OF ETHICS
As a law enforcement officer, my fundamental duty is to serve mankind; to safeguard
lives and property; to protect the innocent against deception, the weak against oppression or
intimidation, the peaceful against violence or disorder; and to respect the Constitutional rights
of all men to liberty, equality and justice.
I will keep my private life unsullied as an example to all; maintain courageous

calm in the

face of danger, scorn, or ridicule; develop self-restraint; and be constantly mlndful of the
welfare of others. Honest in thought and deed in both my personal and official life, I will be
exemplary in obeying the laws of the land and the regulations of my department. Whatever I
see or hear of a confidential nature or that is confided to me in my official capacity will be kept
ever secret unless revelation is necessary in the performance of my duty.
I will never act officiously or permit personal

feelings, prejudices, animosities or
friendships to influence my decisions. With no compromise for crime and with relentless
prosecution of criminals, I will enforce the law courteously and appropriately without fear or
favor, malice or illwill, never employing unnecessary force or violence and never accepting
gratuities.
I recognize the badge of my office as a symbolof public faith, and I accept it as a public
irust to be held so long as I am true to the ethics of the police service. I will constantly strive

to achieve these objectives and ideals, dedicating myself before God to my chosen
profession..... Law Enforcement.

have read and understand this code of ethics and I will
do my utmost to follow this code throughout my career with the Bridgeton Police Department
I,

Signed:

Date. I

I

have received a copy of the Bridgeton Police
Department Rules & Regulations and I have been shown where I can find a copy on the BPD
records management system, whenever I need to view it. I understand that it is my duty to
become thoroughly familiar with the Rules & Regulations and to keep abreast of any future
changes.
t,

Signed:

Dale'. I

I

have received a copy of the Patrol Handbook and been
shown how to use it. I understand that I should carry this with me at all times to aid in
l,

Page

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order

#:1.18.1

#:

Date: 10/16/2009

Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIELD TRAINING MANUAL
carrying out my assigned duties

Date. I

Signed:

I

have been shown the BPD Online forms center as well
as the Departmental Orders section of the records management system. I understand that I
am duty bound to follow Chief of Police Directive's and understand that it is my responsibility
to read, understand and follow these Directive's. I understand that it is my duty to keep
abreast of changes to and additions to the Chief of Police Directives.

Date'. I

Signed:

I

understand that Police work and being a police officer is
job,
it is a Professional Career. I understand that becoming a professional involves
not a
committing to a lifestyle of continuing education and a responsibility to personally keep
abreast of changes in society affecting police work.

Date: I

Signed:

I

understand that becoming a municipal Police Officer

ties me to the community I serve regardless of where I actually live. I become a part of and
must consider myself as an integral and vital part of the City of Bridgeton,

Date: I

Signed:

SECTION TWO

BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT

I

5

Page

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date:10116/2009
Order #:1.18.1
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIELD TRAINING MANUAL
TRAINING MANUAL
Badge #:

TRAINEE's NAME:
PHASEI COACH:

Badge #

PHASE IICOACH:

Badge#

PHASE III COACH:

Badge #:

TRAINING SPECIFICS
Date

Trained- Date

Demonstrated Performed

1,

DISPATCH CENTER

A. Telephone Console
B. Telephone Extensions

C. Lighting Controls
lnside/Outside
D. Blotter Log
E. Sign ln Sheet

F. Signing ln/Out
G. Tow Rotation List

H. Tow Log

l. Video Equipment
J. VCAD
K. NCIC/SCIC

L. Communication With
M. Responsibility To

Accept Calls/Acknowledge

FTO

TO

#:

6

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Order#:1.18.1

Date:10/1612409

Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIELD TRAINING MANUAL

2.

SHIFT SUPERVISOR ROOM

A. Printer/FarlCopier
B. Shredder
C. Vine Form Storage
D. TRO/FRO Storage

E. Key Storage

F. Report Drop
G. Records Drop
H. BMC Paperwork Drop

L

BMC Bail Drop/Safe

J. Overtime Binders
K. Supply Rack

L. Contact Sheets
M. Handheld Radar +

Spare Battery/Charger
N. PatrolCamera +
Spare Battery/Charger
O. Patrol Fingerprini Kit
P. ACO Chemicals

3.

ARREST PROCESSING ROOM

A. Live Scan
B. IMPACT Mug Shot
C. Arrest Report
D. Alcotest

Page

#:

7

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #:

1.18.1

Date: 10/16/2009

Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIELD TRAINING MANUAL
E. Restroom

F. ControlBench

4.

INVESTIGATION ROOM

A. Allthree rooms
B. Complaint Prep. (ECDR)
WarranUSummons
C. Complaint Prep. (Paper)

WarranVSummons
D. Charging Manuals

E. Special Complaint FormsPolice/Civilian
F. Typing Skills
G. Logging Evidence
H. Evidence Locker

L

Narcotics Evidence

J. Chain of Command
K. When to Notify Sgt.

L. Notification Matrix
M. Care/Transport Prisoner

Policy
N. Weapon Removal
O. Weapon Locker

5.

HOLDING ROOMS

A. lnspection For Foreign
Objects
B. Removal of Dangerous

Page #:

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:1.18.1

Date= 1011612009
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIELD TRAINING MANUAL

Objects
C. Unsafe ltems

6.

PORTABLE RADIO

A. Batteries/Charger
B. Radio Pouch
C. ChannelSelection/
Channel Use
D. PersonalAlarm Tone

7.

POLICE VEHICLE INSPECTION

A. lnspect for Damage
B. lnspect for Cleanliness
C. Front/Rear Seat Check
D. Trash Removal

Before/After Shift
E. Vehicle Sheet

F. Fire Extinguisher
G. Flares
H. Fuel Level- Refueling

Procedure

l.

Water Rescue Rope

J. Defibulator/Battery
K. PPE

L. Lights Non-Emergency
M. Lights Emergency

N. Horn/Siren/Air Horn/

Page#:

9

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date:1011612449
Order #: l.'18.1
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIELD TRAINING MANUAL
Loud Speaker (PA)
O. Police Radio

P. Long Gun & Rack

8.

PATROLAREAPLAN

A. Patrol Areas
B. Car/Personal Call#s
C. Location of Hospitals
D. Location of Schools

E. BFD Facilities

F. City Garage
G. Water Facilities

H. Leaving Assigned Area

l.
9.

Other Prime Terrorist
Target Facilities
RESPONSE TYPES

A. Emergency
B. Priority
C. Routine
D. Code 55

10. USE OF FORCE
A. VerbalCommands
B.

PhysicalContact

C. O.C. Spray
D. Physical Force

Page #:

10

Page

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date: 10116/2009
Order #: l.18.1
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIELD TRAINING MANUAL

E. Mechanical Force
OC Spray
Baton
K9

F. DEADLY FORCE
11. SICK LEAVE PROCEDURE
A. Notify Communications
B. Required Time Frame
C. Affect on Subpeonas

12. PERSONAL TIME PROCEDURE
A. Meal Breaks (30 Min)
B. Coffee Breaks (15 Min)
C. Vacation/Comp. /
Kelly/Personal Days
1

3. ARRESTICONTROL TECHNIQUES
A. OC Spray
B. Handcuffing
C. Searching
D. Suspect lnjuries

E. Officer lnjuries

SUPERVISOR SIGNATURE:
SUPERVISOR PRINTED NAME:

DATE: I

I

BADGE:

#:

11

Page

DEPARTMENT ORDER

1.18.1

Date: 10/16/2009
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIELD TRAINING MANUAL

TRAINING SPECIFICS CONTINUED
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
TRATNING MANUAL
Date Trained - Date
Demonstrated Performed

1.

ASSIST OFFICER CALLS

A. Requesting

FTO

TO

#:

12

DEPARTMENT ORDER

1.18.1

Order #:
Date: 1A116/20a9
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIELD TRAINING MANUAL
B. Answering

2.

ALARM CALLS

A. Response
B. Arrival
C, Audible
D. Unsecured Property
E. Secure Property

F. Tactics On Scene

3.

BANKALARMS

A. Response
B. Arrival
C. Tactics On Scene
D. Making Contact WRep.

4.

VEHICLE PURSUITS

A. lnitiating
B. Number Of Units lnvolved
C. By Other Jurisdictions
D. Continuing

E. Crashes/lnjuries

F. Roadblocks
G. Terminating

H. Stop Sticks

5.

EMERGENCY VEHICLE OPERATION

Page

#:

13

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date: 14116/2049
Order #: 1.18.1
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIELD TRAINING MANUAL
A. Authorization
B. Escort Assignment
C. BloodlOrgan Run
D. Discontinuing Emergnecy Resp.
E. Code S5/Equipment On

6.

PRISONERS

A. Advising Dispatch
B. Temp. Holding Facilities
1.

Bench

2.

Handcuffing

2

Leg Shackles

4.

Search lncident To ArresU
(Contemporaneous)

C. MedicalTreatment

1.

BFD

2.

Hospital

D. Hospitalized

E. Male / Female
F. Adult / Juvenile
G. Parking

/ Unloading

H. Mugshots

1.

lmpact

2.

Live Scan

J. Fingerprinting

Page #:

14

DEPARTMENT ORDER

1.18.1

Date: 10/16/2009
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIELD TRAINING MANUAL

1.

Proper Live Scan Entry

2.

When to Print Juveniles

3. When to Get Palms
K. Reports

1.

Arrest

2.

Miranda Warning

L. Prisoner Property

1.

Valuables

2.

Bulk

3.

Perishables

4.

Tobacco/Lighters/Matches

Alcoholic Beverages
M.

7,

Weapons/Dangerous ltems
ASSOCIATED AGENCY LOCATION

A. County Sheriffs Department
B. County Prosecutor's Office
C. NJSP - Bridgeton
D. South Wood Prison

E. County Jail

F. Juvenile Detention Center

8.

ARREST/CONTROL TECHNIQUE

A. Placing Prisoner ln & Taking Prisoner
Out of Police Vehicle

Page

#:

15

Page

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:1.18.1

Date:1011612449
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIELD TRAINING MANUAL
SUPERVISOR SIGNATURE:
BADGE:

SUPERVISOR PRINTED NAME:

DATE: I

I

TRAINING SPECIF]CS CONTINUED
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
TRAINING MANUAL
Date Trained

- Date

Demonstrated Performed

1. PEDESTRIAN

STOPS

A. Mere lnquiry
B. lnvestigative Detention

FTO

TO

#:

16

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #:

1.18.1

Date: 10/16/2009

Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIELD TRAINING MANUAL
C. Violation Stop

2.

TRAFFIC STOPS

A. Filling Out Traffic Summons
B. Approach/lntro. To Driver
C. Amending Traffic Summons
D. D.W.l. Procedures

E. High Risk Stop Procedures

F. Radar Operations
G. Recording Notes
H. Suspended/Revoked Drivers

l.

Unlicensed Drivers

J. Selecting Court Date
K. Selective Enforcement Assignments

L. Uninsured Motor Vehicles
M. Unregistered Motor Vehicles
N. Voilator Contact
O. Vioding Traffic Summons

P. Written Warnings
Q. Verbal Warnings

3.

DISORDERLY PERSONS CALLS

A. Response
B. Arrival
C. Tactics Upon Arrival

Page

#:

17

DEPARTMENT ORDER

8.1

Date: 10/16/2009
Order #: 1.1
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIELD TRAINING MANUAL
D. Completion of Appropriate Reports

4,

JUVENILE ARRESTS

A. Holding Room
B. D.Y.F.S.
C. Fingerprinting
D. Handcuffing

E. Detention (lncarceration)

F. lntoxication/CDS
G. Statement of Rights (Miranda)

H. ParenUGaurdian Notification

l.

Photographing

J. Processing
K. Report Procedures

L. Arrest
M. Responsibilities

N. Counseling Services

5.

MOTOR VEHICLE CRASHES

A. Response
B. Arrival
C. Scene Safety
D. Support Services
E. Witness lnformation

F. Serious/Fatal Crash Procedures

Page

#:

18

Page

DEPARTMENT ORDER

1.18.1

Date: 10/16/2009
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIELD TRAINING MANUAL
G. Completion of Appropriate Reports

6. ARREST

/ CONTROL TECHNIQUE

A. Search and Cuffing While Standing
SUPERVISOR SIGNATURE:
SUPERVISOR PRINTED NAME

DATE: I

I

TRAINING SPECIFICS CONTINUED
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
TRAINING MANUAL

1.

POLICE RADIO PROCEDURES AND CODES

A. Radio Codes (Thorough Knowledge)
B. Radio Procedure (Must be competent
in judgement of FTO)

2.

C D.S. ARRESTS

A. Field Tests
B. lnventory of Evidence

BADGE

#:

19

DEPARTMENT ORDER

1.18.1

Date; 10/16/2009
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIELD TRAINING MANUAL

C. Pedestrian Stop
D. Reports
E. Traffic Stops

3.

REPORTS

A. Location of Forms
B. Motor Vehicle Crash (NJTR1)
C. Motor Vehicle Crash (SR 21)
D. lnvestigation Report (lR)

E. Supplemental Report (lR)

F. Medically Aided Case Report
G. Miscellaneous Operations Report

H. Field lnterview

L

Blotter Narrative

J.

Recovered Proper'ryA/ehicle

K. lmpound

L. Work Related lnjury
M. Special Report

N. Use of Force
O. Vehicle Pursuit

P.DV1
Q. Turning ln Reports

R. Review - Changes/Corrections

4

TOWING VEHICLES

Page#:

20

Page

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:1.18.1

Order
Date:10/16/2009
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIELD TRAINING MANUAL

A. Abandoned Vehicles
B. Crash lnvolved

C. lnvolved ln Crime
D. Stolen/Recovered

E. Unregistered/Suspended Reg.

F. Unlicensed Driver
G. lmpound lnventory Form

5.

FIRE SCENE

A. Response
B. Arrival

C. First Officer Responsibilities
D. Police Duties on Scene
E. Coordination of Emergency Services

F. Completion of Appropriate Reports

6.

POLICE BLOTTER

A. IMPACT System
B. Entry Type/Criteria/Proper lnfo

7. ARREST

/ CONTROL TECHNIOUE

A. Weapon Retention

SUPERVISOR SIGNATURE:
SUPERVISOR PRINTED NAME:

DATE: I

I

BADGE:

#:

21

DEPARTMENT ORDER

1.18.1

Date: 10/16/2009
Order #:
Gategory: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIELD TRAINING MANUAL

TRAINING SPECIFICS CONTINUED
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
TRAINING MANUAL

1.

BURGLARY

A. Response
B. Arrival

C. Duties of First Officer At Scene
D. Preserving the Crime Scene
E. Tactics on Scene

F. Processing Scene (or CID)
G. Appropriate Reports

Page#:

22

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #:1.18.1
Date:1011612009
Gategory: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIELD TRAINING MANUAL

2.

ROBBERY

A- Response
B. Arrival

C. Duties of First Officer At Scene
D. Preserving the Crime Scene

E. Documenting/Collecting Evidence
F. Appropriate Reports

3.

PROWLER CALLS

A. Response
B. Arrival
C. Tactics on Scene
D. Appropriate Reports

4,

SUSPICIOUSINCIDENTS

A. Response
B. Arrival
C. Tactics On Scene
D. Suspicious Vehicles

E. Suspicious Persons
F. Warrant Checks (NCIC/Local)
G. Appropriate Reports

5.

COURT APPEARANCES/PROCEDURES

A. Attendance/Dress Code
B. Date/Time Of Sessions

Page #:

Page #:

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date: 10/16/2009
Order #: l. 1 8. 1
Gategory: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIELD TRAINING MANUAL
C. Location of Municipal Court
D. Location of Superior Court

E. Parking At Superior Court

F. Preparation for Criminal Case
G. Preparation for Traffic Case
H. Review of Schedule

I. Testifying in CriminalCase
J. Testifying in Traffic Case
K. Use of Vehicle for Appearances

6.

WEAPONS SEGURITY

A. Gun Locks
B. Storage

7.

ARREST / CONTROL TECHNIQUE

A. Kneeling and Prostrate Handcuffig

SUPERVISOR SIGNATURE:
SUPERV]SOR PRINTED NAME:

DATE: I

I

BADGE:

24

DEPARTMENT ORDER

1.18.1

Date: 10/16/2009
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIELD TRAINING MANUAL

TRAINING SPECIFICS CONTINUED
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
TRAINING MANUAL

1.

TRAFFIC DIRECTION

A. Hand Signals
B. Proper Uniform & Safety Equipment
C. Signalized lntersection
D. Use of Traffic Cones / Barriers

E. Use of Flares

F. Proper Use of Whistle

2.

BICYCLES

A. Abandoned
B. Stolen

Page

#:

25

DEPARTMENT ORDER

1.18.1

Date: 10/16/2009
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIELD TRAINING MANUAL

C. Recovered
D. Crashes
E. Title 39 Violations

F. Motorized
G. Off Road Vehicles / ATVs

3.

SEX CRIMES

A. Preserving the Crime Scene
B. Medical Attention For Victim
C. SART Protocols
D. Referrals
E. Victim's Sensitivity

F. Victim's Clothing
G. Appropriate Reports

4,

DOMESTIC VIOLENCE

A. Response
B. Arrival

C. Evidence & Photographs
D. Mandatory ArresUComplaints

E. Recognition

F. Collecting/Documenting Evidence
G. Temporary Restraining Orders
H. Appropriate Reports

5.

BARRICADED / HOSTAGE INCIDENT

Page#:

26

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:1.18.1

Date: 10116/2009
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIELD TRAINING MANUAL
A. Response
B. Arrival
C. Tactics On Scene
D. Obtain/Provide Pertinent lnformation

E. Supervisor Notification
F. Appropriate Reports

6.

HMARDOUS MATERIAL INCIDENT

A. Response
B. Arrival
C. Tactics on Scene
D. Obtain/Provide Pertinent lnformation

E. Outside Agency Notiflcation
F. Appropriate Reports

7.

CHILD ABUSE CALLS

A. Response
B. Arrival

C. lnitial lnvestigation
D. Outside Agency Notification

E. C.l.D. Notifications

F. Provisions For Medical Treatment
G. Appropriate Reports

8.

ARREST / CONTROL TECHNIQUE

A. Holding Suspect at GunpoinVBack Up

Page#;

27

Page

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:1.18.1

Order
Date: 10/16/2009
Gategory: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIELD TRAINING MANUAL

SUPERVISOR SIGNATURE:
SUPERVISOR PRINTED NAME:

DATE: /

/

TRAINING SPECIFICS CONTINUED
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
TRAINING MANUAL

1.

SUICIDE CALLS

A. Response
B. Arrival
C. Tactics On Scene
D. Preserving The Scene

E. Documenting Scene

F. EMS For Attempted Suicide
G. Briefing Hospital Staff
H. Appropriate Reports

2.

MENTALLY ILL PERSONS

A. Transportation

BADGE

#:

28

Page #:

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date:1011612009
Order #:1.18.1
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIELD TRAINING MANUAL
B. Counseling Services
C. Crisis Center Procedures

3- SUDDEN

DEATHS

A. Response
B. Arrival
C. Tactics On Scene
D. Preserving The Scene

E. Notifications

F. Pronouncements
G. Appropriate Reports

4.

MISSING PERSONS

A. Adults
B. Juveniles
C. Radio Broadcast of lnfo
D. Search Procedures

E. NCIC/SCIC Forms
F. Time Frame For Entry NCIC
G. Collecting Photo/DNA

5.

ARREST I CONTROL TECHNIQUE

A. Multiple Prisoners

SUPERVISOR SIGNATURE:
SUPERVISOR PRINTED NAME:

DATE: I

I

BADGE:

29

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #: 1.18.1
Date: 10/1612009
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIELD TRAINING MANUAL

TRAINING SPECIFICS CONTINUED
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT

TRAINING MANUAL

1. BOMBTHREATS
A. Response
B. Arrival

C. Evacuation
D. Tactics On Scene

E. Search Procedure

F. Communication Procedures
G. Device Located
H. Explosive Device Technician

l.

2.

Appropriate Reports
DRIVING UNDER INFLUENCE ARREST

A. Probable Cause for Traffic Stop

Page

#:

30

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Order#:1.18^1

Date:10116/2009
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: FIELD TRAINING MANUAL
B. MV Crash lnvolved
C. Tests At Scene
D. Recognizing the Diabetic/

Epileptic
E. Reeording Facts

F. Processing
G. Balance/Coordination Tests
H. Alcotest

L

Blood Sample Requests

J. Hospitalized
K. lmpound Protocol

L. Appropriate Reports

3. ANIMAL

COMPLAINTS

A. lnjured Animal
B. Dog Running Loose
C. Barking Dog
D. Bites to Humans

E. Notifications To ACO

F. Rabid Animals
G. SPCA Location/Animal Drop Off
H. Appropriate Reports

4.

ARREST / CONTROL TECHNIOUES

A. High Risk Vehicle Stops

Page#:

31

Page #:

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date:10116/2009
Order #: 1.1E.1
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIELD TRAINING MANUAL
SUPERVISOR SIGNATURE
SUPERVISOR PRINTED NAME

DATE: I

I

TRAINING SPECIFICS CONTINUED
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
TRAINING MANUAL

1.

SEARCHES

A. Consent Searches
B. Emergent Searches (Exigent
Circumstances)
C. lncident to Arrest
D. Obtaining Search Warrants

E. Opposite Sex

F. Strip Search
G. Stop & Frisk
H. Vehicle Search

2.

DEMONSTRATIONS

A. Court Orders/lnjunctions
B. Strike Reports

3.

BIAS INCIDENTS

BADGE:

32

Page #:

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:1.18.1

Order
Date: 10116/2009
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIELD TRAINING MANUAL
A. Response
B" Arrival

C. Determination of Bias Incident
D. Preservation of Scene
E. Appropriate Reports

SUPERVISOR SIGNATURE:
SUPERVISOR PRINTED NAME:

DATE: I

I

BADGE:

Page

DEPARTMENT ORDER

1.18.1

Date:1011612009
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIELD TRAINING MANUAL

TRAINING NON-SPECIFIED
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT

TRAINING MANUAL
ADDITIONAL TRAINING/REMEDIAL TRAI NING:

TOPIC

TRAINED
DEMONSTRATED
DATE

DATE
PERFORMED

FTO

TO

#:

34

Page

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Order#:1.18.1

Date: 10/1612009

Gategory: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIELD TRAINING MANUAL

TRAINING NON.SPECIFIED
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT

TRAINING MANUAL
ADDITIONAL TRAI N I NG/REMEDIAL TRAI

TOPIC

NI

NG:

DATE TRAINED
DEMONSTRATED

DATE

FTO

PERFORMED

SUPERVISOR SIGNATURE:
SUPERVISOR PRINTED NAME:

DATE: I

I

BADGE:

TO

#:

35

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

1.18.

Date: 10/1512009
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: FIELD TRAINING OFFICER PROGRAM
BRIDGETON POL]CE DEPARTMENT
CHIEF OF POLICE DIRECTIVE
POLICYAND PROCEDURE

SECTION:
CHAPTER:

I

18

SUBJECT:

FIELD TRAINING OFFICER PROGRAM

EFFECTIVE DATE: 12-1 -20A9
CHIEF OF POLICE:Mark W. Ott
PURPOSE:

The primary purpose for establishing a Field Training Officer Program is to promote an
objective, structured monitoring and evaluation system for newly hired officers, and a system
for remedial training of any officer who may need it. Newly hired officers will have already
successfully completed a basic police academy. An assigned Field Training Officer (FTO)
will provide probationary officers with positive role modeling, hands-on training and guidance.
They will also counsel, assess needs as related to job performance, and evaluate
probationary officers. Secondly, the FTOs will provide the same service to lateral transfer
officers and officers upgraded from a Class ll designation. FTO officers will as appropriate
and authorized, assist in remedial training of any officer needing this service.
OBJECTIVE:
It is necessary to provide newly hired officers will all the training and skills possible in today's
complex environment of law enforcement. lt is the objective of this agency to hire the best
qualified persons and to give these persons every opportunity to succeed as police officers.
Upon successful completion of academy training, probationary offrcers will be enabled by the
experience gained under the watchful eyes of a FTO coach.

This program will also provide the department with an OBJECTIVE, STRUCTURED
MECHANISM to determine the trainees' ETHICS, ATTITUDE, ABILITIES, and
WILLINGNESS to perform their job functions.
By putting this program in place, the department is providing continuity in training to all it's
new officers and an opporiunity to correct deficiencies in seasoned officers. All officers who
are placed in this program are evaluated on a daily basis through the use of the Standard
Evaluation Guidelines

MECHANICS:

l.

Definitions:

A. TRAINEE

- newly hired officer, Class ll officer or an officer

#:

1

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page#:

Order #:1.18.
Date: 10/1512009
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: FIELD TRAINING OFFICER PROGRAM
who comes to the department as a lateral iransfer.
*Class ll officer's
shallcomplete an abridged version of the FTO Program authorized
by the

training coordinator.

B.

II.

COACH - an officer assigned as a Field Training Offieer or remedial instructor
to another officer, regardless of rank.

COACH FUNCTIONS:

A.

Role Model - the coach must exemplify excellence as laid out in the "Law
Enforcement Code of Ethics."

B.

Trainer - the coach must possess the skill to assess the training needs of
the new officer and be able to apply the technique of teaching to meet those
needs.

III.

C.

Evaluator - the coach must give timely feedback and clear directions to guide
the trainee to an acceptable level of competence.

D.

Supervisor - the coach HAS supervisory responsibility to plan and direct the
field training.

E.

Counseling - the coach will establish a rapport, provide informal guidance, and
be perceptive to the trainees' needs as they relate to job performance.

SELECTION AND APPOINTMENT:

A. officers interested

in becoming involved in the FTo program should apply
through the proper chain of command.

B.

officers will be selected based upon demonstrated abilities to be a
trainer/coach.

C. The Chief of Police or his designee

will make alt appointments.

D.

All selected personnel will receive training in the FTO program.

E.

Trainees will be assigned a coach upon completion of the police academy.

IV. CHAIN OF COMMAND IN THE FTO PROGRAM:

A. The FTo program

supervisor will be the head of the police Department's
training unit and is in overall charge of the recruit field training. AII activities
directly relating to the training program will move upward from the recruit level

2

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:1.18.

Date: 10/15/2009
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIELD TRAINING OFFICER PROGRAM
through the coach, and then to the program supervisor. The program supervisor
reports directly to the Chief of Police.

B.

All nontraining activities are subject to the normal chain of command. Shift
supervisors will take an active role in the FTO program by working closely with
the coaches.

V.

PROGRAM FORMAT:

A. The program will be divided

into (4) four phases. The minimum time spent to
complete these phases will be 45 days (530 hours), the maximum time allowed
is 54 days (638 hours).

B.

C.

D.

PHASE I - 12 Days (144 hours)

1.

Three days (36 hours) in Iimbo - this period is when the trainee
is expected to learn a few basic tasks, but training is only
documented NOT EVALUATED.

2.

Nine days (108 hours) of scheduled training, documentation, and
evaluation by the primary coach.

PHASE ll

-

14 Days (168 hours)

1.

Rotate coaches and shifts

2.

One day (12 hours) in limbo - this day is used for the trainee to
become familiar with the new coach (and vice versa). The
training is documented but NOT EVALUATED.

3.

A written examination is administered at the end of this phase.

PHASE

lll-

14 Days (168 hours)

1.

Rotate coaches and shifts

2.

One day (12 hours) in limbo - this day is used for the trainee to
become familiar with the new coach (and vice versa). The
training is documented but NOT EVALUATED.

3.

At the end of PHASE lll the trainee MUST have completed the
training manual and have scores on their Daily Activity Report
(DOR) that are consistently a (4) four or above and pass all
written examinations to enter PHASE lV. lf a trainee has not
met the requirements then they will return to their primary

#:

3

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #:

L1B.

Date: 10115i2409

Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIELD TRAINING OFFICER PROGRAM
coach for up to 9 additonal days (108 hours) of remedial training.
lf at the end of the remedial training the trainee still fails to meet
the minimum standards then they will be referred to a
PRETERMINATION HEARING.

E. PHASE lV -5 Days (60 hours)

F.

VI.

1.

Trainee returns to primary coach OR Training Officer

2.

No limbo period

3.

Evaluation only - trainee should then be recommended for solo
patrol or remedialtraining as stated in PHASE lll.

ABBREVIATED TRAINING: this training, when appropriate, for
lateral transfer trainees will consist of Phases l, ll, and IV, and
only after a needs assessment is done on the trainee and the
trainee agrees to sign a waiver of abbreviated training.

EVALUATIONS:

A.

All evaluators will use the Standardized Evaluation Guidelines (SEG).

B.

The trainee will receive a daily evaluation completed by the coach using a
Daily Observation Report (DOR). The DOR will be completed regardless
of the trainees' duty status or assignment.

C. The FTO coach will evaluaie

the trainee weekly and forward the evaluations

to the FTO supervisor. Coaches and trainees will meet with the FTO
supervisor at the completion of each phase of training.

D.

The shift supervisor WILL DO monthly evaluations on the trainees UPON
COMPLETION of the FTO program. This will be done for the first six months
following completion of the FTO program.

E. ANY deficiencies

noted in the trainee by the shift supervisor is to be forwarded
immediately to the FTO Supervisor.

F. Remedial training reports will be submitted

as needed by the coach.

VII. EXAMINATIONS:

A.

During each phase the coaches are required to test the trainees in the
areas covered in the Training Manual.

B. At the conclusion

of each phase the trainee must pass a written examination

Page

#;

4

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

Date:1At15l2AA9
Order #: I.18.
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIELD TRAINING OFFICER PROGRAM
approved by the FTO supervtsor.
VIII.SCHEDULING:

A.

The trainees will be assigned the same working schedule as their coach and
the shift supervisor WILL ENSURE that additional time off be held to minimum
and only granted when training allows for it.

B.

When a trainee is moved from one phase to another he willfollow the work
schedule of his new coach.

C. The FTO supervisor
D.

E.

will facilitate these transfers.

The FTO patrol unit (coach and trainee) WILL BE CONSIDERED A ONE
OFFICER UNIT AT ALL TIMES.
Communicationsldispatch will detail that unit as if only one officer was in

the patrolvehicle.

IX

F.

Coaches and trainees ARE NOT TO BE SEPARATED by the shift supervisor
under any circumstances.

G.

Trainees are PROHIBITED from functioning in any law enforcement capacity
without a coach present, prior to being cleared for solo patrol.

H.

Trainees are PROHIBITED from working any overtime or being ordered to work
overtime in any form until they have been cleared for solo patrol.

TRAINING:

A. Coaches will be allowed time to address

training and training needs.

B.

Training will be conducted daily.

C.

lf time is not available during normal working working hours, then the FTO
supervisor will authorize compensatory time.

D. Shift supervisors

will have to document the circumstances that prohibited

training time for the coaches and trainees.

E.

The FTO supervisor may place any officer, regardless of rank, or trainee into
remedial training at any time that this is required to correct deficiencies in
any officer.

F.

The FTO supervisor should identify the areas where remedial training is
needed and or required and assign the trainee or officer to a coach who would

#:

5

Page

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:1.18.

Date:14fi5120A9
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIELD TRAINING OFFICER PROGRAM
then complete the DORs in those areas.

G.

X,

At the conclusion of any remedial training the coach will forward a report to
the FTO supervisor.

TERMINATION PROCEDURES:

A.

A comprehensive memo from the coach to the FTO supervisor recommending
termination.

B.

A comprehensive memo from the FTO supervisor to the Chief of Police
recommending termination.

C. A review of all files and a comprehensive

report from the FTO supervisor to the
Chief of Police recommending termination.

D,

The FTO supervisor advises trainee and goes over termination procedures.

1. Trainee placed on adminstrative leave.
2. Hearing held in a timely manner.
3. Trainee entitled to one (1) representative.
4. All department guidelines as well as statutory

requirements met.

#:

6

Page#:

DEPARTMENT ORDER

1.18.

Date: 10/1512049
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Titte: FIELD TRAINING OFFICER PROGRAM

BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT

TRAINING UNIT
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER PROGRAM
WAIVER FORM

t,.

being a lateral transfer from another agency,

or
having prior patrol experience, and having been evaluated and approved for an abbreviated
FTO program by the Field Training Officers and the Training Supervisor, do hereby agree to
and waive my right to the full four phase FTO program.
Trainee:

Date: I

I

Signed.

Date: I

I

Signed:

Date: I

I

Signed:

Dale: I

I

Dale'. I

I

Signed:

Field Training Officers:

Training Supervisor:
Signed

7

Page

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:

#:1.18.

Order
Date: 1 011512009
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIELD TRAINING OFFICER PROGRAM

BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
TRAINING UNIT
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER PROGRAM
RELEASE FORM

. have participated in the Bridgeton P.D. FTO

I,

program and I now feel competent enough to be released from the program and capable of
performing the functions of Police Oflicer without the presence of a coach. I understand that
my activities and work will be closely monitored and that I am still a probationary officer.

Date: I

Signed:

I

We, the undersigned Field Training Officers, have trained the above named officer and at this
polnt believe helshe is fit to perform solo patrol duties and has no further need of constant
coachlng.
Signed:

Date: I

I

Signed:

Date: I

I

Signed:

Date: I

I

I concur with the opinion of the FTOs

Signed:

Date: I

(Training Supervisor)
I

8

Page

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:

Order #: I . 1 8. EOPT Date: 1 1 111 l20og
Category: DEPARTM ENT ORDERS
Title: FTO PROGRAM - END OF PHASE TESTS
FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM
END OF PHASE TESTING - TEST #1
END OF PHASE ONE

1. You are patrolling the Riverfront area and you see Dirtweed Dudley urinating on a trash
can. You advise dispatch of this and approach Dudley. As you reach Dudley, Dispatch
advises that there is an active arrest warrant for him.
List all of the actions you would take to resolve this issued.
Facts:

a. case#: _-999903
b. name: Dirtweed S. Dudley lll

c. address:

100 Pine Street Bridgeton, NJ 08302

d. home phone: 856-555-5555
e. SSN: 12345-6789

f.

DOB:

h.

other characteristics: white; male; divorced; unemployed; born in
Sweetwater, Louisiana; red hair; 5'09"; 198 lbs; tattoo of bear on right
forearm; light freckled skin
Warrant: From Vineland Mun. Ct. FTA #09-1234 bail$75.00

g.

1-1-1981

2. You are traveling east on Broad St. when you hear music coming from a vehicle that is so
loud, the sound causes pain in your ears. You see the vehicle and check the status of the
tag, NJ reg. HH4692. BPD Dispatch advises that this tag # is not on file. You stop the
vehicle and the reg. expired three years ago.
List all the actions you would take to resolve this issue.

Facts:

Driver:

a. Jesus De Dios 12-25-1969
b. 456 Herbert Street, Millville, NJ 08362

c. he has no phone and works on a farm in Swedesboro

d.

NJ

he has no driver's license but is listed on NJ DMV files with
D0001 00011 00111 as his suspended driver number.
particulars:
his
- 5'05" / 21Slbs / brown hair / brown eyes / single
has no social security number
Vehicle:

e.

a.
b.

c.

1972
AMC Pacer 2 door I light blue
tag #VM 4692 NJ (not on file)

d. VIN JH879K329OOOVMH
e. valued at $500.00

1

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page#:

Order#:l.18.EOPT Date: 1111112009
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FTO PROGRAM - END OF PHASE TESTS
FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM
END OF PHASE TESTING . TEST #2
END OF PHASE TWO

1.

You are on patrol at 7:30 pm and you are near the intersection of lrving Ave. and N. Pearl
St. You observe two subjects engaged in a fist fight, You stop your patrol vehicle and order
both subjects to the ground. They comply with your orders.

What is your next course of action?
List all actions you would take and reduce them all to report form. Refer to information

sheet part A (numbers 1 & 2) to complete any tasks.

2.

lt is 02:00 am and you are flagged down by a female who is crying. She tells you she
was just thrown out of her apartment by her boyfriend who happens to be the father of her
child. The female is not injured, other than being physically upset. The female also tells you
the boyfriend said "get out of my house if you can't be loyal to me, you cheating bitch!" The
female left the apartment and flagged you down.
List all actions you would take to resolve this issue.
Refer to information sheet Part A number 2 & 3 to complete any tasks.

3.

lt is 1 1:00 pm and you observe a subject walking down the street. You pull along side of
the subject and ask if you could speak with him. He agrees and you stop your car. As you
exit your vehicle, the subject takes off running.
List allactions you would take to resolve this issue.
Refer to information sheet Part A number 1 to complete any tasks.

2

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #: l.18.EOPT Date: 1111112009
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FTO PROGRAM - END OF PHASE TESTS
INFORMATION SHEET
END OF PHASE TWO

A. Case #: _

-999951

1. John T. Parminter 55 Tank St. Bridgeton, NJ 08302
home phone 856-555-5544

work phone 856-555-6655 works at McDonalds on Delsea Dr & Park in Vineland
Male l5'09" /'156lbs / White / Blonde Hair I 4-1-1980 / blue eyes / tattoo of
"l love Lucy" right shoulder

2.

Herbert E. Hankok 42 Bleecher St. Bridgeton, NJ 08302
home phone 856-555-4455
work phone 856-555-6655 works at BJ's in Vineland
Male / 6'00" / 145lbs / black / brown har I 5-2-1979 / brown eyes / burn scar
palm of left hand

3.

Stacy B. Good 42 Bleecher St. Bridgeton, NJ 08302
home phone 856-555-4455
work phone none
Female l5'02" / 11Slbs/ blackl brown hair/6-30-'19831brown eyes/ mole
over left eye

Page#:

3

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Order#:1.19

Page

#:

Date:'1012712014

Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIREARMS, WEAPONS & TOOLS
BRIDGETON POLICE DIVISION
CHIEF OF POLICE DIRECTIVE
POLICY & PROCEDURE

SECTION:
CHAPTER: 19
I

REVISION

DATE: 10-27-2014

SUBJECT: Firearms, Weapons and Tools

EFFECTIVE DATE: I MMEDIATELY
CHIEF OF POLICE.Mark W. Ott

I.

POLICY

The Bridgeton Police Division recognizes that weapons are a very dangerous but equally
necessary part of the Law Enforcement Profession. The following policy describes the
general philosophy of the Bridgeton Police Division and its stand on weapons possessed by
its police officers and employees. Officers are required to train with authorized weapons as
described by Division Directives and consistent with Attorney General Guidelines.
Generally, Division policy concerning the use or deployment of weapons will be a means of
last resort, depending on the attending circumstances when viewed in their totality. ln all
situations officers of the Bridgeton Police Division are expected to follow the Attorney
General's Guidelines on the Use of Force.

ll.

Purpose

The purpose of this directive is to establish a division wide policy regarding firearms and other
dangerous tools. This Standard Operating Procedure covers the following points:

1.

Requirement of each officer to maintain proficiency with Division issuediauthorized
firearms, as wel I as, authorized alternate/off-d uty/backu p firearms.

2.

Requirement of each officer to maintain their issued firearms/authorized
alternate/backup/off duty firearms, weapons and tools in a clean and serviceable
condition and ramifications for failing in this regard.

3.

Requirement of each officer to remain thoroughly familiar with the function and
handling of each Division issued firearm, weapon and tool, as well as, remaining
thoroughly famiiiar with function and handling of any approved alternate/back up/off

1

Page

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #: 1.19
Date:1A/2712014
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: FIREARMS, WEAPONS & TOOLS
duty firearm/weapon or iool.

4. Alternate/Off duty / Back up weapons: approval by Division/Re-Qualification /
Ammunition / Method of Carry / Etc.
5.

Deployment and requirements to

6.

Remedial training for those that fail to qualify during Division wide re-qualifications and
ramifications for failure to qualify.

7.

Record keeping for the Division Range Master, Armorers and Designated Training
Officers.

8.

lnform Division members of disciplinary measures associated with these matters.

carry: for firearmsiweapons/tools.

It is the responsibility of this Division to ensure the protection of the public and Bridgeton
Police Officers. This procedure is not designed to limit the individual officer's options in
events where the use or threatened use of force/deadly force rs imminent but is to be used as
a guide in helping preserve life and ensure the safety of all persons. The secondary purpose
of this procedure is to make certain that no person remains employed by this agency who is
incapable of demonstrating and maintaining high levels of safety and proficiency in the use of
and handling of Division issued or authorized firearms, weapons and tools.

lll.

lnserts

The following documents are to be considered inserts for this policy. Every officer (full/part
time) is required to remain abreast of changes at the State level on these documents. These
documents are to be obtained from the NJ Attorney General's website.

1.

New Jersey Attorney General's Guideline on the USE OF FORCE.

2.

New Jersey Attorney General's Guidetine on FTREARMS

lV.

Definitions

AGENCY.
ALTERNATE

-

euAllFlcATloN

General

The Bridgeton Police Division.

FIREARM:

A firearm (Handgun, shotgun or rifle) approved by the Chief of
Police to serve in place of an agency issued firearm as a primary duty weapon.

APPROVED AMMUNTTION: Ammunition carried by officers which has been approved
of by the Chief of Police or his designee for on or off duty. For all handguns in the same
caliber as the agency handgun the agency issued duty ammunition shall be carried.
Shotguns shall only be loaded with agency issued ammunition. Rifles shall be carried with
Division issued ammunition or ammunition approved by the Chief of Police or his designee.

#:

2

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Date: 10/27/2014
Order #:1.19
Gategory: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIREARMS, WEAPONS & TOOLS
APPROVED HOLSTER:
A duty or off duty method of carry which was issued by the
Division or approved by the Chief of Police or his designee for use.

BACKSTOP: The area directly around a target, generally both sides, above and below, in
front of and to the rear of a target (i.e. a wall, persons, property, homes, vehicles, etc. and
consider what the backstop is made of: Iiving persons, earth, walls of concrete/bricUwood,
other materials.)
BACKUP FIREARM:
A lethalforce option, normally defensive in nature; an approved
semiautomatic pistol or revolver carried by an officer in addition to the duty sidearm.

A mechanical force option; made of metal, composite material or wood. The
BATON
baton is sometimes referred to as a nightstick or billy club, which is authorized for carry by the
Chief of Police. The baton may be rigid or collapsible. Primarily, the authorized baton will be
the Monadnock Auto-Lock Baton (MAB), unless, a substitute is authorized by the Chief of
Police or his designee.
DUTY AMMUNITION: Ammunition supplied by the Division for carry in a particular weapon.
ln the case of alternate weapon the ammunition would have to be approved by the Chief of
Police or his designee.
DUTY SIDEARM: A lethalforce option, normally defensive in nature; the issued Glock
22 semiautomatic pistol or an alternate sidearm approved for carry by the Chief of Police or
his designee as the primary sidearm.
FOLDING KNIFE: A necessary work tool, which is capable of lethal force delivery; a
knife with a blade that folds into the handle when closed, commonly known as a pocket knife.
ISSUED PEPPER SPRAY: A mechanical force option; a canister containing a liquid
solution designed to be sprayed at violent persons to end resistance or the threat of physical
violence, which is issued by the agency to its officers.

KNIFE:

A tool used for cutting

QUALIFICATION/RE-QUALIFICATION: Twice a year each officer is required to achieve a
passing score (minrmum 80%) on a day light course of fire with their service andior
authorized handguns and shotgun. Twice a year each officer is required to achieve a passing
score (minimum 80%) on a night course of fire with their service and/or authorized handguns
and shotgun. Those officers designated as riflemen are required to achieve a passing score
(minimum 80%) twice a year on a day light course of frre and a night course of fire with their
service and/or approved rifle. Those officers designated as riflemen shall also be required to
train with a minimum of ten rounds of live ammunition an additional two times per year. A
failure to achieve a passing score with either handgun or shotgun on either a day or night
course of fire shall be considered a NONQUALIFICATION. See NONQUALIFICATION
section for further details.

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

Order #: I 19
Date: 10127120i4
Category: DEPARTM ENT ORDERS
Title: FIREARMS, WEAPONS & TOOLS

MUZZLE.

The part of a firearm's barrel where a fired projectile(s) leaves the weapon.

MUZZLE AWARENESS: The responsibility of an officer deploying a firearm to know
where the muzzle of that weapon is pointed at all times. Also, that the deploying officer
maintains a reserved knowledge of what the muzzle is pointing at and the potential for a
round to be discharged at all times.

OFF

DUTY:

An officer's status while not assigned to work.

OFF DUTY FIREARM: A handgun selected by an officer other than their issued duty
weapon that the officer may carry while off duty, after seeking approval for it, it's holster
device and the ammunition to be carried in that weapon. The officer must then qualify with
that weapon using the approved holster device and ammunition.
ON

DUTY:

An officer's status while assigned to work.

RAMIFICATIONS: Scheduled disciplinary action taken against an officer for some type
of failure concerning this Directive.
REMEDIAL

TRAINING.

Training to be given to an officer that fails to quatify/re-qualify.

RIFLE: A lethal force option; Any agency owned or authorized long barreled weapon that
flres a single projectile per cartridge through a rifled barrel that is issued to officers or
authorlzed for use by the Chief of Police and controlled by a member of the agency. Typically
the agency authorized rifle is the Bushmaster .223 xM-15 assault rifle.
SAFE DIRECTION: The muzzle of a firearm, when deployed shall be pointed at the
ground and away from the body at all times, when the officer is not engaged in firing the
weapon, covering a suspect or using the weapon to create an apprehension that it will be
used. The officer may elect to point the muzzle towards the sky if there is a valid reason for
not keeping the muzzle towards the ground (i.e. human occupation below and not above,

SAFETY MECHANISM: A selector siyle switch or bution found on some handguns, rifles
and shotguns that be set to different positions (i.e. sAFE, FIRE, SEMI, FULL, AUToMATIC,
BURST, ETC) and controls the firing capabitity of the weapon.
SECONDARY KNIFE: A tool capable of delivering lethal force; a knife of fixed or folding
blade, which would be secured on the person of the officer, generally in a concealed, yet
secure location, to be used as a last resort to protect the officer's life

SHOTGUN:

Any agency owned or authorized long barreled weapon that fires a single or
multiple projectile(s) from a single cartridge through a smooth barrel in 12 gauge that is
issued to officers or authorized for use by the Chief of Police or his designee, and controlled
by a member of the agency. Typically, the agency authorized shotgun will be the Benelli M90

#:

4

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Order #:1.19
Date:1412712414
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: FIREARMS, WEAPONS & TOOLS
Entry Gun in 12 gauge.

WEAPON:

Any item capable of Inflicting injury to another person or to property, which is
permanent or temporary, lethal, potentially lethal or non-lethal.
Ge neral
1.

F

i

rea

rmsAlleapon/Tool Deploym

enUP roficie ncy

At any time, all officers are free to approach any agency firearm instructor
to ask for guidance, additional training andior practice equipment.

officers shall treat all firearms as loaded and dangerous until the officer
personally checks the weapon and renders it safe. Failing to treat a firearm
properly in this regard shall result in the officer being charged with NEGLECT
OF DUTY (a schedule A matter).
J,

Officers shall not engage in horseplay of any kind with any weapon or tool
nor use any weapon or tool in a non-professional or inappropriate manner.
Officers found to be engaged in horseplay or using a firearm or weaponitool
inappropriately in this regard shall be charged with NEGLECT OF DUTY
(a schedule A matter).
Before firing a round from any weapon the Officer must be certain of their
target, the backstop around the target, and what is beyond the target.

tr

Every officer shall be held accountable for muzzle awareness and safe
direction.

6

Officers deploying a weapon will make certain that no foreign object enters
the trigger guard that could cause an unintentional discharge. Officers found
in violation of this shall be charged with NEGLECT OF DUry (a schedule B
matter).
Every officer is personally, responsible for becoming thoroughly familiar with
the handgun issued to them by this agency. lf an officer determines to choose
an alternate duty weapon the same rule shall apply. Officers found to be in
violation of this shall be charged with NEGLECT oF DUTY (a schedule B matter)

This is to include recognition of major parts, proper take down and re-assembly
of those weapons. Proper care and treatment of the weapon as far as cleaning,
oiling and safeguarding the weapon from persons not authorized to touch the
weapon. Failing to properly care for or keep firearms clean shall be considered
violations of this policy and the matter charged as NEGLECT OF DUTY (a
schedule D matter).
o

It should be noted that only officers of this agency are authorized to handle

weapons issued by or authorized for use by this agency. Officers found

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Date: 1012712A14
Order #: l.19
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIREARMS, WEAPONS & TOOLS
allowing other parties, not authorized, to handle agency firearms will be charged
with NEGLECT OF DUry (a schedule A matter) as well as appropriate criminal
charges. The only exception to this would be upon direction from other law
enforcement personnel to surrender the weapon as evidence/safekeeping. No
officer of this agency is authorized to surrender a weapon to any person who is
not an authorized and sworn law enforcement officer. This section also applies
to authorized aliernate, back up or off-duty weapons. An officer found to be in
violation of this will be charged with NEGLECT OF DUry (a schedule A matter)
as well as appropriate criminal charges.

10. No officer will attempt to or try dismantling agency firearms to a point further than
what is normally referred to a field stripping. This is the basic break down level for
cleaning and maintenance. Only those officers that are certified as an armorer for
a particular weapon are permitted to disassemble a weapon past field stripping.
No officer shall attempt to make repairs to any agency issued weapon unless that
officer is a certified armorer and the repair has been authorized by the range master
Such repairs will be documented appropriately in Armory files. An officer found to
be in violation of this will be charged with NEGLECT OF DUTY (a schedule A
matter).

11. No officer will alter, tamper with or add additional features to an agency issued
weapon without first checking with the range master. This is to include grip
devices, Iight mounting devices, mountable lights or laser sighting devices, etc.
An officer found to be in violation of this will be charged with NEGLECT OF
DUTY (a schedule A matter).
12. Each officer shall personally be responsible for and held accountable for
mainiaining a high level of proficiency with each agency weapon assigned to
them. This includes agency handguns, agency shotguns, and agency rifle or
any off-duty/alternate or backup firearm. Each officer shall personally be
responsible for and held accountable for knowing the proper handling
procedures and use of weapons assigned/chosen for their use. Officers
are responsible for maintaining a |evel of proficiency that allows them to
re-qualify as prescribed by the New Jersey Attorney General's Guidelines
on Semi-Annuai Re-Qualification with all weapons assigned to themiauthorized
for their use. Any officer who is unable to achieve a passing score with or
demonstrates unsafe handling techniques with service handgun or service
shotgun on any mandatory course of fire (day or night) and fails to make a
passing score on the subsequent remedial attempt shall be considered
NEGLECT OF DUTY (a schedule A matter).
13. As soon as practical after a weapon is deployed and the situation is resolved
the weapon should be returned to storage in the appropriate manner. As soon
as possible after a SAFEry MECHANISM is moved to a FIRE position the
SAFEW MECHANISM should be returned to a SAFE mode.

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Order #: l.'19
Date:1012712014
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: FIREARMS, WEAPONS & TOOLS

Vl.

Handgun DeploymenUProficiency

This section applies to agency issued handguns, as well as, any agency authorized off duty,
back up or alternate handgun.

1.

Deployment of handguns shall be consistent with New Jersey Attorney General
Guidelines on the use of force and consistent with this directive.

2.

officers who draw their handgun from the holster during duty, or off duty, for
purposes of controlling a situation, covering a suspect or the need to use the
weapon in deadly force situaiion, shall always, immediately upon drawing the
weapon and if equipped, move the SAFETy MECHANTSM from the SAFE
position to the FIRE position.
The officer shall always keep their trigger finger outside the trigger guard area
and will keep it flat along the frame above the trigger area until such time as it
becomes necessary to fire the weapon. At that time and only at that time will
the trigger finger enter the trigger guard to engage the trigger of the weapon.

3.

Officers on duty shall maintain their handgun in the holster with the SAFETY
Mechanism in the SAFE position (if equipped).

4.

Any officer found violating this section shall be charged with NEGLECT oF
DUTY (a schedule A matter).

vil.

Shotg

u

ns DeploymenUProficiency

This section applies to agency issued shotguns, as well as, any agency authorized alternate
shotgun.
1.

Deployment of shotguns shall be consistent with the New Jersey Attorney
General Guidelines on the use of force and consistent with this directive.

officers shall make themselves thoroughly familiar with the agency issued
shotgun and the in car shotgun mounting system. oflicers are personally
responsible for and shall be held accountable for maintaining a high level
of proficiency, safety and handling of the agency shotgun. officers shall
maintain levels of proficiency with the agency shotgun that allow them to
re-qualify as prescribed in the New Jersey Attorney General's Guidelines
on Semr-Annual Re-Qualification.
Officers deploying the agency issued shotgun shall be held personally
accountable for mainiaining perfect knowledge of where the muzzle of the
shotgun is pointed at all times. The officer shall also keep the muzzle
pointed in a SAFE DIRECTION until such time the officer deems it
appropriate to raise the muzzle to a target.

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Order #: 1.1 9
Date:1412712014
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIREARMS. WEAPONS & TOOLS
When the shotgun is deployed by an officer that weapon shall be
loaded and charged. The SAFETY MECHANISM SHALL REMATN
ON SAFE until the officer determines that a shot or shots must be
fired. While moving with the shotgun, the officer shall maintain the
SAFEry MECHANISM in the SAFE position with the trigger finger
near the SAFEry MECHANISM, but clear of the trigger, so that if the
weapon needs to be fired the offrcer will first move the SAFETY
MECHANISM to the FIRE position and then aim and fire the weapon.
If the officer finds it necessary to cover a suspect the SAFETy
MECHANISM shall be moved to FIRE position and the trigger finger
shall remain outside the trigger guard. The trigger finger will remain
flat along the receiver of the weapon until such time and only when
firing the weapon becomes necessary will the finger enter the trigger
guard and engage the trigger for firing.

officers shall deploy the shotgun as the need demands when without direct
supervision. when multiple officers are on scene the scene supervisor will
determine who will deploy shotguns if shotguns are determined to be
necessary.

6.
Vlll.

Officers found to be in violation of this policy shall be charged with NEGLECT
OF DUTY (a schedule A matter).
Rifles DeploymenUProficiency

This section applies to all agency issued rifles, as well as, any agency authorized alternate.

1.

Deployment of agency rifles shall be consistent with the New Jersey Attorney
General Guidelines on the use of force and this directive.

2.

Officers assigned by this agency as a user of the Bushm aster .223 XM-.15
assault rifle shall make themselves thoroughly familiar with the agency rifled
issued to them and the in car rifle mounting system if equipped for same.
Officers are personally responsible for and shall be held accountable for
maintaining a high level of proficiency, safety and handling of the agency rifle.
Officers shall maintain levels of proficiency with the agency rifle that allow them
to re-qualify as proscribed in the New Jersey Attorney General's Guidelines on
Semi-Annual Re-Qualification.

J.

officers shall deploy the rifle as the need demands when without direci
supervision. when multiple officers are on scene the scene supervisor will
determine who will deploy rifles if rifles are determined to be necessary.
Officers deploying the agency issued rifle shall keep the weapon SAFETY
MECHANISM on sAFE until such time as the rifle is shoutdered by the officer

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

Date: '1 412712014
Order #: 1.19
Category: DEPARTM ENT ORDERS
Title: FIREARMS, WEAPONS & TOOLS
Once the officer puts the weapon to his shoulder the SAFEry MECHANISM will
be switched to FIRE and the officer's trigger finger will rest along the lower
receiver of the weapon outside of and above the trigger guard until such time the
officer is going to fire the weapon. At that time and only that time will the officer
move his finger inside the trigger guard and engage the trigger for firing.

5.

Officers deploying the agency issued rifle shall be held personally accountable

for maintaining perfect knowledge of where the muzzle of the rifle is pointed at
all times. The officer shall also keep the muzzle pointed in a SAFE DIRECTION
until such time the officer deems it appropriate to raise the muzzle to a target.

6.

lX.

Officers that fail to re-qualify with the agency issued rifle shall have their rifle pulled
from service and relssued to another officer who will maintain all appropriate levels
of proficiency.

Weapons/ToolsRequired/AuthorizedForCarry

UNI FORMED OFFICERSiSERGEANTS

1.

When on duty uniformed officers and sergeants are required to carry the following
equipment:

a. Duiy Sidearm & Approved Holster
b. Folding Knife
c. Approved Baton & Holder
d. lssued Pepper Spray & Pouch
e. Approved Magazines & Pouch
f. Handcuffs, Pouch & Key
g Police Radio (handheld)
h. Police Whistle
i. Black lnk Pen
j. Note Paper (cards, tablet or notepad)
k. Police lD & Driver's License
l. Flashlight
m.

n.
2.

Approved Ammunition to Capacity (in weapon and magazines)
Bullet Resistant Vest

When on duty uniformed officers and sergeants are authorized but not required
to carry the following equipment:

a.
b.

back up firearm
secondary knife

UNIFORMED COMMAND LEVEL OFFICERS

#:

I

Page

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date: 1012712414
Order #: 1.19
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIREARMS, WEAPONS & TOOLS

3.

When on duty are required to carry the following equipment:

a. Duty Sidearm & Approved Holster
b. Folding Knife
c. lssued Pepper Spray & Pouch
d. Handcuffs, Pouch & Key
e. Police Radio (handheld)
f. Police Whistle
g Black lnk Pen
h. Note Paper (cards, tablet or notepad)
i. Police lD & Driver's License
j. Approved Ammunition to Capacity (in weapon and magazines
k.
4.

if extras

carried)
Bullet resistant vest (availabte for use, i.e. in car trunk etc)

When on duty are authorized but noi required to carry the following equipment:

a. Approved Baton
b. Back Up Firearm
c. Secondary Knife
d. Any Other Approved Equipment
PLAIN CLOTHES PERSONNEL

5.

When on duty are required to carry the following equipment:

a. Duty Sidearm & Approved Holster
b. Folding Knife
c. lssued Pepper Spray (available for use, i.e. car glove box, etc)
d. Handcuffs & Key
e. Police Radio (handheld)
f. Black lnk Pen
g. Note Paper (cards, tablet or notepad)
h. Police lD & Driver's License
i. Flashlight (available for use; i.e. car glove box, etc.)
j. Approved Ammunition to Capaciiy (in weapon and magazines if carried)
k. Bullet Resistant Vest (available for use; i.e. in car trunk, etc)
6.

When on duty are authorized but not required to carry the following equipment:

a.
b.
c.
d.

Approved Baton
Back Up Firearm
Secondary Knife
Any Other Approved Equipment

#:

10

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

l.19

Order #:
Date: 1A12712014
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIREARMS, WEAPONS & TOOLS

7.
X.

When on duty, officers who fail to carry specified equipment shall be charged
with NEGLECT OF DUTY (a Schedule C matter).
Non-Qualification

This section applies to all agency issued weapons, as well as, all alternate, back up and off
duiy weapons.

1.

When an officer fails to achieve a passing score on any mandatory service
handgun or shotgun re-qualification course (day or night) that officer shall be
deemed a non-qualifier. That officer will then be considered unfit for duty, said
officer shall be charged with a 4A violation of lncompetence (a schedule C
matter), and be scheduled for remedial training as soon as possible.
When an officer fails to achieve a passing score on any re-qualification course
with:

a.
b.
c.

an off duty weapon
alternate duty weapon
back up weapon

That officer will not be authorized to carry that weapon.

2.

On the assigned date/time of remedial training the non-qualifier shall be
assigned a range instructor. That range instructor will go over the principles
of good marksmanship with the non-qualifier. Those principles are:

a..

b.
c.
d.
e.
f.

Stance
Grip
Breath Control
Sight Alignment
Trigger Control
Follow Through

FOR HANDGUN

3.

The range instrucior will then provide the non-qualifier with the required number
of rounds of ammunition for the appropriate course of fire (HQC2 or HNQC).
The non-qualifier will then fire that course with guidance from the range instructor.
The range instructor will look for problems being displayed by the non-qualifier.
Upon completion of that course of fire the non-qualifier will be issued the
appropriate number of rounds of ammunition for another course of fire on the
HQC2 or HNQC. The non-qualifier will again shoot the course with guidance from
the range instructor.
After these two courses of fire are completed the targets shall be pulled and

#:

11

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Dats:1412712014
Order #:1.19
Categoryr DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: FIREARMS, WEAPONS & TOOLS
discussion between range instructor assigned to the non-qualifier, other range
instructors available and the range master shall take place on why the
non-qualifier is failing. The results of this analysis will be recorded. The
non-qualifier will then be given additional guidance and advice. After
approximately fifteen minutes the trainee shall be issued ammunition for the
course of fire that the non-qualifier failed to qualify. The non-qualifier wlll then
fire the remedial qualification course. lf the non-qualifier attains a passing score
the officer will be considered qualified. lf the non-qualifier again fails to achieve a
passing score that officer will have their weapon pulled and be considered unfit for
duty, charged with a 44 violation of lncompetence (a Schedule A matter with
iermination as the appropriate charge) as continued service with the Bridgeton
Police Division would pose an unacceptable and credible threat to the public
safety.

FOR SHOTGUN

The range instructor will then provide the non-qualifier with the required number
of rounds of ammunition for the appropriate course of fire (SQC or SNQC). The
non-qualifier will then fire that course with guidance from the range instructor.
The range instructor will look for problems being displayed by the non-qualifier.
Upon completion of that course of fire the non-qualifier will be issued the
appropriate number of rounds of ammunition for another course of fire on the
SQC or SNQC. The non-qualifier will again shoot the course with guidance
from the range instructor.
After these two courses of fire are completed the targets shall be pulled and
discussion between range instructor assigned to the non-qualifier, other range
instructors available and the range master shall take place on why the
non-qualifier is failing. The results of this analysis will be recorded. The
non-qualifier will then be given additional guidance and advice. After
approximately fifteen minutes the trainee shall be issued ammunition for the
course of fire that the non-qualifier failed to qualify. The non-qualifier will then
fire the remedial qualification course. lf the non-qualifier attains a passing score
the officer will be considered qualified. lf the non-qualifier again fails to achieve
a passing score that officer will be banned from possessing a shotgun, charged
with a violation of 4A lncompetence ( a Schedule A mater with termination as
the appropriate charge) and be considered unfit for duty and continued service
with the Bridgeton Police Division since the individual poses a very real and
credible threat to the public safety.

Off Duiy/Alternate Duty/Back Up Firearms

XI
1.

The Division does authorize officers to carry a handgun other than the issued
service weapon while off duty, as well as, authorizing officers to carry an
alternate duty weapon as their primary sidearm. The Division does authorize
officers to carry a back up firearm.

12

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Order#:1.19
Date:10127/2014
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIREARMS, WEAPONS & TOOLS
2.

Officers wishing to carry a weapon for off duty purposes will seek approval
of that weapon from the Chief of Police or his designee. The officer shall bring
the weapon they intend to carry off duty, the holster device in which they
intend to carry it and ammunition they intend to carry in the weapon to the
range during designated off du$ weapon qualification dates. The weapon,
holster device and ammunition all need to be approved by the Chief
of Police or his designee on the dates of off duty weapon qualification and
only that weapon, holster device and ammunition will be authorized. The
officer will be required to achieve a passing score on both a day and night
course of fire with the off duty weapon.
lf the officer selects a weapon in .40 S&W caliber that officer shall utilize the
same ammunition that the agency uses for duty.

4.

Officers wishing to purchase a handgun for off duty/alternate duty/back up
carry may check with the Chief of Police or his designee prior to purchase
to make certain the weapon they are thinking of purchasing will be approved.
Off duty/alternate duty/back up weapons must be of one of the following
caliber options.
.38 Special/.38 Special +P
.357 Sig L357 Magnum
9mm Parabellum (note - 9mm Kurzl9mm Makarov are not authorized)
.40 s&w
10 mm
.44 Special/.44 Magnum
.45 Colt / . 45 ACP
Officers electing to employ an alternate duty weapon that is not of .40 S&W
caliber will supply all necessary ammunition for training exercises (including
Simmuniiion equipment and Simmunition Ammunition) and duty type
ammunition for qualification and carry.
Officer electing to employ a back up weapon, regardless of caliber shall, supply
their own approved ammunition for qualification and carry.
Officers shall only consider a weapon manufactured by a quality company. The
weapon shall be of a semi-automatic or revolver design. Officers electing to
qualify/carry an off duty/alternate duty/ back up weapon shall be held accountable
and responsible for making certain that no unauthorized person handles the
weapon or comes into possession of the weapon. A violation of this section
would resuli in the officer being charged with NEGLECT OF DUry (a schedule A
matter), as well as any criminal charges.

8.

Officers found carrying a firearm that was not approved or authorized shall also

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date: 1012712014
Order #: 1.1 9
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIREARMS, WEAPONS & TOOLS
be charged with NEGLECT OF DUTY (a schedule A matter).

9.

No officer who fails to qualify with an elected alternate dutyioff duty/back up

weapon is authorized to carry same.
10 Officers who request to carry a weapon other than the agency issued firearms,

inclusive of alternate du$/off duty/back up or other non-division issued weapon
will maintain all required proficiency levels with the agency issued equivalent
(handgun/shotgun).
11

Officers choosing to carry a firearm other than agency issued (alternate/off
duty/back up), are required to provide a copy of the permit to purchase for
that weapon to the Range Master for inclusion in Armory Files.

firearm as an alternate duty sidearm, shotgun or
rifle are required to provrde a letter (copy found at end of this directive) from
the Chief of Police, or a certified armorer or a licensed gunsmith to the Range
Master once per year for inclusion in Armory Files. The letter must be dated
by the Chief, armorer or gunsmith by no later than December 15th of each
year and turned in to the Range Master by no later than December 30th of
each year. This leiter from the Chief, armorer or gunsmith must indicate that
the weapon is safe and operable. The letter if from other than the Chief, must
bear the armorer or gunsmiths printed name, place of business address,
telephone number and signature. A copy of the armorer's certificate or

12 Officers choosing to carry a

gunsmith credentials must also be attached.

xll.

Ammunition
1.

The agency issued .40S&W round will be the only authorized round for carry
in any agency issued handgun, it shall also be the only authorized round for
any off duty or alternate duty weapon or back up weapon in .40S&W caliber.
The agency issued ,223 Remington caliber round will be the only authorized
round for carry on duty in Bushmaster XM-15 Patrol Rifles.
The agency issued 12 gauge 2 7o inch round of Federal 00 Buckshot will be
the only authorized round for carry in any agency issued or authorized 12
gauge shotgun.
Ammunition for weapons authorized for carry not issued by the agency in
calibers other than .40 S&W, 12 Gauge or .223 Remington:

a.

For Handguns - shall be a premium brand hollow point (or civilian
equivalent style round in behavior, i.e.: Hornady Critical Defense)
round of the appropriate caliber.

Page #:

14

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date:1012712014
Order #:1.19
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIREARMS, WEAPONS & TOOLS

b.

For Rifle
caliber.

-

shall be a Hornady T.A.P. Urban round of the appropriate

Whenever an officer opts for ammunition other than that issued by the agency
it must always remain the same in caliber, bullet grain weight as used during
qualification and for carry.

xilt.

Holster Devices
1.

Division lssued or Approved Alternate Sidearm: The duty holster for
uniformed patrol sergeants and patrolmen will be the holster supplied by the
division for the division supptied duty sidearm. Any officer wishing to carry
an alternate holster must select one that is of a safe retention type and be
approved by the Chief of Police or his designee and must be trained with prior
to carry (meaning gone through qualification with same prior to deployment).
The duty holster for plain clothes personnel shall be issued by the division.
Any plain clothes officer or command level staff officer wishing to purchase
their own holster will choose at a minimum, a pancake style holster with
security thumb break or higher retention level. The holster must be trained
with prior to deployment.
Plain clothes personnel may wear a cross draw shoulder holster but will be
required to bring this holster to the range and must qualify while wearing same
Any officer found wearing a holster that was not used during the range or fails
to meet the preceding specifications will be charged with NEGLECT OF DUTY
(a schedule B matter).
Division Approved Back Up Firearm

XIV

Uniformed Personnelwith bullet resistant vest under uniform shirt:
1.

Uniformed officers and sergeants shall carry an approved back up firearm in
an attachment pocket to the front of the officer's bullet resistant vesi. The
design of the attachment pocket will be a hook & loop closure release system
accessed by unzipping or unbuttoning the uniform shirt, pulling down on the
hook & loop closure flap which exposes the off duty weapon for drawing from
a retention type sleeve.

Uniformed Personnel wearing external vest carrier:
2.

Uniformed officers and sergeants may wear a suspension system similar
to the aforementioned, or may be carried in the following manor with approval
of the Chief of Police or his designee:

Page #:

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page#:

Order #: t.19
Date: 1012712014
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: FIREARMS, WEAPONS & TOOLS

a.
b.
c.

Commercially available belly band (under uniform shirt)
Commercially available undershirt with pistol holding pockets
Other method approved by the Chief of Police or his designee

PIain clothes personnelor Uniformed Command Staff:

Plain clothes officers of members of the Uniformed Command Staff may wear
a holster or carry method for a back up firearm that is approved by the Chief
of Police or his designee.
XV

Proh ibitionsiAdditionat Violatlons

No member of this agency shall carry any firearm into an Atlantic City Casino,
State Law prohibits anyone from carrying firearms inside Casinos except certain
Casino Control Commission approved persons. Bridgeton PD officers are not
Casino Control Commission approved persons. Violations of this section would
be charged as a schedule A matter, as well as appropriate criminal charges.
2.

No member of this agency is authorized to carry an agency issued weapon
while working for a private security business of any kind. Violations of this
section would be charged as a Schedule A matter.
No member of this agency is authorized to carry or handle a firearm while
under the influence of intoxicating liquor, narcotic, hallucinogenic or habit
producing drug or medication which alters perception, coordination or alertness
(tobacco/caffeine excluded).

Officers intending to consume alcoholic beverages or medications which affect
coordination, alertness, or perception are not authorized to carry weapons.
Vrolations of this section would be charged as a schedule A matter.

While on duty and responding to calls at School locations of the Bridgeton
Board of Education officers are authorized to carry weapons. Outside the city
limits of Bridgeton, officers shall not carry weapons into schools or onto school
property without authorization from appropriate school board
officials/su peri ntendent.
tr

No member of this agency is authorized to carry agency issued weapon,
outside of New Jersey, unless on approved and official police business.
Violations of this section would be charged as NEGLECT OF DUTY a
schedule A matter, as well as an relevant criminal charges.
Note - Any officer intending to carry a weapon outside the limits of New
Jersey is required to abide by all laws of the jurisdiction in which they find
themselves. Officers found to be in violation of laws or ordinances in out of

to

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:1.19

Date: '10127/2A14
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIREARMS, WEAPONS & TOOLS
state jurisdictions shall be charged as a Schedule A matter, apart from any
violations of law in that jurisdiction.

6.

Every officer is required to report to their supervisor any problems encountered
with any agency issued weapon or tool. Each supervisor is directed to report
these matters directly to the Range Master without delay. Failure to do so
would constitute NEGLECT OF DUry as Schedule A matter.

7.

Unlawfully possessed or prohibited weapons: Any officer or employee found
to be in possession of any weapon in violation of law will be in violation of this
directive and be charged as a Schedule A matter, as well as appropriate
criminal charges.

XVl.

Knives

1.

Each officer is requlred to carry a folding knife while on duty.

2.

Purpose: To have each and every officer ready to act immediately to
preserve life in the event a cutting tool is necessary. LE. a person
attempting suicide by hanging, a person trapped in seatbelt in collision
where fire has or is likely to endanger said person, etc.

3.

Knives, although capable of producing lethal injury, are generally carried
as a life preserving tool. ln the event an officer has no other option,
(including flight) available to preserve their own life, may use the weapon
as a form of lasi resort in defense.

4.

Knives are to be kept closed and secure unless being used for an
appropriate purpose.

5.

Knives are not screw drivers and should not be used for that purpose.

6.

Knives are dangerous and horseplay with knives is forbidden.

7.

Violations of this section shall be considered as Schedule C matters
(except #6 which would be charged as a Schedule A matter).

XVll.
1.

Training/Record Keeping

Twice per year every officer is required to have in-service training on
the following topics:

a.

Use of Force/Use of Lethal Force

b.

Firearms Qualification/Re-Qualification

Page

#:

17

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date:1012712414
Order #:1.19
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIREARMS, WEAPONS & TOOLS

2.

Once per year every officer is required to have in-service training on
the following topics:

c.

Baton Training

d.

Knife Safety Training

e.

Pepper Spray Training

It is the responsibility of the Range Master, to make certain that training
on the preceding topics is properly documented in both Armory files and
on IMPACT records management.

xvilt.
1

Final Stipulations

-

Conditions of Employment

No officer who has missed the mandatory agency re-qualification exercises
shall be permitted to maintain possession of any agency firearm or weapon
like equipment item. Any officer out on extended leave shall be required to
surrender all agency weapons to the Range Master immediately after the
agency's re-qualification process is complete. Members who are physically
unable to surrender their weapons shall make arrangements with the Range
Master to collect the weapons as soon as possible.

Failure to surrender weapons shall be a violation and charged as a Schedule
B matter.
2.

Officers (Full/Part Time) are required to remain proficient with the use of both
ihe duty sidearm and shotgun to the minimum state standards on firearms
re-qualification as found in the Attorney General's Guidelines on Firearms
(Semi-Annual Re-Qualification). Any officer found to be deficient or incapable
of qualifying after one year shall be dismissed from their position.

J.

As part of normal police duties every officer (fulllpart time) is required to be
able to carry and utilize firearms while on duty. Should any officer be deemed
incapable or ruled incompetent to carry firearms/weapons while on duty that
officer shall be dismissed from service.

Page #:

1a

Page

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date: 1110412009
Order #:1.18.2
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM EVALUATION GUIDE
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
CHIEF OF POLICE DIRECTIVE
POLICY AND PROCEDURE

SECTION: I
CHAPTER: 18
SUBSECTION: 2

SUBJECT:

FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM EVALUATION GUIDE

EFFECTIVE DATE: 12-1 -2409
CHIEF OF POLICE:Mark W. Ott
PURPOSE:
To establish a uniform method for evaluating the progress of newly hired officer trainees.
MECHANICS:

I.

BENCHMARK SCORING
ln order to measure or rate a new employee's performance a numerical scale of
through 7 shall be used.These numbers shall be benchmarked by three key

numbers:

II.

1

1-4-7.

A.

ONE: Shall indicate a score of completely/entirely UNACCEPTABLE.

B.

FOUR: Shall indicate an ACCEPTABLE level of performance.

C.

SEVEN: Shall indicate a trainee's performance levelas being SUPERIOR.

INTERMEDIATE SCORING
The following numbers indicate intermediate steps between the three "benchmark"

numbersofl-4-7.

A. TWO:

Shall indicate a score of somewhat better than UNACCEPTABLE
but is not ACCEPTABLE.

B. THREE: Shall indicate a score

slightly better than TWO but still within

the UNACCEPTABLE range.

C. FIVE: Shall indicate a score
D. SIX:

slightly better than ACCEPTABLE.

Shall indicate a score just short of SUPERIOR.

#:

1

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date: 1llA4l2OAg
Order #:1.18.2
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM EVALUATION GUIDE

III.

SPECIFIC AREAS:

A

APPEARANCE:

GeneralAppearance - Evaluates physical appearance, dress, and
demeanor.

(1) UNACCEPTABLE - Overweight, dirly or unpolished
shoes, wrinkled uniform. Uniform fits poorly or is
improperly worn. Hair improperly groomed and/or in violation
of Departmental Regulations. Dirty weapon or other equipment.
h

(4) ACCEPTABLE - Uniform properly fitted, neat and clean.
Weapon, equipment (such as leather gear) is clean and

operative. Hair is within regulations, shoes shined.
c.

B.

(7) SUPERIOR - Uniform neatly pressed, clean and properly
tailored. Leather gear is shined, shoes highly shined.
Displays command/professional appearance.

ATTITUDE

1.

Acceptance of Feedback - FTO Program evaluates the way the
trainee accepts coach's criticism and how that feedback is used
to further the learning process and improve performance.

a.

(1) Unacceptable - Rationalizes mistakes, denies that errors
were made, is argumentative, refuses to, or does not attempt
to make corrections. Consideis criticism as a personal
attack.

b.

(4) Acceptable - Accepts criticism in a positive manner and

applies it to improve performance and further learning.
(7) Superior - Actively solicits criticismlfeedback in order to
further learning and improve performance. Does not argue or
blame others for errors.
Attitude Toward Police Work - Evaluates how trainee views new
career in terms of personal motivation, goals, and acceptance of the
responsibilities of the profession.

a.

(1) Unacceptable - Sees career only as a job, uses job to
boost ego, abuses authority, demonstrates little dedication
to the principles of the profession.

Page #:

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:1.18.2

Date: 1110412409
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Titte: FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM EVALUATION GUIDE

C.

b.

(4) Acceptable - Demonstrates an active interest in new
career and in police responsibilities.

c.

(7) Superior - Utilizes off-duty time to further professional
knowledge, actively soliciting assistance from others to
increase knowledge and improve skills. Demonstrates
concern for the fair and equitable enforcement of the law,
maintaining high ideals in terms of professional
responsibilities.

KNOWLEDGE

1.

Knowledge of Departmental Policies and Procedures - Evaluates
trainee's knowledge of departmental policies and procedures and
the ability to apply this knowledge under field conditions.
REFLECTED BY TESTING

a.

(1) Unacceptable - When tested, verbally or written, answers
with 20% or less accuracy.

b.

(4) Acceptable - When tested, verbally or written, answers

with 70% accuracy.

c.

(7) Superior - When tested verbally or written, answers with
100% accuracy.

REFLECTED BY FIELD PERFORMANCE

a.

(1) Unacceptable - Fails to display knowledge of Department
Directives, Rules/Regulations, Procedures or violates same.

b.

(4) Acceptable - Familiar with most commonly applied
Department R u les/Reg u lations, Di rectives, Proced u res,

Policies and complies with same.

c.

2.

(7) Superior - Has an excellent working knowledge of
Department R u les/Reg u lations, Di rectives, Proced u res,
Policies and complies with same.

Knowledge of Criminal Statutes - Evaluates trainee's knowledge of the
criminal statutes and their ability to apply that knowledge in field
situations.
REFLECTED BY TESTING

Page

#:

3

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date: 1110412009
Order #:1.18.2
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM EVALUATION GUIDE

a.

(1) Unacceptabte - When tested answers with 20% or less
accuracy.

b.

(4)Acceptable - When tested answers with 70% accuracy.

c.

(7) Superior - When tested answers with 100% accuracy.

REFLECTED IN FIELD PERFORMANCE

(1) Unacceptable - Does not know the elements of basic
sections of the criminal codes. Does not recognize
criminaloffenses when encountered or makes mistakes
relative to whether or not crimes have been committed and,
if so which crimes.
b.

(4) Acceptable - Recognizes commonly encountered criminal
offenses and applies appropriate section of the criminal code.
Knows difference between criminal and non-criminal activity.
(7) Superior - Has outstanding knowledge of the criminal codes
and applies that knowledge to normal and unusual criminal
activiiy.

J.

Knowledge of City Ordinances - Evaluates the trainee's knowledge of
local ordinances and his ability to apply that knowledge to field
situations.
REFLECTED BY TESTING

a.

(1) Unacceptable - When tested answers with 20% or less
accuracy.

b.

(4)Acceptable - When tested answers with 70% accuracy.

c.

(7) Superior - When tested answers with 100% accuracy.

REFLECTED BY FIELD PERFORMANCE
d.

(1) Unacceptable - Does not know even the most often used
ordinances. Does not recognize violations when committed
or confuses criminal and non-criminal offenses.
(4) Aeceptable - Knows and recognizes commonly encountered
violations, applies the proper sections of the ordinances.

Page #:

Page

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:1.18.2

Date: 11lA4l2AAg
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM EVALUATION GUIDE

c.
4.

(7) Superior - Has outstanding knowledge of City Ordinances
and applies that knowledge to violations appropriately.

Knowledge of Traffic Code.
REFLECTED BY TESTING

a.

(1) Unacceptable - When tested answers witlt 20% or less
accuracy.

b.

(4) Acceptable - When tested answers with

c.

(7) Superior - When tested answers with 100% accuracy.

70o/o

accuracy.

REFLECTED BY FIELD PERFORMANCE

5.

a.

(1) Unacceptable - Does not know even the most often used
traffic statutes. Does not recognize violations when committed
and/or incorrectly identifies violation.

b.

(4) Acceptable - Knows and recognizes commonly used traffic
statutes. Applies appropriate sections of the code. Can locate
lesser known sections in reference material.

c,

(7) Superior - Displays outstanding knowledge of traffic laws
including lesser known sections, quickly and effectively
applies codes.

Knowledge of Codes of Criminal Procedure - Evaluates trainee's
knowledge of criminal procedures, including laws of arrest, search,
and seizure. Evaluates trainee's ability to apply those procedures
in field situations.
REFLECTED BY TESTING

a.

(1) Unacceptable - When tested answers with

20o/o or less

accuracy.

b.

(4) Acceptable - When tested answers with a 70% accuracy.

c.

(7) Superior - When tested answers with 100% accuracy.

REFLECTED BY FIELD PERFORMANCE

a.

(1) Unacceptable - Violates procedural requirements, attempts

#:

5

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order

#:1.18.2

Date: 1110412409

Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM EVALUATION GUIDE
to conduct illegal searches, fails to search when appropriate,
attempts to seize evidence illegally, or fails to process evidence
properly, attempts to arrest unlawfully.

b.

(4)Acceptable - Follows required procedure in commonly
encountered situations. Conducts proper searches and
seizures, arrests within legal guidelines.

c.

D

(7) Superior - Follows required procedures in all cases,
accurately applying the law relative to arrest, search
and seizure.

PERFORMANCE

1.

Driving Skills: Normal Conditions - Evaluates the trainee's skill in
operaiion of police vehicle under normal driving conditions.
(1) Unacceptable - Frequently violates traffic laws. lnvolved in
chargeable accidents. Fails to maintain control of vehicle or displays
poor manipulative skills in vehicle operation.
(4) Acceptable - Obeys traffic laws when appropriate. Maintains
controlof vehicle. Performs vehicle operation while maintaining an
alertness to surrounding activity. Drives defensively.
(7) Superior - Sets example for lawful, courteous driving. Maintains
complete control of the vehicle while operating the radio, checking
hot sheets etc. ls a superior defensive driver.

2.

Driving Skills: Moderate and High Stress Conditions - Evaluates
trainee's skill in vehicle operation under emergency situations and in
situations calling for other than usual driving skills.
(1) Unacceptable - lnvolved in chargeable accidents. Uses red lights
and siren unnecessarily or improperly. Drives too fast or too slow for
situation. Loses control of the vehicle.
(4) Acceptable - Maintains control of the vehicle and evaluates driving
situations properly.

(7) Superior - Displays a high degree of reflex motor skills and ability
and driving competence. Anticipates driving situations in advance
and acts accordingly. Practices defensive techniques. Responds
very well to the degree of stress present.

3.

Orientation and Response Time to Calls - Evaluates trainee's awareness

Page

#:

6

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date: 11lA420Ag

Order #:1.18.2

DEPAR i ..4ENT ORDERS

Category:
Title: FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM EVALUATION GUIDE
of surroundings, ability to find locations and arrive at destinations
within an acceptable period of time.

(1) Unacceptable - Unaware of location while on patrol. Does not
properly use beat map. Unable to relate locatron to destination. Gets
lost. Expends too much time getting to destination.

pairol. Properly uses
beat map. Can relate location to destination. Arrives within reasonable
amount of time.
(4) Acceptable - ls aware of location while on

(7) Superior - Remembers locations from previous visits and does not
need the beat map to get there. ls aware of shortcuts and utilizes them
to save time. High level of orientation to the beat and the City.
4.

Routine Forms: Accuracy/Completeness - Evaluaies trainee's ability to
properly utilize departmental forms necessary to job accomplishments.

(1) Unacceptable - ls unaware that a form must be completed and/or is
unable to complete proper form for the given situation. Forms are
incomplete, inaccurate, or improperly used.
(4) Acceptable - Knows the commonly used forms and understands
their use. Completes them with reasonable accuracy and thoroughness.

(7) Superior - Consistently makes accurate form selection and rapidly
completes detailed forms without assistance. Displays high degree
of accuracy.
A

Report Writing: Organization and Details - Evaluates the trainee's
ability to prepare reports that accurately reflect the situation and in
a detailed, organized manner.
(1) Unacceptable - Unable to organize information and to reduce it
to writing. Leaves out pertinent details in the report. Reports are
inaccurate.
(4) Acceptable - Completes reports organizing information in a
logical manner. Reports contain required information and details.
(7) Superior - Reports are complete and detailed accounting of events
from beginning to end, written and organized so that any reader
understands what occurred.
Report Writing: Grammar/Spelling/Neatness - Evaluates the trainee's
ability to use proper English, to follow rules of for spelling and to write

Page #:

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:1.18.2

Date: '1110412049
Order
Gategory: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Titte: FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM EVALUATION GUIDE
neatly.

(1) Unacceptable - Reports are illegible. Reports contain excessive
misspelled words. Sentence structure or word usage is improper
or incomplete.

(4)Acceptable - Reports are legible and Grammar is at an acceptable
level. Spelling is acceptable and errors are rare. Errors, if present, do
not impair the understanding of the report.
(7) Superior - Reports are very neat, well organized and legible. Contain
no spelling or grammatical errors.

7.

Report Writing: Appropriate Time Used - Evaluates the trainee's
efficiency relative to the amount of time taken to write a report.
(1) Unacceptable - Requires excessive amount of time to complete
a report. Takes three or more times the amount of time a
non-probationary officer would take to complete the same report.
(4) Acceptable - Completes reports within a reasonable amount of time.
(7) Superior - Completes reports very quickly, as quickly as a skilled
veteran officer.

8.

Field Performance: Non-Stress Conditions - Evaluates the trainee's
ability to perform routine, non-stress police activities.
(1) Unacceptable - When confronted with a routine task, becomes
confused and disoriented. Does noUcan not complete task. Takes
wrong course of action. Avoids taking action.

(4)Acceptable - Properly assesses routine situations, determines
appropriate action and takes same.
(7) Superior - Properly assesses situations including unusual or
complex one. Determines appropriate course of action and takes
same.

9.

Field Performance: Stress Conditions - Evaluates the trainee's ability
to perform in moderate and high stress situations.
(1) Unacceptable - Becomes emotional, is panic stricken, can't function,
holds back, loses temper, or displays cowardice. Over reacts.
(4) Acceptable - Maintains calm and self-control in most situations.

Page

#:

B

Page #:

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date: 1110412009
Order #:t.18.2
Gategory: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Titte: FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM EVALUATION GUIDE
Determines proper course of action and takes
situation to further deteriorate.

it.

Does not allow the

(7) Superior - Maintains calm and self-control in even the most
extreme situations. Quickly restores control in the situation and takes
command. Determines best course of action and takes it.

Skills: Evaluates trainee's ability to conduct a proper
investigation with emphasis on crime scene investigation procedures.

10. lnvestigative

(1) Unacceptable - Does not conduct a basic investigation or conducts
the investigation improperly. Unable to accurately diagnose offense
committed. Fails to discern readily available evidence. Makes
frequent mistakes when identifying, collecting, or booking evidence.
Does not connect evidence with suspect when apparent. Lacks skills
in collection and preservation of fingerprints. Does not protect the

scene.
(4) Acceptable - Follows proper investigation procedures in all but the
most difficult or unusual cases. ls generally accurate in diagnosis of
the nature of the offense committed. Collects, tags, logs and books
evidence properly. Connects evidence with suspect when apparent.
Collects readable fingerprints from most surfaces when available.
(7) Superior - Always follows proper investigation procedures and
always accurate in diagnosis of offense committed. Connects evidence
with suspects even when not apparent. Has "evidence technician"
collection and identification skills. Can collect "readable" prints
from any possible surface when available.

Skill: Evaluates the trainee's ability to use
proper questioning techniques; to vary techniques to fit persons
being interviewed/interrogated; to follow proper procedure.

11. lnterview/lnterrogation

('1) Unacceptable - Fails to use proper questioning

techniques. Does
not elicit and/or record available information. Does not establish a
rapport with subject and/or does not control interview or interrogation
of suspect. Fails to give Miranda Warnings.
(4) Acceptable - Generally uses proper questioning techniques. Elicits

most available information and records same. Establishes a proper
rapport with most victims/witnesses. Controls the interrogation of
most suspects. Conducts a proper Miranda Admonition.
(7) Superior - Always uses proper questioning techniques. Establishes
rapport with all victim'slwitnesses. Controls the interrogation of even

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:1.18.2

Date: 1110412049
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM EVALUATION GUIDE
the most difficult suspects. Conducts successful interrogations of
them.

12. Self-lnitiated Field Activity: Evaluates the trainee's interest and ability
to initiate police-related activities. To view the same and to act on even

low priority situations.
(1) Unacceptable - Does not see or avoids activity. Does not properly
follow up on situations. Rationalizes suspicious circumstances.
Does not have a broad orientation to the job.
(4) Acceptable - Recognizes and identifies police-related activity. Has
a broad orientation to the job including low priority activity. Develops
cases from observed activity. Displays inquisitiveness.
(7) Superior - Seldom misses observable activity. Maintains "Watch
Bulletins" and information given at briefings and uses that information
as "probable cause". Makes good quality arrests and/or proper
dispositions from observed activity. Thinks well "on his/her feet".

13. Officer Safety: General- Evaluates the trainee's ability to perform
police tasks without injuring self or others or exposing self or others
to unnecessary risk or danger.
(1) Unacceptable - Fails to follow accepted safety procedures or to
exercise officer safety, lE:

a.

Exposes weapon to suspect (baton, pepper spray,
pistol, etc)

b.

Fails to keep gun hand free during enforcement
situations

c.

Stands in front of violators car door

d.

Fails to control suspect's movements

e.

Does not keep suspecUviolator in sight

f.

Fails to use illumination when necessary or uses
it improperly

g

Fails to advise dispatcher when leaving police vehicle

h.

Fails to maintain good physical condition

Page

#:

10

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:1.18.2

Date: 11|A4DA09
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIELD TRAiNING PROGRAM EVALUATION GUIDE

i.

Fails to utilize or maintain personal safety equipment

j.

Does not anticipate potentially dangerous situations

k.

Stands too close to passing vehicular traffic

L

ls careless with firearm or other weapons

m.

Stands in front of doors when knocking

n.

Makes poor choice of which weapon to use and when
to use it

o.

Fails to cover other ofiicers

p.

Stands between police and violator's vehicle on
car stops

q.

Fails to search police vehicle prior to duty and after
transporting persons

(4) Acceptable - Follows accepted safety procedures. Understands

and applies them.
(7) Superior - Always works safely. Foresees dangerous situations
and prepares for them. Keeps partner informed and determines
the best position for self and partner. ls not overconfident. ls in good
physical condition.
14. Officer safety: Suspects, Suspicious Persons, and Prisoners evaluates the trainee's ability to perform police tasks in a safe manner
while dealing with suspects, suspicious persons, or prisoners.

(1) Unacceptable - Violates officer safety principles outlined in 13 above
Additionally, fails to "pat search", confronts people while seated in the
patrol car, fails to handcuff when appropriate. Conducts poor searches
and fails to maintain a position of advantage to prevent attack or
escape.
(4)Acceptable - Follows accepted safety procedures with suspects,
suspicious persons, and/or prisoners.
(7) Superior - Foresees potential danger and eliminates or controls it.
Maintains position of advantage in even the most demanding situations.
ls alert to changing situations and prevents opportunities for danger
from developing.

Page

#:

11

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:1.18.2

Date: 111041?0Cg
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM EVALUATION GUIDE
15. Control of Conflict: Voice Command - Evaluates the trainee's ability
to gain and maintain control of situattons through verbal command
and instruction.
('1) Unacceptable - Speaks too softly, or timidly, speaks too loudly,

confuses or angers listeners by what is said and/or how it is said.
Fails to use voice when appropriate or speaks when inappropriate.
(4) Acceptable - Speaks with authority in a calm, clear voice. Proper
selection of words and knowledge of when and how to use them.
(7) Superior - Completely controls with voice tone, word selection,
inflection, and the bearing which accompanies what is said. Restores
order in even the most trying situations through use of voice.

16. Control of Conflict: Physical Skill - Evaluates the trainee's ability to use
proper level of force for the given situation.

- Uses too little or too much force for given situation.
ls physically unable to perform the task. Does not use proper

('1) Unacceptable

restraints.
(4) Acceptable - Obtains and maintains control through the proper use
of the proper amounts of techniques of force application.
(7) Superior - Excellent knowledge and ability in the use of restraints.
Selects the right amount of force for the given situation. ls in superior
physical condition.

17. Problem Solving/Decision Making - Evaluates the trainee's performance
in terms of ability to perceive, form valid conclusions, arrive at sound
judgements, and make proper decisions.
(1) Unacceptable - Acts without thought or good reason. ls indecisive,
naive. ls unable to reason through a problem and come to a conclusion.
Can't recall previous solutions and apply them in like situations.
(4) Acceptable - Able to reason through a problem and come to an

acceptable conclusion in routine situations. Makes reasonable
decisions based on information available. Perceives situations as they
really are. Makes decisions without assistance.
(7) Superior - Able to reason through event the most complex situations
and is able to make appropriate conclusions. Has excelient perception.
Anticipates problems and prepares resolutions in advance. Relates

Page

#:

12

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date: '1110412409
Order #:1.18.2
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM EVALUATION GUIDE
past solutions to present situations.

18. Radio: Appropriate use of Codes and Procedure - Evaluates the trainee's
ability to use the police radio in accordance with Department policy
and procedure.
(1) Unacceptable - Violates policy concerning use of radio, Does not
follow procedures or follows wrong procedures. Does not understand
or uses improper codes/language.

(4)Acceptable - Follows policy and procedure. Has good working
knowledge of most often used sections of codes/language.
(7) Superlor - Always follows proper policy and procedures, adheres to
policy. Has superior working knowledge of codes and radio language
and applies that knowledge when using radio.

19. Radio: Listens and Comprehends - Evaluates the trainee's ability to pay
attention to radio traffic and to understand the information transmitted.
(1) Unacceptable - Repeatedly misses own call sign/dispatch number
and is unaware of traffic in adjoining areas of patrol. Requires dispatcher
to repeat radio transmissions or does not accurately comprehend
transmissions.
(4) Acceptable - Copies own transmissions, transmissions of others and

information and takes advantage of this information.
(7) Superior - ls aware of own transmissions, transmissions of others
and information and takes advantage of this information.

20. Radio: Articulation of Transmissions - Evaluates the trainee's ability
to communicate with others via the police radio.
(1) Unacceptable - Does not preplan transmissions. Over or under
modulates. Cuts messages off through improper use of microphone.
Speaks too fast or too slowly.
(4) Acceptable - Uses proper procedures with clear, concise, and

complete transmissions.
(7) Superior - Transmits clearly, calmly, concisely, and completely in
in the most stressful situations. Transmissions are well thought out
and do not have to be repeated.

E

RELATIONSHIPS

Page

#:

13

DEPA,RTMENT ORDER
Date: 11l04l2AAg
Order #:1.18.2
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM EVALUATION GUIDE

1.

With Citizens: General - Evaluates the trainee's ability to interact
with citizens (including suspects) in an appropriate, efficient manner.
(1) Unacceptable - Abrupt, belligerent, overbearing, arrogant,
uncommunicative. Overlooks or avoids "seryice" aspect of the job.
Introverted, insensitive, and uncaring. Poor "non-verbal" skills.
(4)Acceptable - Courteous, friendly, and empathic. Communicates in
a professional unbiased manner. ls service oriented. Good "nonverbal" skills.
(7) Superior - ls very much at ease with citizen contacts. Quickly
establishes rapport and leaves people with feeling that the officer
was interested in serving them. ls objective in allcontacts. Excellent
''non-verbal" skills.

With Ethnic Groups Other Than Own - Evaluates the trainee's abilig to
interact with members of ethnic or racial groups other than their own,
in an appropriate, efficient manner.

(1) Unacceptable - ls hostile or overly sympathetic. ls prejudicial,
subjective, and biased. Treats members in this group differently than
members of his own ethnic or racial group would be treated.
(4) Accepiable - Is at ease with members of other ethnic or racial

groups. Serves their needs objeciively and with concern. Does not
feel threatened when in their presence.
(7) Superior - Understands various cultural differences and uses this
understanding to competently resolve situations and problems. ls
totally objective and communicates in a manner that furthers mutual
understanding.

With Other Department Members - Evaluates the trainee's ability to
effectively interact with other Department members of various ranks
and in various capacities.
(1) Unacceptable - Patronizes FTO / Superiors, peers or is antagonistic
toward them. Gossips. ls insubordinate, argumentative, sarcastic.
Resists instructions, considers self to be superior. Belittles others. ls
not a team player. Fawns on others.
(4) Acceptable - Adheres to the chain of command and accepts role in
the organization. Good peer and FTO relationships and is accepted as
a group member.

Page #:

t4

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #:1.18.2
Date: 1110412009
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM EVALUATION GUIDE
(7) Superior - ls at ease in contact with all, including superiors.
Understands superior's responsibilities, respects and supports their
position. Peer group leader. Actively assists others.

IV. REPORTING FORMS

A.

B.

DAILY OBSERVATION REPORT

1.

ls to be filled out every day by the assigned FTO.

2.

A blank is found as attachment A.

3.

The form uses the number rating system found above
and also has blocks for narrative on behaviors observed
displayed by the Trainee.

4.

These forms shall all be maintained. Once the Trainee
shifts from one FTO to the next, these forms will
be turned in to the Training Supervisor of the Administrative
Bureau so that the next FTO will not be biased in their
grading of the Trainee. The subsequent FTO's shall
only be privy to the lntermediate Observation Report.

SPECIAL OBSERVATION REPORT

1.

lf while working an FTO observes a behavior or action
on the part of a Trainee that deserves special comment;
such as grossly inappropriate behavior or supremely
excellent behavior, the FTO should file a Special
Observation Report on the incident. This form
shall be a standard word processor style report
with the following information included:

a.

(Heading:) SPECTAL OBSERVATION REPORT

b.

Prepared

by:

c. Date: I

C.

Ptl.

_(Name

of

FTO)_

I

d.

BPD Case#:

e.

(Written narrative describing the incident.)

INTERMEDIATE OBSERVATION REPORT

Page

#:

15

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date: 1110412009
Order #:1.18.2
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Titte: FIELD TRAINtNG PROGRAM EVALUATION GUIDE

1. ls to be filled out at the end of each FTO cycle by
the assigned FTO and shall be kept in the Trainee's
FTO binder.

D.

2.

A blank is found as attachment B.

3.

The form is self explanatory and the FTO preparing the
report shall make appropriate entries to give the next
FTO information on the Trainee's:

a.

Significantstrengths

b.

Significantweaknesses

c.

Remedialtrainingrequested

FINAL REPORT

1.

This report would be reviewed and signed by the final FTO
and the Training Sergeant certifying that in their opinion
the trainee officer is finished the training program and is
either deemed fit to be granted solo patrol status, requires
additional remedial or is recommended for termination.

Page #:

16

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date: 11104DA09
Order #:1.18.2
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM EVALUATION GUIDE

Attachment A

DAI LY OBSERVATION REPORT

1234567
1234567
1234567

General Appearance
Acceptance of Feedback
Attitude Toward Police Work
Knowledge of Departmental Policies/Procudures Reflected
1234567
By Testing
1234567
By Field Work
Knowledge of Criminal Statutes Reflected
1234567
By Testing
1234567
By Field Work
Knowledge of City Ordinances Reflected
1234567
By Testing
1234567
By Field Work
Knowledge of Traffic Code Reflected
By Testing
By Field Work
Knowledge of Codes of Criminal Procedure
1234567
By Testing
1234567
By Field Work
1234567
Driving Skill: Normal Conditions
1234567
Driving Skill: Moderate/Risk
1234567
Orientation/Response Time
1234567
Forms:
Accur/Comp
Routine
1234567
Reports: Organization/Details
1234s67
Reports: Gram/Spell/Neat

1234567
1234567

Reports: Time Used
Field Performance: No Stress
Field Performance: Stress
lnvestigative Skills
I nterviews/l nterrogations

1234567
1234567
1234567
1234567
1234s67

Page #:

1a

Page #:

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date: 1110412009
Order #:1.18.2
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM EVALUATION GUIDE

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Radio: Appropriate Use
Radio. ListenslComprehension 1
1
Radio: Articulation
1
Relationships: Citizens
Relationships: Other Ethnic Grp 1
Relationships: Other BPD Offcrs 1
Self Initiated Field Activity
Officer Safety: General
Officer Safety: Persons
Control of Conflict Voice
Control of Conflict: Physical
Problem Solving/Decisions

Trainee:

2

2
2
2

2
2

2
2
2
2

2
2

34
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
34

FTO:

Attachment A

56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56

7
7
7
7
7
7

7
7
7
7
7

7

Date: I

DArLY OBSERVATTON REPORT (PAGE 2)

The most satisfactory area of performance today was Rating Category
A specific incident which demonstrates todays performance in this area is:

The least satisfactory area of performance today was Rating Category #
A specific incident which demonstrates todays performance in this area is:

Documentation of performance and comments:
Category

# Notes

I

'18

Page#:

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:1.18.2

Date: 1110412009
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM EVALUATION GUIDE

Trainee's Signature:
Reviewed By:

FTO Signature:

FTO - Remember the following points:
1. Set the stage/scene 2. Use fists as appropriate.
3. Consider verbatim quotes. 4. Remember your audience.
5. Report the facts. 6. Critique performance.
7. Check spelling & grammar. 8. Think remedial.
9. The Golden Rule.

Attachment

B

INTERMEDIATE OBSERVATION REPORT

TRAINEE:
DATE PREPARED.
TRAINING PERIOD:

FTO:

I

I

from

I

I

to

I

I

End of Phase #:
Field Training Officers: Complete this form on your trainee at the end of your phase of
training. This form will stay in the binder so that the next FTO can reference same.
SIGNI FICANT STRENGTHS:

SIGNIFICANT WEAKNESSES.

REMEDIAL TRAINI NG SUGGESTED:

19

Page#:

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date: 11/0412009
Order #:1.18.2
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM EVALUATION GUIDE
(Use reverse side of form if necessary.)
TRAINEE SIGNATURE:

FTO Signature:

Attachment

C

FINAL OBSERVATION REPORT
Date

FTO:

prepared.J___J_

TRAINEE:

I,

and work behavior's of

_prepared

_

have had extensive opportunity to review the learning
and I find that this trainee is:

and ready for solo patrol.

requires additional remedial training.

_is
SIGNED:

incapable of performing solo patrol.

Date: I

I

, being responsible for the training program of newly recruited
officers have spoken extensively with the FTOs involved in the training of
and fully concur with the opinion listed above.
t,

SIGNED:

Date. I

I

20

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:

Date: 1112112013
Order #: 1.50
Category: DEPARTMENT Dl RECTIVE

Title: POLICE INTERN/RIDE ALONG
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
POLICYAND PROCEDURE

SECTION:
CHAPTER:
SUBJECT:

I

50

POLICE INTERN//RIDE ALONG PROGRAM

EFFECTIVE DATE:
REVISION DATE:

11

-21 -2013

CHIEF OF POLICE:MARK W. OTT

ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S):

The written directives developed by the Bridgeton Police Department are for internal use only,
and do not enlarge an officer's civil or criminal liability in any way. They should not be
construed as the creation of a higher standard of safety or care in an evideniiary sense, with
respect to third party claims. Violations of written directives can only be the basis of a
complaint by this department, and then only in an administrative disciplinary setting.

I.50-1

PURPOSE

The purpose of this policy is to establish the process by which members of the public
seeking an education in law enforcemenUcriminaljustice and are currently enrolled in a bona
fide criminaljustice or law enforcement educational program at a recognized college or
university may approach the Bridgeton PD to arrange for an internship. This directive will
establish the manner by which candidates are to be investigated, approved and how many
interns may be taken on at one time.

1.50-2

POLTCY

The Bridgeton Police Department is interested in partnering with young college students
in an effort to allow them to explore law enforcement as a career choice during their

educational years. To that end the Bridgeton Police Department has authorized this program
to assist with that endeavor. This ability is only open to approved collegeiuniversity students
who are enrolled in a bona fide criminal justice program and successfully complete an
appropriate background check.

l:50-3

A.

PROCEDURE

The Bridgeton Police Department recognizes the need to partner with local college level

1

Page#:

DEPARTMENT ORDER

I.50

Date: I 112112013
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT Dl RECTIVE

Title: POLICE INTERN/RIDE ALONG
schools in an effort to give studenis an opportunity to explore law enforcement as
a career choice. To that end the Bridgeton Police Department has created this Police
tntern/Ride Along Program.

1.

This program is only open to bona fide college/university students currently
enrolled in a criminaljustice program at that school.

a-

lnterested college students must come to the Police Department and fill
out an application (found on BPD Online Forms).

b.

The college applicant will be screened by a member of the Professional
Standards Bureau for suitability.

(i.) This is due to the close proximity to criminaljustice systems

and

applications the student will be exposed to, as well as, potentially
sensitive informaiion.

(ii.) This screening process will include the filling out and returning of
the BPD Police Student Internship Application/Questionnaire.
Upon the return of this package the applicant will be fingerprinted
on the LiveScan terminal for check as to whether the applicant
has a criminal record. A positive criminal record will result in
instant disqualification from consideration.
The applicant will also have a warrant check performed. In the
event the applicant has an active warrant listed in criminal
justice systems that warrant will be immediately served upon
the applicant and will result in instant disqualification from
consideration.
The applicant will also be checked through local Police Department
Records for issues involving the applicant. Any discovered issues
found will be viewed on a case by case basis and may result
in disqualification for the

B.

The Bridgeton Police Department maintains the right to disqualify any candidate for any
issue found during the background check or known character issues. The candidate
may request an interview with the Chief of Police as an appeal to any disqualification but
that shall be the only appeal of disqualification.

C. A maximum

of three persons may be taken on as interns during any recognized
semester time period. There shall be a preference for selections if there are more
than 3 approved applicants. The following is the order of preference with those at

2

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

1.50

Date: 11121n413
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT DIRECTIVE

Title: POLICE INTERN/RIDE ALONG
the top receiving priority and then descending in order:

1.
2.
3.

City of Bridgeton Residents
County of Cumberland Residents
State of New Jersey Residents

D.

Those applicants who successfully complete the vetting process will sign a confidentiality
agreement and liability waiver form at the beginning of their internship. Those forms can
be found on BPD ONLINE FORMS. Any person failing to properly execute these
agreements shall be removed from the intern program.

E.

During the internship the intern is prohibited from the following:

1.
2.
3.
4.

Copying personal information of any subject
Discussing personal identifying information with any other person outside the
Bridgeton PD
Recording any member of the Bridgeton PD or public via electronic device
(Audio or Video)
Copying or sharing any information citing specifics of any crime, crime scene,
personal information of any person

Note - Copying defined: ls meant to include but not be limited to;

a.
b.
c.
d.

Photocopies
Photographs (digital or otherwise)
Voice Recordings
Printing reproductions of BPD policies, or personal information of
of citizens to which the intern gets exposed

F. During the internship the intern is expected

to behave in a professional manner.

Specifically the intern shall:

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
G.

Dress in business casual mode of dress (i.e. khaki pants, polo shirt)
Be neatly groomed
Shall not carry purses, bags, backpacks, satchels or other siorage gear
Shall only carry notebook and pencil or pen to take notes
Maintain a professional rapport with members of the Bridgeton PD

This program is not open to private citizens, friends, family members or law enforcement
personnelfrom other jurisdictions unless they are currently enrolled in a bona fide
criminaljustice program in a recognized educational insiitution. ln other words there
are no authorized ride along except for approved college interns.

#:

3

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

1.50

Date: 1112112013
Order #:
Category: DEPARTM ENT Dl RECTIVE

Title: POLICE INTERN/RIDE ALONG

H.

Approved interns are not permitted to carry an form of electronic recording device with
them during intern/ride along or during BPD worl</experiences. This includes but is
not limited to:

1.
2.
3.
l.

Approved interns may taken notes concerning police experiences, however, they are
strictly prohibited from copying or relaying any personal information which they might
become privy to during their internship. This prohibition is to include:

1.
2
3.
4.
5.
6.
J.

Digital voice recorders or devices capable of voice recording
Digital or film cameras capable of taking still or motion pictures
Cellular telephones or electronic tablets capable of taking photos, movie clips
or voice recordings

Names
Dates of Birth
Social Securiiy Numbers
Specific Addresses
Other identifying characteristics or identification numbers (Driver's license numbers,
County lD numbers, etc)
photography
(Video - still or moving pictures) of persons, equipment, information,
No
crime scenes

VIOLATIONS:

1.

Any intern found violating any provision of this policy will be removed from the
program immediately, and could be subject to criminal and or civil penalties.

#:

4

Page

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #: l.17.AB.PTL Date: 1112612009
Gategory: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
TitIE: EVAL - ADMIN BUREAU PATROLMAN
BRIDGETON POLICE DIVISION
SEMI-ANNUAL EVALUATION & PERFORMANCE
REPORT
Badge:

Officer:

Period: (circle one) Jan. 1st to Jun.

Assignment: (circle

A

one)

31

Services

July 1st to Dec. 31st

Unit

Community Police Unit

WORK ETHIC/PRODUCT

_Successfully Accomplishes Assigned Tasks Without Supervision ln Timely Manner
_Accomplishes Assigned Tasks With Moderate Supervision When Expected
_Accomplishes Assigned Tasks With Correctable Errors & Within Specified Time

_Fails

To Complete Tasks Or Requires Too Much Supervision & Not On Time

_Spends No Time ldle
_Spends Little To No Time Being ldle
_Spends Excessive Time Being ldle
To Support The Department's Mission and Cultivates Harmonious Atmosphere
To Accomplish Assigned Tasks & Goes A Step Further
_Accomplishes Assigned Tasks With No Extra
_Needs To Be Pushed On Getting Assigned Tasks Complete

_Works
_Works

c. cooPERATroN wtTH PARTNER (CPU OFFTCERS ONLY)
1 - Poor 5 - Average 10 - Outstanding
Has Worked Within The Law To Please Management & Accomplish Objectives

12345678910
Has Been Attentive To Management's Requests

1234s678910

Has Participated ln Management's Activities & Planning Processes

12345678910

Meets With Management Regularly To Discuss lssues & Concerns

12345678910

Entries below (5) require additional explanation and a plan to correct the deficiency:

Ratee's lnitials:

Rater's lnitials:

#:

1

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page#:

Order #: l.17.AB.PTL Date: 1112612009
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: EVAL - ADMIN BUREAU PATROLMAN

B. REPORT WRITING
-Writes

-writes

_Writes
-Writes

detailed and accurate
acceptable
reports that lack
unacceptable reports

reports

reports
detail

_
_
_

Completes Reports ln A Timely Manner
completes Reports In Acceptable Time
Uses Excessive Time To Complete Reports

_Reports

_
_

C.

require little or no corrections
Reports require moderate corrections
Reports require excessive corrections

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS: This section of the semi-annual evaluation
will be based on the following scoring system. 5) outstanding 4) Excellent
3) Satisfactory 2) Needs lmprovement 1) Unsatisfactory. Any category
listed with a2) or 1) needs to be accompanied by notes.

_Observance Of Work Hours
_Grooming & Dress
_Compliance With Rules

_Safety Practices
_Suspect Contacts
_Public Contacts

_

[nterpersonal Relationsh ips
_Knowledge Of Criminal Law
_Knowledge Of Search Warrants
_Knowledge Of Motor Vehicle Code
_Knowledge Of Case Law
_Knowledge Of BPD Rules & Regs.
_Knowledge Of BPD Directives
Knowledge Of Responsibilities
_Planning & Organizing
_Accepts Direction
_Accepts Responsibility
_Accepts Change
_Effective Under Stress
_lnitiative & Enthusiasm
_Respect For Supervisor
_Communicates Effectively

_

_Loyalty
_Attitude
For Prints
Photography
Scene Drawings

_Processing

_Scene
_Crime
Ratee's

lnitials:

Rater's Initials:

2

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #: l.17.AB.PTL Date: 1112612009
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: EVAL - ADMIN BUREAU PATROLMAN

D.

ATTENDANCE:

Number of days off without doctor's note
Number of days off with doctor's note

E.

SPECIFIC ACCOMPLISHMENTS DURING PERIOD

G.

SPECIFIC JOB STRENGTHS:

H,

SPECIFIC GOALS OR IMPROVEMENTS TO BE TAKEN DURING NEXT
EVALUATION PERIOD:

Ratee's lnitials:

Rater's lnitials:

Page#:

3

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page#:

Order #: l.17.AB.PTL Date: 1112612009
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: EVAL - ADMIN BUREAU PATROLMAN

I.

POTENTIALFORPROMOTION/TRANSFER:

, (ratee) certify that this evaluation has been discussed with

I,

me. I understand that my signature does not necessarily indicate agreement.

_
_

Ratee wishes to speak with Bureau Commander.
Ratee does not wish to speak with Bureau Commander.

Ratee Signature:
Rater Signature:

Badge:_ DateJ_!.
Badge:_ Date:)_l.

4

Page

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #: l.17.DB.DET Date: 1 112612009
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Titte: EVAL - DETECTIVE BUREAU DETECTIVE
BRIDGETON POLICE DIVISION
SEMI.ANNUAL EVALUATION & PERFORMANCE
REPORT
Detective:

Badge:

Period: (circle one) Jan. 1st to Jun.
Assignment: (circle

A.

SECONDARY

one)

Case

31

July 1st to Dec. 31st

Squad

Anti-Crime Team

INVESTIGATIONS:

COMMENTS

_Does

_
_
_

thorough and complete investigations
Does competent investigations
Does mediocre investigations
Does unacceptable investigations

_Processes crime scene

carefully and effectively
certain
crime
scenes
are processed
_Makes
_Lack of concern for crime scene processing
_No crime scene processing

_Aggressively follows upon on assigned cases

_Follows up on assigned cases
_Sometimes follows up on assigned cases
_Rarely follows up on assigned cases

B.

REPORT WRITING

_Writes
_Writes
_Writes
_Writes

COMMENTS

detailed and accurate reports
acceptable reports
reports that lack detail
unacceptable reports

require little or no corrections
Reports require moderate corrections
Reports require excessive corrections

_Reports

_
_

reports in a timely manner
reports in acceptable time
excessive time to complete reports

_Completes
_Completes

_Uses

Ratee's lnitials:

Rater's lnitials:

#:

1

Page#:

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #: l.17.DB.DET Date: 1112612009
Category: DEPARTM ENT ORDERS
Title: EVAL - DETECTIVE BUREAU DETECTIVE

C.

COMMENTS

SUSPECTMITNESS CONTACTS

_Communicates effectively with all contacts
_Develops and utilizes informants
_Adequately communicates with contacts

_Does

not communicate wellwith contacts

_Conducts
_Conducts
_Conducts

interviews in an effective manner
interviews adequatelY
interviews in an acceptable manner

D. GENERAL

CHARACTERISTICS: This section of the semi-annual evaluation
will be based on the following scoring system. 5) Outstanding 4) Excellent
3) Satisfactory 2) Needs lmprovement 1) Unsatisfactory. Any category
listed with a2) or 1) needs to be accompanied by notes.

_Observance Of Work Hours
_Grooming & Dress
_Compliance With Rules

_Safety Practices
_Suspect Contacts
_Public Contacts

_

nterpersonal Relationships
_Knowledge Of Criminal Law
_Knowledge Of Search Warrants
_Knowledge Of Motor Vehicle Code
_Knowledge Of Case Law
_Knowledge Of BPD Rules & Regs.
_Knowledge Of BPD Directives
Knowledge Of Responsibilities
_Planning & Organizing
_Accepts Direction
_Accepts Responsibility
_Accepts Change
_Effective Under Stress
_lnitiative & Enthusiasm
_Respect For Supervisor
Communicates Effectively
|

_

_

_Loyalty
_Attitude
For Prints
Photography
Scene Drawings

_Processing

_Scene
_Crime

Ratee's lnitials:

Rater's lnitials:

2

Page#:

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #: l.17.DB.DET Date: 1 112612009
Gategory: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: EVAL - DETECTIVE BUREAU DETECTIVE

E.

COMMENTS

SEMI-ANNUAL STATISTICS

TotalCases Assigned
Case Clearance Rate
Cleared by Arrest
Exceptionally Cleared
TIF.ATTENDANCE:
Number of days off without doctor's note
Number of days off with doctor's note

G.

SPECIFIC JOB STRENGTHS:

H. SPECIFIC

GOALS OR IMPROVEMENTS TO BE TAKEN DURING NEXT
EVALUATION PERIOD:

Ratee's lnitials:

Rater's lnitials:

3

DEPARTMENT ORDETq

Page

#:

I.16

Date:01lMDA10
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: EVALUATING FITNESS FOR DUTY
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
Chief of Police Directive
POLICY & PROCEDURE

Section:
Chapter:

I

16

Subject: Evaluating Fitness For Duty
Chief of Police: Mark W. Ott
Effective Date: 2-n-2A10
PURPOSE

The purpose of this policy is to express to the public and to employees that the Bridgeton
Police Department views fitness for duty to be an essential function of every member's

position. This policy further expounds upon Rule tV.A.13. of the department's Rules &
Regulations and the New Jersey Attorney General's Guidelines on lnternal Affairs.
STATEMENT

This policy requires all members to be sufficiently fit to perform the essential functions of their
positions in a safe, effective and efficient manner, always.
Should reasonable cause exist to question a member's fltness for duty, our policy is to
temporarily remove an active member from normal duty; remove from all duties temporarily;
or, to temporarily prohibit an inactive member from returning to duty, until such fitness is
evaluated.
Only those members who successfully complete prescribed fitness evaluations will be eligible
to remain in their positions. This policy does not intend to illegally discriminate against
members or potentral members of the Bridgeton Police Department based on sex, race,
ethnic background, religion, age, disability or other category protected by law.
DEFINITIONS
Essential Function. A job function is essential if removal of that function would fundamentally
change the job. An essential function is a function of the job exists to perform, or a function
that only a few employees are available to share, or a function that is central to a highly
specralized position. Employees are expected to be abie to perform the essential functions of
their job within the legal provisions for reasonable accommodations.
POLICY

All members of the Bridgeton Police Department are required to be sufficiently fit io perform
the essential functions of their position in a safe, effective and efficient manner with

1

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Date: UlA1l2a10
Order #:116
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: EVALUATING FITNESS FOR DUTY
provisions for reasonabie accommodations as provided by law. Sufficiently fit employees are
physically, mentally and psychologically prepared and can perform the essential functions of
their position with provisions for reasonable accommodations as provided by law'
Management has the responsibility and authority under law to decide and define the essential
functions in the Bridgeton Police Department. lt does this by drawing on its knowledge of the
job, written job descriptions, knowing the time required to do the function, the criticality of
doing the function properly or not doing the function properly and the terms and conditions of
any employment contracts that may exist.

Without creating an exclusive Iisting of all possible essential functions for each position in this
organization, the following illustrate essential functions inherent in all positions:

1.

Have regular and predictable attendance.

2.

Meet production standards established by management for the position

3.

Meet efficiency standards established for doing a function

4.

Perform a responsibility, duty or task efficiently and safely.

5.

Subordinate personal preferences to the lawful directives of management

6.

Perform duties with coworkers without violence, harassment or intimidation.

Should a reasonable cause exist io question a member's fitness for duty, our policy is to
temporarily remove an active member from duty; or to modifylrestrict their duties to allow the
employee to continue working until an evaluation can be made; or to temporarily prohibit an
inactive member from returning to duty, until such fitness is evaluated.
Reasonable cause is based on substantive evidence. lt is a subjective standard based on
objective facts. Personal opinions that are unsupported by facts do not establish reasonable
cause. Reasonable cause does not coexist with malice. Any member who is shown through
the investigatory process to have used this policy as a subterfuge to maliciously damage
another will be subject to disciplinary action up to and including termination.
Only those members who successfully complete prescribed fitness evaluations will be eligible
to remain in their positions. The nature and circumstances surrounding the fitness claim will
decide the types of fitness evaluation(s) required. Each siiuation must be judged on a case
by case basis and an appropriate professional will be retained for the evaluation by the City.
The City will pay the cost for any initial evaluation required of a member under this Policy and
Procedure. The Ciiy will schedule any an all evaluations under this Policy and Procedure.
Members subject to evaluations are expected to arrive promptly for the evaluation and to
comply with all requests of them made by the evaluator. Members are expected to be honest
and forthright during the evaluation.

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #r

1.16

Page #:

Date: 01/01/20'i0

Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: EVALUATING FITNESS FOR DUTY
Reports generated by medical/psychiatriclpsychological professionals are property of the
Department. They shall be maintained separate and apart from a member's personnel file
and access shall be limited to those members of the command staff and the Department's
Professional Standards Bureau on a need to know basis. Officers sent for fitness for duty
evaluations are not entitled to copies or permitted to view the reports unless they are used as
cause for dismissal or adverse employment action or permission for their release is
specifically granted by the Chief of Police.
It is the Department's goal and practice to provide reasonable accommodations to employees
should a physical/medical/mental disability be discovered as a result of the evaluaiion, so
long as the member can continue to perform the essential functions of his/her position with
said reasonable accommodation. lf a physical/medical/mental disability is discovered as a
result of an evaluation, the Department will engage in an interactive process with the
employee in attempt to identify reasonable accommodations to allow the employee to
continue in employment within the constraints of applicable law.

This Policy and Procedure is not intended to diminish any Member's rights and
responsibilities under any State or Federal law, especially the Federal Family and Medical
Leave Act. To the extent that this Policy and Procedure conflicts with any Member's rights
and responsibilities under State or Federal law, including the Federal Family and Medical
Leave Act, the applicable State or Federal law shall control.

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:

#:1.17

Date: 1112612049
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: EVALUATIONS
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
CHIEF OF POLICE DIRECTIVE
POLICY AND PROCEDURE

SECTION:
CHAPTER:

I

17

SUBJECT:

EVALUATIONS

EFFECTIVE DATE: 1 1.12-2010
CHIEF OF POLICE:Mark W. Ott

PURPOSE:
To develop the Department's personnel into more highly trained and capable police officers
by providing written feedback to individual employees. The evaluations are also tools to be
used by management in training development, and as required for other managerial
concerns.
POLICY:
It is the Bridgeton Police Department's policy to evaluate employee performance periodically
in an effort to correct deficiencies, provide a vehicle by which individual employees can
receive feedback on their performance, to act as a mechanism for drawing attention to issues
or to recognize outstanding performance.

DEFINITIONS:
RATEE - the officer or employee being evaluated.
RATER - the supervisory officer writing the evaluation.

I.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

A.

Employee performance evaluations are one of the most crucial problems
facing supervisory personnel.

1.

There are essential business necessities in having members of
the organization achieve at least a minimal level of satisfactory
performance.

2.

lt is vitally important to both the person being evaluated and
management that the Rater carries out their responsibility
in an entirely honest and straight forward manner.

1

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:1.17

Order
Date: 11126t2A09
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: EVALUATIONS

B.

All police officers (full & part time) and telecommunications officers will be
evaluated in accordance with the guidelines set forth herein.

1.

Police Lieutenant's shall be evaluated by the police Captain
annually.

2.

Police Sergeant's shall be evaluated by their Bureau Commander
semi-annually.

3.

All Patrolmen and Detectives will be evaluated by their assigned
Sergeant semi-annually.
Note - Patrolmen in their first year of service shall be evaluated
monthly by their sergeant. This is separate and apart from
any Field Training Officer Program evaluations.

4.

AllTelecommunications Officers (TCOs)will be evaluated by
the Patrol sergeants they work with and patrol Bureau commander
in a joint committee (i.e. Group A TCOs by Group A Sergeants &
vice versa).

5.

The Chief, Captain, or Bureau Commander may at any time require
more frequent evaluations on any subordinate employee.

c.

Personnel are to be evaluated as directed for their job performance, personal
characteristrcs and supervisory poiential.

D.

Personnel are to be evaluated using the evaluation formats located on IMpACT:

1-

Patrolmen assigned to the Patrol Bureau shall be evaluated with
the form designed for them.

2.

Patrolmen assigned to the Administrative Bureau shall be evaluated
with the form designed for them.

3.

Detectives assigned to the Detective Bureau shall be evaluated with
the form designed for them.

4.

Telecommunications Officers shall be evaluated with the form
designed for them.

5.

Sergeants shall be evaluated with the form designed for them.

6.

Lieutenants shall be evaluated by the Captain in free form as
based on their particular assignment.

Page

#:

2

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #:1.17
Date: 1112612009
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: EVALUATIONS

7.
E.

Any form may have additional sheets of free formed action
plans, eic. attached.

Evaluation Periods

1-

Annual evaluation periods will be from Jan. 1st to Dec. 31st of the
calendar year and shall be due by January 20th following the
period.

2.

semi-Annualevaluation periods will be from Jan. 1st to Jun. 30th
for the first period (due by July 20th), and Juty 1st to Dec. 31st for
the second period (due by Jan. 2Oth following the period).

II.

III.

PURPOSE OF EVALUATION FORMS

A.

Appraise and improve individual performance of employee.

B.

To assist in:

1.

Training needs

2.

Retention decisions

3.

Filling vacant positions

4.

Promotional considerations

5.

Demotions or dismissal from service

PERFORMANCE EXPECTATIONS

A.

B.

lnforming personnel of performance expectations:

1.

Supervisors shall describe to their subordinates what they
are expected to do and how well they are expected to perform.

2.

Consideration must be given for the various tasks undertaken
and descriptions must relate to these tasks. periodic meetings
should be held with subordinates to indicate performance goals
and progress. These can be documented on performance
notice forms, which would be held by the employees supervisor
until the end of period evaluation was prepared.

Appraising and discussing performance.

1.

Discussions with personnel need not be limited to performance,

Page

#:

3

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:1.17

Date: 1112612049
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: EVALUATIONS
but should include development of the individual.

2.

When appropriate, the supervisor should encourage the employee
to indicate their career goals, such as next probable assignment,
long range objectives and what he or she plans to do to better
prepare for advancement.

3.

C.

Guidelines form the supervisor may include suggestions for
available training, request for reassignment to gain experience
and possible modifications or extensions of the officer's goals.

lndicators.

1.

The ordinary performance evaluation of an officer is not a
predictor of how well he or she is likely to do in a higher level or
different job. lt is an indicator to the extent that a poor performer
is less likely than a good performer to do well on a more
demanding job.

IV. RATING PROCEDURES

1.

Rater's shall use the forms provided on IMPACT and shall be
honest in making various marks on those forms.

2.

lt is important that the Rater have facts presented on the
evaluation form concerning any marks or comments that
show either below or above average.

3.

Rater's shall provide a copy of the evaluation to the ratee. The
original shall be forwarded to the next level of the chain of
command. The evaluation will be placed into the ratee's

personnelfile.

V.

OBJECTIONS FROM RATEE

1.

Ratee's may during the presentation of the evaluation at the
end of an evaluation period check an appropriate box to
indicate that they dispute particular marks on their evaluation.

2.

For officers in the rank of Patrolman, Class ll Patrolmen, TCOs
and Detectives this dispute will be handled in an informal hearing
by the Bureau Commander.

3.

For Sergeants this dispute will be handled in an informal hearing
with the Captain.

Page

#:

4

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:1.17

Order
Date: 11/2612A09
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: EVALUATIONS

VI.

4.

For Lreutenants this dispute will be handled in an informal hearing
with the Chief.

5.

lt is the ratee's responsibility to provide proofs that the marks
given by the rater (which are in dispute) are inaccurate.

REASSIGNMENTS DURING EVALUATION PERIOD

A.

Should any employee be reassigned during an evaluation period:

1.

Every supervisor in the evaluation chain who had this
employee for a period of 60 days or more shall
prepare an evaluation on that employee's performance
during that time period.

2.

ln these instances the length of time the employee was
assigned to the rater shall be indicated on the evaluation
form.

Page

#:

5

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

1.13.5

Date: 1 111212014
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT Dl RECTIVE

TitIe: PERSONAL APPEARANCE STANDARDS
BRI DGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT

Chief of Police Directive
POLICY AND PROCEDURE

SECTION.

I

CHAPTER:

13.5

SUBJECT:

POLICY ON PERSONAL APPEARANCE FOR WORK

EFFECTIVE DATE: lmmediately
CHIEF OF POLICE:MARK W. OTT
PURPOSE:

The purpose of this order is to provide guidelines for the manner of appearance and
grooming for those officers and civilian employees currently working for the Bridgeton Police
Department.
The aim of this policy is to show a presentable image to the public, an image that signifies
professionalism.

DIRECTIVE:

I.

PERSONAL APPEARANCE

A.

Officers and employees on duty shall wear uniforms or other clothing in
accordance with established departmental procedures.

B.

Except when acting under proper and specific orders from a superior,
officers and employees on duty shall maintain a neat well-groomed appearance
and shall style their hair according to the following guidelines:

1.

Hair must be clean, neat and combed. Hair may not be dyed unusual
colors in whole or in part for non-natural hair colors (i.e. green, blue,
red that does not appear naturally in human halr, purple, or other
non-natural hair colors).
Note - this does not exclude highlights which are done with genuine
human hair colors so long as the effect is not done to appear shocking,
unprofessional or unnatural in appearance.

2.

Males shall not wear their hair longer than the top of the shirt collar at
the back of the neck when standing with the head in normal posture.

#:

1

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Date: '1111212414
Order #: I 13.5
Category: DEPARTMENT Dl RECTIVE

Title: PERSONAL APPEARANCE STANDARDS
The length of the hair shall not interfere with the normal wearing of all
standard head gear. Sideburns shall be kept neatly trimmed and
rectangular in shape and shall not be permitted past the top of the
tragus of the ear.
It is recommended that hair be kept short to keep an aggressively

inclined or combative subject from grabbing same.

3.

Female officers shall not keep their hair at such as length to prevent it
from being worn up so as not to interfere with the proper wearing of
approved headgear/headwear.
It is strongly recommended that hair be kept pinned up and offering

as little opportunity as possible for an aggressively inclined or
combative subject from grabbing loose hair.

4.

No employee may have unusual shavings, or designs cut into the hair.

5.

Wigs or hairpieces are permitted if they conform to the above standards
of natural hair.
Male and female employees who are not officers shall follow all previously
listed hair guidelines excepting the issue of concerns as they relate to
the possible grabbing of hair by a combative or aggressive subject.

7.

Officers shall be clean shaven except that they may have mustaches
which do not extend below the level of the lower lip line, nor more than
112 inch past the point where the lower lip and upper lip meet. No hair is
permitted on the chin or beneath the lower lip.

Employees will take normal accepted standards of personal hygiene into
consideration prior to reporting to work. This includes bathing, use of antiperspirants/deodorants, brushing of teeth etc. Any use of fragance (cologne,
aftershave, perfume)will be done in a conservative manor.
D.

Officers shall not wear earrings, or other visible piercing jewelry while on duiy.
These items pose an unacceptable safety hazard to officers working at times
in physical atmosphere with combative persons.
Officers and employees shall not undergo gauging of the earlobes (the manner
of piercing which causes the stretching of the ear lobe either one time or
progressively larger and larger by use of plugs). This presents a non-professional
appearance and subjects officers to potential for unnecessary tear type injuries
if faced with a combative person.

F.

Officers while on duty shall are only permitted to wear a total of two rings. Rings

DEPARTMENT ORDER

1.13.5

Date: 1111212014
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT Dl RECTIVE

Title: PERSONAL APPEARANCE STANDARDS
shall be of a conservative nature when worn on duty. Officers on duty are
permitted to wear a necklace but same shall not be visible while wearing he
prescribed uniform.

II,

G.

Officers shall not wear unauthorized badges or insignia.

H.

Officers may wear uniform when going to and from work, however, officers are
cautioned regarding the potentialfor persons in the criminalworld being able
to see an officer who does not conceal their uniform by way of jacket, thereby
allowing parties to possibly locate the officer's home address for later targeting

VIOLATIONS

A.

Violations of this directive will be handled as progressive discipline demands
with first violation being viewed as a schedule D Offense.

Page

#:

3

Page #:

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #: l.17.SERGE Date: 1 112712009
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: EVAL - SERGEANT
BRIDGETON POLICE DIVISION
SEMI-ANNUAL EVALUATION & PERFORMANCE
REPORT
Sergeant:

Badge:

Period: (circle one) Jan. 1st to Jun.

31

July 1st to Dec. 31st

Assignment: (circle one) 1st 2nd 3rd 4th NRTA NRTB SU CpU CS ACT

A.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS: This section of the semi-annual evaluation
will be based on the following scoring system. 5) outstanding 4) Excellent
3) Satisfactory 2) Needs lmprovement 1) Unsatisfactory. Any category
listed with a 2) or 1) needs to be accompanied by notes.

_Observance Of Work Hours
_Grooming & Dress
_Compliance With Rules

_Safety Practices
_Suspect Contacts
_Public Contacts

_

nterpersonal Relationships
_Knowledge Of Criminal Law
_Knowledge Of City Ordinances
_Knowledge Of Motor Vehicle Code
_Knowledge Of Case Law
_Knowledge Of BPD Rules & Regs.
_Knowledge Of BPD Directives
Knowledge Of Responsibilities
_Planning & Organizing
_Accepts Direction
_Accepts Responsibility
I

_

_Communicates Effectively

_Loyalty
_Attitude
_Crime Scene Supervision
_Handling Of Major Events
_Scheduling

& Coordinating
Harmonious Environment
Between Work Groups
_Operational Economy
Evaluation Of Subordinates
_Displayed Leadership
_Training & lnstructing
_Effective Under Stress
_Judgements & Decision
Making
_Accepts Change
lnitiative & Enthusiasm

_

_

_

COMMENTS ON PRECEDING RATINGS

(Use additional sheet if more comments needed.)
Ratee's lnitials:

Rater's lnitials:

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page#:

Order #: l.17.SERGE Date: 1 1l27l20Ag
Gategory: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: EVAL - SERGEANT

B.

SPECIFIC SUPERVISORY SKILLS
(Check most appropriate line of each grouping.)

_Has mastered all technological systems routinely used by majority of unit.
_Has working knowledge of technological systems routinely used by majority of unit.
_Can assist subordinate with technological systems routinely used by unit.
_Can not assist subordinate with technological systems routinely used by unit.
_Report
_Report
_Report
_Report

_This
_This
_This
_This
C.

review
review
review
review

by
by
by
by

supervisor
supervisor
supervisor
supervisor

this
this
this
this

has
has
can
has

supervisor
supervisor
supervisor
supervisor

show's no mistakes in the end result.
show's few mistakes in the end result.
show's mistakes in the end result.
is completely inadequate.

mastered the core skills of his unit's area of responsibility (AOR).
a working knowledge of the core skills of his unit's AOR.
assist subordinates with the core skills of his unit's AOR.
no understanding of the core skills of his unit's AOR.

NOTABLE ACCOMPLISHMENTS DURING THIS EVALUATION PERIOD:
(Attach additional sheet if more room is necessary.)

D. NOTED

PROBLEMS DURING THIS EVALUATION PERIOD & REMEDIATION PLAN:
(Attach additiona sheet if more room is necessary.)

Ratee's lnitials:

Rater's lnitials:

2

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

Order #: l.17.SERGE Date: 1112712009
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: EVAL - SERGEANT

E.

RECORD SPECIFIC JOB STRENGTHS, PROGRESS ACHIEVEMENTS AND
SPECIFIC JOB FUNCTION:
(Attach separate sheet if needed.)

F, RECORD SPECIFIC

GOALS OR IMPROVEMENT PLANS TO BE UNDERTAKEN
DURING NEXT EVALUATION PERIOD:
(Attach separate sheet if needed.)

G.

PROMOTIONAL OR REASSIGNMENT POTENTIAL:

(ratee) certify that this evaluation has been discussed with
me. I understand that my signature does not necessarily indicate agreement.

_
_

Ratee wishes to speak with the Captain.
Ratee does not wish to speak with the Captain.

Ratee Signature:
Rater Signature:

Badge:_ Date:_/_/
Badge:_ Date)_l.

#:

3

Page #:

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #: l.17.SERGE Date: 1 112712009
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: EVAL - SERGEANT
BRIDGETON POLICE DIVISION
SEMI-ANNUAL EVALUATION & PERFORMANCE
REPORT
Sergeant:

Badge:

Period: (circle one) Jan. 1st to Jun.

31

July 1st to Dec. 31st

Assignment: (circle one) 1st 2nd 3rd 4th NRTA NRTB SU CpU CS ACT

A.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS: This section of the semi-annual evaluation
will be based on the following scoring system. 5) outstanding 4) Excellent
3) Satisfactory 2) Needs lmprovement 1) Unsatisfactory. Any category
listed with a 2) or 1) needs to be accompanied by notes.

_Observance Of Work Hours
_Grooming & Dress
_Compliance With Rules

_Safety Practices
_Suspect Contacts
_Public Contacts

_

nterpersonal Relationships
_Knowledge Of Criminal Law
_Knowledge Of City Ordinances
_Knowledge Of Motor Vehicle Code
_Knowledge Of Case Law
_Knowledge Of BPD Rules & Regs.
_Knowledge Of BPD Directives
Knowledge Of Responsibilities
_Planning & Organizing
_Accepts Direction
_Accepts Responsibility
I

_

_Communicates Effectively

_Loyalty
_Attitude
_Crime Scene Supervision
_Handling Of Major Events
_Scheduling

& Coordinating
Harmonious Environment
Between Work Groups
_Operational Economy
Evaluation Of Subordinates
_Displayed Leadership
_Training & lnstructing
_Effective Under Stress
_Judgements & Decision
Making
_Accepts Change
lnitiative & Enthusiasm

_

_

_

COMMENTS ON PRECEDING RATINGS

(Use additional sheet if more comments needed.)
Ratee's lnitials:

Rater's lnitials:

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page#:

Order #: l.17.SERGE Date: 1 1l27l20Ag
Gategory: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: EVAL - SERGEANT

B.

SPECIFIC SUPERVISORY SKILLS
(Check most appropriate line of each grouping.)

_Has mastered all technological systems routinely used by majority of unit.
_Has working knowledge of technological systems routinely used by majority of unit.
_Can assist subordinate with technological systems routinely used by unit.
_Can not assist subordinate with technological systems routinely used by unit.
_Report
_Report
_Report
_Report

_This
_This
_This
_This
C.

review
review
review
review

by
by
by
by

supervisor
supervisor
supervisor
supervisor

this
this
this
this

has
has
can
has

supervisor
supervisor
supervisor
supervisor

show's no mistakes in the end result.
show's few mistakes in the end result.
show's mistakes in the end result.
is completely inadequate.

mastered the core skills of his unit's area of responsibility (AOR).
a working knowledge of the core skills of his unit's AOR.
assist subordinates with the core skills of his unit's AOR.
no understanding of the core skills of his unit's AOR.

NOTABLE ACCOMPLISHMENTS DURING THIS EVALUATION PERIOD:
(Attach additional sheet if more room is necessary.)

D. NOTED

PROBLEMS DURING THIS EVALUATION PERIOD & REMEDIATION PLAN:
(Attach additiona sheet if more room is necessary.)

Ratee's lnitials:

Rater's lnitials:

2

Page

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:

Order #: l.18.SEG Date: 10/'t9/2009
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: STANDARD EVALUATION GUIDE - TESTS

#1

TEST
Rules & Policy
Officer Trainee:

Date: I

I

1. The chain of command is only applied when you get the answer you want from the
person
you
True
False

ask.

2.

_

Prisoners should be handcuffed with their hands behind their backs.
False

True

3. You can pursue a vehicle for any motor vehicle violation when the suspect vehicle
True
False
attempts to flee from

you.

_

4.

When responding to a homicide with an active shooter, emergency response is required,
You are not required to stop at any traffic control devices because of the emergency involved.
False

True

5.

lt is not necessary to document and report damage to your patrol vehicle because the
next person driving it will be conducting a vehicle check. True
False

_

6.

_

BPD Firearms & Tools Directive clearly states what weapos an officer can carry

True

on

duty

False

7. A slap jack can be carried when on duty as long as it is not purchased after January 27th,

1989. True

False

8. The City of Bridgeton has four basic area assignments

True

9.

of patrol.

False

lt is not necessary to remove your duty weapon while processing a prisoner's fingerprints.

True

False

10. An assigned vehicle should be refueled at the end of every tour of duty.
False

True

found

My Field Training Officer has graded this test and
incorrect answers. The
F.T.O. has gone over all the noted errors with me and I now fully understand the material
tested.
Trainee (Signature):

FTO Badge

#:_

FTO Signature:

1

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order#: l.18.SEG Date: 10/19/2009
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: STANDARD EVALUATION GUIDE - TESTS
ANSWER KEY TEST #1 (For FTO use Only)

1. False
2. True
3. False
4. False
5. False
6. True
7. False
8. False
9. False
10. True

Page #:

Page

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order#:

l.18.SEG

#:

Date: 10/19/2009

Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: STANDARD EVALUATION GUIDE - TESTS

#2

Title 2C:
Test
Officer Trainee:

l-

Date: I

Conspiracy is the act of two or more persons agreeing to engage in conduct which
False
True
constitutes a

1.

crime?

2.

-

lf a person intends to break into a house by lifting an open window. but stops because he
sees the police and walks away, you can not charge the person with an offense.
False

-

True

3.
a.

Simple Assault is a crime of what degree?
1st Degree

4.

b. 2nd Degree c. 3rd Degree d. 4th Degree e. Disorderly Person

When a person enters a structure without license or privilege to do so, in order to commit

a crime they are guilty of what offense?

a.

Theft

b.

Conspiracy c. CriminalTrespass d' Burglary

While two kids are playing baseball, the ball strikes a house window and breaks the
window. The homeowner tells you this is the second time it has happened and they want
something done. Can you sign a complaint charging the kids with criminal mischief?

S.

No

Yes

found

incorrect answers. The
My Field Training Officer has graded this test and
F.T.O. has gone over all the noted errors with me and I now fully understand the material
tested.

Trainee (Signature):
FTO Badge

#:-

FTO Signature:

3

Page

#:

4

Page

#:

5

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #: l.18.SEG Date: 10/19/2009
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: STANDARD EVALUATION GUIDE - TESTS
ANSWER KEY TEST #2 (For FTO use Only)

1.

True

2. False
3. Disorderly Person
4. Burglary
5. No

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #: l.18.SEG Date: 1011912009
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: STANDARD EVALUATION GUIDE - TESTS

#3

TEST
Title 2c: open Book
Officer Trainee:

rest

(***USE 2c: MANUAL To rAKE THts rEST"**)

Date. I

I

1. lt a 12 year old has sexual intercourse with a 17 year old. The 17 year old is guilty of
aggravated sexualassault.

2.

Yes

No

Aggravated Sexual Assault is a crime of the 1st degree?

Yes

No

Page

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order#:

l.1B.SEG

Date: 10/1912009
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: STANDARD EVALUATION GUIDE - TESTS

#3

TEST
Title 2c: open Book
Officer Trainee:

rest (***usE 2c:

MANUAL To rAKE THls rEST***)

Date: I

I

1-

lt a 12 year old has sexual intercourse with a 17 year old. The 17 year old is guilty of
aggravated sexualassault.
No

Yes

2.

Aggravated Sexual Assault is a crime of the 1st degree?

Yes

No

3. Theft of a notebook valued at $623.98 is a crime of what degree?
a.

1st Degree

4.

Theft of a motor vehicle valued at $195.00 is a crime of what degree?
1st Degree b. 2nd Degree c. 3rd Degree d, 4th Degree e. Disorderly person

a.

b. 2nd Degree c. 3rd Degree d. 4th Degree e. Disorderly person

5.

For a person to commit an act of shoplifting, they do not have to leave the store with the
properly in their possession, when they conceal it with the intent to deprive the store of the
value is when the shoplifting occurs. True
False

_

found

My Field Training Officer has graded this test and
incorrect answers. The
F.T.O. has gone over all the noted errors with me and I now fully understand the material
tested.
Trainee (Signature):
FTO Badge

#:_

FTO Signature:

#:

5

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order#: |.18.SEG Date: 10/19/2009
Gategory: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: STANDARD EVALUATION GUIDE - TESTS
ANSWER KEY TEST #3 (For FTO use Only)

1.

True

2. True
3. 3rd Degree
4. 3rd Degree (Under theft statute - grading) 4th Degree (Under Taking Means of
Conveyance - Joyriding)

5. True

Page#:

6

Page#:

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #: l.18.SEG Date: '10/19/2009
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: STANDARD EVALUATION GUIDE - TESTS

#4

TEST
Title 39 Test
Officer Trainee:

1.

Date: I

39:3-4 deals with registration of a motor

vehicle?

True

I
False

2.

A vehicle makes a left hand turn without utilizing a blinker during rush hour. This would
violate one of the laws sections of Tifle 39.
False

True

3.

According to Title 39 an operator must utilize headlamps from dusk to dawn, or anytime
windshield wipers are being used? True
False

_

4.

A vehicle being operated in the State of NJ must be inspected, even if the vehicle is
registered in another state?
False

5.
NJ.

True

Window tint is not allowed on any window of the motor vehicles registered in the State of

True

False

found

My Field Training Officer has graded this test and
incorrect answers. The
F.T.O. has gone over all the noted errors with me and I now fully understand the material
tested.
Trainee (Signature):
FTO Badge

#:_

FTO Signature:

7

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #: l.18.SEG Date: 10/19/2009
Category: DEPARTM ENT ORDERS

Title: STANDARD EVALUATION GUIDE - TESTS
ANSWER KEY TEST tt4 (For FTO use Onty)

1. True
2. True
3. True

4.
5.

False
False

Page #:

Page#: I

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #: l.18.SEG Date: 10/19/2009
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: STANDARD EVALUATION GUIDE - TESTS
TEST
Officer

1.

#5 Title 39 Test (***OPEN BOOK Title 39 Portion)
Date: I
Trainee:

A turn signal or stop lamp can be any color as long as it is visible to the rear of the
False

vehicte.

2.

True

Parking near a fire hydrant is legal as long as the vehicle is not

fire hydrant.

a.

3.
4.

10

b. 15

c.20

within

feet of the

d.25

lt is illegal to park within 20 feet of the driveway entrance to a Fire Station.

True

False

You must park no closer than

a.20
5.

I

b.

30

c.

40

_

feet from a stop sign.

d.

50

Pedestrians crossing the street is covered under title 39.
False

True

found

My Field Training Officer has graded this test and
incorrect answers. The
F.T.O. has gone over all the noted errors with me and I now fully understand the material
tested.
Trainee (Signature):
FTO Badge

#:_

FTO Signature:

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order#: l.18.SEG Date: 10/19/2009
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: STANDARD EVALUATION GUIDE - TESTS

ANSWER KEY TEST#5 (For FTO use Only)

1. False
2. 10
3. True
4. 50
5. True

Page #:

10

Page

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:

Order #: l.1B.SEG Date:1011912009
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: STANDARD EVALUATION GUIDE - TESTS

#6

Arrest VS No Arrest - The Test
TEST
Officer Trainee:

Date: I

I

1.

You respond to 88 That St. for a reported assault. Upon your arrival, you determine the
assault victim is the spouse of the accused and the victim/accused have two children in
common. The victim's lip is swollen and her chin and shirt are covered in blood, The victim
tetts you the spouse caused the injury during a fight. The spouse has no signs of injury and is
calm.
No Arrest

Arrest

2.

You respond to the dollar store for a fight call. Two subjects were involved in a mutual
fight. There are no injuries to either person involved. One of the subjects tells you he wants
No Arrest
to sign complaints for the assault. Arrest

3. While patrolling N. Pearl St. you see little Person A slap Person B in the face. The two
subjects began arguing untilyou stop and approach them.
No Arrest

Arrest
4.

lt is 0400hrs and you see a subject walking on the sidewalk int he downtown area. You
pull along side the subject and he starts running down the sidewalk. You yell to the subject to
No Arrest
stop but the subject doesn't stop. Arrest

5.

Utilizing scenario $4, before the subject runs from you, he gives you the middle finger,
says "fuck you", and then runs. There is no one else around.

Arrest

No Arrest

found

incorrect answers. The
My Field Training Officer has graded this test and
F.T.O. has gone over all the noted errors with me and I now fully understand the material
tested.

Trainee (Signature):
FTO Badge

#:_

FTO Signature:

11

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #: l.18.SEG Date: 10/19/2009
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: STANDARD EVALUATTON GUTDE - TESTS

ANSWER KEY TEST #6 (For FTO use Onty)
1.

2.
3.
4.
5.

Arrest
No Arrest
Arrest
No Arrest
No Arrest

Page #:

12

Page#:

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #: 1.17.PB.TC Date: 1 112612009
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: EVAL - PATROL BUREAU TCO
BRIDGETON POLICE DIVISION
SEMI-ANNUAL EVALUATION & PERFORMANCE
REPORT
TCO:

lD

Period: (circle one) Jan. 1st to Jun.

31

#:_

July 1st to Dec. 31st

CALL TAKING ABILITIES
1

-Poor

5-Averagel0-Outstanding

Voice Quality

12345678910

Speaks Slowly & Clearly

12345678910

Projects Authority & Knowledge

12345678910

Uses Plain, Every Day Language, As Opposed To Police Jargon

12345678910

Properly Greets All Callers And lncludes Last Name

12345678910

Demonstrates The Ability To Prioritize Calls

12345678910

Demonstrates The Ability To Multi-Task

12345678910

Maintains Police and Friendly Tone

12345678910

Handles Difficult Callers Without Becoming Argumentative

12345678910

Demonstrates The Ability To Direct Callers To Proper Department Or Agency

12345678910

Ratee's lnitials:

Rater's lnitials:

1

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #: l.17.PB.TC Date: 1 112612009
Gategory: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: EVAL - PATROL BUREAU TCO

CALL TAKTNG ABTLTTTES (CONTTNUED)
Maintains A Professional, Business-Like Attitude When Taking Calls

12345678910

Has The Ability To Calm Down An Upset, Hysterical, Hostile Or Angry Caller

12345678910

Maintains Control Of All Telephone Conversations

12345678910

Obtains All Necessary lnformation ln The Least Amount Of Time

12345678910

Asks Short, Specific Questions, To Gather lnformation Needed

1234s678910

Promptly Dispatches Emergency Calls Keeping The Caller On The Line

12345678910

PERSONAL HABITS
Presents A Professional Appearance

12345678910

Maintains A Clean And Orderly Work Space

12345678910

Works Well With Otficers, Other TCOs And Supervisors

12345678910

Receives Only Emergency Personal Calls To Limit Disruption Of Work

12345678910

Accepts Direction Well

12345678910

Maintains Level Of Alertness During Entire Shift

12345678910

Ratee's lnitials:

Rater's lnitials:

Page#:

2

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

Order #: l.17.PB.TC Date: 1112612009
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: EVAL - PATROL BUREAU TCO
TECHNICAL ABILITY
Properly Enters And Removes Stolen Vehicles/Property - NCIC

12345678910

Properly Handles Missing Persons Entries & Removals

12345678910
Properly Completes And Files Copies Of Reports After NCIC Entries

12345678910

Properly Enters All Necessary lnformation ln the V-Cad System

12345678910

Properly Completes Look-Ups, Warrant Checks, And Warrant Executions

12345678910

Entries below (5) require additional explanation and a plan to correct the deficiency.

(ratee) certify that this evaluation has been discussed with

me. I understand that my signature does not necessarily indicate agreement.

_
_

Ratee wishes to speak with Bureau Commander.
Ratee does not wish to speak with Bureau Commander.

Ratee Signature:
Rater Signature:
Rater Signature:
Rater Signature:

Badge:_ Date:_l_/_
Badge:_ Date:_J_l_
Badge:_ Date:_/_/_
Badge:_ Date:_/_/_

#:

3

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:1.13

Order
Date: 01101/2010
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: DRESS UNIFORM & APPEARANCE
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
Chief of Police Directive
POLICY AND PROCEDURE

SECTION:

I

CHAPTER: 13
SUBJECT: DRESS- UNIFORMS AND APPEARANCE
EFFECTIVE DATE. 8-1 5-08
CHIEF OF POLICE:MARK W. OTT
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT

1.

All members shall maintain serviceable regulation uniforms and equipment according
to initial issue.

A.

Unless othenrvise assigned, members shall report for duty in clean uniforms.

B.

Uniforms shall be neat and pressed.

C.

Officers shall be properly equipped for their tour of duty.

Patrol and Neighborhood Response Teams (Uniformed personnel)

2.

Uniformed members shall, generally, wear the duty uniform on a tour of duty.

A. Supervising

officers, with the Bureau commander's approval, may change the

authorized clothing.

B.

3.

other clothing will be based on the nature of the duty or duties assigned.

Required equipment for uniformed personnel:

* Proper uniform
shirt
* Proper uniform pants
* Polished boots
or shoes (depending on assignment)
* Proper uniform
hat to be worn when out of the vehicle at all times with the sole
exception of an emergency exit of the vehicle and or upon entering court.
Uniformed officers not wearing their hat shall, as soon as practical after
the emergency exit, make certain to put their hat on.
* Proper identification (breast
badgelname/badge #).
" For summer and winter uniform - white undershirt.
* White
socks, if worn, shall not be visible from any position.

#:

1

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

Order#:1.13

Date:011011201A
Category : DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title; DRESS UNIFORM & APPEARANCE

* Proper police duty belt:
- Approved firearm, magazines/mag. pouch, ammunition and holster
- Approved baton and holder
- Approved pepper spray and holder
- Flashlight and holder
- Handcuffs, key and poueh
- Whistle
- Folding knife
- Handheld radio and holder
- Bullet resistant vest
- Black lnk Pen
- Note Paper
- Motor Vehicle Summons Book
- Special Complaint Summons Book
- Patrol Handbook

When a member is rn regulation uniform, the police badge will be worn on the left
breast of the outermost garment, exposed to immediate public view.

4.

All sworn members of the department shall, when in uniform, wear the regulation
nameplate in accordance with department instructions.

5.

Award or Commendation bars are to be worn in accordance to department instructions.

All commendation bars, excepting those noted below are to be worn on the left breast,
over the police badge.

A.

Order of commendation bars:
RIGHT BREAST
Medal Of Honor
Purple Heart
Medal of Valor (Red towards center of chest)
Firearms lnstructor Pin
Firearms Expert Award
(Max of three devices on right breast)
LEFT BREAST
Combat Cross Medal
Meritorious Service Medal (Green towards center of chest)
Life Saving Medal (Red iowards center of chest)
Exceptional Duty Medal

#:

2

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:1.13

Order
Dals A1lA1l2A10
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: DRESS UNIFORM & APPEARANCE
Honorable Service Medal
Negotiator's Medal
Community Policing Medal (Green towards center of chest)
Good Conduct Medal
K9 Medal (Black towards center of chest)
Firearm/Narcotics Enforcement Medal
Educational Achievement Medal (Green towards center of chest)
Unit Citation Medal
Veteran's Service Medal (Stars towards center of chest)
(Max. of six medals on left breast)
(Note

-

the bar itself signifies first award, 2nd and 3rd awards are represented

by afftxed stars, 4th and 5th by affixed acorns, 6th and 7th awards by affixed
oak leaves and 8th & 9th awards by affixed crosses.)

(Note - Officers are not be required to wear medals.)

Pistol badges will be worn on the right breast, over the nameplate.
Officers will be allowed to incorporate a leather appurtenance to hold a maximum
of six (6) commendation bars and police badge.
Hash marks are authorized for wear on the left sleeve of a long sleeve uniform
shirt and coat. Officers having completed their fifth year of service with the
Bridgeton PD may wear one hash mark. Oflicers having completed their tenth
year of service with the Bridgeton PD may wear two hash marks and one
additional hash mark for every five additional years of service completed with
the Bridgeton PD.

6.

Uniforms shall be in the style and material prescribed by the Chief of Police. Excepting
tailoring for fit, no alterations shall be made, unless approved and authorized by the Chief

of Police.
While on duty and unless assigned to an office function or duties, members required to
wear the regulation uniform shall carry all prescribed duty equipment.

A.

This includes all issued equipment pertinent to duty functions.
lf an officer is assigned to office functions, the officer is to maintain duty equipment
in a secured but immediately available manner, unless the duty is considered a
light duty assignment.

(1) Uniforms transition willtake place on the 1st of May to summer uniforms
and the 15th of October for winter uniforms, or as otherwise specified by

#:

3

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:1.13

Order
Date:UlA1l201A
Category: DEPARTM ENT ORDERS

Title: DRESS UNIFORM & APPEARANCE
Captain or Chief of Police. This will commence with the day shift personnel
on each of these dates.

lnvestigations Bureau Personnel and Other Sworn Members

Members assigned to non-uniform duties shall dress appropriately.
Detective personnel assigned to secondary Investigations:

a.

Winter (October'15th to April 30th)- Detective personnelshatl
wear dress slacks, shoes, shirt, and tie"

b.

Summer (May 1st to October 14th) - Detective personnel shall
wear respectable dress style pants (khaki style pants) and
presentable polo style shirts and presentable shoes.

c.

Equipment required while outside City Hall:
Police Radio
Approved Handgun, Ammunition, Holster
Handcuffs and key
Pepper Spray
Police Badge and lD (Badge to be conspicuously displayed
while firearm is unconcealed).

B. ACT unit personnel

shall be allowed to dress as necessary in order to accomplish
police
the
mlssion in narcotics enforcement.

Members of certain special units, that is, forensics, K9 and special services may be
provided second class uniforms that may be worn in performance of special duty
functions.

C.

AII members are to dress appropriately for all court appearances. This includes

Grand jury testimony.

(1) Regulation uniform or coat and tie, or suit for males; appropriate ensemble
for females

D. Members

and employees attending schools and training seminars shall dress in
accordance with the parameters set by the school or the instructors. First day of
class shall always be with dress pants, shoes, shirt and tie or Class A duty uniform.

7.

All members and employees of the department, while on duty, shall be neat and clean
in person, as well as clothing. Uniforms will be in conformity to standards and regulations.

#:

4

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

Order #: 1.13
Datel 01/01/2010
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: DRESS UNIFORM & APPEARANCE
Leather will be properly maintained and shirt buttons buttoned. Uniform coats shall not
be worn open and will be zipped or buttoned closed when worn at all times.

B.

lnitial lssue:
(1) Class A Shirt Long Sleeve
(1) Class A Shirt Short Sleeve
(1) Class A Tie
(1) Class A Tie Bar
(1) Class A Pants
(1) Class A Police Hat
(1) Metal Breast Badge
(1) Metal Hat Badge
(1)Metal Name Plate
(1) Collar Devices For Class A Shirt (NJ and PD)
(1) Pair of Leather Boots

(1)Whistle
(1)Class B Hat
(1) Rain Coat - Reversible to orange
(1) Traffic Vest
('1) Jacket

(1) Leather Garrison Belt
(1) Leather Pistol Belt With Metal Buckle
(1) Duty Holster for lssued Sidearm
(1) Leather Magazine Pouch for lssued Magazines
(1) Leather Handcuff Pouch
(1) Set of Handcuffs
('1) Leather Pepper Spray Pouch
(1) Monadnock Auto-Lock Baton and Holder
(1) Four Leather Belt Keepers
(1) Radio Belt Holder
(1) Belt Ring For Mag Lite
(4) Glock 22 Magazines
(1) Bullet Resistant Vest
(1) Police Radio

(1)3DCellMagLite
(1) Glock 22 Pistol
(1) Folding Pocket Knife

9.

Violations.

A.

Officers found in violation of this policy shall be viewed as a Class D violation
for first offense.

#:

5

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Dale-:4113112014
Order #: l.38
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: POLICE CHAPLAINS
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
CHIEF OF POLICE DIRECTIVE
POLICY AND PROCEDURE

SECTION: I
CHAPTER:38
REVISION DATE: 1-31-2014

SUBJECT: Police Chaplain Program

EFFECTIVE DATE: January 31st,2014
CHIEF OF POLICE:Mark W. Ott

Purpose.

The Bridgeton Police Department recognizes the influence and impact that religious leaders
have on people's lives within the community. This directive creates a partnership with the
various religious leaders of the community to respond and assist Police with providing an
overall better quality of service to the citizens of the City of Bridgeton.
Policy:

It is the policy of the City of Bridgeton Police Department to work together in a partnership
with qualified religious leaders, regardless of denomination, who are available to respond
during a crisis or time of need in providing a more personalized quality of service to the
community. The goal is to have the Police & Clergy working together during certain crisis or
incidents so that a more comprehensive response will be given to those in need. The
religious leader will perform tasks of a more spiritual nature while the Officer handles those
tasks that are of a law enforcement nature.
Being a Chaplain of Police is a vital position. The Chaplain's role is to embrace the pulse of
the Department and its personnel. As the world becomes more complex, facing the
problems of life become more difficult. People may become emotionally and spiritually
crippled when they find that what used to work is no longer effective in coping with Iife's
pressures. Many times people under stress look to public servants such as the Police for
answers and assistance to their problems. The public sometimes sees the Police as the
'perfect' person who can do almost anything. They expect the Police io solve problems,
make the complex simple, and perform emergency responses without experiencing any
emotionalturmoil in the process. The truth is that Police and emergency service personnel
do sustain a tremendous amount of stress because of what they do, more so than perhaps
any other profession.

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:

Dal.p-:A1,3112A14
Order #: 1.38
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: POLICE CHAPLAINS
Enter the Chaplain. The role of the Chaplain is to be the 'balancer'. The Chaplain program is
established to provide support for Police Officers and civilians who are stressed in either a
spiritual or emotional way. Chaplains are there to provide appropriate assistance, advice,
comfort, counsel, and referrals to those in need who request such support.
Procedure.

1. Definition
2. Eligibility
3. Training
4. Duties
5. Chiefs responsibilities
1.

& duties.

Definition.

a.

A Police Chaplain
Chaplains must be a duly ordained clergy person with a degree from an accredited
institution or a certificate from an accredited course of instruction. They must be
an active participant in their respective place of worship and presently affiliated with
a duly recognized religious group within the City limits of Bridgeton or within a five
mile radius of the City limits of Bridgeton.

2.

Eligibility.

a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.

The candidate for Chaplain must possess a valid New Jersey driver's license.
Maintain high spiritual and moral standards.
Never have been convicted of a criminal offense or an offense involving moral
turpitude.
Not be currently under indictment, on bail pending court, on parole, probation or
in any way be associated with any current criminal court proceedings.
Willing and able to respond to situations where the presence of a Chaplain is
requested.
Must not be supporting or involved in any questionable activity or subversive
activity against the governments of the United States or the State of New Jersey.
Able to demonstrate compassion, understanding and love for fellow humans and
be tactfully and considerate in their approach to all people regardless of race,
creed or religion.
Those who wish to apply for the position of Police Chaplain will send in writing a
letter to the Chief of Police requesting same and include the following:

1.
2.
3.

Copy of degree from an accredited institution/certificate from an
accredited course of study.
ldentify place of worship where you are an aciive leader in the
congregation.
Name of duly recognized religious group.

2

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Date:0113112014
Order #: 1.38
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: POLICE CHAPLAINS

4.
5.
6.
3.

Training.

a.

.
4.

Copy of driver's license
Social Security Number
Telephone number

b.
c.
d.

Attend an orientation class hosted by the BPD that acquaints them with the
personnel, code of conduct, policies and procedures of the BPD.
Participate in a 'ride along' with a Police Supervisor for at least two hours.
Trained in station house adjustment procedures for juveniles.
Trained in the procedure to follow should a person reveal information that
indicates criminal acts or oiher offenses while the Chaplain is working in his
role as Police Chaplain.

Chaplains Responsibilities and Duties.

A polo shirt, baseball cap and jacket will be issued to each Chaplain. These items

b.
c.

willonly be used when a Chaplain is performing official duties in conjunction with
the BPD.
Chaplains perform a volunteer service and should agree to be available (on call) for
a time period set by the Chaplains themselves.
Police Chaplains will wear clothing representative of their faith or proper business
attire. While at Police HQ, during ride along(s), or at the scene of incidents they
are asked to wear at least one form of the issued identification wear
(shirUjackeUhat).

d.

Perform the station house adjustment task in accordance with BPD Directive that
will include initial interview with juvenile (and parenUguardian) , service required by
juvenile in lieu of official complaints(s), and follow-up to ensure juvenile fulfilled
service required.
Because of the nature of the information received in personal counseling and
through confidential reports or observations, the Police Chaplain will maintain
strict professional privilege in these matters. (lt is noted that any conversations
held which indicate criminal activity on the part of the person speaking to the
Chaplain are not privileged conversations and the information is to be relayed
to the Bridgeton Police Department as required by law).

Note:

Chaplains and BPD personnel will be instructed that when a BPD member is
in potential need of non-mandatory counseling the Division will recommend
that they avail themselves of the whatever options are available through their
medical insurance program andior spiritual guidance available through the
Police Chaplain's Program or both.

f.

Police Chaplains are accorded no police powers. Chaplains are not authorized
to verbally or physically interfere with any Officer during any incrdenl

g.

Police Chaplains may also be asked to do the following:

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

Order #: 1.38
Date:0113112014
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: POLICE CHAPLAINS

1. Counsel members experiencing personal problems at their request.
2. Officiate at weddings.
3. Attend funerals/viewings of BPD employees or employees family
4.
5.
6.
7.
5.

members.
Visit sick employees at home or in hospitals.
Assist the BPD when making death notificaiions.
Respond to scenes of tragedy such as homicides, suicides, situations
involving fatalities, etc.
Respond to Police Headquarters to offer counseling to victims and or
suspects in Domestic Violence situations.

Department's Responsibilities and Duties.

a.
b.
c.
d.
e.

The Chief of Police must approve all Chaplains based on the requirements set
forth in 1.a. and 2.h.
The Department shall hold meetings with Chaplains to gauge progress, address
issues, and review procedures on an as needed basis.
The Lieutenant in Charge of the Special Services function or his designee shall
be designated as the Police Chaplain Coordinator that can handle issues such
as equipment, scheduling, ride along(s), new Chaplain applicants.
Present the Chaplain program to all Division employees explaining how it works,
referrals, station house adjustment program etc.
Ensure that a current list of Chaplains is on the BPD intranet.

NOTE - Police Chaplains are permitted and encouraged to ride along on patrolwith
officers at any time. The members of the Police Chaplain program are not covered by
the standard "Ride-Along" directives of the Department as they are not ordinary citizens
and are in effeci part of the Department's cadre of professional personnel. Officers may
not refuse a "ride-along" assignment with a Police Chaplain.

#:

4

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page#:

#:L21

Order
Date:0110112010
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: I NCIDENT COMMAND
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
POLICY AND PROCEDURE

SECTION:

I

CHAPTER:21
# OF PAGES: 12
REVISION DATE
SUBJECT: INCIDENT COMMAND SYSTEM
EFFECTIVE DATE:
CHIEF OF POLICE
COURTLANDT A. TURNER

CROSS REFERENCE #:

I.

POLICY STATEMENT:
This agency is forthwith adopting a standardized lncident Command System for
integration with day to day duty functions. Officers in the matter of simple incidents
already use the lncident Command System (lCS). The ICS needs to be recognized
as a means of controlling more complex or high risk incidents and the advantages in
successfully accomplishing the police mission.

II.

DEFINITIONS:
lncident Command System (lCS): an organized, systematic set of procedures used to
manage incidents reported to the police, involving assessment of incident priorities, chain
of command, integrated communications, a clearly delineated span of control and unity of
command.
lncident Commander (lC): that person in overall charge in managing any specific
incident, from the very simple to the very complex.

lncident Priorities: life safety (inclusive of personnel), incident stabilization, and property
conservation.
lntegrated Communications: management of communications at an incident through a

common (multi- agency) communications plan, using common terminology and CLEAR
TEXT.
Designated lncident Facilities: refers to the command post (CP), the incident base or

1

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:

21

Date: 01/01/2010
Order #:l
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: INCIDENT COMMAND
staging area, press/media area, etc. as determined by the lC.
Span of Control. refers to the number of personnel supervised by an individual
supervisor. Optimal number ratio is 1:5, but never more than 1:7.

Task Force: is any combination of single resources put iogether for a temporary
assignment involving the incident.
Single Resources: Traffic units, K9 teams, patrol units are considered single resources.
Crews (specific number of personnel assembled for an assignment) are considered
Single Resources.
Strike Teams: a team comprised of a set number of resources of the SAME KIND and
TYPE (examples: Tactical units, emergency medical transporl units). Both task force
units and strike teams are use to reduce span of control in a complex incident.
Divisions: are organizational levels responsible for operations in a specific geographical
area at an incident.
Groups: are organizational levels responsible for a specified functional assignment at an
incident, i.e", Security Group and Entry Group.

A DIVISION AND GROUP OPERATE AT THE SAME COMMAND LEVEL- ONE DOES
NOT WORK FOR THE OTHER. One assignment is geographical and the other is
functional. When a GROUP'S function crosses established DIVISION boundaries, and
a SPECIFIC ASSIGNMENT lS GIVEN TO GROUP, the DIVISION is no longer
responsible for that task
Unity of Command: each individual officer will report to only one supervisor during the
duration of the incident.
UNIFIED Command: is the concept of shared responsibiliiy for the overall incident
management as a result of multi- agency or multi-jurisdictional incident.
Operations Officer: the officer responsible for the implemeniation of the Action Plan
to meet sirategic goals and tactical objectives as set by the lC.
Safety Officer: the officer assigned to specific overall safety responsibilities within the
parameters of the incident, pertaining to all emergency workers, occupants and
bystanders at an incident.
Liaison Officer: an officer assigned as the point of contact for assistance or coordination
with other agencies, where coordination of assisting agencies allows each agency to do
what it does best without duplication of efforts. The Liaison officer will interact with others
agency's personnel having decision-making authority.

2

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page#:

#:1.21

Date:01i01l2010
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: INCIDENT COMMAND
lnformation Officer: this officer is responsible for interfacing with the members of the
media and other appropriate agencies. The lnformation Officer also acts as the central
clearinghouse for dissemination of information, thereby reducing the risk of receiving
conflicting information from multiple sources.
Logistics Section (Officer): the officer responsible for providing facilities, services and
materials for the incident.

lll

ICS Command and Command Staff Functions

A.

Assessing lncident Priorities: each incident must be assessed in the following
manner:

B.

1.

Life Safeiy: issues involving all emergency workers, occupants and
bystanders at an incident. Law Enforcement has three basic goals:
protection of life, protection of property and enforcement of the law.

2.

lncident Stabilization: the lC is responsible for determining the strategy
that will minimize the impact the incident may have on the surrounding
area as well as his/her jurisdiction. Size and complexity of the ICS
should be directly proporlional to the size and complexity of the incident
to be managed.

3.

Property Conservation: refers to achieving goals and objectives at an
incident while minimizing property damage.

Determining strategic goals and tactical objectives

1

Proper direction of available resources to minimize injuries and damage

2

lC must determine the broad strategic aoals for the incident and,

3

Transforms same into obtainable, tacticalobjectives.

4.

Example: GOAL: Save human life (hostage situation);
TACTICAL OBJECTIVES: hostage negotiation,
hostage- iaker(s) containment, prepare sharpshooter
team and entry team.

C.

Developing and lmplementing the Action Plan

1.

The action plan, particularly in a simple incident, is primarily developed
by the lC and may not need to be writien down.

2.

Complex incidents the action plan will be written document developed
by the command staff, headed by the lC.

3

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date: 01/01/2010
Order #:1.21
Gategory: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: INCIDENT COMMAND

3,

Action plans must be flexible and continually assessed due to the
dynamic nature of incidents usually involving law enforcement personnel.

D. Developing

1.

Organizational structure is dependent on COMPLEXITY of the incrdent.

a.
2.

an appropriate Organizational Structure

lt is NOT based on size or area of involvement

lt is the numerous functions that need to be staffed in a complex
incident that calls for expansion of the organizational structure; i.e.,
building fire and building collapse, hazardous materials and several
exposures, etc., callfor many functions to be accomplished and
would need an expanded organizational structure.

E.

Management of Resources

1.

Effective management of resources requires that personnel safety be
given first priority.

2.

Goals and objectives must be weighed against the benefiUrisk factor.
As an incident escalates, the lC will have need to appoint a Safety
Officer.

3.

The lC must continually evaluate and adjust deployment of resources.
a.

lnitial incident assessment and resource assessment is only
a first step.

b

Upon determining Goals and Objectives and deploy the
resources to attain same, one of two actions will occur:

(1) The plan will be successful
(2) The ptan will have to be revised
Additional resource requirements will lead to reorganization.
d.

F.

Do not gamble on having enough resources-- if it appears to
the lC helshe has'Just enough" resources, it is time to get
additional resources.

Coordination of overall emergency activities

1.

Coordination is essential to effective incident management.

Page #:

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:1.21

Date: A110112010
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: INCIDENT COMMAND

2.

lt keeps resources from doing wasted tasks.

3.

The lC must constantly monitor incident activities.

4.

A goal is the obtainment of maximum productivity from all on-scene
resources.

G.

Additional Functional Responsibilities

1.

Scene Safety

2.

Liaison Functions

3.

lnformation Disseminaiion

4.

The lC in simple incrdents may handle these three areas

a.
lV.

ln more complex incidents, these functions should be
delegated by the lC to command staff individuals.

Command Post Need

A.

May vary in type and size for various incidents.

B.

Should be established for all incidents.

1.

Provides a central, stationary location to assist the lC with
incident command and control.

2.

The CP is the field office for management functions

a.
C.

Gathering, analyzing and disseminating information

A CP is normally established because of an incident's size or complexity;
and, can start out as a patrol car and end up in a command trailer.

1.

The CP should be isolated from noise and confusion

2.

lt needs effective communications capaciiy

3.

lt should contain an incident status board.

4.

The CP must be large enough to accommodate the number of
people that will be working there.

Page

#:

5

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:1.21

Date:0110112010
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: INCIDENT COMMAND

5.
D.

E.

V.

A view of the incident is nice, but not essential.

lnitlal staffing

1.

The lC and an assistant or advisor if necessary

2.

The command staff if required: Safety officer, Liaison officer
and lnformation officer.

3.

Larger and more complex incidents may also callfor additional
command staffing: Operations Officer, Planning officer, Logistics
officer and Financial officer can work out of the CP.

CP location

1.

Should be announced upon being established.

2.

ldentified by GREEN light and/or flag for other agency resources.

3.

Controlled access to diminish unauthorized intrusion.

STAGING/Staging Area(s)

A.

Staging is a resource marshalling area where units report while awaiting
specific assignment.

B.

Staging area units should be ready for immediate deployment.

C.

Staging area for resources is under the command of a Staging Area Manager

1.

The lC appoints this officer.

2.

The manager shall establish a resources check- in procedure for
all reporting units.

D.

3.

The manager will respond to requests for resources.

4.

The managerwill keep the lC and Operations Officer advised
of resources status within the staging area.

lt may be necessary to establish more than one staging area.

1.

Each area will need a manager.

2.

ln the event multiple staging areas are established, the managers
will report to the Operations Officer"

Page

#:

6

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:1.21

Date:01/01/2010
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: INCIDENT COMMAND

3.

Vl.

Staging areas for different emergency disciplines may have to be
established based simply on the number and amounts of resources
and equipment (police, fire, ambulance, etc.).

Media

A.

ln any type of incident that is prolonged, a threat to the public, etc', the
agency can expect media coverage of it.

B.

The lC will designate a member of the agency as lnformation Officer (Public)
and same will establish a media staging area near the incident scene, but
outside of the scene's perimeters.

1.

No member of the media will be allowed within the perimeters without
the express permission of the lC.

Z.

lt can be expected that members of the television media will attempt to
find locations enabling filming. lf the camera crew is not in a position of
physicaljeopardy; and, they are outside the established perimeters of
the incident scene, no member of this agency will take it upon
h imself/herself to interfere.

C. Only the PIO or lC will provide on- scene releases to the media.
D.

Arrangements for press conferences at the incident conclusion will be made
through the PlO.

E.

Only media members exhibiting valid press credentials will be permitted into
the media staging area.

Vll. FinancialOfficer

A.

A financial officer will usually only be appointed durrng a multi-.agency,
multi-jurisdictional incident, such as HazMat or disaster.

B.

This officer is responsible for maintaining cost documentation on the incident.

C.

1.

To this agency in resources

2.

Necessary rented/leased equipment

3.

Cost to the other participating agencies, for total cost of the incident.

Other participating agencies should assign a member to assist the Financial
Officer with documentation of cost figures to their particular agencies.

Page

#:

7

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

21

Date: 01/01/2010
Order #:l
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: INCIDENT COMMAND
VIII. CHAIN OF COMMAND/SITUATION CONTROL

A.

The first arriving officer (two or more arriving simultaneously, the senior officer)
upon arriving at the incident scene assumes the role of lC; and, initiates the
direction of other responding officers. The working supervisor will be notified of
the incident promptly.

B.

Chain of Command Structure:

1.

The first arriving officer on scene automatically assumes the role of lC

2.

An arriving supervisor will assume command from this officer, provided
an officer of equal or higher rank has not already assumed command.

3.

Additional resources arriving at the scene should report to the CP
(unless a staging area has been set up) for area of responsibiliiy
assignments.

4.

Within the command chain, the following procedures will regulate the
actual transfer of lncident Command:

a.

The officer assuming command will communicate with the
person being relieved FACE TO FACE. NO OFFICER NOT ON
SCENE WILL BE GIVEN COMMAND OF THE SITUATION

b

The person so being relieved will brief the officer assuming
command of the following:

(1) General situation status:
(a) lncident conditions
(b) Safety conditions
(2) Deployment and assignments of personnel already
on scene

(3) Appraisals of need for additional resources.

IX. INCIDENT DOCUMENTATION

A.

The lC will, establish a procedure for documenting the incident, through a
chronological log and assignments log.

1.

Arrival/departure of special equipment

#:

I

Page

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:1.21

Date:0110112010
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: lNCl DENT COMMAND

2.

X.

Arrival/departure of all emergency personnel.

a.

lf staging area or areas have been set up, personnel and
equipment will report there.

b.

Logs for personnel and equipment become the responsibility
of the Staging Site Managers,

3.

Time and type of multi- agency assistance requested

4.

Disposition of equipment

5.

Personnel assignments and task functions, Iisting the supervisor
or functional supervisor for each uniUteam.

B.

This function may be assigned to an appointed RECORDER in the larger or
more complex incidents.

C.

Whenever feasible, a unit should be assigned to video taping the incident from
within the perimeter, keeping in mind personalsafety.

Communications networking

A. The lncident

Command System (lCS)willcallfor an Operational (working)
Channelwhenever regular radio transmissions will interfere with the incident
being managed, the incident leads to multi- agency resource use and/or

prolonged activity at the scene.

B.

The lC must be cognizant that in choosing an Operational Channel each
responding agency can communicate on same.

C.

Procedures

1. Determine the need for a separate Operational

Channel.

2.

Report the Operational Channel frequency to the Central Dispatch
Desk, and all responding personnel.

3.

lnform other agencies of the location of the CP at the time aid requests
are made.

4.

Maintain one radio within the CP. to the primary agency channel.

Xl, lncident Debriefing

#:

I

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:1.21

Date:0110112010
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Titte: INCIDENT COMMAND

A.

At the conclusion of an incident and as soon as possible thereafter, the lC
will call for a general debriefing of incident participants, The chiefs of all
participating agencies should also attend the debriefing.

B.

Purpose is that of HONEST critiquing of the situation, so as to more effectively
respond to a future situation.

Xll. Agency Review

A. The Chief of Police or his division commander may call for a review of the
incident and agency personnel's involvement in same.

B.

1.

lnterview all parties necessary; and, call for special reports as needed.

2.

Review all written documentation and video pertaining to the incident.

3.

Call for assessments on the event or the pertinent policy and procedures.

The chief may direct a panel of officers to review all or part of an ICS event, in
order to establish strengths and weaknesses in training, communication,
procedures, mutual aid guidelines or future flnancial needs of serious Critical
lncidents whereby a complex ICS Command Structure is used.

XIII. OPERATIONS

A.

INCIDENT COMMANDER RESPONSIBILITIES

1.

Determination for need of formal ICS activation

2.

Life Safety lssues addressed

a. Victims, innocent others
b.

Accused parties as reasonable

c.

Police personnel, allemergency rescue personnel

3.

Situation Stabilization

4.

Property Conservation

5.

Goals and Objectives: The Action Plan

a.

Resource needs

b.

Perimeters, evacuations, traffic routing, etc.

Page

#:

10

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:1.21

Date:01/01i2010
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: INCIDENT COMMAND

c.

Plan implementation

6.

Assessment and revision

7

Command Post

8.

9.

a.

Location

b.

Communications links, Ops channels

Development of Command Staffing Positions in Large or Complex
lncidents.

a.

Operations Officer

b.

Staging Manager

c.

Formation of Branches and/or Groups

d.

Additional Resource Needs/Mutual Aid assistance

lncident Documentation

a.

Assigned Recorder, if necessary

b.

Public lnformation Officer

('1) Media Staging Area

(2) lnformation Releases
(3) Press Conference arrangements
10. Situation Control
'1

B.

1. After Action Debriefing

STTUATTONAL GONTROL (CHAIN OF COMMAND)

1.

First arriving officer becomes lncident Commander until properly
relieved of said role.

a.

Life Safety lssues

Page

#:

11

Page

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:1.21

Daft:4114112010
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: INCIDENT COMMAND

b.

Situation Stabilization

c.

PropertyConservation

d.

Assign additional officers to necessary perimeter functions,
as applicable.

(1) Necessary Evacuation, Traffic Routing,

Etc.

(2) Developing Action Plan. GOALS & OBJECTIVES
(3) Based on informaiion, observations

2

RespondingSupervisor

a.

Total Briefing of Situation, Resources available

b.

Additional Resource needs

c.

Taking Command (faceto-face)

(1) Proper Notifications made
(2) Set

up Command Post if not already established

(3) Assess Action Plan, make any necessary adjustment:

(a) Resources requirements
(b) Reallocation of Resources

(c)

Staging Areas

(4) lncideni Documentation
(a) Appoint a Recorder in a large or complex
situation

(b) ln a simple incident the lC is also the "Recorder"

(c)

Make use of MEMO BOOK, ASSIGNMENT
SHEETS, SCENE SURVEY FORMS, MAJOR
CRIME LOG FORMS SCENE SIGN- IN LOG
FORM

#:

12

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#;1.21

Date:0110112014
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: INCIDENT COMMAND

C. COMMUNICATIONS

1.

NETWORKING

DISPATCHER RESPONSIBILITIES:

a.

Upon receipt of a call with characteristics involving a situation
calling for a formal ICS structure, dispatch appropriate unit or
units and advise the supervisor.

b.

Handle all communications necessary toward Life Safety,
Situation Stabilization and Property Conservation under direction
of the lC until a command Post is established and Ops Common
Channel(s) are established; and, "on-line"

c.

Verify all necessary Department Notifications have been made.

d.

Upon direction, make call-up contacts with Department
personnel for necessary additional Resources.

(1) Upon direction of the Chief Law Enforcement Officer or
his designee, the Dispatcher may become involved in
Mutual Aid Notifications.

(2) Usually, the CLEO or his designee will make these
calls.

e.

Maintain responsibility for all normal city- wide Radio, telephone
operations during the Critical lncldent.

f.

Any and all additional responsibilities as directed by the lC, the
CLEO or their designees in order to maximize efficient operations.

Page

#:

13

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:

Date: 1110112008
Order #:1.40
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: I NTER-DEPARTMENTAL COMMUNICATIONS
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
POLICY AND PROCEDURE

SECTION:
CHAPTER:
SUBJECT:

I

40

INTER-DEPARTMENTAL COMMUNICATIONSAND CORRESPONDENCE

EFFECTIVE DATE: NOVEMBER 1, 2008
REVISION

DATE: SEPTEMBER14,2011

CHIEF OF POLICE:MARK W. OTT

ACCREDITATION STAN DARDS:
THIS POLICY SUPERCEDES AND INCORPORATES PREVIOUS DIRECTIVE I.5 COMMUNICATIONS AND CORRESPONDENCE; EFFECTIVE 1 1 101t2008

The written directives developed by the Bridgeton Police Department are for internal use only,
and do not enlarge an officer's civil or criminal liability in any way. They should not be
construed as the creation of a higher standard of safety or care in an evidentiary sense, with
respect to third party claims. Violations of written directives can only be the basis of a
complaint by this department, and then only in an administrative disciplinary setting.

l:40-1

PURPOSE

It is a priority for the Bridgeton Police Department to disseminate information in a timely
and accurate manner to ensure that its mission of protection and service are carried out
efficiently and properly.

l:40-2

POLICY

It is the policy of the Bridgeton Police Department to communicate effectively and
professionally, while at the same time limiting interference with working conditions due to
inappropriate disruptions. The extended purpose of this directive is to reduce down time and
prevent unnecessary litigation or other problems.

l:40-3

I.

PROCEDURE
DEFINITIONS

A. COMMUNICATION:

The transference of information, ideas or other
person
concepts from one
to another.

B.

COMMUNICATIONS CENTER: The dispatch area of the police department.

1

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Date: 1110112008

Order #:1.40

Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: INTER-DEPARTMENTAL COMMUNICATIONS

C.

DISSEMINATION OF INFORMATION: The authorized passing of information
from one source to another by some means of communication.

D.

DEPARTMENT ADDRESS: The official malling address for the Bridgeton
Police Department.

E.

DEPARTMENT LETTERHEAD: Official correspondence paper with the
department address and other source location identifying information.

F,

DEPARTMENT MAIL CENTER: A shelving system with slots for department
personnel by which they can receive various types of notices, mailings, etc.

U.

FAMILY EMERGENCIES: A situation requiring the immediate attention of
the employee. Non-serious communications do not apply.

H. FCC:
t.

Federal Communications Commission

PERSONAL RECORDING DEVICE: Any device capable of recording noise,
speech, conversation or sounds produced by people, animals, machines or
electronic devices.
PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION: Communications, be it verbal, written
or which passes electronically from one employee to another person or
persons. A communication which is free of inappropriate comments,

inflection, ridicule, scorn or other inappropriate phrases, sounds or words.
K.

SUBPOENA: Any court notice or other written or verbal notice to appear for
court.

L.

II.

TELEPHONE. An electronic means of communication, be it standards land
line, cellular ielephone, pushtotalk telephonic or radio communication, text
messaging or internet-type communications.

COMMUNICATIONS
Personnel who are assigned to the Communications Center, whether sworn
or non-sworn, shall not carry a personal telephone while in the center,
(Policy 1.5)

1.

During working hours, private telephone calls shall not be received by
personnel assigned to the police dispatch function, unless the
telephone call is a family emergency.

2.

Department assigned dispatch personnel shall not, while operating a
personal or department owned vehicle, utilize a telephone in a manner

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order

#:1.40

Page#:

Date: 1110112008

Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: NTER-DEPARTMENTAL COMMUNICATIONS
I

that does not meet statutory requirements for hands-free use.
Personnel are also subject to charges under the New Jersey Motor
Vehicle & Traffic Laws, Title 39 for violations.

3.

The Communications Center is to be considered off-limits to all nonessential personnel, (Policy I.5).

B. All department

personnel are required to maintain a working telephone number
for emergency contact purposes by this department (cellular and/or land line).
Any changes to this emergency contact number are to be reported to the
following entities within 24 hours:

1.

Office of the Chief of Police;

2.

Office of the Captain of Police;

3.

Bridgeton City HallAnnex, Personnel Office

C.

All department personnel are required to maintain their actual home address
on file with the same entities as referenced in section ll.B above. Any
changes shall be forwarded to the above within 24 hours.

D.

Violations for section Il. A-C above shall be charged as a Schedule D
matter for the first offense.

E.

Police personnel (full or parttime) may carry a telephone while in the
performance of their duties, with the following restrictions:

F.

1.

Officers, while on duty, shall not accept personal telephone calls,
to the point of distraction, unless they are a family emergency.

2.

Officers shall abide by all statutory provisions for hands-free
telephone use while operating personal or department owned
vehicles. Personnel are also subject to charges under the New
Jersey Motor Vehicle & Traffic Laws, Title 39 for violations.

3

Violations for section ll.E above shall be charged as a Schedule
D matter.

Personnel shall never divulge police information that is learned while working
for the department to any non-law enforcement persons or as prescribed by
law.

1.

Violations of section ll.F above shall be charged as a Schedule B
matter for the first offense.

3

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

Date: 1110112008
Order #:1.40
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: I NTER-DEPARTMENTAL COMMU

G.

N

ICATIONS

Department personnel shall keep all communications as professional

communications at all times.

1.

H.

Violations of section ll.G above, depending on the seriousness of
the breach in conduct shall be charged as a Schedule C matter for
the first offense.

No department personnel are authorized to use the department address for
personal mail delivery, nor as an address for a vehicle registration and/or

driver's license.

1.

l.

III.

Violations of section ll.H above shall be charged as a Schedule D
matter for the first offense.

Forwarding communications to a higher command:

1.

Any member or employee receiving a communication for transmission
to a higher command shall, in every case, forward such communication
as soon as possible.

2.

A member or employee receiving a communication from a subordinate,
directed to a higher command shall endorse the communication,
indicating approval or disapproval or acknowledgement of review.

3.

Violations of section ll.l above shall be charged as a Schedule D
matter for the first offense unless the offense was so grossly
negligent that it would be viewed as much more severe. ln this
case, the matter would be charged as a Schedule B offense.

INTERNET USAGE

A.

Department members shall not utilize internet connections for any purpose
that is not official police business.

1.

The following are examples of approved internet usage.

a.

VirtualAcademy

b.

NJLEARN

c.

ComplaintGeneration

d.

MVC/SCIC/NCIC

e.

Checking State Websites

#:

4

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date: 1110112008
Order #:1.40
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: NTER-DEPARTMENTAL COMMUNICATIONS
I

2.

3.

f.

Researching Equipment and/or Training lnformation

g.

Approved Usage by Commanding Officer

h.

Any other work related issues

The following are examples of unapproved internet usage:

a.

Social Media: lnternet-Based resources that integrate
user-generated content and user participation. This
includes, but is not limited to, social networking sites
(Facebook, MySpace), microblogging sites (Twitter,
Nixle), photo- and video-sharing sites (Flickr, You Tube),
wikis (Wikipedia), blogs and news sites (Digg, Reddit).

b.

Surfing the internet for non-police topics

c.

Surfing pornographic sites or photographs

Violations of section lll.A above shall be charged as a Schedule C
matter for the first offense.

IV. MAIL SYSTEM

A.

DepartmentLetterhead

1.

Members and employees shall not utilize department letterheads

for private correspondence.

B.

2.

Department correspondence will only be sent through the Chief of
Police or his explicit designee with a copy to the Chief of Police.
The letterhead correspondence is subject to review by the Chief
of Police or his designee prior to being sent.

3.

Violations of section IV.A above shall be charged as a Schedule
D matter for the first offense.

Department Mail Center

1.

All officers who are assigned a mail slot in the department mail
center shall keep that mail slot free of any paperwork and/or
articles. Upon reporting for duty, each employee shall proceed
to their respective mail slot and check same for new items, notices,
information, etc. and shall remove those items and address them
appropriately. No items are to be left inside of an employee's mail
slot, as this will allow the employee to know that something new

Page

#:

5

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order

#:1.40

Date:

Page

11/O1|2OOB

Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: NTER-DEPARTMENTAL COMMU
I

N

ICATIONS

has arrived or not and a timely dissemination of information shall
occur.

2.

Bureau commanders and supervisors are expected to monitor the
status of the mail center for order and efficiency. Bureau commanders
are also responsible for ensuring that each employee in their command
is assigned a mailslot.

3.

Violations shall include, but not be limited to the following:

a.

Failing to check and clear the mail slot. This is also
applicable to those employees who are off on dutyinjury status, if the employee is incapable of collecting
the mail, then shall make arrangements with their
supervisor to get any notices.

b.

Allowing the mail slot to be cluttered with articles and/or
papenivork.

4.
C.

Violations of section lV.B above shall be charged as a Schedule
D matter for the first offense.

Department E-mail/ Mobile Data Terminal Messaging

1.

Department e-mail shall be checked on a daily basis upon reporting
for duty. Officers are expected to remain informed through this
useful notification system.

2.

Officers are expected to utilize the department e-mail system for
police business only and shall remain professionalwhile utilizing
same.

3.

Employees out on any form of extended leave are responsible to
make certain that they remain in touch with the department e-mail
system so that they do not miss important updates andior court
subpoenas.

4.

Violations of this section shall include but not be limited to the
following:

a.

Unprofessional language

b.

Non-police related information

c.

Utilizing the system as a frustration and/or venting platform.

#:

6

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

Order #:1.40
Date: 1110112008
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: NTER-DEPARTMENTAL COMMUN ICATIONS
I

5.
V.

Violations of section lV.C above shall be charged as a Schedule D
matter for the first offense.

DEPARTMENTTELEPHONES

A. The department owned telephone system and department owned cellular
telephones may not be utilized by any member or employee of this department for the
transmission of personal messages and/or communications to the point of incurring extra
costs or distractions while on duty. They may be utilized to make or receive communications
concerning family emergencies.
B.

Toll calls from department owned telephones require prior approval from
a command level officer.

1.

Some toll type calls are pre-approved and include the following.

a.

Vehicle insurance information and/or verification

b.

Contacts to other police agencies for department related
matters.

c.

Conducting secondary investigations

C.

Violations of section V.A-B above shall be charged as a Schedule C matter
for the first offense and the costs of the related toll charges will also be
assessed against the member or employee.

D.

Telephone / lntercom Etiquette

1.

When answering a department telephone call, all members and
employees shall answer with the appropriate information:

a.
2.
VI.

"Bridgeton Police (unit identifier), this is (title and name),
how can I help you".

Violations of section V.D above shall be charged as a Schedule D
matter for the first offense.

PERSONAL RECORDING DEVICES

A.

Every member of this department is permitted to carry a personal recording
device for the following reasons:

1.

Recording notes during an investigation for later transcription onto
police reports, (Policy lll.17).

#:

7

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date: 1114112008
Order #:1.40
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: I NTER-DEPARTMENTAL COMMU

N

ICATIONS

2.

To surreptitiously record conversations between the officer and the
person reporting a erime / offense or providing a witness statement,
(Policy ttt.17).

3.

Recording police to citizen contacts to eliminate the possibility of
false allegations.

4.

Recording noise ordinance violations.

5.

To record suspect statements taken during criminal investigations
as prescribed by the Attorney General's Guidelines on electronic
recordation of stationhouse interrogations and Bridgeton Police
Policy lll.15.

6.

To record interviews for administrative investigations as per Policy I.6

7.

Other uses as approved in writing by the Chief of Police.

8.

Whenever possible, communications of recorded statements shall be
attached to the IMPACT system's Blotter or Case Entry for that
particular case.

B.

Prohibitions on recordings

1.

No employee of this department is permitted to record telephone

conversations, except those calls that are incoming or outgoing
on the departmental standard recorded lines which contains the
advisory tone at intervals.

2.

No employee may record a conversation with another department

employee without the express written permission of the Chief of
Police and/or the County Prosecutor.

3.

No employee may record a conversation with any other City official
or employee without their knowledge unless it is approved by the
Chief of Police andior the County Prosecutor.

4.

Violations of section Vl.B above shall be charged as a Schedule A
matter for the first offense. Criminal charges for illegal wiretap or
other matters may also apply.

VII. SUBPOENAS

A.

Records personnel, upon receiving subpoenas, (i.e. Superior Court,
Municipal Court, etc.) will log the subpoena by hand for signature
collection by the subpoenaed party. Records personnel shall maintain

Page

#:

8

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:1.40

Date: 1110112048
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: INTER-DEPARTMENTAL COMMUNICATIONS
the hard copy of the subpoena in the records bureau until such time as
the employee arrives to collect the subpoena and sign for same in the log.

B.

Records personnel, upon receiving subpoenas, will issue an e-mail via the
IMPACT e-mail system with a return receipt to the subpoenaed party.
The e-mail will contain the following information.

C.

1.

The nature of the subpoena (i.e. stand-by trial, trial, grand jury, etc.)

2.

The date and time of the appearance or time frame in case of stand-by.

3.

The name and/or general location of the court and the Judge's name.

4.

Any other relevant information.

Employee's receiving the e-mail notification are expected to read and comply
with the provisions of these electronic subpoenas as if they were the hard
copy. lf an e-mail is not shown to have been received in a reasonable amount
of time, records personnel will send another notification to the subpoenaed
party with an attachment to their respective supervtsor.

1.

D.

Failure to read this e-mail, abide by or appear for the court
appearance shall be viewed as a Schedule C offense on
the first occurrence.

Employees, receiving this electronic subpoena notification shall appear
in the records unit to sign for the hard copy subpoena, but shall also be
held accountable for the electronic service.

VIII. RADIO COMMUNICATIONS

A.

The FCC monitors radio use for the purpose of curbing radio abuse.

1.

2.

Radio abuse will result in FCC sanctions in the form of.

a.

Monetary fines

b.

Suspension of frequency usage

c.

Revocation of frequency usage

Regulations as set forth in department policies and promulgated
by the FCC will be strictly observed by all department users of

the police department radio system. Therefore, employees shall
not abuse radio procedures established by the department.

#:

I

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:1.40

Order
Date: 1110112008
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: NTER-DEPARTMENTAL COMMUNICATIONS
I

B.

C.

Radio transmissions are subject to monitoring by supervisors, command
officers and the Chief of Police.

1.

Monitored abuses or misuses of the department's police radio will
not be ignored.

2.

Consistent and/or heinous abuses will lead to severe disciplinary
action directed at the abuser.

Radio broadcasting procedures

1.

Avoid unnecessary repetition of messages

2.

Speak clearly, as well as, slow enough to be understood.

3.

a.

Avoid broadcasting in excessive interference whenever possible.

b.

Avoid slurring and/or stuttering.

lf it is necessary to transmit while the vehicle siren is in use:

a.

Attempt to transmit during the lower tones, if possible.

b.

Attempt to hold the microphone against the larynx to block
as much of the outside sounds as possible.

c.

Make certain to put up all vehicle windows.

d.

Utilize established radio codes when feasible.

4.

When calling in names to the communications center, they
should be spelled out by the officer to avoid being misunderstood

5.

Telephone, address, social security, motor vehicle registration or
vehicle identification numbers shall be repeated for accuracy.

6.

Broadcasting descriptions:

a.

Plan the broadcast before beginning.

b.

Obtain clear frequency, alerting other units to the purpose.

c.

Describe one person or thing at a time when multiples are
involved.

d.

lf the matter requires an excessive amount of air time and

Page

#:

10

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:1.40

Order
Date: 1110112008
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: I NTER-DEPARTMENTAL COMMU NICATIONS
is not urgent, officers may utilize a telephone instead of the
radio.

7.

B.

Broadcasts for inter-departmental services (i.e. street & roads,
Bridgeton Fire Department, etc.):

a.

Provide accurate and concise reasons for the requested
service.

b.

Cancel requests for servlce if and when the need for the
service no longer exists.

Broadcasts for back-up units, supervisors and/or investigators:

a.

Provide accurate and concise reasons for request in
specific terms.

b.

Radio transmissions for "HELP" by officers, (i.e. Code 99

-

Officer Down)

i.

Highest priority calls.

ii.

Should be reserved for instances of imminent danger.

iii.

Officers must realize that the officers who are
responding to these types of calls may be placed
in unjustifiable danger or expose the public to
unwarranted danger.

iv.

L

Assistance calls do not imply the same degree of
immediacy as a call for help, but still requires
immediate backup broadcast.

Officers shall be sure that the radio is clear of traffic before beginning
their transmission

a.

More than one officer transmitting at the same time will
garble the transmission, resulting in a lack of communication.

10. Refrain from utilizing the radio for non-essential purposes.

a.

Unnecessary communications may deprive another officer
from communicating a call for assistance or priority call for
help.

b.

Overuse of the radio for non-essential communications may

Page

#:

11

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:1.40

Order
Date: 1110112008
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: INTER-DEPARTMENTAL COMMUNICATIONS
affect operational efficiency.

11. Restrictions:

a.

Officers will refrain from profane and/or vulgar language use
over the police radio.

b.

No music, disruptive or disreputable remarks are to be made
over the police radio.

c.

Attitudes portraying sloth or unprofessional demeanor shall
not be projected over the police radio.

d.

Officers shall call for a radio check when there are no
broadcasts heard for a period of fifteen (15) minutes.

Page

#:

12

( DEPARTMENT ORDER

)

Page#:

Order#: 1.6
Date: 07/26/2011
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: INTERNAL AFFAIRS

BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
POLICY AND PROCEDURE
SECTION:
CHAPTER:
SUBJECT:

6
INTERNAL AFFAIRS

REVISION DATE: JULY 26 , 2011
EFFECTIVE DATE JULY 26 , 2011
CHIEF OF POLICE MARK W. OTT
ACCREDITATION STANDARD(S) : 26 .1.4
26 .1.6
52 .1.1
52 .1 2
THIS DIRECTIVE SUPERCEDES AND INCORPORATES PREVIOUS DIRECTIVE 1.6 INTERNAL AFFAIRS I COMPLAINT REVIEW, DATE 01 /15/2009
The written directives developed by the Bridgeton Police Department are for internal use only ,
and do not enlarge an officer's civil or criminal liability in any way. They should not be
construed as the creation of a higher standard of safety or care in an evidentiary sense, with
respect to third party claims. Violations of written directives can only be the basis of a
complaint by this department, and then only in an admin istrative disciplinary setting
1:6-1

PURPOSE:

This agency is committed to providing law enforcement services that are fair, effective, and
impartially applied . Toward that end , officers are held to the highest standards of official
conduct and are expected to respect the rights of all people. Officer's adherence to these
standards, motivated by a moral and professional obligation to perform their job to the best of
their ability, is the ultimate objective of this agency. The effectiveness of a law enforcement
agency is dependent upon public approval and acceptance of law enforcement authority.
The department must be responsive to the community by providing formal procedures for the
processing of complaints from the public regarding officer performance both individually and
collectively.
The purpose of this policy is to improve the quality of law enforcement services. Citizen
confidence in the integrity of this department increases through the establishment of
meaningful and effective complaint procedures. This confidence engenders community
support for the department Improving the relationship between the officers and the citizens
they serve facilitates cooperation vital to the department's ability to achieve its goals. An
effective disciplinary framework also permits law enforcement officials to monitor officers'
compliance with department policies and procedures. Adherence to established policies and

( DEPARTMENT ORDER

)

Page#:

Order#: 16
Date: 07/26/2011
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: INTERNAL AFFAIRS

procedure assists officers in meeting department objectives while a monitoring system
permits managers to identify problem areas requiring increased training or direction. Finally,
this policy will ensure fairness and due process protection to citizens and officers alike in the
handling of complainants against the department and its officers .
The internal affairs process shall also be used to identify and correct unclear or inappropriate
agency procedures. In addition it will highlight organizational conditions that may contribute
to any misconduct, such as poor recruitment and selection procedures or inadequate train ing
and supervision of officers.
1:6-2

POLICY:

It is the policy of this department to accept and investigate all complaints of alleged officer
misconduct or wrongdoing from any citizen , agency employee or any other sources, including
anonymous sources. Following a thorough and impartial examination of the available factual
information , the officer shall either be exonerated or held responsible for the alleged
misconduct. Discipline shall be administered according to the degree of misconduct.
Officers and employees , regardless of rank , shall be subject to disciplinary action for violating
their oath and trust. Committing an offense punishable under the laws of the United States ,
the State of New Jersey, or municipal ordinances constitutes a violation of that oath and trust
Officers are also subject to disciplinary action for failure, either willfully or through negligence
or incompetence, to perform the duties of their rank or assignment. In addition, officers may
be disciplined for violation of any rule and regulation of the department or for failure to obey a
lawful instruction , order or command of a superior officer or supervisor. Disciplinary action in
all matters will be determined based upon the merits of each case.
In order for a police department to be able to effectively carry out its mission it must have the
public trust and confidence. For this reason and in consideration of the awesome authority
that a police department has over its citizens , the ability of any such agency to effectively
investigate the conduct of its employees is of critical importance. The public must have
absolute confidence in the integrity of the internal affairs process since it represents the
standard for addressing allegations of employee misconduct. All employees, especially those
sworn to uphold the law, must accept as part of their office the obligation to be truthful in all
investigations. Therefore , it is essential that all employees be completely truthful and
forthright in all facets of the internal affairs process. To mislead or lie is to demonstrate a
character flaw that is inconsistent with the law enforcement calling. Additionally, lying in an
internal affairs investigation will frustrate the process and quickly erode the public trust and
discipline within the department. This agency is committed to taking the necessary steps of
removing from our ranks any employee who is untruthful in an internal affairs investigation .
Accordingly , all employees must understand that lying in an internal affairs investigation is
synonymous with forfeiting one 's employment with the department.
Officers conducting the investigation of any allegation of misconduct must strive to conduct a
thorough and objective investigation without violating the rights of the subject officer or any
other law enforcement officer or civilian , and show proper respect to all members of the

2

-------- --

--

( DEPARTMENT ORDER

)

Page #:

Order#: 16
Date: 07/26/2011
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: INTERNAL AFFAIRS

public. Accordingly, all supervisors and any other officer wh o may be called upon to do an
internal investigation must be thoroughly familiar with the department's internal affairs policy.
Prevention is the primary means of reducing and controlling misconduct. To that end , it is the
policy of this department to discover and correct organizational conditions , which permit the
misconduct to occur and/or go undetected . Special emphasis is placed on recruitment,
selection and training of officers and supervisors, community outreach , and the analysis of
misconduct complaints and their outcome.
Each officer shall be provided ready access to this directive and the Bridgeton City Police
Department manual of rules and regulations which contains specific direction for conducting
all aspects of law enforcement work. Categories of misconduct have been clearly described
and defined , and the disciplinary process shall be thoroughly explained in the manual as well
as this written directive. This directive has been established in accordance with the New
Jersey Attorney General's Office guidelines for Internal Affairs.
1:6-3

I.

PROCEDURE:
Professional Standards Bureau

A

The Internal affairs Unit is herein established as a function of the
Professional Standards Bureau . The unit shall consist of those officers
of the department assigned by the Chief of Police . Personnel assigned
to the Internal Affairs Unit shall serve at the pleasure of the Chief of Police.
1. The Chief of Police shall designate a supervisor for the
Professional Standards Bureau .
2.

The Chief of Police shall not assign any person responsible for
the representation of employees of the collective bargaining
function to the internal affairs function .

B. The goal of internal affairs is to ensure that the integrity of the department
is maintained through a system of internal discipline where fairness and
justice are assured by objective, impartial investigation and review.
C. Notwithstanding any other notification protocol herein included , the chief
of police must be immediately advised of any allegation of wrongdoing on
the part of an employee that would constitute a criminal offense or has the
potential to have a significant negative impact on the operation or reputation
of the department.
II.

Duties and Responsibilities

A. The Professional Standards Bureau is responsible for the investigation
and review of all allegations of misconduct by officers of this department.

3

( DEPARTMENT ORDER

J

Order#: 1. 6
Date: 07/26/201 1
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: INTERNAL AFFAIRS

1.

Misconduct is defined as:
a.

Commission of a crime or an offense; or

b. Violation of departmental rules , regulations , policies
and procedures; or
c. Conduct that adversely reflects upon the officer or the
department.
B.

In addition to investigations concerning allegations of misconduct, the
Professional Standards Bureau shall be notified immediately and be
responsible for the review and/or investigation of
1.

The discharge of firearms by department personnel in situations
other than training and qualifications.

2.

Vehicular pursuits involving department personnel.

3.

Use of force incidents that result in injury to a defendant or a third
party.

4.

Collisions involving department vehicles.

5. All internal affairs complaints at the time they are received , except
in the event of a minor violation , such as a demeanor complaint.
C. The Professional Standards Bureau shall be responsible for any other
investigation as directed by the chief of police. Professional Standards
Bureau officers may conduct an internal affairs investigation on their own
initiative upon notice to the chief of police or at his direction.
D. The Professional Standards Bureau may refer investigations to the
employee's supervisor for investigation of minor policy and/or rules and
regulations infractions.
E.

Professional Standards Bureau officers or officers temporarily assigned
to that function shall have the authority to interview any officer of the
department and to review any record or report of the department relative to
their assignment.
1.

Requests and orders from the Professional Standards Bureau
personnel, in furtherance of their duties and responsibilities ,
shall be given full cooperation and compliance as though
the request or order came directly from the chief of police .

Page #:

4

( DEPARTMENT ORDER

)

Order#: 1.6
Date: 07/26/2011
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: INTERNAL AFFAIRS

2. Officers assigned to the Professional Standards Bureau come
under the direct authority of the chief of police , reporting directly
to the chief of police through the Professional Standards Bureau
supervisor
F

The Professional Standards Bureau shall maintain a comprehensive
central file on all complaints received by this department whether
investigated by internal affairs or assigned to the officer's supervisors
for investigation and disposition.

G. The Professional Standards Bureau shall prepare monthly reports that
summarize the nature and disposition of all misconduct complaints
received by the department for submission to the Chief of Police.
H. An annual report summarizing the types of complaints received and
the dispositions of the complaints should be made available to the
public. The names of complainants, witnesses and subject officers
shall not be published in this report

I.

An annual internal affairs summary report, which includes data
collected during the preceding year on internal affairs investigations
shall be forwarded to the Cumberland County Prosecutor's Office

J.

This department shall periodically release a brief synopsis of all
complaints where a fine or suspension of 10 days or more was
assessed to a member of the department. This synopsis shall not
contain the identities of the officers or complainants.

Ill. Philosophy of Discipline

A

In keeping with the objectives of proper agency management, the
disciplinary system established herein shall reflect the overarching
emphasis for improving the quality of service being delivered by
the employees of this department. Discipline should not engender
a strictly negative connotation , as the disciplinary process is meant
to correct employee actions and conduct that tend to impede
the efficient and effective operation of the department. The proper
use of discipline can achieve this objective without realizing a reduction
in morale.

B. Training is a component of discipline that may be the desirable
alternative to other discipline in situations where the actions giving
rise to the initial complaint were not deemed to be an intentional
violation of established department directives. Training may also be
appropriate in situations where the complaint reveals a very minor or

Page#:

5

( DEPARTMENT ORDER

)

Date: 07/26/2011

Order#: 1.6

Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: INTERNAL AFFAIRS

technical violation that likely requires no more than a reinforcement
of existing directives to correct the employee's behavior.
C

Counseling as a component of discipline is an alternative for
adjudicating minor complaints that should be considered when the
need to address the employee in a forthright manner clearly exists,
but the greater good will likely be served by limiting the discipline to
formal counseling in lieu of punitive discipline. Counseling is not
appropriate for serious violations or in situations where the offending
employee's behavior is part of a continuing course of problematic
behavior.

D. Serious violations and those committed as one in a series of repeated
violations require swift and certain punitive measures in order to
maintain proper discipline within the department. The Rules and
Regulations set forth a schedule depicting the classes of offenses
and recommended penalties for all violations charged under the rules
and regulations .
IV. Accepting Reports Alleging Officer Misconduct
A.

All department personnel are directed to accept reports of officer
misconduct from all persons who wish to file a complaint regardless
of the hour or day of the week.
1.

Citizens shall be encouraged to submit their complaints in
person as soon after the incident as possible.

2.

If the complainant cannot file the report in person , a
department representative shall visit the individual at his or
her home; place of business or at another location in order to
complete the report, if feasible.

3.

All citizen complaints shall be audio recorded and that audio
recording shall be preserved and forwarded to the Professional
Standards Bureau. In the event that a complainant refuses to
be audio recorded , then the complainant's statement must still
be taken by other means, with great care given to document the
entire statement. The reason for not audio recording the
interview will also be noted.

4.

The citizen should be allowed to clearly state their complaint.
The receiving officer shall then clarify the allegations made
including the who, what, when, where and why of the events
that are alleged to have occurred.

Page#:

6

( DEPARTMENT ORDER

)

Order#: 1.6
Date: 07/26/2011
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: INTERNAL AFFAIRS
5.

Every effort shall be made to obtain the correct contact
information , including the home address and telephone number
of the complainant, where a member of the Professional
Standards Bureau may contact them .

B. Complaints shall be referred to the Professional Standards Bureau if
an officer is immediately available.

C

1.

If a Professiona l Standards Bureau officer is not immediately
available, all supervisory personnel are directed to accept the
report of officer misconduct.

2.

If a Professional Standards officer and a supervisor are not
available, any law enforcement officer shall accept the
complaint.

3.

This requires the completion of the Internal Affairs Complaint
Form on all complaints.

The officer receiving the complaint will :
1. Advise the complainant that he or she will be kept informed of
the status of the complaint and its ultimate disposition,
providing them with a Citizen Complaint Information Sheet.
2.

Complete the Internal Affairs Complaint Report according to
the instructions provided .

3.

Have the complainant sign the completed form . If the
complainant will not sign the form , the officer receiving the
complaint will so note that fact. However, the failure of a
citizen to sign a complaint will in no way preclude the
investigation of the allegations.

D. All department personnel are directed to accept reports of officer
misconduct from anonymous sources. If the anonymous complainant
is talking to an officer, the officer should encourage them to submit
their complaint in person . In any case, the complaint will be accepted.
1. In the case of an anonymous complaint, the officer accepting
the complaint shall complete as much of the Internal Affairs
Complaint Report as they can with the information provided.
E. Complaints shall be handled as follows:
1. All complaints shall be forwarded to the Professional

Page#:

7

( DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order#: 1.6

)

Date: 07/26/2011

Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: INTERNAL AFFAIRS

Standards Bureau Supervisor who is responsible for screening
and entry into the internal affairs centralized logging system .
The Professional Standards Bureau supervisor shall :
a. Create a case file.
b.

Designate a return date and forward the case file to
the assigned investigator.

2. Complaints of demeanor and minor rules infractions may be
forwarded to the supervisor of the subject officer for investigation
and disposition.
3. All other complaints shall be retained by the Professional
Standards Bureau , including complaints of:
a. CRIMINAL ACTIVITY: Complaint regarding the
involvement in unlawful behavior;
b.

EXCESSIVE FORCE: Complaint regarding the use
or threatened use of excessive force against a person ;

c

IMPROPER ARREST: Complaint that the restraint of
a person's liberty was improper or unjust;

d.

IMPROPER ENTRY: Complaint that entry into a building
or onto property was improper or that excessive force was
used against property to gain entry;

e. IMPROPER SEARCH : Complaint that the search of a
person or property was improper, unjustified or otherwise
in violation of established police procedures ;
f.

DIFFERENTIAL TREATMENT or DEMEANOR: Complaint
that the taking , failing to take or method of police action
was predicated upon irrelevant factors such as race ,
appearance , age or sex. Complaint that a department
employee's bearing , gestures , language or other actions
were inappropriate ;

g.

OTHER RULE INFRACTIONS Complaint such as
untidiness , tardiness, faulty driving , or failure to follow
procedures , disrespect toward a supervisor(s),
drunkenness on duty, sleeping on duty, neglect of duty ,
false statements , or malingering ;

Page #:

8

( DEPARTMENT ORDER

)

Page#:

Order#: 1.6
Date: 07/26/2011
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: INTERNAL AFFAIRS

h.

REPEATED MINOR RULE INFRACTIONS;

i.

HARASSMENT IN THE WORKPLACE: Complaint such
as unwelcomed sexual advances , requests for sexual
favors and other verbal or physical conduct of a sexual
nature ;

j.

ALL VEHICLE PURSUIT REVIEWS AND INVESTIGATION ;

k.

ALL USE OF FORCE REVIEWS AND INVESTIGATION
THAT RESULT IN INJURY TO A DEFENDANT OR A
THIRD PARTY.

F. If the complaint is accepted during hours when the Professional Standards
Bureau supervisor is not on duty, and the complaint is of such gravity that
immediate attention is required , the supervisor accepting or receiving the
complaint shall contact the Professional Standards supervisor and advise
him of the complaint. If the Professional Standards Bureau supervisor is
not available, the chief of police shall be contacted .
G. If a complainant wants to make a complaint against an employee of
another law enforcement agency, he/she will be referred to that agency.
If the complainant expresses fears or concerns about making the report
directly, he/she will be referred to the appropriate county prosecutor's office .
H. Any department employee who witnesses an employee's misconduct shall
immediately report the misconduct up the chain of command . Any accused
officer in the chain of command shall be by-passed .

I.

Any officer that is a witness to a civi l rights violation shall immediately
cause the action creating the civil rights violation to cease. He shall then
report the conduct up the chain of command by-passing any accused
officers . Failure to intercede may result in a violation of the Bridgeton
City Police Department manual of rules and regulations and directives ,
as well as violations of federal law. (18.U.S.C.241 )

J.

The subject officer shall be notified in writing of the complaint as soon
as possible, unless the nature of the investigation requires secrecy.

V. Suspension Pending Disposition or Investigation
A

Any department supervisor or command officer may immediately
suspend an employee from duty if he or she determines that one of
the following conditions exists:

9

( DEPARTMENT ORDER

)

Date: 07/26/2011

Order#: 16

Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: INTERNAL AFFAIRS

1. The employee is unfit for duty; or
2. The employee is a hazard to any person if permitted to
remain on the job ; or
3. An immediate suspension is necessary to maintain safety,
health , order or effective direction of public services ; or
4. The employee has been formally charged with a first, second
or third degree crime ; or
5.

The employee has been formally charged with a first, second ,
third , fourth degree crime or a disorderly persons offense while
on-duty, or the criminal act related to his or her employment.

B. The supervisor imposing the immediate suspension must:
1.

Immediately notify the Chief of Police and/or Professional
Standards Bureau supervisor for consultation .

2.

Advise the employee in writing of why an immediate suspension
is sought and the charges and general evidence in support of the
charges.
a. If the employee refuses to accept the written notification
of immediate suspension , it shall be given to a
representative of the employee's union.

3. Provide the employee with sufficient opportunity to review the
charges and the evidence and to respond either orally or in
writing .
4. Advise their immediate supervisor in writing of the suspension
and the facts and circumstances requiring the suspension.
5. Order the suspended employee to appear before the chief of
police on the next regular business day.
C

Within five days of the suspension, the department must complete and
file a preliminary notice of disciplinary action against the suspended
employee or return the employee to work

D. Administrative reassignment
1.

In cases involving use of force that results in death or serious

Page#:

10

( DEPARTMENT ORDER

)

Order#: 1. 6
Date: 07/26/20 11
Category: DE PARTMENT ORDERS
Title: INTERNAL AFFAIRS
bodily injury the officer involved may be reassigned to
administrative duty pending the outcome of the investigation ,
unless the officer is suspended or placed on administrative leave.
2.

Any officer under investigation or pending a hearing on charges
may be reassigned by the chief of police to administrative or
modified duties pending the outcome of the investigation or
hearing if, in the discretion of the chief of police, such
reassignment is necessary to protect the integrity and image
of the police department.

3.

These reassignments are subject to change at the discretion of
the chief of police.

VI. Investigation and Adjudication of Minor Complaints

A

Complaints of demeanor, minor rules infractions and any other violation
that would normally result in minor discipline may be forwarded to the
subject officer's supervisor. The supervisor shall investigate the allegation
of misconduct.

B. The investigating officer shall interview the complainant, all witnesses
and the subject officer, as well as review relevant reports. The
investigating officer shall then prepare a report summarizing the matter,
indicating the appropriate disposition . Possible dispositions include the
following:
1.

Exonerated: the alleged incident did occur, but the actions of
the officer were justified , legal and proper.

2.

Sustained the investigation disclosed sufficient evidence to
prove the allegation , and the actions of the officer violated provisions
of rule and regulation or department written directives.

3.

Not Sustained: the investigation failed to disclose sufficient
evidence to clearly prove or disprove the allegation .

4.

Unfounded: the alleged incident did not occur.

C. Upon completing an internal affairs investigation , the assigned investigator
shall complete an Internal Affairs Investigation Report, which shall have a
conclusion , disposition and a recommendation for each allegation of
misconduct and forward the entire investigation package to the internal
affairs supervisor for review.
1.

The internal affairs supervisor shall review the case file and

Page#:

11

( DEPARTM ENT ORDE D
Order#: 1.6
Date: 07/26/2011
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: INTERNAL AF FAIRS
complete a report which shall incl ude his agreement or
disagreement with the recommendation (s).
2. The case file , including the supervisor's review report shall
be forwarded to the chief of police for his review. The chief will
approve or modify the recommended disposition(s) based upon
the report and recommendations set forth in the report
D. Upon final disposition of the complaint, a letter shall be sent by mail to
the complainant by the Professional Standards Bureau explaining the
outcome of the investigation .
E.

Initiation of corrective/disciplinary action and oral reprimands for minor
complaints:
1. A Performance Notice and Oral Reprimand shall be used in
lieu of formal charges for the following areas of discipline:
a. Advisements
b. Counseling
2.

A Written Reprimand may be issued to an employee by any
superior officer within his/her line of authority as indicated by the
department table of organization and the established chain of
command . A written reprimand should be issued after an oral
reprimand or a performance notice was previously issued for the
same type of conduct or when the violation is of a more serious
nature when a performance notice or oral reprimand is not
warranted.

3. The officer or employee shall be advised of the discipline and
given a copy of the disciplinary document.
4. A copy of the disciplinary document will be placed in the
personnel file of the respective officer or employee:
a.

For performance notices
( 1) Six months after the date of the issuance,
the Performance Notice shall be removed from
the personnel file , provid ed no similar breach of
discipline has occurred . Once removed from the
personnel file , the Performance Notice shall be
retai ned in the employee's internal affairs file .

Page#:

12

( DEPARTMENT ORDER

)

Order#: 1.6
Date: 07/26/2011
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: INTERNAL AFFAIRS
b.

For written reprimands
( 1) The written reprimand will remain permanently
in the personnel file of the respective officer or
employee.

VII. Investigation and Adjudication of Serious Complaints
A

B.

All serious complaints shall be investigated by the Professional
Standards Bureau , including complaints of:
1.

Criminal activity;

2.

Excessive force;

3.

Improper arrest;

4.

Improper entry;

5.

Improper search ;

6.

Differential treatment;

7.

Serious rule infractions;

8.

Repeated minor rule infractions .

The Professional Standards Bureau investigator shall interview
the complainant, all witnesses and the subject officer, as well as
review relevant reports and records , and obtain other relevant
information and materials.

VIII.Investigation and Adjudication of Criminality Allegations

A

Where preliminary investigative data indicates the possibility of a
criminal act on the part of the employee, or the investigation involves
an allegation of the use of force which results in serious bodily injury
or death, the Chief of Police shall be notified immediately. The Chief of
Police or designee shall then immediately notify the Cumberland County
Prosecutor's Office. No further action shall be taken , including the filing
of charges against the employee until directed by the Chief of Police and
the Cumberland County Prosecutor's Office .
1.

The Professional Standards Bureau , at the direction of the Chief
of Police shall forward a copy of the entire investigation file to the
Cumberland County Prosecutor's Office, except the accused

Page#:

13

( DE PARTMENT ORDER

)

Order#: 1.6
Date: 07/26/2011
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: INTERNAL AFFAIRS
officer's interview which shall not be forwarded to the Prosecutor's
Office. The Chief of Police or designee shall be the liaison to the
Prosecutor's Office.
2.

The Chief of Police and Professional Standards Bureau
Commander shall be immediately notified when an employee is
accused of a crime, domestic violence violation , any incident that
attracts media attention , and any incident that would affect the
efficient and effective operation of the department. In addition ,
the duty supervisor shall take any immediate action necessary to
preserve the integrity of the department until the Chief of Police's
arrival.

3. All other notifications made to the Chief of Police shall be made
on the next business day.
B. The Professional Standards Bureau shall interview the complainant, all
witnesses as well as review relevant reports and records , and obtain
other relevant information and materials.
1.

A subject employee shall not be compelled to answer any
questions in the absence of a grant of use immunity as conferred
by the Cumberland County Prosecutor's Office.

C. Interviewing the subject officer:
1. Administrative Interviews
a.

Before questioning begins, inform the subject
employee of:
(1) The nature of the complaint;
(2) The name of the person in charge of the
interview, and the names of all persons who
will be present during the interview.

b.

One person of the employee's choosing may attend
the interview.

c.

The employee will be advised of his or her duties and
obligations to answer using the Administrative Advisement
Form

d.

If at any time during the questioning session the employee
becomes a suspect in a crim inal act, the employee shall

Page #:

14

( DEPARTMENT ORD ER

)

Order #: 1.6
Date: 07/26/2011
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: INTERNAL AFFAIRS

be so informed and the questioning shall end .
e.
2.

Questioning sessions may be electronically recorded .

Non-Administrative Interview (Allegation of Criminality)
a. Whenever there is a possibility that the investigation
may result in criminal prosecution of the officer or that
the county prosecutor may be conducting a separate
criminal investigation , the investigator must consult with
the county prosecutor prior to interviewing the officer.
b. Should the employee be afforded a grant of use immunity,
the internal affairs investigator shall schedule an interview
with the employee.
c.

Before questioning begins, inform the subject employee
of:
( 1) The nature of the complaint;
(2) The name of the person in charge of the interview,
and the names of all persons who will be present
during the interview.

d. Should the employee so desire , they may be represented
by an attorney of their choosing during the course of the
interview, so long as the availability of the attorney does
not in any way hamper or impede the on-going investigation .
As the investigation is criminal in nature the employee's
union representative is prohibited from attending the
interview.
e. Questioning sessions shall be electronically recorded .
IX. Investigative Avenues
A

Physical Evidence
1.

Investigators should obtain all relevant physical evidence. All
evidence, such as clothing , hair or fabric fibers , stains and
weapons should be handled according to established evidence
procedures .

B. Witness Interviews

Page #:

15

( DEPARTME NT ORDER

)

Order#: 16
Date: 07/26/2011
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: INTERNAL AFFAIRS

1. Taped statements shall be taken from all parties

C. Photographs
1. Photographs of the complainant at the time of arrest or following
the alleged incident of excessive force .
2.

Photographs of the subject employee in the event that employee
was a victim .

3.

A recent photo of the employee in the event a sequential photo
display will be used for identification purposes . The photo display
must be properly retained for possible evidentiary purposes.

4.

Photographs of the scene of the alleged incident, if necessary.

D. Physical Tests
1.

Subject employees may be compelled to submit to various
physical tests or procedures to gather evidence. Such evidence
may be used against them in a disciplinary proceeding .

2. No person has a constitutional right or privilege to refuse to submit
to an examination to obtain a record of their physical features and
other identifying characteristics of their physical or mental
condition. Evid.R. 25(a). Evidence that may be obtained or
procedures that may be used to obtain evidence under this rule
include:
a.

Breath sample

b. Blood sample
c.

Buccal Swab

d. Requ iring employee to speak
e. Voice recordings
f.

Participation in a suspect lineup

g. Handwriting samples
h. Hair and saliva samples

Page #:

16

( DEPARTMENT ORDER

)

Order#: 1.6

Date: 07/26/2011
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: INTERNAL AFFAIRS

i.

Urine analysis

j.

Videotaping

k.

Field sobriety test

3.. Generally, a person cannot be physically forced to produce this
or other evidence or submit to such tests , although a court order
may be obtained to legally compel them to do so. Refusal to
comply with the order can result in additional criminal, civil ,
and/or administrative sanctions.
E . Polygraph
1. While an employee who is the subject of an internal affairs
investigation may request a polygraph examination , an employer
shall not influence, request or require an employee to take or
submit to a polygraph examination as a condition of employment
or continued employment (N.J.SA 2C:40A-1 )
2. An employee cannot be required to submit to a polygraph test on
pain of dismissal. Engel v City of Woodbridge, 124 N.J. Super.
307 (App.Div. 1973).
3. If a polygraph is used , the test must be administered by a
qualified police polygraph operator.
F.

Search and Seizure
1. All department assigned offices, lockers, desks, vehicles,
computers , briefcases , and electronic devices are subject to
a search/inspection absent a warrant
2.

Personal brief cases shall not be searched without a warrant

G. Employees may be required to submit financial disclosure statements.
X. Investigative Conclusion

A

At the conclusion of an investigation concerning minor, major and
crimina l complaints, the Professional Standards Bureau shall report
a disposition to the Chief of Police as follows
1.

Exonerated : The alleged incident did occur, but the actions
of the employee were justified, legal and proper.

Page#:

17

( DEPARTMENT ORDER

)

Order#: 1.6
Date: 07/26/2011
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: INTERNAL AFFAIRS

2.

Sustained: The investigation disclosed sufficient evidence to
prove the allegation , and the actions of the employee violated
provisions of rule and regulation or department procedures.

3.

Not Sustained: The investigation failed to disclose sufficient
evidence to clearly prove or disprove the allegation .

4.

Unfounded: The alleged incident did not occur.

5. Administratively Closed: In some cases , the complaint or
investigation is closed prior to reaching a disposition. These
should be counted as "Administratively Closed." Examples
include situations when a complainant voluntarily requests that
a complaint be withdrawn , or the subject employee terminates
his or her employment prior to disposition of the complaint.
B.

Upon completion of the investigation , the Professional Standards Bureau
shall complete the Internal Affairs Investigation Report and submit all
reports, statements and recordings to the Chief of Police. If charges are
in order they must be served pursuant to the time limit set by N.J.S.A.
40A: 14-147.
1.

The investigation shall be an objective report of all of the
investigative activity, including all of the information obtained
during the course of the investigation . The report should be
clear, concise, and satisfactorily answer all ancillary questions
or collateral issues that arise from the investigation.

2.

All charges must be filed within 45 days from the date that
sufficient evidence is presented to the Chief of Police to
substantiate a charge , or charges , for violations of rules,
regulations, policy, procedures or special orders.

3.

The internal affairs report shall have a conclusion , disposition
and a recommended disciplinary penalty, if applicable

C. The Professional Standards Bureau will forward the internal affairs file
to the Chief of Police who will review all the reports , supporting
documentation and information gathered during any supplemental
investigation.
1.

If there is a finding of exonerated , not sustained , or unfounded ,
the Chief of Police or designee shall notify the subject employee
in writing of the disposition without undue delay.

Page # :

18

( DEPARTMENT ORDER

)

Page #:

Order#: 1.6
Date: 07/26/2011
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: INTERNAL AFFAIRS

2.

If the complaint is sustained and it is determined that formal
charges should be preferred , the Chief of Police shall see that
a Preliminary Notice of Disciplinary Action form 31 A is created
and presented to the "appropriate authority" for signing and
authorization Once the charges are authorized and signed by
the "appropriate authority" , the charges will be filed and served
upon the subject employee.

D. The Preliminary Notice of Disciplinary Action form shall direct that the
employee charged must enter a plea of guilty or not guilty, in writing , on
or before the date set forth in the notice for entry of plea. The date will be
listed on the notice and must provide a reasonable time, at least 5 days
after the date of service of the charges to enter a plea and request a
hearing, if applicable.
E.

If the employee charged enters a plea of guilty, the Chief of Police shall
permit the employee to present factors in mitigation prior to assessing a
penalty.

F. Conclusion of fact and the penalty imposed will be noted in the employee's
personnel file after he or she has been given an opportunity to read and sign
it. Professional Standards will cause the penalty to be carried out and
complete all required forms. Note: the Final Notice of Disciplinary Action
form 31 B must be filed within 20 days of disposition.

XI. Hearing

A

Upon written notice of a request for a hearing from the subject officer the
hearing date will be included on the Preliminary Notice of Disciplinary
Action form 31A in accordance with NJSA 40A:14-147 .

B. The Professional Standards Bureau shall be responsible for or assist the
assigned supervisor or prosecutor in the preparation of the department's
prosecution of the charges. This includes proper notification of all
witnesses and preparing all documentary and physical evidence for
presentation at the hearing .
C. In the event of a hearing , the Professional Standards Bureau will be
responsible for preparing a discovery package from the internal affairs
file , and providing it to the subject officer or his or her representative
upon receipt of a written request for such materials .
D. The hearing shall be held before the appropriate authority or the
appropriate authority's designee.

19

( DEPARTMENT ORDER

)

Page#:

Date: 07/26/2 011

Order#: 1.6

Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: INTERNAL AFFAIRS

1. In accordance with N.J.SA 40A:14-148 , except as otherwise
provided by law, the officer, board or authority empowered to hear
and determine the charge or charges made against a member or
officer of the department or force shall have the power to subpoena
witnesses and documentary evidence .
E. All disciplinary hearings shall be in accordance with the rules and regulations
of the NJ Civil Service Commission and shall be closed to the public unless
the defendant officer requests an open hearing. The department reserves
the right to petition the hearing officer to conduct a closed hearing if a
legitimate reason exists for such request
F.

The hearing authority is empowered to enter a finding of guilty or not
guilty, or to modify the charges as deemed necessary The decision of
the hearing authority should be in writing and should be accompanied by
finding of fact for each issue in the case.

G. The Appropriate Authority may elect to function in the capacity of hearing
officer or appoint a hearing officer to prepare finding of fact and
recommendation as to violations and quantum and type of punishment, if
any.
H. The hearing authority, shall fix any of the following punishments deemed
appropriate under the circumstances.
1.

Counseling ;

2.

Oral reprimand or performance notice ;

3.

Written reprimand;

4. Monetary fine;
5. Transfer/reassignment;
6. Suspension without pay;

I.

7.

Loss of promotion opportunity;

8.

Demotion ;

9.

Discharge from employment.

A copy of the decision or order and accompanying findings and
conclusions shall be delivered to
the officer or employee who was the
subject of the hearing and to the chief of police, if he was not

20

( DEPARTMENT ORDER

)

Order#: 1.6
Date: 07/26/2011
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: INTERNAL AFFAIRS
the hearing authority.

J.

Upon completion of the hearing , the Professional Standards Bureau
supervisor will complete all required forms , including the Final Notice
disposition into the
of Disciplinary Action (31-B) , and the entry of the
index file.

K. If the charges were sustained , the Professional Standards Bureau will
cause the penalty to be carried out. The Final Notice of Disciplinary
Action shall be permanently placed in the personnel file of the respective
officer or employee.
XII. Appeals

A

Minor Disciplinary Action - As outlined in collective bargaining agreements.

B.

Major Disciplinary Action - As outlined in statutes and procedures under
the New Jersey Civil Service Commission .

XIII.

Criminal/MV Complaints Against Employees

A

Any employee who has been charged with an indictable offense, drug
offense or any offense under the Prevention of Domestic Violence Act
must make immediate notification to the on-duty supervisor at police
headquarters setting forth the circumstances surrounding the complaint.
1.

It will be the responsibility of the on-duty supervisor to make a
prompt notification to the Professional Standards Bureau
supervisor.

2.

It shall be the responsibility of the Professional Standards
Bureau supervisor to make an immediate notification to the
Cumberland County Prosecutor's Office.

3. It will be the responsibility of the Professional Standards
Bureau supervisor, in consultation with the Chief of Police , to
evaluate the need for an immediate response by Professional
Standards Bureau personnel.
B. Any employee who is charged with a minor offense (disorderly persons
offense , petty disorderly persons offense or municipal ordinance) , received
a motor vehicle summons or stopped for a motor vehicle violation, or has
been involved in (but not charged as a result of) a domestic violence
incident must notify the Professional Standards Bureau in the form of a
special report as outlined in XIII , section C.

Page#:

21

( DEPARTMENT ORDER

)

Date: 07/26/201 1

Order#: 1.6

Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: INTERNAL AFFAIRS

C. Any employee contacted or questioned by a law enforcement agency
concerning an un lawful act (as a suspect or witness) or a law enforcement
internal affairs matter must provide notification of such contact to the
Professional Standards Bureau supervisor, via special report as outlined
in Policy 1.6.1, on his/her next scheduled day of work.
D. The Professional Standards Bureau shall track the proceedings of any
criminal or civil matters which officers of the department are involved in
as a complainant, plaintiff or defendant.

XIV.

Confidentiality

A. The progress of internal affairs investigations and all supporting materials
are considered confidential information. All department employees are
required to keep all aspects of any internal affairs case and/or investigation
in strict confidence, whether involved in the investigation or not. This shall
be construed as to prohibit any employee from revealing any information
whatsoever, including , but not limited to:
1.

An employee's participation in an internal affairs interview;

2. The existence of an internal affairs investigation ;
3. The subject matter of an internal affairs investigation ;
4. The target of an internal affairs investigation ;
5. The identity of complainants and/or witnesses; and
6.

Any other information related to an internal affairs investigation.

B. The contents of internal investigation case files will be retained in the
Professional Standards Bureau . The files shall be clearly marked as
confidential. The information and records of an internal investigation
shall only be released under the following circumstances :
1. In the event that administrative charges have been brought against
an officer, and a hearing will be held, a copy of those internal
investigation reports to be used as evidence in the administrative
hearing shall be provided to the officer or the officer's legal counsel,
the department's legal counsel and the hearing officer.
2. In the event that the subject officer, police department or city has
been named as a defendant in a lawsuit arising out of the specific
incident covered by an internal investigation, a copy of the internal

Page#:

22

( DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order#: 1.6

)

Page#:

Date: 07/26/2011

Ca~go~:DEPARTMENTORDERS

Title: INTERNAL AFFAIRS
investigation reports may be released to the attorney representing
the subject officer, police department or city.
3.

Upon the request or at the direction of the county prosecutor or
Attorney General.

4.

Upon a court order.

C. Only the chief of police or his designee is empowered to release publicly
the details of an internal investigation or disciplinary action .
XV. Internal affairs Files

A

A separate internal affairs file system shall be maintained in a secured
file cabinet under strict control of the chief of police and Professional
Standards Bureau supervisor. Access shall be restricted to those
approved by the chief who possess a bona fide need in connection with
official department business.

B. The file system shall contain all investigative files resulting from internal
affairs complaints and the original copy of the following reports :
1. Vehicular Pursuit Reports
2.

Use of Force Reports

3.

Firearm 's Discharge Reports

C. Internal affairs investigation files will be numbered with a prefix
corresponding to the four digit calendar year in which the complaint
was received followed by the chronological number of the complaint in
that calendar year.
D. An Internal Affairs Index File shall be maintained as a record control device .
It will serve as an inventory of internal affairs case files and provide an
overview of case status to authorized personnel. An index card file or
computerized database shall be utilized .
E. All internal affairs complaints shall be recorded in the aforementioned
index. Entries shall include the following basic information :
1.

Subject officer/employee

2.

Allegations

3.

Complainant

23

( DEPARTMENT ORDER
~ --- - r"'l.r- n

25

Date: 07/26/2011

Order#: 1.6
----

Page#:

)

/\ n l t.... ll C. t..IT r""'\Dr\CDC'

[DEPARTMENT ORDER

)

Date: 07/26/20 11

Order#: 1.6

Category : DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: INTERNAL AFFAIRS

4. Date received
5.

Investigator assigned

6. Disposition and disposition date
F.

Upon completing a case , the Professional Standards Bureau supervisor
will be responsible for entering the disposition in the index file and
notifying the complainant and subject officer(s) of the disposition.

G. Personnel records are separate and distinct from internal affairs
investigation files . Internal affairs investigation reports shall never be
placed in personnel records.
1. When a complaint has a disposition of exonerated , not sustained ,
or unfounded , there shall be no indication in the employee's
personnel file that a complaint was ever made.
2. When a complaint is sustained and discipline imposed , the
only items to be placed in the employee's personnel file are a
copy of Preliminary Notice of Disciplinary Action and a copy of
the Final Notice of Disciplinary Action , with any attached
agreements and/or hearing officers findings .
H. Investigative records created during an internal affairs investigation are
included in the "Records Retention and Disposition Schedule for Local
Police Departments" issued by the New Jersey Division of Archives and
Records Management.
1.

Files concerning a crimina l homicide must be permanently
maintained .

2.

Files involving a criminal matter that resulted in the arrest of
the subject officer must be maintained for 75 years.

3. All other criminal or administrative internal affairs investigative
files shall be maintained for five yea rs after the subject officer's
retirement.
XVI.

Source/Document Authority

A

Miranda v. Arizona 384 US 436, 460 S. Ct 1602, 1620

B. Garrity v. New Jersey 385 US 993, 87 S. Ct 61 6

Page #:

24

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Pase

#: ]

Date=Q21A7D011
Order #: 1.6.1
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: I NVESTIGATION/NOTI FICATION NVOLVI NG LEO
I

BRIDGETON POLICE DIVISION
CHIEF OF POLICE DIRECTIVE
POLICY AND PROCEDURE

SECTION:

I

CHAPTER:

6.1

SUBJECT: lnvestigation/Notification of Chief of Police & Prosecuto/s Office On
LEO Criminal lnvolvement or Potential Criminal lnvolvement

EFFECTIVE DATE: Aprrl 27th, 201
CHIEF OF POLICE:Mark W. Ott

1

The Professional Standards Unit of the Cumberland County Prosecutor's Office
investigates all internal matters of their office as well as potential criminal matters in the
municipal police departments and Sheriffs Department.
Per requirement 6 of the Internal Affairs Policy and Procedures issued by the Attorney
General:

"Where preliminary investigation indicates the possibility of a criminal act on the part of
the subject officer, or the investigation involves the use of force by the officer which results in
serious bodily injury or death, the county prosecutor must be notified immediately. No further
action should be taken, including the filing of charges against the officer, until directed by the
county prosecutor."
The following procedure will be followed by the Bridgeton Police Department in regards to
notification to the Cumberland County Prosecutor's Office:
NON-EMERGENCY MATTERS:

A complaint is filed in Municipal Court charging an officer with a violation of the criminal code
or a preliminary investigation into a complaint, which revealed a possible criminal act on the
part of the subject officer:

The Professional Standards Bureau or Chief of Police of the Bridgeton Police Department
will, during normal business hours contact SAC Cuff or a detective assigned to the PSU,
notify them of the complaint and fonrvard them a brief written synopsis of the preliminary
investigation.

1

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Date:0210712011
Order #: 1.6.1
Gategory: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: INVESTIGATION/NOTIFICATION INVOLVING LEO
A CCPO PSU investigation number will be assigned to the complaint. The preliminary
investigation will be reviewed by the CCPO and within seven (7) business days the CCPO
PSU will respond to the Bridgeton PD in writing with one of the following decisions.

1.

The Bridgeton PD will directed to handle the investigation administratively at that
time. A written declination of criminal prosecution will be issued.

2.

The CCPO PSU will assist the Bridgeton PD with further investigation into
possible criminal activity. This is referred to as a bifurcated investigation.

3. The case will be completely

turned over to the CCPO PSU for criminal investigation
and prosecution by the CCPO.

EMERGENCY MATTERS:
Use of force by an Officer resulting in death or serious bodily injury, lnvestigation of Firearms
discharges where there are any injuries, circumstances covered under AG Law Enforcement
Directive No. 2000-3 and No. 20004 (LEO involved Domestic Violence lncidents):
During normal business hours the PSU will immediately be notified and will respond to the
scene with any additional personnel deemed necessary by the Chief of Detectives or his
designee.

After hours, notification will be made directly to SAC Cuff or his designee at one of the
following numbers:

1.

2.
3,

609-381-4890 (office cell phone)
856-899-7868 (cell phone)
856-358-3752 (home)

This protocol is being instituted to assist the Bridgeton PD Professional Standards Bureau
with their investigations as well as providing timely and accurate responses to complaints.
ANNUAL REPORTS:
The lA Summary Reports, Use of Force Summary Report and Vehicular Pursuit Summary
Report, required to be filed annually will be submitted to the CCPO PSU no later than January
15th of the following calendar year. Bridgeton PD will use formats prescribed by the Attorney
General and/or Prosecutor for proper reporting.
AUDITS:
The Cumberland Coun$ Prosecutor's Office will be conducting audits of the Bridgeton PD's
Professional Standards Bureau for compliance with Attorney General Guidelines. These

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page#:

1.6.1

Date=0210712011
Order #:
Gategory: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: I NVESTIGATION/NOTI FICATION NVOLVI NG LEO
I

audits will be conducted randomly with the approval of the Prosecutor or at the request of the
Chief of Police.
The Cumberland County Prosecutor's Office will also be conducting annual audits of
Forfeiture Accounts and Confidential Fund Accounts, for compliance with Attorney General
Guidelines.
These audits will be conducted by a member of the CCPO who will prepare a written report.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION:
All officers and employees of the Bridgeton Police Department are required to report to the
Chief of Police immediately when any of the following occurs:

1.

2.

3.
4.

The agency member receives a motor vehicle summons
The agency member is stopped by another police agency for traffic or other
suspected offense
The agency member is served with, charged, investigated for or arrested for any
violation of State, Local, or Federal Law.
The agency member is served with any restraining order.

ln all cases this immediate report is to be followed up with a written special report outlining
the details of the event at the next earliest convenience (return to work) unless directed to do
so earlier. That special report shall include at the minimum the following:

a.

Location of incident (Jurisdiction)

b.

Law Enforcement Agency lnvolved

c.

Date of incident

d.

Charge or nature of contact

All officers and employees of the Bridgeton Police Department are required to report to the
Chief of Police immediately when they become aware that another member of the agency
has met any of the four previously mentioned situations.

3

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page#:

#:1.41

Date:0111012014
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
TitIE: LEAVE REQUEST PROCEDURES
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
CHIEF OF POLICE DIRECTIVE
POLICY AND PROCEDURE

SECTION:
CHAPTER:41
SUBJECT: Leave Request Procedures
I

EFFECTIVE DATE: January 1)th,2014
CHIEF OF POLICE:Mark W. Ott

CROSS REFERENCE

#:

G-2009-012

Purpose:
The purpose of this directive is to make every officer aware of the policy on granting of leave
throughout the agency. The Police Department is perhaps the most vital service provided to
the community and continuity of that service and ensuring adequate staffing to protect the
citizens of this City and carrying out police missions and objectives are our highest priority.

ln understanding this, the Department also looks to allow officers to utilize their various forms
of leave at the times most desired by the employee barring any affect on services to the
community
or the agency.
Policy:

The Police Department shall grant leave to employees at the time most desired so long as
there is no negative effect on the minimum manning levels of the Department. All forms of
leave requests must be pre-approved by the next higher officer in the chain of command prior
to being used.

l.

Types of Leave covered by this policy and their order of priority:

a. Compensation Time
b. Personal Days
c. Vacation Time
d. Kelly Time
e. PBA Days
ll.

Use of Leave Times

A.

LEAVE CALENDARS
At the beginning of each year leave calendars wlll be provided to every unit

1

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

Order #:1.41
Date: 0'1/'1A12A14
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Tit|e: LEAVE REQUEST PROCEDURES
(Squad, Team, Unit, work group).
It must be understood by Police Depar'rment employees that there are no
absolute guarantees involved in granting of leave time as this is an emergency
service profession and there are times when unexpected incidents/emergencies
arise that require the presence of officers regardless of pre-approved leave times

The leave calendars offer the best opportunity of attemptlng to secure known and
predictable leave periods to employees in advance. officers are therefore
encouraged to plot out at a minimum 90% of leave forms they wish to iake
throughout the year during this process, as it is the most certain way of assuring
those chosen dates off.
Leave time for vacation, personal days and Kelly time may not automatically
carry over to the next calendar year and therefore should be plotted on the leave
calendar.
Leave calendars shall be sent out to the work groups by no later than January
15th of the calendar year. A leave calendar shall be generated for each work
unit:

1. First Squad (Part of Group A)
2. Second Squad (Part of Group B)
3. Third Squad (Part of Group A)
4. Fourth Squad (Part of Group B)
5, TRT A
6. TRT B
7. Case Detectives
8. Anti-Crime Team
9. Records Unit
10. TCOs of Group A
11. TCOs of Group B
12. Sergeants of Group A
13. Sergeants of Group B
14. Any other unit or group subdivision not listed
Leave calendars shall first go to the senior most member of each unit who shall
plot out all desired leave time, with the understanding that un-plotted forms of
leave may not be available for use at a specific later time.

once the senior most member of that unit has finished plotting their leave
time the calendar is passed to the unit supervisor who shall check it and
then turn it over to the next most senior person on the unit and the process
will be repeated until the junior most member of the unit has filled it out.
The unit supervisor, after checking the junior most person's entries shall
then turn same in to the Bureau commander who will ensure adequate

#:

2

Page

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order

#:

#:1.41

Date:0111012014
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Tit|e: LEAVE REQUEST PROCEDURES

minimum manning requirements are met. Once this is done the Bureau
Commander shall turn the calendar over to the police Captain.
Leave calendars shall be returned to the Captain no later than March
ollowing the date of issue.

B.

2nd

LEAVE REQUESTS AFTER MARCH 2nd

All leave requests after March 2nd shall be submitted by the employee wishlng
to use leave time to their supervisor for approval with a minimum of 24 hours
notice.

lf the employee's supervisor approves the leave request it shall be forwarded to the
next level of supervision/management for review immediately.

should the employee's supervisor deny the leave request, the officer may appeal
olc and Bureau commander's
responsibility to ensure adequate minimum manning requirements are met.

to the Bureau commander. lt is the shift

Should the Bureau commander deny the leave the employee may appeal to the

captain. should the captain deny the leave request the employee may appeal
to the Chief.

C.

CONTRACTUAL LEAVE SPLITS
Contractually authorized splitting of vacation time shall be strictly adhered to.

D.

NO LEAVES GRANTED DURING TRAINING PERIODS

officers are not permitted to utilize or schedule time off during designated
mandatory training periods.

E.

PBA DAYS
The granting of PBA Days shall be governed by contract and State Law, with the
following stipulations concerning 10% of membership.
During any approved convention or conference only the minimum number of
personnel authorized by lawicontract will be allowed to attend.
PBA mini-convention shall consist of five members of the PBA, the State Delegate
and one representative of the SOA.

There is not granting of leave for fund raisers or any other function other than those
specified above.

t

3

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Order #:1.41
Date:0111412414
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
TitIC: LEAVE REQUEST PROCEDURES

The union presidents shall request this form of leave through the Chief.

F. PERSONAL

DAYS

Employees may, during legitimate emergent situations, callthe working
supervisor to request a personal day up to two hours before their shift which
will be granted if the employee can show the situation to have emergent needs.
To show emergent need (barring protected information - such as specific
information on medical problems) the officer should be able to produce some
proofs that there was an emergency.
Otherwise there should be at least 24 hours notice, as with other forms of leave.

G,

VIOLATIONS
Any violations of this policy shall be dealt with as a progressive disciplinary matter.

H. COMPLIANCE
This policy is intended to comply with all Federal, State and Collective Bargaining
laws, rules and procedures.

H. SHIFT TRADING
when any employee is denied leave during a requested period that employee is
free to communicate with another employee on a separate work group to arrange a
trading of work shifts.
Example:
Officer Jones is scheduled to work the night shift on Saturday evening
and attempted to take leave on that date but was denied due to the
request leaving the working shift short.

officer Jones then began making contact with officers scheduled to work
on Monday night and requested that one of them cover his shift and officer
Jones would work that officer's shift. The other officer agreed, officer
Jones then takes this information to his supervisor who reports it to the
Bureau commander. The Bureau commander confirms the agreement
with the other officer and approves the trade and marks it on the desk
calendar (and any other leave tracking calendar).
Officers are able to utilize this option even before attempting to schedule leave if
they so desire.

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:

#:1.23

Date:12116120A9
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: NOTIFICATIONS POLICY
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
POLICY AND PROCEDURE

SECTION:
CHAPTER:
SUBJECT:

I

23

NOTIFICATIONS

ORIGINAL EFFECTIVE DATE: DECEMBER 16,2009
REVISION
REVISION

DATE:
DATE:

JUNE 20, 2011
JANUARY 20,2012

CHIEF OF

POLICE:

MARK W. OTT

ACCREDITATION STANDARDS: N/A
THIS POLICY SUPERCEDES PREVIOUS DIRECTIVE I.23. NOTIFICATIONS POLICY
The written directives developed by the Bridgeton Police Department are for internal use only,
and do not enlarge an officer's civil or criminal liability in any way. They should not be
construed as the creation of a higher standard of safety or care in an evidentiary sense, with
respect to third party claims. Violations of written directives can only be the basis of a
complaint by this department, and then only in an administrative disciplinary setting.

1.23-1 PURPOSE:
To establish a clear procedure on how members of the Bridgeton Police Department's
chain of command are to be notified during certain situations, and how to properly document
required Vl NE notifications.

t.23-2

POLTCY:

This department will follow set procedures in making notifications to the proper personnel
in certain situations.

l:23-2

l.

PROCEDURE:
Codes:

A.

Patrol Bureau Commander

B.

lnvestigations Bureau Commander

C.

Professional Standards Bureau Commander - (PS)

D.

Police Captain - (X)

- (P)
*

(D)

1

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #:1.23
Date:1211612009
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: NOTIFICATIONS POLICY

E.

Police Chief - (C)

ll. Notifications to be Made Through the Chain of Command for Various Police
lncidents:
A. When and by whom:
The notifications contained within the notification matrix in section
lll.A should be made as soon as possible by the working supervisor
or case investigator.
2.

The working supervisor or case investigator shall call the first
Command Level officer identified on the notification matrix. All
subsequent notifications will go up the chain of command. As
each member up this chain of command is contacted by the
preceding member they shall identify the origin (by name and
contact number) of the notification, in the event that officer
requires more information.

The Detective Bureau Commander shall be responsible for making
certain that the cumberland county Prosecutor's office notification
matrix is appropriately followed.
The origin of notifications should be prepared with as much
information as possible when providing notifications. They should
be prepared to provide details about the "What", "When", ',Where',
and "HoW', as well as what steps are being taken to resolve the
issue or solve the incident.

B.

lll.

lf, at any point, an officer trying to make notification is unable to get in touch
with the appropriate person they shall contact the next person in the order
shown, or call the Chief of Police Direcfly.

special Notifications to the Professional standards Bureau supervisor:

A. When and by whom:
1.

The Professional Standards Bureau will conduct investigations of
alleged misconduct by members of the department and review the
adjudication of minor complaints handled by supervisors.

2.

The Professional Standards Bureau supervisor will be notified
immediately by the working supervisor if any of the following
events occur:

Page #:

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:1.23

Order
Date:1211612009
Gategory: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: NOTI FICATIONS POLICY

a.

Any firearms discharge which is not related to training;

b.

AII use of force incidents which resutt in injury to a

defendant, third par,ry or officer;

3.

c.

Allvehicle pursuits undertaken by departmental personnel;

d.

All collisions involving departmental vehicles.

Except in the event of a minor internal violation, such as a demeanor
complaint, the Professional Standards Bureau supervisor will also be
notified at the time an internal affairs complaint is received.

lV. Special Notifications To Victim/Witnesses From the VINE System:

A.

VINE Notifications are to be considered a priority call.

B.

Upon Police Dispatch receiving a call from the VINE System or any other
source, the dispatcher shall enter the call in VCAD under the heading
"Notifications" and document in the appropriate fields the necessary
information.

C.

Officers responding to VINE notification calls shall make every effort to
contact the subject of the VINE notification and if the subject is not located,
word should be left at the home with another person (whose name is collected
and recorded in IMPACT records) or a note left at the house (such information
shall also be recorded in the blotter record). Neighbors should also be
contacted with information, (such information shall also be recorded in the
blotter record).

V. The Notification
A.

Matrix:

lncident Type:

1. Agg. Assault (Weapontserious lnjury) - ptDtNC
2. Agg. Assault (Serious injury) - p/D
3. Arson (lnjury/Substantiat Loss) - ptDtXtC
4. Arson (lnclusive) - P/D
5. BIAS lncident (lnclusive) - PtDtX/C
6. Bomb Threat (lnclusive) - PtDtXtC
7. Burglary (Significant Loss/Occupied) - D
8. Child Abuse - D
9. Civil Unrest - PIXIC
10. Communications Failure - P/PS/X
11. Computer (System) Failure - PS

#:

3

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #:1.23
Date:12l16t2OOg
Gategory: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: NOTI FICATIONS POLICY
12. Death (Homicide) - PtD/XtC
13. Death (Attempted Homicide) - ptDtXtC
14. Death (SIDS or Infant) - ptDtXtC
15. Death (Suicide) - PIDIX/C
16. Death (Suspicious) - PtDtXtC
17. Death (Unattended-Dr./Atone) - p/D
18. Death (Unknown Cause) - p/D
19. Death (Fatal/Possibte FatatMVA)- ptDtXlC

20. Detective Assistance - P/D
21. Fie (Suspicious - Fire Dept.) - p/D
22. Firearms Discharge (Not retated to Training) - p/DlpS/)(C
23. Forensic Unit Assistance - p/D
24. lnternal Complaints (Minor)- P/PS
25. Internal Complaints (Significant) - ptpStX/C
26. lnvestigations Bureau Assistance - p/D
27. Missing Person (Juvenile Abduction) - plDtX
28. Missing Person (Kidnapping/Suspicious) - plDtXtC
29. MVA (Fatalor potentiaily fatat) - ptDtXtC
30. MVA (Police Vehicle) - P/PS/X
31. Officer Being Ordered/Held Over - p
32. Officer lnjury - Notify Correct Bureau Commander/X
33. Oflicer lnvolved MVA (w/injury) - p/pS/XC
34. Officer Misconduct - Notify Correct Bureau Commander/ps/XC
35. Property Damage (Departmen| - PDUC
36. Robbery (Armed) - P/D
37. Robbery (Armed - Commerciat) - p/DINC
38. Robbery (Home lnvasion) - p/D
39. Robbery (Strong Arm) - Depending on Circumstances
40. Robbery (Strong Arm w/tnjury) - p/D
41. Sexual Assault (lnclusive) - D
42. Shots Fired (Substantiated) - D
43. Terrorism (lnclusive) - PtDtXlC
44. Use of Force (lnjury To Any party)- p/pSDUC
39. Vehicle Pursuits - P/PS/X

Vl.

Violations of this Policy:
Violations of this policy shall be handled as progressive disciplinary action.

Page

#:

4

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order

#:1.24

Page

#:

Oate:.0712012012

Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
TitIE: OFF DUTY ARRESTS
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
POLICY AND PROCEDURE

SECTION:

I

CHAPTER:
SUBJECT:

24
OFF-DUTY INCIDENTS

ORIGINAL EFFECTIVE DATE: JANUARY 4,2010
REVISION

DATE:

CHIEF OF

POLICE: MARKW. OTT

JULY 20,2012

ACCREDITATIONSTANDARDS: N/A
THIS POLICY SUPERCEDES PREVIOUS DIRECTIVEI.24 - OFF-DUTY INCIDENTS
The written directives developed by the Bridgeton Police Department are for internal use only,
and do not enlarge an officer's civil or criminal liability in any way. They should not be
construed as the creation of a higher standard of safety or care in an evidentiary sense, with
respect to third party claims. Violations of written directives can only be the basis of a
complaint by this department, and then only in an administrative disciplinary setting.

l:24-1

PURPOSE

The purpose of this directive is to provide uniform guidelines regarding involvement in any
off-duty incident requiring an officialaction and the reporting and review mechanisms
resulting from the involvement.

l:24-2

POLICY

ln order to promote safety and protect both the officer and this department, it is the policy of
this department to identify and regulate those situations when a police officer feels compelled
to take a law enforcement action while off-duty.

1.24-3 PROCEDURES

L

General Provisions

A.

off-duty police officers may be faced with situations involving criminal or
quasi-criminal conduct that they are neither equipped nor prepared to
handle in the same manner as if they were on duty. This may lead to
unnecessary injuries to off-duty officers, confusion for those on-duty
officers arriving at a scene trying to correctly assess the facts, unpleasant

1

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Order #:1.24

Dale:0712012012
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: OFF DUTY ARRESTS
litigation, and confusion by the public in satisfactorily identifying off-duty
personnel as police officers.

B.

ln no way does this directive infer that police officers should ignore a
situation warranting an officialaction. on the contrary, a police officer's
work obligations extend beyond the narrowly defined workplace and the
ordinary period of duty. Off-duty police officers have the right and the
obligation to take an officialaction when an incident normally requiring
an on-duty action comes to their attention.

C,

Changing legal principles have altered the way courts look at law
enforcement actions taken while off-duty. Officers have been held
personally liable for claims of false arrest, unlawful searches, use of
force, and abuse of authority.

D.

Contemporary society may be distrustful of any encounter with any
agent of law enforcement that is not immediately recognizable.

E.

Off-duty encounters requiring police action are inherenfly dangerous as
off-duty officers are normally at a distinct disadvantage, especially when
dealing with an incident that develops spontaneously in their presence.

F.

Of greater significance, nearly 15o/o of police officers killed feloniously
in the line of duty died off-duty, typically while attempting to arrest armed
felons. These statistics demonstrate that off-duty police officers are not
adequately equipped to handle high-risk situations. Lack of communications,
lack of essential equipment, and absence of body armor all contribute
to the danger. Additionally, off-duty officers may be mistaken for criminal
participants with tragic results.

G.

Police officers are required to take appropriate action at any time, whether
on or off duty, when they become aware of a crime or impending crime.

1.

2.

H.

Appropriate action shall be liberally construed to include notification
to a law enforcement agency and does not necessarily mean actual
involvement in the incident.
Notification to the appropriate law enforcement agency may be the
only official action required. Police personnel should recognize that
they are highly trained credible witnesses.

Police officers generally have liability protection for the on and off duty
performance of their official duties. This protection does not extend to
acts intended to cause injury or damage, or to those actions that the
police officer knew, or reasonably should have known, were in conflict

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #:1.24
Date=0712012012
Gategory: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: OFF DUTY ARRESTS
with the law or the established directives of this department.

ll.

Definitions and Statutes

A.

For purposes of this directive, the following terms are defined:

1.

Detention: includes custodial arrests and motor vehicle stops.

2- Official action or official capacity: includes any act, process, or
procedure that, when taken, would constitute a police officer's
regular or expected duty.

3. Off-Duty lncident

includes:

a. Any incident in which a City of Bridgeton police officer is
involved while in an off-duty capacity and they take an
officialaction; or
Any incident in which a City of Bridgeton police officer is
involved as a witness, complainant, defendant or
suspect in a criminal or quasi-criminal matter, in this or
any jurisdiction; or

Any incident in which a City of Bridgeton police officer
provides assistance in an official capacity, to a police
officer, police agency, or citizen.
Personal lnterest: an officer is deemed to have personal interest
where the off-duty officer, a family member, or a friend becomes
engaged in a dispute or incident involving a personal matter with
any person to be arrested or any person connected with the
incident. This does not apply to situations where the police
officer, family member or friend is a victim of a crime or offense.
5.

NJSA 40A:14-152 reads in pertinent part, "The members and
officers of a police department and force, within the territorial
limits of the municipality, shall have all the powers of peace
officers and upon view may apprehend and arrest any disorderly
person or any person committing a breach of the peace."

b.

NJSA 40A:14-152.1 reads in pertinent part, "Notwithstanding the
provisions of N.J.S. 404:14-152 or any other law to the contrary,
any fulltime, permanently appointed municipal police officer shall
have full power of arrest for any crime committed in said officer's
presence and committed anywhere within the territorial limits of

Page #:

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date:0712012412
Order #:1.24
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: OFF DUTY ARRESTS

the State of New Jersey."

lll.

Restrictions on Off-Duty Detentions

A.

Restricting an officer's off-duty detention powers are a prudent means of
minimizing the dangers inherent to off-duty detention scenarios. Note the
following restrictions:

1.

2.

3.

The detaining officer does not have a personal interest in the
incident underlying the arrest.
a.

This directive prohibits officers from making detentions
where they have a personal interest in the incident
leading to the detention.

b.

This ensures that officers are truly acting within the scope
of their employment.

c.

The focus is on whose purposes are most served by the
detention. Personal interest may affect an officer's
judgment and an abuse of authority may be alleged.

There is an immediate need to prevent a crime or apprehend a
suspect and the crime would usually require a custodial arrest.

a.

Officers are generally prohibited from making off-duty
detentions for disorderly person offenses. Disorderly
person offenses include traffic offenses (not involving DWI),
municipal ordinance violations, and minor public
disorder violations-

b.

Police officers lack the statutory authority to make an
arrest for disorderly person offenses outside of their
employing jurisdiction.

c.

Problems of these types should be referred to the police
department with jurisdiction for the area or to this
department.

The detaining officer must possess appropriate police identification.

a.

Prior to any permissible off-duty detention, officers must
have complete police identification with them. This
includes a badge and photo identification. This will lessen
the possibility that an officer will be mistaken as

Page #:

Page#:

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:1.24

Da!'c:A712012012
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: OFF DUTY ARRESTS

an actor when on-duty personnel arrive at the scene.

4.

The detaining officer must not be engaged in an off-duty capacity
and the detention action is in the furtherance of the interests of the
off-duty employer.

a.

lV.

When engaged in off-duty employment officers should not
make detentions that solely or primarily serve the
interests of the employer as opposed to the public in general.

Reporting Off-Duty lncidents

A.

When off-duty, police officers are responsible for reporting any suspected or
observed criminal activity to the authorities responsible for the jurisdiction in
which the activity occurred.

1.

This may include a call to 9-1-1 or to the jurisdiction's regular
telephone number. Police officers are permitted to participate
in an off-duty incident except to the restrictions delineated in
this directive.

B.

As soon as practicable, the otficer involved in an off-duty incident shall
notify the on-duty supervisor of this department either in person, by radio,
or by telephone of the incident. At a minimum, the following shall be provided:

1.

Type of incident; and

2.

Date and time incident occurred; and

3.

Type and degree of officer involvement; and

4.

Location and law enforcement jurisdiction where the incident
occurred; and

5. The name and title of the supervisor

or ranking officer in charge

of the scene or incident; and

6.
C.

Location and telephone number where the officer can be contacted.

Depending on the seriousness or magnitude of the incident, the on-duty
supervisor of this department may direct the officer to remain at the scene,
and await further instructions. Further instructions may include, but are not
limited to:

1. Remain at the scene and await the arrival of a departmental

5

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #:1.24
Date:0712012012
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: OFF DUTY ARRESTS
supervtsor; or

D.

2.

Respond to the nearest law enforcement agency; or

3.

Report to this agency, a hospital or other agency; or

4.

Respond home or normal place of abode.

The on-duty supervisor of this department must assess the incident to
determine if further immediate departmenta[ notifications are necessary.
Serious or sensitive incidents will usually require an immediate command
level notification. Off-duty incidents requiring immediate command
notifications include, but are not limited to:

1.

When an off-duty incident results in death or injury to any party;

2.

When an off-duty incident involves a crime, as defined by statute;

3. When an off-duty incident results in an investigative detention of
the involved officer;

4.

When the off-duty incident involved the use of force by the involved
officer;

5. When an off-duty incident involves a custodial arrest of any party;
6.

When an off-duty incident has the potentiatfor high pubticity.

E. All officers participating

in an off-duty incident must submit a special report
thoroughly documenting the incident.

1. Depending on the seriousness

or magnitude of the incident, the
officer may be directed to immediately respond to this department
to complete the report.

V.

2.

Less serious incidents may permit the participating officer to wait
until their next normal tour of duty to complete the report.

3.

Incidents normally requiring immediate command notification
should warrant an immediate reporting requirement.

Command Review

A.

All off-duty incidents must be reviewed by the officer's bureau commander
to determine whether the actions taken by the involved officer are in

Page#:

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:

1.13.3

Order #:
Date: 06/10i2010
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: DRESS OFF DUTY - OFF DUTY FIREARM CARRY
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
Chief of Police Directive
POLICY AND PROCEDURE

SECTION:

I

CHAPTER:

13.3

SUBJECT:

POLICY ON DRESS OFF DUry - CARRY|NG FTREARM OFF DUTY

EFFECTIVE DATE: lmmediately
CHIEF OF POLICE:MARK W. OTT
PURPOSE:

The purpose of this order is instruct officers on how to carry a firearm off duty if they decide to
do so and to limit activities involving uniform/partial uniform wear while not on duty.
POLICY:

OFF DUTY CARRY OF FIREARM
When an officer who is off du$ decides to carry a firearm that firearm shall be kept
concealed at all times that it is not being used consistent with the Attorney General's
Guidelines on the Use of Force and with BPD Directive I.19.
The only exceptions to this would be:

1.

An organized shooting sports event. Even then the weapon should only be
openly displayed when at the event site and in clearly permitted areas/times.

2.

Range practice at the BPD range. Even then the weapon should be concealed
until the officer actually arrives at the range.

OFF DUTY - UNIFORM WEAR
When an officer who is off duty, they shall not wear part of nor the full uniform unless
engaged in some activity authorized by competent higher authority at the Bridgeton Police
Department. Any authorized activity of this sort and the officer is expected to wear full
uniform. (Example: giving a presentation to members of a scouting organization, etc.)
Other:

1.

Officers may not carry out personal business in full or partial uniform.

1

DEPARTMENT ORDER

1.13.3

Order #:
Date: 06/10/2010
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: DRESS OFF DUTY - OFF DUTY FIREARM CARRY

Examples: An officer leaving work at the end of shift would not
be permitted to go grocery shopping in fullor partial
uniform on the way home.

Example: An officer on their way

to work may not stop in
a car dealership to arrange for purchase of a vehicle.

2.

Officers may briefly stop at a convenience store (i.e. Wawa to make
make a quick purchase / gas, milk, etc) in partial uniform so long as
they wear a jacket which covers a t-shirt if they are not in full uniform
and the duty belt and its equipment. If the officer is in full uniform
the covering jacket is not necessary.

3.

Exceptions to this rule:

a. The officer is off duty and responding to a family
emergency and they are in full or partial
uniform at the time they receive the emergency
notification (hospital, etc).

b.

The officer is off duty and suffers mechanical
failure of their personal vehicle (i.e. flat tire, etc).

Page#:

2

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:1.25

Order
Date: A110412010
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: OFFICER INJURY & DEATH POLTCY
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
POLICY AND PROCEDURE

SECTION: I
CHAPTER:25
REVISION DATE

SUBJECT: OFFICER INJURY & DEATH POLICY
EFFECTIVE DATE:
CHIEF OF POLICE:COURTLANDT A. TURNER

CROSS REFERENCE #:
BRIDGETON
POLICE DEPARTMENT:
POLICY

This policy is to direct the Bridgeton Police Department and its personnel to provide proper
emotional care for the injured/deceased officer's family. lt should be remembered that the
funeral arrangements are to be decided by the FAMILY, with their wishes taking precedence
over the agency's.

I.

DEFINITIONS:

A.

Beneficiary: Those designated by the officer as recipients of specific death
benefits.

B.

Benefits. Financial payments made to the family to insure financial stability
following the loss of a loved one.

C.

Funeral Payments: Financial payments made to surviving families of an officer
killed in the line of duty which are specifically earmarked for funeral expenses.

D.

Line-of-Duty Death: Any action, criminal or accidental (automobile accidents,
hit by passing vehicle during a traffic stop, training accidents, etc.), which
claims the life of a police officer who was performing work-related functions
either while on or off duty.

E. officer:

A representative of an emergency response agency (police officer,
deputy sheriff, salaried firefighters, etc.)

#:

1

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:1.25

Order
Date:0110412A10
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: OFFICER INJURY & DEATH POLTCY

F.

Officer In Charge: The agency representative ordered or assuming responsibility
to carrying out a specific task.

G.

Public Safety Personnel. Firefighters, Iaw enforcement officers and emergency
medical service personnel whether in a paid or volunteer status.

H. Survivors: lmmediate

family members of the deceased officer; spouse,
children, parents, siblings, fiancee, and/or significant others.

I.

Liaison Officer: An officer responsible for communications between groups

or units.

II.

DEATH NOTIFICATION

A.

The name of the injured or deceased officer MUST NEVER be released to the
media before immediate survivors living in the area are notified.

B.

lf there is knowledge of a medical problem with an immediate survivor, medical
personnel should be dispatched to the residence to coincide with the death
notification.

C.

Notification MUST ALWAYS be made in person and never alone. The Chief
of Police or another ranking officer shall be responsible to notify, in person, the
surviving family members immediately.

1.

lf the chief or next in command are not readily accessible, notification
should not be delayed until these people can gather. lf the opportunity
to get the family to the hospital prior to the demise of the officer
presents itself, DON'T wait for the appropriate delegation to gather.

2.

As soon as most public safety families see you, they will know
something is wrong. Ask to be admitted to the house, NEVER make
a death notification on the doorstep. Gather everyone in the home and
ask them to sit down. lnform them slowly and clearly of the information
you have about the incident. Make sure you use the officer,s name
during the notification.

3.

lf the officer has already died, relay that information. NEVER give the
family a false sense of hope. Use words like "died" and ',dead" rather
than "gone away" or "passed away".

4.

lf the person responsible for the death/injury notification has been
seriously affected by the death/injury, he/she should understand that
showing emotions is perfectly acceptable.

#:

2

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Order #:1.25
Date:0110412010
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: OFFICER INJURY & DEATH POLICY

5.

lf specifics of the incident are known, the officer should relay as much
information as possible to the family.

NorE:

Reactions of the family may include hysteria, anger, fainting, physical viotence,
shock, etc.

D.

lf the family wants to go to the hospital, they should be transported via
department vehicle. lt is strongly recommended that the family NOT drive
themselves to the hospital. Should there be serious resistance and the family
insists on driving, please have an officer accompany them in the car.
1.

The department should know if there are young children in the home.
The survivor may wish to leave the children at home. The department
should be prepared to handle immediate baby-sitting needs. This is
where eo-workers'spouses or a spouse support group can be used.
Because of the nature of possible radio transmissions, the officer
making the transport should notify the officer in charge at the hospital
that the family is en route.

J.

Keep in mind that the surviving parents should also be afforded this
courtesy of personal notification if they live in the same geographic area.

E.

lf immediate survivors are from out of town, request personal deathiinjury
notification from the public safety agency in that area. Logistical arrangements
should enable simultaneous telephone contact with the fallen officer's department.

F,

It is most reassuring to the family when the Chief or another high-ranking
designee responds to the home or hospital. (ln some cases, the absence was
viewed by both the family and fellow co-workers as not only insensitive but poor
leadership as well.)

III. ASSISTING THE FAMILY AT THE HOSPITAL

A. The ranking

Bridgeton Police Department official at the hospital should meet
with designated hospital personnel to arrange appropriate waiting facilities for
the family and a separate area for co-workers. This official should also insure
that medical personnel relay pertinent information to the family on the officer's
condition on a timely basis. These same medical personnel should make the
family aware of hospital policy about visitation with the injured officer andior
visitation with the body following the demise, and explain why an autopsy is
needed.

1.

lf it is possible for the family to visit their officer prior to the death, they
most certainly should be afforded that opportunity. Too often, public

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:1.25

Date:0110412010
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: OFFICER INJURY & DEATH POLICY
safety officials discourage and sometimes bar the family from visiting
with the injured/deceased officer. lT IS THE FAMILY'S RIGHT to visit
their loved one. Bridgeton Police Department officials should "prepare"
the family for what they might see in the emergency room and
accompany the family into the room for the visit if the family requests it.
DO NOT BE OVERLY PROTECTIVE OF THE FAMILY. There is a
definite need to touch and hold the body while there is still life, and
being present when death occurs can be comforting to the family.

B.

The same ranking Bridgeton Police Department official or designee will see
that the family is updated on the incident as soon as the family arrives at the
hospital.

C. A ranking

Bridgeton Police Department official or designee should be present
the entire iime the family is at the hospital and should arrange whatever
assistance the family may need at that time.

D.

The people who made the initial notification should be among those at the
hospital^

E.

A survivor should not be sedated unless medication is requested by the survivor.

F. ldle promises

should not be made to the family at this time. (i.e. "We'll promote

him/her posthumously." "We'll retire his/her badge.")

G.

Arrangements should be made for transportation of the family back to their
residence.

H.

A designee of the Chief of Police shall make arrangements for all medical bills
relating to the services rendered to the deceasediinjured officer to be sent to the
appropriate governmental agency for payment. The family should NOT receive
any of these bills at their residence address.

IV. SUPPORT FOR THE FAMILY DURING THE WAKE AND FUNERAL

A.

A designee of the Chief of Police shall be appointed as Liaison Officer. The
appointment of a liaison officer is a critical assignment. Although the liaison
officer should know the deceased officer and be aware of the family relationships,
the officer should not be so emotionally involved with the loss that he/she would
become ineffective. The liaison officer must know that THIS lS NOT A
DECISION-MAKING POSITION, THIS IS A ROLE OF ''FACILITATOR"
BETWEEN THE FAMILY AND THE BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT. The
liaison officer will:

1.

lnsure that the NEEDS OF THE FAMILY come before the wishes of the
department.

#:

4

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Date:01/0412010
Order #:1.25
Gategory: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: OFFICER INJURY & DEATH POLICY

2.

Meet with the family and tell them what his responsibilities will be during
this time.

3.

Meet with the family regarding funeral arrangements. Since most officers
have not prearranged their wishes for the handling of their own funeral, the
family will most Iikely need to decide all aspects of the funeral. The
department should only make ihe family aware of what they can offer in
the way of assistance if the family decides to have a "line-of-duty funeral".

4.

Be issued a pager immediately so there is an immediate line of
communication with the Bridgeton Police Headquarters and the family.

5

Know all information concerning the death and the continuing
investigation to answer family questions.

6.

Provide as much assistance as possible, oversee arrangements for
travel and lodging for out-oftown family members^
Be constantly available to the family throughout this traumatic trme.
Ascertain what the public safety fraternal/labor organization involvement
will be and what flnancial assistance they are willing to provide for
out-of-town family travel, feeding the funeral attendees following the
burial, etc.

9.

See that the surviving parents are afforded recognition and will have
proper placement arranged for them during the funeral and funeral
procession.

10. See that the family is briefed on the funeral procedure; (i.e. 21-gun
salute, presenting of flag, playing of taps., etc.)

A public information officer should be designated to handle the media
throughout this traumatic ordeal. ln the unlikely event that the family should
decide to accept an interview, this officer should attend and "screen" all
questions presented to the family so as to not jeopardize upcoming legal
proceedings.
The department can make the family aware of alternate churches with seating
capacities large enough to accommodate attendance at the funeral. However,
any alternate churches will need to be aware of the fact that the family minister
will officiate at the service. REMEMBER: THE DEPARTMENT SHOULD ONLY
MAKE THE FAMILY AWARE OF THE ALTERNATIVES. IT'S THE FAMILY'S
CHOICE.

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Order #:1.25

Date: MlA4/2010
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: OFFICER INJURY & DEATH POLICY

D.

Departmental vehicles should be made available to the family if they desire
transportation to and from the funeral home.

E.

The family should have access to other public safety survivors or other support
groups (Concerns of Police Survivors, Survivors of Homicide Victims,
Compassionate Friends, Parents of Murdered Children, etc.). Members of
concerns of Police Survivors make themselves available to meet with new
surviving families.
The department should send routine residence checks by the survivor's home
for 6-8 weeks following the tragedy. This service is necessary since large
amounts of money are passing through the residence and the survivors will be
spending much time away from the home with legal matiers. The department
should also check with the survivor to see if any harassing telephone calls are
being received.

V.

PROVIDING INFORMATION AND ASSISTANCE ON BENEFITS TO THE SURVIVING
AMILY

A. The Chief of Police shall deslgnate

a Benefits Coordinator. A "benefits
coordinatod' should gather information on ALL benefits/funeral payments
available to the family. lnsure that this benefits coordinator has the
department's full support to fulfill the responsibility to the survivor to coordinate
ALL death benefits/payments; (i.e., insurance policies, outstanding debts, etc.).
This officer should be completely responsible for filing appropriate paperwork
and following through with the family to insure that these benefits are being
received.

The benefits coordinator should visit with the surviving family to discuss the
benefits they receive within a few days following the funeral. A prepared
printout of the benefits/funeral payments due the family, listing named
beneficiaries, contacts at various benefits offices, and when they can expect
to receive the benefit should be given to the family. This same explanation
procedure should be repeated within a month following the death since the
initial contact is clouded by the emotional numbness of the family during that
first benefits meeting. check once again in about six months to make sure
the family is receiving/has received every payment possible.
If there are surviving children from a former marriage, the guardian of those
children should also receive a printout of what benefits the child(ren) will be

receiving.
D.

The benefits coordinator should pay special attention to the problems with
possible revocation of health benefits to the surviving family. The vast majority
of survivors are given a 30-day grace period before being canceled from the
coverage or of being responsible for monthly payments for the coverage.

Page #:

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #:1.25
Date:01/0412410
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: OFFICER INJURY & DEATH POLICY

E.

lf criminal violations surround the death or injury, the family should be informed
of all new developments prior to any press release.

F.

lf there will not be any court proceedings surrounding the circumstances of the
officer's death or injury, at the earliest opportunity, the department should relay
all details of the incident to the family.

G

The chief and other hlgh-ranking officials should be highty visible during these
days.

H.

The Bridgeton Police Department fraternal organization (pBA Local#94) or
community support groups should make their attorney/financial counselor
available to the surviving family for whatever legal/financial counseling is
necessary; (i.e., establish trust funds, educationalfunding, etc.). The
attorney should not be affiliated with the jurisdictional government and should
work as an avid advocate for the family's interests.

VI. CONTINUED FOLLOWED-UP WITH THE FAMILY

IS ALSO A

DEPARTMENTAL RES

PONSIBILIry

A.

The department should be sensitive to the needs of survivors other than the
spouse. Adult-aged or younger children, parents, siblings, etc. are all
experiencing grief. Realize that grief is a process and that everyone handles
grief differently.

1.

Too often surviving families stated they felt totally isolated by the
department within a short time following the funeral. Death of the
officer does not take away that love for public safety that the entire
family feels. Below are listed some ideas to help your survivors
continue to feel a part of "the family" for which their officer gave
his/her life.

a.

Plaques/memorabilia shall be given to the surviving spouse,
consider making the same available to the surviving parents.
They have lost a child that can never be replaced. Remember
to invite the surviving family to agency activiiies. They need
that continued contact.

b.

Remember those children from a former marriage. Even though
they did not live with the officer-parent, they are nonetheless still
thai officer's child. They, too, shall be given personal
memorabilia of their parent.
Departments can easily keep in touch with the family through
monthly phone calls the first year, dwindling off to quarterly

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Order #:1.25
Date:01/04l2UA
Gategory: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: OFFICER INJURY & DEATH POLICY
contact. Close co-workers of the deceased officer should also
be encouraged to "drop" by the home on a regular basis. But
the department shall try to observe the officer's death date with
a short note to the family andlor flowers on the grave. Keep in
mind that ALL holidays are traumatic events for the family the
first year. Show your support during these times, too.

d.

When co-workers or agency representative visit the family,
don't be afraid to use the deceased officer's name or ask, "How
are you doing since (name) death?" Even though tears may
flow from your questlon, they are not flowing because "you
brought back bad memories". They are tears of appreciation,
knowing that you remembered and loved the fallen officer, too.

e.

Remembrance books may be presented to the family.

t.

Department personnel shall not make idle promises to the
surviving family. lt hurts children more to be promised a day
with co-workers and be stood up rather than never to have been
invited at all. "Oh, we'll have to get together for lunch," is a void
statement to make to the surviving spouse, Set a definite time,
place and date-AND KEEP lT!

g

The department shall maintain support as long as the family
feels the need for the support. ln time, the family will let you
know when they are ready to move on with their lives without
assistance from the department.

VII. DEPARTMENTAL SUPPORT FOR THE SURVIVING FAMILY AWAITING TRIAL OF
THE SUSPECT IN THE KILLING

A. The family should

NEVER hear of court or parole proceedings through the
newspaper or television news. lt is the department's responsibility to keep the
family informed of the legal proceedings. A contact person from within the
department designated by the Chief of Police shall be assigned to notify the
family of upcoming court proceedings.

B.

Public safety's surviving families are no different than any other victim. They
MUST know how the incident occurred, down to the smallest detail. Many
departments keep the family in the dark about the incident stating that it could
influence the outcome of the trial if the family is informed of the investigation.
lf this is the case, the department should sit down with the family and explain
their reasons.

1.

At the earliest opportunity following the trail, the investigators should
sit down with the family and answer ALL their questions about the

Page

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:1.25

Order
Date:011A412010
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Titler OFFICER INJURY & DEATH POLICY

ordeal. The facts will be far less shocking then what they have already
imagined happened during the incident. Should the department show
a reluctance to share information on the incident, the survivors may
view it as an attempt to "hide something" from the family. DON'T BE
OVERLY PROTECTIVE OF THE SURVIVORS^

C. The department

all too often tells the victim assistance specialists, "We take
care of our own" and then the survivors walk into the courtroom totally unaware
of their rights as a victim/survivor.

D. Encourage

the family to attend the trial. We have found that the vast majority
of survivors attend so they can find out all the details of the incident that have
thus far been denied them. Many survivors feel they are the only ones who can
represent the deceased offtcer's interests. The department should assign a
"support person" to accompany the survivors to the trial. lf physical material
evidence is going to be presented that will be upsetting to the family, this
support person can suggest that the family leave the courtroom for that portion
of the trial or prepare the family for what they will be seeing.

E.

The department should show support for the fallen officer during court
proceedings by having as many co-workers as possible attend. This support
should come from all segments of the department; management, the labor
organization, co-workers and even friends from other departments.

VI I I. FUNERAL ARRANGEMENTS

A.

The Chief of Police or his/her designee, assisted by a Division Commander will
take direct charge of the funeral arrangements. The Uniform Division Commander
or his/her designee will assure the proper conduct of all uniformed members
attending and in addition shall:

1.

lnterview the next of kin or representative concerning funeral
arrangements, explaining what facilities and personnel are available
and describing what type of funeral ceremony and internment can be
arranged.

a.

Civilian - No formal department representation and/or escort

b.

Fraternal - Department representation and escort

(1) Uniformed honor guard (4 or 6) and escort
(2) Active pallbearers (6)
(3) Attendance by members in civilian clothes

(1)

#:

I

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:1.25

Dats:A110412010
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: OFFICER INJURY & DEATH POLICY

c.

Formal Department Funeralwith Military Honors

(1) Uniformed

honor guard and escort

(2) Active pallbearers
(3) Attendance by members in uniform

3.

Secure the following information from the family soon as possible so
that the necessary orders may be issued, including body bearers (if
desired by the family):

a.

A history of the deceased, including names and addresses
of survivors

b.

Membership in fraternal (or service) organizations.

c.

Time and date of death

d.

Cause of death.

e.

Name and address of the funeral director.

f.

Time and place of viewing.

g

Time and place of service.

h.

Place of lnternment.

4.

Obtain four (4) copies of the death certificate with a raised seal, a
certificate from the attending physician with original signature, and
the New Jersey Police and Fire Retirement System lnsurance Policy
certificate of the deceased, and forward them to the police department
as soon as possible.

5.

Requisition, when the burial is to be in uniform and the deceased
member's clothing is not in excellent condition, the following clothes
will be obtained:

a.

Cap with deceased member's badge

b.

Shirt and tie

c.

Shirt with nameplate and decorations attached

d.

Slacks

Page

#:

10

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:1.25

Order
Date:0110412010
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: OFFICER INJURY & DEATH POLTCY

E.

e.

Pistol belt

f.

Shoes and socks

g

U.S. flag (Veterans of Armed Forces of U. S., Reservists
and National Guardsmen)

h.

N. J. State flag (non-veterans)

6.

Arrange to be present with the funeral director during the attiring of
the deceased to assure the uniform is properly worn.

7.

Arrange a meeting with the family, convenient to them, to discuss
benefit options the family may be entifled to.

The Uniform Division commander or his designee in charge of the funeral
arrangements shall coordinate with the funeral director, the partlcipation of
uniformed members in accordance with the following procedures:

1.

2.

Uniform and Personnel

a.

Members willwear the Class A Uniform or unless directed
by the Chief of Police.

b.

The Chief of Police will determine the number of personnel
detailed to attend the funeral from the department

Transportation

a.

3.

Vehicles transporting personnelwill be coordinated by the
Chief of Police or his designee and held to a minimum to
prevent lengthy funeral processions.

Assembly Point

a.

The Uniform Division Commander or his designee shall select
a pre-designated assembly location away from the immediate
area of the funeral home or church where briefing procedures
shall be conducted.

b.

Whenever possible, members shall be formed into ranks to
facilitate their orderly movement to the services as a group.

4.

The Guard of Honor

Page

#:

11

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date:UlA4l2A10
Order #:1.25
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: OFFICER INJURY & DEATH POLICY
a.

The Uniform Division Commander or his/her designee shall
establish a Guard of Honor consisting of four or six officers.

b.

The Guard of Honor shall be dressed in the Class A uniform.
Caps will be worn.

The Guard of Honor shall be posted whenever the body of the
deceased is on public view.

5.

d.

The Guard of Honor shall stand guard in shifts of two, taking
positions at the head and foot of the casket and stand at
Parade Rest. No salutes are required when posted.

e.

The Guard of Honor detail shall be concluded when the body
bearers take possession of the casket.

Guard of Honor Relief Procedures

The relieving Guard shall march forward and halt facing the
duty Guard and shall assume the position of Attention.
The duty Guard shall come to Attention at which time a
salute shall be exchanged.
The duty Guard shall take two side steps and march off and
the relieving Guard shall step forward, execute and about-face
and assume the Parade Rest position.

NOTE: The Procedures outlined shall be conducted in a military manner

d.

The length of Guard tours shall be designated by the Uniform
Division Commander but shall not be longer than twen$ (20)
minutes except during the services.

e.

During the period the family wishes to be alone with the
deceased, the Guard of Honor shall leave the room.

f.

The last change of the Guard should be timed to take place
immediately prior to the start of the services.

6.

Body Bearers

a.

Body bearers (6) as designated by the Uniform Division
Commander or his/her designee shall be dressed in the
uniform of the day, along with white gloves shall be worn

Page #:

12

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:1.25

Date:UlA4l201A
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: OFFICER INJURY & DEATH POLICY
Note: No weapons.

b.

The Uniform Division Commander or his designee shall
arrange for two (2) marked cars and drivers for use by the
body bearers.

7.

c.

The body bearers and drivers shall assemble, prior to the
funeral, for instructions from the Uniform Division Commander
or his/her designee and the funeral director.

d.

The body bearers, assisted by the Guard of Honor, shall
relay the floral pieces to the honorary pallbearers in formation
outside, for placement in the flower cars.

Firing Party

a.

The Uniform Division Commander or his/her designee shall
arrange for the use of an available firing party.

B. Bugler

F.

a.

When appropriate, the Uniform Division Commander or his/her
designee shall appoint a bugler to play Taps.

b.

The bugler shall be responsible to report to the graveside well
in advance of the funeral procession.

c.

The bugler shall assume a conspicuous position at an
appropriate distance from the gravesite.

Funeral Home Services Procedures

1.

Arrival should be timed to permit immediate entry into the funeral
home without extended delay.

2.

Members shall remove their caps and place them under their left
arm as they enter the funeral home. They shall move in an orderly
manner to the space reserved for uniformed members (usually the
left front) and remain standing until given the command (in a low voice),
"Be Seated". When seated, the caps will be placed in their laps.

NOTE: lf seating is not available, uniformed members will file past the casket
(do not pause or stop) and arrive outside the funeral home.

3.

Upon termination of the service, members on the command "Detail Rise"
shall rise and place their caps under their left arm preparatory to filing

Page

#:

13

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #:1.25
Date:0110412010
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: OFFICER INJURY & DEATH POLICY
past ihe casket. They shall hold their cap in this position until ihey have
passed the casket and arrive outside the funeral home.

G.

Post Funeral Home Services Procedures

1.

The Uniform Division Commander or his/her designee shall notify
the Chief of Police, or ranking offrcer, several minutes before the
immediate family takes leave, in order that he or she may pass
by the body followed by members of the department present.

2.

After passing by the body, department members shall file out and
form two facing ranks, approximately eight (8) feet apart, forming an
aisle from the hearse to the funeral home or church, and assume the
position of Parade Rest.

3.

Uniformed personnel shallform the aisle only.

The aisle shall be formed in correct precedence of rank with the
Chief of Police or ranking officer to the right and at the hearse.
(See Appendix)
A

The hearse shall be parked at a distance to allow sufficient space
for the alignment of department personnel.
Department personnel in civilian dress and representatives of other
agencies shall form ranks to the rear of the uniformed personnel.

7.

8

lmmediately upon the appearance of the casket, the Uniform Division
Commander or his/her designee shall give the command "Detail
Attention" followed by the command "Present Arms".

a.

All uniformed personnel shallexecute and maintain the hand
salute as the casket is carried through the aisle and placed in
the hearse.

b.

At this time, the command "Order - Arms" shall be given.

After placing the casket in the hearse, the body bearers shall stand
at Attention in two (2) files facing the hearse in the same position as
when carrying the casket.

9.

The Uniform Division Commander or his/her designee shall then give
the command "Detail - Dismissed". At this time personnel should move
silently to their vehicles and proceed to the church.

H. Chapel/Church

Services Procedure

Page #:

14

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date:UlA4l2UA

Order #:1.25

Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: OFFICER INJURY & DEATH POLICY

1.

Upon arrival from the funeral home or if no funeral home, services are
conducted, after the briefing, the Honorary Pallbearers (members in
uniform) at the command of the Uniform Division Commander or his/her
designee will form two facing ranks approximately eight fee apart,
forming an aisle from the street to the church, and assume the positions
of Parade Rest. (Appendix)

2.

The department chaplain (when used) will stand directly in front of the
church.

3.

When the hearse arrives at the church, the Uniform Division
Commander, or his/her designee shall give the command, "Detail
Attention". After the family and friends are seated in the church, the
body bearers shall move in formation to the rear of the hearse ready
to remove the casket. The chaplain shall take a position near the
hearse.

4.

The body bearers shall remove the casket from the hearse, and led
by the chaplainicivilian clergyman, carry it feet first into the church.
The honorary pallbearers execute the hand salute at the command
"Present Arms" given by the Uniform Division Commander or his
designee as the casket is started in motion toward the church. As
soon as the casket has been carried into the church, the Uniform
Division Commander shall give the command, "Order, Arms" and "At
Ease".

5.

ln the church, the body bearers, preceded by the chaplain/civilian
clergyman, shall place the casket on the church truck and two body
bearers, one in the front and one in the rear, shall guide it down the
aisle. They will return to the vestibule after it is in place.

6.

Members shall remove their caps and place them under their left arm
as they enter the church. They shall move in an orderly manner to the
space reserved for uniformed members (usually the left front). They
shall remain standing until the Uniform Division Commander issues the
command "Be Seated". When seated, the caps will be placed in their
laps.

NOTE: lf seating is not available (see "7" below)

7.

Upon termination of the service, members upon the command, in
a low voice by the Uniform Division Commander in charge or his/her
designee, "Detail Rise", shall rise and place their caps under their left
arm preparatory to filing past the casket. They shall hold their caps in
this position until they have passed the casket and arrive outside the

Page #:

15

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date:01 0412410
Order #:1.25
Category: DEPARTM ENT ORDERS
Title: OFFICER INJURY & DEATH POLICY
church.

I.

Post ChapellChurch Services Procedures
1

The Uniform Divisron Commander or his/her designee shall notify the
Chief of Police or ranking officer several minutes before the immediate
family takes leave, in order that he or she may pass by the body
followed by members of the department present.

2

After passing by the body, department members shall file out and form
two facing ranks, approximately eight (8) feet apart, forming an aisle
from the hearse to the church, and assume the position of Parade Rest

3.

Uniformed personnel shall form the aisle only.
The aisle shall be formed in correct precedence of rank with the Chief
of Police or ranking officer to the right and at the hearse. The next
highest-ranking officer will stand across the aisle from the Chief of
Police. (Appendix)

5

The hearse shall be parked at a distance to allow sufficient space for
the alignment of department personnel.
Department personnel in civilian dress and representatives of other
agencies shall form ranks to the rear of the uniformed personnel.

lmmediately upon the appearance of the casket, the Uniform Division
Commander or his/her designee shall give the command "Detail
Attention" followed by the command "Present Arms".

a.

All uniformed personnel shallexecute and maintain the hand
salute as the casket is carried through the aisle and placed in

the hearse.

b.
8.

At this time, the command "Order, Arms" shall be given.

After placing the casket in the hearse, the body bearers shall siand
at Attention in two files facing the hearse in the same position as
when carrying the casket.

The Uniform Division Commander or his/her designee shall then give
the command "Detail Dismissed". At this time, personnel should move
silently to their vehicles and proceed to the gravesite.

J.

Funeral Procession

Page #:

16

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date:0110412014
Order #:1.25
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: OFFICER INJURY & DEATH POLICY
1.

The funeral procession shall be formed in the following order, but is
subject to change by the funeral director or family of the deceased.
(Appendix)

The Uniform Division Commander or his/her designee shall arrange
for two (2) marked escort vehicles. One vehicle shall lead the funeral
procession and the other vehicle shall be in the rear.

ln long funeral processions, marked vehicles shall be staggered with
unmarked vehicles throughout the procession to keep traffic from
breaking into the procession.
4

When circumstances are such that the procession cannot reach the
grave site in a timely fashion, i.e., large details, etc., the Uniform
Division Commander or his/her designee shall have an appropriate
number of officers proceed to the cemetery prior to the procession
and form in appropriate ranks leaving space for department staff and
officer.

K

Grave Side Service Procedure
1

At the cemetery, department personnel shall form two (2) facing ranks,
approximately eight (8) feet apart, forming an aisle from the grave to the
hearse and assume the position of Parade Rest.

2.

The hearse shall be parked at a distance to allow sufficient space for
the alignment of department personnel.

J.

Uniformed personnel shall form the aisle only.

4

The aisle shall be formed in correct precedence of rank with the Chief
of Police or ranking officer to the right and at the grave. Other uniform
personnel shall form ranks to the rear of the aisle. (Appendix)

E

Department personnel in civilian dress and representatives of other
agencies shall form ranks to the rear of the uniformed personnel.

6.

lmmediately upon the casket being removed from the hearse, the
Uniform Division Commander or his/her designee shall give the
command "DetailAttention", followed by the command "Present, Arms".
All uniformed personnel shallexecute and maintain the hand
salute as the casket, preceded by the chaplain/clergyman, is
carried through the aisle and placed over the grave.
Personnel in civilian dress shall, in the above cases, stand at

Page #:

17

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date:UlA4l2A10
Order #:1.25
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: OFFICER INJURY & DEATH POLICY
Attention (uncovered) and place hand or headdress over the left
breast.

The body bearers upon reaching the grave shall place the casket on
the lowering device. They shall remain in place facing the casket. The
bearers shall raise the flag from the casket and hold it in a horizontal
position, waist high, until the conclusion of Taps.
6

When the flag has been raised off of the casket, the Uniform Division
Commander or his/her designee shall give the command "Order Arms"
followed by the command "Parade, Rest"^
When department personnel have been brought to Parade Rest, the
chaplain/clergyman shall conduct the graveside service. At the
conclusion of the benediction, the chaplain/clergyman shall move two
steps to the side or rear. During the benediction, all personnelshall bow

their heads.
10 When the service has been completed, the Uniform Division

Commander or his/her designee shall command personnel to
attention, followed by the command, "Present, Arms", at which time
the firing party will fire three volleys. The firing party shall fire three
volleys of blank cartridges, assume the position of present arms at the
command of the officer in charge of the firing party, and remain in that
position until the conclusion of Taps. The bugler, positioned near the
firing party and in view of the next of kin, shall sound Taps immediately
following the last volley.
11

12.

At the conclusion of Taps, the rifles of the firing pafi shall be locked
and all department personnel shall be commanded by the Uniform
Division Commander or his/her designee to "Order Arms". The body
bearers shall then fold the flag into the shape of a cocked hat.
(Appendix) The flag shall not touch the casket. The flag, when folded,
shall be passed to the body bearer at the head of the grave who shall
face left and place the flag at chest level in the hands of the Chief of
Police or representative. The body bearer will salute the flag for three
seconds and then face right to assume the original position.

At that time, as the Chief of Police presents the flag to the family of the
deceased, the command, "Detail, Parade Rest", shall be given by the
Uniform Division Commander, or his/her designee. Department
personnelwill remain at Parade Rest until the family moves away from
the grave.

13 When the family has cleared the aisle, the Uniform Division Commander

or his/her designee shall command, "Detail, Attention", followed by the

Page #:

t6

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date:01104/2010
Order #;1.25
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: OFFICER INJURY & DEATH POLICY
command, "Dismissed".

L.

Traffic Responsibilities

1.

Prior to the funeral date, the Uniform Division Commander or his
designee shall survey the site of the funeral home, church, home of
the deceased and cemetery and coordinate parking arrangements, in
order that the funeral procession may be formed with maximum
efficiency.

2.

ln the like manner, the Uniform Division Commander or his/her
designee shall survey the procession route in order to pre-determine
traffic intersection posts.

3.

A traffic detail shall be assigned by the Uniform Division Commander
or his/her designee to assist in parking, to line up the funeral
procession and to direct traffic at key intersections along the route
to the cemetery.

4.

ln other municipalities, the Uniform Division commander or his/her
designee shall arrange for their cooperation in the direction of traffic
at the location of services and along the procession route.

M. Cremated Remains

1.

When the remains are cremated and the ashes interred, prescribed
procedures as set forth by the funeral director and the next of kin shall
govern.

N. Commemoration

1.

of Deceased Member

A black crepe shall be draped at the police department for a period of
fifteen (15) days.

Page

#:

19

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page#:

Date: 01/01/2010
Order #:1.11
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: OVERTIME & MINIMUM MANNING
BRIDGETON POLICE DIVISION
CHIEF OF POLICE DIRECTIVE
POLICY AND PROCEDURE

SECTION:
CHAPTER:

I

11

REVISION DATE:

SUBJECT:

Overtime & Minimum Manning
EFFECTIVE DATE: 1 2-1 6-2008
CHIEF OF POLICE:Mark W. Olt

PURPOSE

The purpose of this directive is to ensure that the Bridgeton PD maintains a safe number of
working personnel at all times and controls overtime spending to ensure fairness to union
members as well as keeping an ethical safeguard over taxpayer money.

II.

POLICY

It shall be the policy of the Bridgeton PD to closely control overtime spending while at the
same time ensuring appropriate levels of police protection throughout the City.

III.

DEFINITIONS

Executive Level - Chief or Captain are the executive level officers.

IV. PROCEDURE

A.

Minimum Staffing For Patrol
The following minimum Patrol Bureau staffing levels shall be maintained unless
otherwise directed by Executive Level authority:
Minimum.

Hc(e:.

1pc-

* .,*

ofelcr-rs
f.atrn\
(r

ft

cO
i

:e-cr,'r.ty

atld.
''(I?lrnau'til'Jole

f

PatrolOfficers
1 Desk Officer (Certified)

,

5 t\ot

'6r'

1 Officer ln Charge

re-lea.g",

* When on duty a working Lieutenant or higher can assume the role of Officer in
Charge. So check with superior officer on calling list prior to doing so. lf no one

Page#:

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date:01/0'1/2010
Order #:1.11
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: OVERTIME & MINIMUM MANNING
else knows about the problem there's no problem with asking for guidance.*

When calculating this figure, it shall consist of all personnel working at the time
with a uniform function (inclusive of NRT members, Traffic Officers, Warrant
Officers - those previously mentioned officers shall when necessary be assigned
to the shift to assist with coverage).

B.

Overtime Procedures

1.

Shift Overtime - any Division Paid Extra Duty Assignment approved by
Executive Level Officer or the minimum manning provision.

a.
b.

Shift supervisor - see REGULAR OVERTIME (SHIFT
COVERAGE ONLY)- SUPERVISORS LIST for Directions.
Patrolmen

-

see REGULAR OVERTIME (SHIFT COVERAGE

ONLY)- PATROLMANS LIST for directions.

2.

c.

Telecommuntcations operator - see REGULAR OVERTIME
(sH I FT COVERAGE ONLY) TELECOMMUNICATIONS OFFICER
LIST for directions.

d.

Shift expansion

are those times when extra personnel are
deemed necessary. Examples could be Bridgeton High School
graduation night, Mischief Night, during the date and times of
Halloween Trick or Treat, 4th of July celebrations, etc.

-

Special Overtime - any Extra Duty Assignment being paid for by some
entity other than the Division requiring coverage.

Examples. Bridgeton Board of Education Sporting Events, Bridge or
Construction Zone Projects, Etc.

a.

For all instances the SPECIAL OVERTIME
be utilized.

b.

lnstructions for filling of these positions are listed on the SPECIAL
OVERTIME - POLICE LIST form.

- POLICE LIST shall

However to further clarify how it is to be used the following is
offered.

i.

Each SPECIAL OVERTIME form is equipped with a set
of seven boxes. Six are labeled PBA and the seventh is
labeled SOA. These boxes are an important tracking

2

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date:01/0112010
Order #:1.11
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: OVERTIME & MINIMUM MANNING
mechanism for following a method of operation agreed
upon by both Unions.
ii.

It shall be the responsibility of the person arranging for
filling of overtime slot to ensure the slot is first offered to

the appropriate Union list and individual, and when slot is
filled to properly prepare the next SPECIAL OVERTIME
- POLICE LIST for calling.
Each time the list is used and a spot filled that Union
block should be checked off. When the person who
called for that spot to be filled prints out the new form
they should be highlighting the next Union block for use
and the names of the next in line to be called for both
unions should be highlighted.
ilt.

When calling the list if an occasion should arise where
the officer calling the list goes through the entire list for
that particular union (starting at highlight and moving all
the way down and then back to top and down to the
name just prior to the highlighted name with no one
accepting that slot) the officer shall then move to the
starting point for the other union and call the list until
someone accepts the overtime.

When this presumably rare circumstance arises the new
list for use will show in the same manner as previously
listed. Meaning the next union block of the seven would
be highlighted and the names of the next to start with
Union members highlighted.

c.

3.

lf the officer responsible for calling the list becomes confused
they are directed to reach out to the next level or another
supervisor for guidance.

Overtime approval

a.

All overtime must be approved by an authority higher than the
person intending to work same.

Examples:

i.

Your tour ends in ten minutes and you have approx. an
hours worth of typing to do. You must communicate
with the Officer in Charge who will determine if overtime
is to be authorized.

Page #:

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date:01l0112410
Order #:1.11
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: OVERTIME & MINIMUM MANNING

il

AII overtime must be pre-approved by supervisory officer

or above prior to being worked.
iii

Supervisors need to make wise decisions when
authorizing overiime.
Example - Officer is near end of day shift tour
with reports to complete and scheduled to work
the following day shift. The officer in charge
should direct that officer to finish the reports the
following morning first thing.
Example - Officer is near end of day shift tour
and scheduled for days off the following day.
The officer in charge should direct that officer to
complete necessary reports prior to securing
but also look for avenues of assistance to
minimize time this officer needs to stay
on overtime. Such as getting new shift officers
to process arrestee, etc.
Example - Officer is working mid shift and
scheduled for the following days mid shift, but
is near the end of tour with an outstanding
recovered property report on a vehicle. The
supervisor should have this report filed
before the officer is sent home.
Example - Supervisors when calling in extra
personnel should consider the need for how
many officers and not go to extremes.

4.

Violations of this Policy

a.

Failing to follow this order or directive causing a grievance to be
filed shall result in the party responsible being charged with
4A.2-2.3 (a) 1 - lncompetency, inefliciency or failure to perform
duties a Schedule C matter.

b.

Causing unnecessary overiime expense or abusing overtime
expenditures shall result in the party responsible being charged
with 4A'.2-2.3(a) 1. - lncompetency, inefficiency or failure to
perform duties as a Schedule C matter.
Examples, but not limitations to, abuse of overtime:

Page #:

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:1.11

Date:0110112410
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: OVERTIME & MINIMUM MANNING

5.

i.

Officers conducting little or no business during the
majority of tour and showing a pattern of stopping a car
at the end of shift to generate overtime.

ii.

Personnel consistently holding reports till the end of shift.

Responsibility

a.

lt shall be the responsibility of every officer, regardless of rank,
and telecommunications operator to ensure that any changes
in phone number are reported to the Lt. in charge of the
Administrative Bureau in writing of any phone number changes
for the overtime list and to follow up by examining the overtime
Iist to ensure those changes were made.

Page

#:

5

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:

#:1.15

Date: 11127/2009
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: PERFORMANCE NOTICES
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
CHIEF OF POLICE DIRECTIVE
POLICY AND PROCEDURE

SECTION: I
CHAPTER: 15

SUBJECT: PERFORMANCENOTICES
EFFECTIVE DATE: 1 -1 -2010
CHIEF OF POLICE:Mark W. Ott

PURPOSE
To establish a system to assist in ensuring uniformity in the Department's evaluation process,
as well as, creating a vehicle to recognize inappropriate or outstanding performance.
PROCEDURE

l.

Performance Notices

A.

Is a mechanism for assisting in preparing required periodic evaluations.

B, ls a timely mechanism

to aid supervisors in recognizing commendable
actions or addressing noted problems through counseling.

1.

lt is essential to professional development to provide
timely feedback and training (retraining)when a problem
occurs.

ll.

Mechanics

A.

Performance notices are to be utilized by all personnelwho are supervisors,
acting supervisors or staff officers. Although, counseling is defined as
a step in the disciplinary process, performance notices are not considered
disciplinary in nature. They are a vehicle by which to guide, teach, inform
and recognize specific events.

B.

Performance notices may be hand written (so long as it's contents are
legible) or typed.

C.

Upon completion of a notice by a unit supervisor, three copies will be made:

1.

One will be given to the officer whose actions are being reviewed

1

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date: 1112712409
Order #: 1.15
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: PERFORMANCE NOTICES

2.

One will be kept by the supervisor creating the performance
notice.

3.

One will be sent to the Chief of Police.

A performance notice to an individual officer will only be issued by his
direct supervisor, excepting that any command levelofficer (Lt. or above)
may issue a performance notice to any member, as can any supervisor
assigned to perform some type of command inspection by the Chief
of Police or the Police Captain.
E.

When a performance notice is issued by someone outside the persons
normal chain of command, three copies will be made:

1.

One will be given to the officer whose actions are being reviewed.
One will be given to the unit supervisor of the officer whose actions
are being reviewed.
One will be sent to the Chief of Police.

F.

lf an person issuing the notice is in an acting capacity for the unit, upon
the return of the regularly assigned unit supervisor a copy shall be
provided to that supervisor.

G. A supervisor shall not prepare a performance notice upon another supervisor,

unless that initial supervisor has been formally assigned the other's direct
supervisor.
H.

A subordinate officer may not file a performance notice upon a supervisor.
Should a subordinate officer feel a performance notice is required, that
subordinate officer shall prepare a special report and deliver same to

the Bureau Commander of the supervisor or the next level in the event
the Bureau Commander is involved.
t.

Any officer generating performance notice may be required by higher
authority (Lt. or above) to provide a special report further defining the
matter.

lnformation to be included in any generated performance notice:

1.

Name, rank and badge number of officer being noticed.

2.

Name, rank and badge number of issuing supervisor.

3.

Date of the issue.

Page #:

DEPARTMENT ORDER

1.15

Date: 1 1/2712009
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: PERFORMANCE NOTICES

4.

ldentification of the notice as "Commendation" or "Counseling"
or "Other"
Note - "Other" could be used as a mid evaluation period appraisal
such as when a supervisor recognizes problems with a particular
subordinate and is attempting to correct problem areas etc.

5.

Brief statement of circumstances will be in narrative form and
relate to the subject matter. Pertinent information such
as names, dates, places will be included in this narrative.

6.

Signatures

7.
K.

a.

Of issuer

b.

Of receiving employee

c.

Receiver's signature does not imply agreement, it
implies receipt.

Those intending to utilize a performance notice should use the
pre-formatted version found on IMPACT.

Nothing in this program is to be construed as limiting any command
level officers or unit supervisors from correcting any action or situation
that is deemed necessary.

Page

#:

3

Page#:

DEPARTMENT ORDER

l.15.PN

Date: 1 112712009
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: PERFORMANCE NOTICE FORM
PERFORMANCE NOTICE

COMMENDATION COUNSELING

OTHER

Recipient:

(Rank Name

Badge #)

Recipient's Assignment:
Date:

_/_/_

Case

#:-NARRATIVE:

Recipient's Signature:
lssuer:

Date_l_J.
Signaure:

1

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:

#:1.20

Order
Date: 1112512009
Gategory: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: HARASSMENTTIOLENCE I N WORKPLACE
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
CHIEF OF POLICE DIRECTIVE
POLICY AND PROCEDURE

SECTION:

I

CHAPTER: 20

SUBJECT:

HARASSMENTA/IOLENCE lN WORKPLACE POLICY

EFFECTIVE DATE: 12-4-2009
CHIEF OF POLICE:Mark W. Ott

PURPOSE:

To maintain a healthy, safe and productive work environment that is free from all forms of
harassment and/or violent conduct, sexual or othenrvise, as well as, providing clearly defined
procedures for reporting, investigation and resolution of complaints of harassment (sexual or
otherwise) or violent behaviors in the workplace.
POLICY:
All employees of the Department have an absolute right to work in an environment that is free
from all forms of harassment or violence as carried out by any fellow employee. Accordingly,
employees are strictly prohibited from engaging in the harassment, sexual or othenrrise, or
violent conduct towards any fellow employee or any other person. The Department shall take
immediate action to prevent such behavior, and to remedy all reported incidents of
harassment or violence. This shall include the harassment (violent abuses) of Department
employees by co-workers, other City employees and persons conducting business with the
Department.
PROCEDURE:

I.

PROHIBITED ACTIVIry

A.

No employee shall either explicitly or implicitly ridicule, mock, deride, tease

or belittle any person for any reason whatsoever.

B.

Employees shall not make offensive or derogatory comments, either directly
or indirectly to another person, or otherwise engage in any other prohibited
activity listed in this written directive, based on race, color, age, sex, religion,
national origin, disability or protected activity. Such harassment is a
prohibited form of discrimination under state and federal employment law,
is also considered misconduct subject to disciplinary action by this
Department, and may in fact be criminal in nature as well.

1

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

Date: 1112512009
Order #:1.24
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: HARASSMENT /IOLENCE IN WORKPLACE

C.

Employees shall not hang or post anything that is distasteful, offensive, lewd,
obscene, derogatory, prejudicial or that would otherwise tend to embarrass
or offend any employee or group of individuals, or would be considered
inappropriate for the workplace environment.

D.

No employee shall make unwanted sexual advances toward another employee.
SEXUAL HARASSMENT is defined as unwelcome sexualadvances, requests
for sexual favors, and other verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature
when:

1.

Submission to such conduct is made either explicitly or implicitly
a term or condition of employment;

or

2.

Submission or rejection of such conduct by an employee is used
as the basis for employment decisions affecting the employee;
or

3.

Such conduct has the purpose or effect of unreasonably interfering
with an employee's work performance or creating an intimidating,
hostile, or offensive working environment.

4.

Specific examples of sexual harassment include, but are not
Iimited to:

a.

Physical contact of a sexual nature such as:

i.

AggravatedSexualAssaulUSexualAssault

ii.

Aggravated Criminal Sexual ContacUCriminal
Sexual Contact

iii.

Lewdness

iv.

Attempts at i. through

v.

Touching

vi.

Pinching

vii. Patting
viii. Grabbing

iii.

#:

2

Page

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:1.24

Date: 1112512009
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: HARASSMENTA/IOLENCE lN WORKPLACE

b.

ix.

Brushing against another's body

x.

Poking another's body

Communications of a verbal or non-verbal nature, such
as but not limited to the following:

i.

Unwelcome sexual advances, such as offensive
sexual flirtations, repeated requests for dates
or love letters after a rejection of overtures.

ii.

Discussingsexualactivity.

iii.

Pressure or coercion for sexual activity.

iv.

Remarks to or about a person with sexual or
demeaning implications.

v.

Unwelcome intentionaltouching, such as patting,
pinching or brushing against anothe/s body.

vi.

Suggesting or demanding sexual involvement

accompanied by implied or explicit threats
concerning one's evaluation, transfer, promotion,
raise, etc.

vii. Display of nude or pornographic

photographs, lewd

or vulgar cartoons, offensive objects of any nature,
etc.

viii. Practicaljokes about protected class or activity specific traits.

ix.

5.

Sexually oriented physical gestures, noises,
remarks, jokes or comments.

Sexual harassment may also consist of intimidating, abusive or
hostile behavior of a non-sexual nature toward an employee
because of his or her gender. Verbal abuse and hostility that is
not sexual in character but is directed at a specific employee
or group of employees strictly because of their gender is likewise
considered sexual harassment.

E. Violence in the workplace

will not be tolerated by the Department. Violent
acts or threats made by an employee against another person or properly
are cause for immediate dismissal and will be fully prosecuted. This

#:

3

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date: 1112512009
Order #:1.20
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: HARASSMENTA/IOLENCE lN WORKPLACE
includes any violence or threats made on municipal property, at City of
Bridgeton events or under other circumstances that may negatively affect
the City of Bridgeton's ability to conduct business.
Prohibited conduct includes but is not limited too:

1.

Causing or attempting to cause physical injury to another person;

2.

Making threatening remarks to another person;

3.

Aggressive or hostile behavior that creates a reasonable fear of
injury to another person or subjects another person to

"

emotionaldistress;

4.

lntentionally damaging employer
employee;

5.

Use or threatened use of any weapon against another employee;

6.

Placing another in imminent fear of bodily injury;

7.

Committing any of the following acts defined in Title 2C:

a. 2C:12-1
b.

2C:12-2

c. 2C:12-3
d.

2C:12-10

e.

2C:12-11

t.

2C:12-13

9.

2C:16-1

h.

2C:17-1

i.

2C:17-3

j.

2C:18-2

k.2C:18-3

l.

2C:20-5

propefi or property of another

Page #:

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date: 1112512009
Order #:1.20
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: HARASSMENTA/IOLENCE

I

N WORKPLACE

m. 2C:28-5

n.
II.

2C:33-2

EMPLOYEE'S RESPONSIBILITIES

A. Supervisors
1.

All Department supervisors are responsible for preventing acts of
harassmenUviolence through the employment of the following:

a.

Monitoring the work environment on a daily basis for
signs of possible harassmenUviolence.

b.

lnstructing all employees on the types of behavior
prohibited, and the Department procedure for reporting
and resolving complaints of harassmenUviolence in the
workplace.

c.

Stopping any acts of perceived harassment or
violent behavior and advising the offender that conduct
constituting harassmenVviolent behavior is inappropriate
and will not be tolerated. This action shall be taken
regardless of whether or not the involved individuals are
in the supervisor's line of supervision.
Supervisor's are required to report any perceived or
actual harassmenUviolent behavior up through the chain
of command but may by-pass any individual in the chain
of command who may be responsible for or involved in the
prohibited activity.

Taking immediate action to limit the work contact between
any employees where a complaint of harassmenVviolent
behavior has been made or observed.
Supervisors are required to assist any employee of the Department
who comes to the supervisor with a complaint of harassmenUviolent
behavior. This shall include documenting and filing a complaint in
conformance with this procedure.

B.

Employees

1.

Employees are responsible for assisting in the prevention of

Page #:

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:1.2A

Order
Date: '1112512009
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: HARASSMENTA/IOLENCE

I

N WORKPLACE

harassmenUviolent behavior through the following acts.

a.

Refraining from participation in, or encouragement of,
actions that could be perceived as harassmenUviolent
behavior.

b.

lnforming co-workers or supervisors in no uncertain
terms that specified conduct is offensive, unwelcome,
prohibited by law and Department directives.

c.

lmmediately reporting any acts of harassmenVviolent
behavior to a supervisor.

d.

C.

III.

Encouraging any employee, who confrdes that he/she is
being harassed/subject to violent behavior, to report those
acts to a supervisor.

All employees are required to take necessary action to immediately stop
any actual or perceived harassmenUviolent behavior and any employee of the
department who fails to do so may be subject to disciplinary action.

COMPLAINT PROCEDURE

A.

Any employee who believes that he/she is being harassed shall tellthe
individual that their actions are unwelcome and offensive.

B. Any employee

who has or is being subjected to violent behavior or harasslng
behavior after having communicated that the actions are unwelcome and
offensive, as defined in this procedure, shall immediately report such
incident(s) to her/his respective supervisor. When this is not possible or
practical, the employee may go outside of the chain of command and make
a report to any Department supervisor.

1.

The superior offrcer receiving the complaint shall meet with the
employee and record the allegations including: the date,
place and time of the incident or incident(s); the specifics of
the alleged harassment; and any witnesses to the incident or
incidents.

2.

The superior officer receiving the complaint must transmit the
complaint through the chain of command in the most
expeditious means possible. No superior officer has the
authoriiy to pass judgement on the merits of any allegaiion of
harassmenUviolent conduct and therefore shall not discourage
or hinder any employee from pursuing a complaint.

Page

#:

6

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:1.20

Date: 1112512009
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: HARASSMENTA/IOLENCE

3.
C.

I

N WORKPLACE

lf the offending party is in the complainant's chain of command,
the offending party shall be bypassed.

The Chief of Police, upon receipt of a complaint of harassment or violent
behavior, shall appoint a member of the Department to conduct an internal
affairs investigation regarding the allegations.

1.

The Department investrgator shall immediately notify the Chief
of Police if the investigation reveals evidence of any criminal
conduct, such as, sexual assault, criminal sexual contaci,
unlaMul confinement, etc. or any crimes of a violent nature.

2.

The Department investigator shall determine if any other
Department employees are being harassed/abused by violent
conduct by the offender, and whether or not any other Department
employees participated in or encouraged the harassmenVviolent
behavior.

D.

3.

The Officer assigned the investigation will advise all parties in
writing of the outcome of the investigation.

4.

All complaints of harassmenVviolent behavior shall be maintained
in the offices of the Professional Standards Bureau.

There shall be no retaliation against any employee for filing a complaint
of harassment, or assisting, testifying, or participating in the investigation
of such complaint. This is true regardless of the outcome of the investigation
unless it is proved the entire allegation was pursued with malice and was
completely without merii.

1.

Retaliation is a form of employee misconduct. Any evidence of
retaliation shall be considered a separate violation of this policy
and shall be handled by the same complaint procedures as
esiablished for harassment complaints.

2.

Monitoring to ensure that retaliation does not occur is the
responsibility of the Chief of Police, command officers, supervisors
and internal affairs investigators.

E.

Complainants and accused employees may file an appeal in
accordance with Department procedures when they are in disagreement
with the investigation or disposition of a harassment claim.

F.

This procedure does not preclude any employee from filing a complaint
or grievance with an appropriate agency outside and independent of the
department and/or City.

Page

#:

7

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #:1.20
Date: 1112512009
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: HARASSMENTA/IOLENCE

G.

I

N WORKPLACE

lf an allegation of sexual harassment is proven to have merit, the Chief of
Police shall immediately order remedial action designed to correct the
underlying problem. This action may include counseling, transfer, etc. ln
addition, the offending employee may be subject to disciplinary action up
to and including dismissal.

IV. CONFIDENTIALITY

A.

Department employees who intentionally or inadvertently discover information
regarding harassment of employee, as defined in this written directive, must
consider the information confidential and shall not disclose this information
to any other person except in fulfilling his or her reporting obligations as
set forth above, or while cooperating in an official investigation of reported
harassment.

V. TRAINING
A.

lt is the responsibility of the Training Coordinator to schedule and conduct
annual training (Department Wide) on this policy/procedure.

VI. VIOLATIONS

A.

Violations of this policy shall be handled as progressive disciplinary actions
on a case by case basis,but due to the nature of these types of incidents
dismissal or other forms of major discipline shall be the logical best practice.

VII. APPEALS

This policy does not preclude any employee from filing a complaint or
grievance with the New Jersey Division on Civil Rights and the United
States Equal Opportunity Commission in accordance with N.J.A.C.
aA:7-3(b).

The City of Bridgeton Administrator shall decide the matter and any
appropriate action to be taken. lf the person responsible for the
harassment or the complainant is not satisfied with the proposed
resolution, helshe shall have the right to have the matter addressed
before City Council. lf the complainant disagrees with the determination
of the City of Bridgeton City Council, he or she may submit a written
appeal, within twenty (20) days of the receipt of the letter of determination
from the City of Bridgeton City Council, to the Department of Personnel,
Divisron of the EEO/AA, PO BOX 3'15, Trenton, NJ 08265 or to the
Merit System Board, PO BOX 312, Trenton, NJ 08625. The appeal
should contain a concise explanation of the disagreement. Regulations
governing the appeal process are set forth in N.J.A.C. 44:7-3.3.

Page #:

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:1.20

Date: 1112512049
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: HARASSMENTT|OLENCE N WORKPLACE
I

C.

Any disciplinary action taken against the offender shall be handled
through normal Civil Service Appeals processes.

VIII.INVESTIGATIONS

A.

lnvestigations of harassment in the workplace or violent behavior in the
workplace shall be conducted under the same guidelines as other
internal affairs investigations, including the use of various forms and
notices.

B.

Typical questions that should be asked during an investigation of this
type of conduct could include but not necessarily limited too:

1.

Questions for the alleged victim: who, what when where and how;

a.

Who committed the alleged harassmenVviolent behavior?

b.

What exactly occurred or was said?

c.

When did it occur and is it still ongoing?

d.

Where did it occur?

e.

How often did it occur?

f.

How did it affect you?

g.

How did you react?

h.

What response did you make when the incident(s)
occurred or afterwards?

i.

How did the harassment affect you?

j.

Has your job been affected in any way?

k.

Are there any persons who have relevant information?

l.

Was anyone present when the alleged incident occurred?

m.

Did you tell anyone about it?

n.

Did anyone see you immediately after the incident?

o.

Did the person who did this to you do it to anyone else?

Page

#:

9

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:120

Order
Date: 1112512009
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: HARASSMENTA/IOLENCE lN WORKPLACE

2.

3.

4.

p.

Do you know whether anyone complained about the conduct
by that person?

q.

Are there any any noies, physical evidence, or other
documentation regarding the incident(s)?

r.

How would you like to see the situation resolved?

s.

Do you know of any other relevant information?

Questions to ask the target of the investigation:

a.

What is your response to the allegations?

b.

lf the targei claims the allegations are false, ask
why the complainant might lie?

c.

Are there any persons who have relevant information?

d.

Are there any notes, physical evidence, or other
documentation regarding the incident(s)?

e.

Do you know of any other relevant information?

Questions to ask potentialwitnesses:

a.

What did you see or hear?

b.

When did this occur?

c.

Describe the alleged offender's behavior toward the
complainant and toward others in the workplace.

d.

What did the complainant tell you?

e.

When did helshe tell you this?

f.

Do you know of any other relevant information?

g

Are there other persons who have relevant information?

Credibility Determinations: if there are conflicting versions of
relevant evens, the employer will have to weigh each pafi's
credibility. Credibility assessments can be critical in
determining whether the alleged conduct in fact occurred.

Page

#:

10

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:1.20

Date: 1112512009
Order
Gategory: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: HARASSMENTA/IOLENCE lN WORKPLACE
Factors to consider include:

a.

INHERENT PLAUSIBILITY: ls the testimony believable
on its face? Does it make sense? Does the party
have any documented history of lying?

b.

DEMEANOR: Did the person seem to be telling the
truth or lying?

c.

MOTIVE TO FALSIFY: Did the person have a reason

to lie.

d.

CORROBORATION: ls there witness testimony (such
as testimony by eyewitnesses, people who saw the
person soon after the alleged incidents, or people who
discussed the incidents with him or her at around the
time that they occurred) or physical evidence (such as
written documentation) that corroborates the party's
testimony?

e.

PAST RECORD: Did the alleged offender have a history
of similar behavior in the past?

Note - none of the above factors are determinative as to credibility.
For example, the fact that there are no eyewitnesses to the
alleged harassment by no means necessarily defeats the
complainant's credibility, since harassment often occurs behind
closed doors. Furthermore, the fact that the alleged offender
engaged in similar behavior in the past does not necessarily mean
that he or she did so again.

Page

#:

11

Page

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #:11.21
Date:0110712010
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: RAPID RESPONSE TO AN ACTTVE SHOOTER
BRIDGETON POLICE DIVISION
CHIEF OF POLICE DIRECTIVE
POLICY AND PROCEDURE

SECTION:

ll

CHAPTER:

21

SUBJECT:

RAPID RESPONSE TO AN ACTIVE SHOOTER

i

"r

//o relea-s€

S€car

eenc€r/\>"

'+/
./

'

#:

1

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:

Ill.1

Date:1213112009
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGE CONTROL
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
Chief of Police Directive
POLICY AND PROCEDURE
SECTION: lll

CHAPTER:

1

REVISION DATE
SUBJECT: ALCOHOL BEVERAGE CONTROL

EFFECTIVE DATE: March 11th, 2009
CHIEF OF POLICE:Chief Mark W. Ott

CROSS REFERENCE

#: G-2009-006

POLICY

The purpose of this policy is to set forth guidelines for officers who are conducting inspections
and who are enforcing Administrative Code Title 13 at liquor licensed premises. This policy
will establish uniform guidelines for the inspection and enforcement at the liquor licensed
premises.

PROCEDURE

l.

INVESTIGATIONS and INSPECTIONS

A.

The Bridgeton Police Department is primarily responsible for investigations,
enforcement of laws and administering various Administrative codes
concerning alcoholic beverage control concerning licensed establishments
in the City of Bridgeton.

B.

lnvestigations for new licenses or license transfers shall be conducted to ensure
the applicant is qualified to be licensed according to the standards established by
Title 33.

1.

The Professional Standards Bureau shall conduct all background checks
concerning "Application for Retail Alcoholic Beverage Licenses" transfers
or purchases, in accordance with procedures outlined by the Division of
Alcoholic Beverage Control. Which will include but not necessarily be
limited to the following:

a.

The applicant is to be fingerprinted for past criminal history.

1

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page#:

lll.1

Date:1213112009
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGE CONTROL

Order #:

b. The background

check shall include a review of the applicant's

financial history.

c. The background check shall be forwarded to the Professional
Standards Bureau Commander for review and approval.

d.

2.

Recommendations and communication with Division of A.B.C.
authorities is recommended and encouraged throughout the
process.

A recommendation in writing by the Professional Standards Bureau
Commander shall be submitted to the Chief of Police as to the
applicant's eligibility for a new liquor license or a transfer of a liquor
license. The recommendation shall include all background check
information.

C. Annual

investigations shall be conducted by officers of the Bridgeton Police
Department, the Professional Standards Bureau, of all liquor licensed premises
in orderto maintain compliance with all Rules and Regulations of Administrative
Code Title 13.

1.

Annual investigations will be completed thirty (30) days before the liquor
license premises license is up for renewal.

2.

The investigating officer shall check for compliance utilizing the Liquor
License lnspection checklist. The following inspections shall be
conducted: (Appended)

a.

E-141-A Form. List of employees 13:2-23.13(a)(3)

b. Copy of license application

log 13:2-23(a'1(2)

c.

License certificate conspicuously posted 13:2-23(a)(1)

d.

Special tax stamp or indication of payment 13.2-23.23(a)(3)

e.

Prohibitive promotions 13.2-23.16

f.

Employment of a minor 13:2-14.3

g

Alcoholic beverage stored on license premise 13.2-23.21

h.

Beer tap markings visible 13.2-23.22(a)

i.

Possession of open contatner prohibited on plenary retail

2

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:

Ilt.1

Date:1213112A09
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGE CONTROL
establishme nl 1 3'.2-23.

ll.

III.

11

j.

Prohibition of indecent matter 13:2-23.14

k.

Criminally disqualified persons from employment 13'.2-14.1

CODE VIOLATIONS (Title 2ClTitle 33/Title

'13)

A.

lf an Administrative Code Violation is discovered, the officer discovering such
violation shall prepare a standard investigation report listing the City of Bridgeton
as the Victim and the Offending Licensed establishment as the accused. A
copy of the report shall be forwarded to the Professional Standards Bureau.

B.

The Professional Standards Bureau Commander will determine if subsequent
investigation is needed, and ensure same is conducted. Upon completion of any
such case the investigator will file any appropriate local ordinancelstate law
complaints, who shall then forward a copy of these reports to the State Alcoholic
Beverage Control Authorities for action.

SEARCH OF LICENSED PREMISES

A.

Officers have the full authority to inspect and investigate licensees and the conduct of
activities under the license and on the licensed premises.

Note - some properties may have areas ihat are not part of or listed on the Liquor
License. Each license should have a schematic diagram of areas considered as
licensed portions of the structure.

B.

Officers may search without a search warrant the "licensed premises".

1.

An area of a structure that is not licensed to serve or possess alcohol
may not be searched without a warrant.

2.

Offrcers, before initiating a search, shall review the Liquor License
Application before initiating a warrant-less search to confirm the area
of a structure that is licensed.

C. A licensee who refuses to cooperate

with a liquor license inspection, search or
hinders an investigation in any way, may be charged under Administrative Code 13
with "Hindering an lnvestigation" 13:2-23.30.

D.

Any such search in accordance with this section, shall be conducted only with the
consent and direct supervision of an officer holding the rank of or tasked with the
responsibility of a Police Sergeant or higher rank within the department.

IV. ROUTINE INSPECTIONS

3

DEPARTMENT ORDER

PaEe

#:lll.1

Date:12131120A9
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGE CONTROL

Order

A.

lnspections or "Bar Checks" should be conducted at each licensed establishment
on a weekly basis.

1.

lt shall be the responsibility of the Patrol Bureau Commander to assure
that these assignments are made and inspections are conducted
through the Shift's Officer ln Charge.

B. All bar checks

shall be documented on the records management system blotter.
Should any violations be found or observed see section ll. of this policy.

C. Officers

conducting bar checks shall be aware of State Law and Local Ordinances
pertaining to the operation of licensed establishments. Officers shall be
responsible to make contact with the bartender, manager, or other employee
of the establishment and advise them that they are conducting a check.

D. Statutory violations,

as well as any dangerous conditions or disorderly conduct
should be addressed immediately.

1.

E.

All violations shall be documented utilizing the department approved
investigation forms. Copies of all reports and forms shall be submitted
to the Professional Standards Bureau.

Routine inspections should include but are not limited to the following;

1.

Detection of intoxicated patrons;

2.

Detection of Minors consuming alcohol

3.

a.

Requesting ldentification may be required

b.

lnquire with bartender the proofs that were submitied by the
suspected minor patron before they were served.

lllegalActivity

a.

Gambling

b.

Lewd Behavior

c.

UnlaMul Drug Use/Distribution

F.

A supervisor shall be notified upon identifying violations and shall respond to the
establlshment to assist and guide the office(s) conducting the bar checks.

G.

The shift O.l.C.shall determine if violations are present and properly follow steps

#:

4

DEPARTMENT ORDER

lll.1

Date:1213112049
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGE CONTROL
outlined under section ll.

Blotter
BRIDGETON P.D.
Liquor License lnspection RePort
I
Date of lnvestigation'. I
Licensee:
Address:
Type of License:

#.--lnspecting Officer:

Page

#:

5

Page

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Ill.1

Date: 1213112049
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGE CONTROL

License #:
Display of License &

Permits:(_ Acceptable

Unacceptable)

NumberofEmployeeS:(-)EmployeeLiStlnorder.(-Yes-No)
Membership List
License

Available:(_Yes

Current:(_Yes

Walk Through lnspection:

_No)

_ No)
Safety

Special Tax

lssues.(_

Stamp:(- Yes

lllegalGamblingParaphernaliaPresent:( Yes _No)
Transportation Perm iUVehicle:

Owners/Stockholders:

Condition of

Premises:(_Satisfactory _Unsatisfactory)

Comments:

Signed

-

Satisfactory

(_Satisfactory _Unsatisfactory)

Approved

by:

No)

Unsatisfactory)

-

#:

6

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:

#:lll.2

Date:.A1l07l2UA
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: ANTI-CRIME TEAM OPERATIONS
rBRI DGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT

Chief of Police Directive
POL]CY AND PROCEDURE

SECTION:

lll

CHAPTER:

2

EFFECTIVE DATE: 1-7-2010
CHIEF OF POLICE: Mark W. Ott

SUBJECT:

ANTI-CRIMETEAMOPERATIONS

POLICY

The ACT (Anti-Crime Team) program is intended to bring about greater flexibility in use of
police personnel. The primary purpose of this unit is street level gang, gun and drug

interdiction; targeted upper level drug interdiction; and supplemental usage for major crimes
regardrng the initiation of this unit at the time the crime is committed or as soon as it is known
to this Department.
The Anti-Crime Team is comprised of personnel as assigned by management. When and
where feasible, manpower levels allowing, one officer will be assigned to a County Task
Force. This unit is pro-active in that they initiate their own investigations, using approved
(lavrrfully acceptable) methods and materials. They conduct surveillance, phone and wire taps
as prescribed by law, use informants, undercover police officers , and any and all other
techniques applied and approved by law enforcement in general.
Although the Anti-Crime Team is assigned to the Detective Bureau, they may work in or out
of uniform and in marked & unmarked vehicles at the discretion of the administration of this
Department.
GOALS

1.

To reduce crime in general

2.

To reduce the over-allwork load

3.

To gatheridisseminate intelligence as per Department Policy & Procedure

4.

To establish informants

5.

To impact illegal drug sales at the street level

6.

To impact large scale narcotics dealers when appropriate

7. To disrupt gang operations and leadership members through investigation and
prosecution

1

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:lll.2

Date:0110712014
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: ANTI-CRIME TEAM OPERATIONS

8.

To correlate stolen property to burglaries

Anti-Crime Team members may be required to back up shift members at any time. They
are not to be used
for calls, except in dire emergencies, or other patrol related efforts. ln order for this unit
to be successful,
they must be free to handle these investigations. This team is directly responsible for
proper notifications to
the chain of command during planned or unplanned deviations from the norm.

#:

2

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Order #: lll.3

Daf:-:ABl27l20A9
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: BIAS CRIMES INVESTIGATIONS
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
CHIEF OF POLICE DIRECTIVE
POLICY AND PROCEDURE
SECTION: lll

CHAPTER:3

SUBJECT.

BIASCRIMESINVESTIGATIONS

EFFECTIVE DATE: 9-28-2009
CHIEF OF POLICE:Mark W. Ott
POLICY
Bias lncidents have occurred throughout the State and the Nation. As a result, uncertainty,
tension and conflict have gripped the victimized communities. The promulgation of these
standards serves as recognition that the unique nature of suspected or confirmed Bias
lncidents requires special handling from the Bridgeton Police Department.

Crimes having a racial, religious, or ethnic component manifest themselves in a wide
spectrum of antisocial activities. These Bias lncrdents jeopardize the active and open pursuit
of freedom and opportunig. Bias lncidents attack the racial, religious and ethnic heritage of
our citizens, important elements of our history and our future. Closely linked to our heritage
are individual values, beliefs and identities. Bias lncidents undermine these foundations of
freedom.
It shall be the policy of the Bridgeton Police Department to bring the investigative and
enforcement elements of the department into quick action following any and all suspected or
confirmed Bias lncidents. There is to be special emphasis placed on victim assistance and
community relations in order to reduce victim trauma and community tension or fear.

All suspected or confirmed bias lncidents shall be viewed as serious. Bias Incident
investigations shall be conducted in a timely fashion using all appropriate resources to rapidly
determine the facts and circumstances surrounding each incident. Careful attention should
be given to identifying the motive and cause of the Bias lncident and to ideniifying suspects.
Referrals to the County Prosecutor's Office of Victim-Witness Advocacy shall be made as
appropriate.

The proper investigation of a suspected or confirmed Bias lncident in the city is the
responsibility of the Bridgeton Police Department. All department personnel must be
sensitive to the feelings, needs and fears that may be present in the victims and the
community at large as a result of a suspected or confirmed Bias lncident.
NOTE - All members are required to be familiar with the NJ Attorney General's Guidelines on
Bias lncidents and to stay current on updates in case law, directives, and other changes as
they pertain to Bias lncidents, their investigation, reporting and prosecution.

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #:

Page

lll.3.

Date:OBl27i2AA9
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: BIAS CRIMES INVESTIGATIONS

I.

DEFINITION OF BIAS INCIDENT AND RELATED CRIMINAL VIOLATIONS

A.

A Bias lncident is defined as any suspected or confirmed offense or unlavvful
act which occurs to a person, private property, or public property on the basis
of race, color, religion, gender (except matters involving a violation of N.J.S.A.
2C'.14-2 or 2C'.14-3), handicap, sexual orientation or ethnicity. An offense is
bias-based if the motive for the commission of the offense or unlavvful act
pertains to race, color, religion, gender, handicap, sexual orientation or ethnicity.
For the purpose of this definition, the term, "handicap" shall be construed
consistently with N.J.S.A. 10:5-5(q). An offense is Bias based if the motive for
the commission of the offense or unlavvful act is racial, religious, or ethnic in
nature. The Bias lncident offenses are:

1. Murder
2. Manslaughter
3. Rape

4.

Robbery
Aggravated Assault
Burglary
Larceny-Theft
Simple Assault
Fear of Bodily Violence (2C:33-10)
10. Arson
11. Criminal Mischief
12. Damage to Property: Threat of Violence (2C.33-11)
13. Weapons Offenses
14. Sex Offenses (Other than rape)
1 5. Terroristic Threats
16. Trespass
'17. Disorderly Conduct (2C:33-2)
18. Harassment
19. Descration of Venerated Objects
20. All Other Bias lncidents

5.

6.
7.
8.
9.

Definition: For bias incident offense reporting, " 'Handicapped' means suffering
from physical disability, infirmity, malformation or disfigurement which is caused
by bodily injury, birth defect or illness including epilepsy, and which shall include

but not be timited to, any degree of paralysis, amputation, lack of physical
coordination, blindness or visual impediment, deafness or hearing rmpediment,
muteness or speech impediment, or from any mental, psychological or
developmental disability Handicapped shall also mean suffering from AIDS or
HIV infection."

B.

Some suspected Bias lncidents may not clearly fit the described definition.
ln those cases a common sense approach to the incident must be used. lf an

#:

2

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

.3.

Date: 08127 12049
Order #r I II
Gategory: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: BIAS CRIMES INVESTIGATIONS
incident appears to be bias based, it should be investigated as such.
Verificaiion of motive and intent can be made during the ensuing investigation.

C.

All personnel must recognize that a single Bias Incident may initially appear as
less serious when viewed in the larger context of all crime. Nonetheless, any
suspected or confirmed Bias lncident is serious by its very nature. What may
appear to be a mlnor incident can easily escalate into a larger order maintenance
problem or public safety concern.

D.

Guidelines for Confirming Bias lncidents:
To assist personnel in confirming whether a suspected Bias lncident is actually
bias motivated, the following criteria shall be applied. These criteria are not all
inclusive. Common sense judgement must also be applied in the final
determination.
Motive

E.

1.

The absence of any other apparent motive for the Bias lncident.

2.

Display of any bias symbols, words, graffiti or other types of evidence.

3.

A common sense review of the facis and circumstances surrounding the
incident. Consider the totality of the circumstances. (Review N.J.S.A.
2C:33-10 and N.J.S.A. 2C:33-ll.)

4.

How the victim feels about the incident.

5.

Statements made by the suspects.

6.

Statements made by the witnesses.

7.

Prior history of similar incidents in the same area affecting the same
victim group.

When the above criteria are applied, it may be helpful to ask the following
questions.

1.

ls the victim from one racial, religious, or ethnic group and the suspect
from another?

2.

Did the incident occur solely because of a racial, religious, or ethnic

difference between the victim and actor, or for other reasons?

3.

ls the victim the only racial, religious, or ethnic group member in the
neighborhood or one of a few?

#:

3

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

lll.3.

Date:ABl27l2A09
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: BIAS CRIMES INVESTIGATIONS

4.

Did the victim recently move into the area?

5.

ls the victim acquainted with neighbors and/or associated with local
community groups?

6.

What was the trademark (M. O. of the actor). ls it similar to other
documented Bias lncidents?

7.

Has the victim experienced past or repeated incidents of a similar nature?

8.

ls there a connection between the date of the incident and holidays,
school activities or other special public discussions or events?

9.

Has there been prior or recent media coverage of similar incidents?

10. ls there an ongoing neighborhood problem that may have contributed
to the event (Could the act be retribuiion for some conflict with neighbors
or area juveniles?)

11. Does the M. O. signify a "copy cat" syndrome of other incidents?
12. ls an organized hate group indicated in the incident?

a.

Is literature involved? What type is it?

b.

ls there any documents or suspected organized hate group
activity in the area?

c.

Was organized group involvement actually present or made
to appear so?

13. Were the real intentions of the actor to commit a Bias lncident or were
there other motives?

14. Does the acior have a true understanding of the impact of the Bias
lncident on the victim?
15. Was the victim put in fear due to the incident?

16. Did the victim feel threatened due to the incident?
lf after applying these criteria and asking the appropriate questions, a suspected
Bias lncident cannot be definitely determined to be any other type of incident or
is a borderline case, it should be confirmed as a Bias lncident for continuing
investigation purposes.

#:

4

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page#:

Date:0812712A09
Order #: lll.3
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: BIAS CRIMES INVESTIGATIONS

F. Bridgeton

Police Department members and employees handling bias incidents

shall:

1.

Approach victims in a sensitive and supportive manner.

2.

Reassure the victim that appropriate investigative and enforcement
methods will be utilized by the Bridgeton Police Department to properly
address the bias incident to the best of our ability.

3.

Ensure that a thorough and complete initial response and follow-up
investigation are conducted as required by the facts and circumstances
surrounding the suspected or confirmed bias incident, which includes
providing for appropriate community relations activities and crime
prevention programs.

4.

Refer the viciimlwitness to the County Prosecutor's Office of VictimWitness Advocacy as appropriate.

5.

lnteract with concerned community service organizaiions, civic groups,
and religious institutions regarding the suspected or confirmed bias
incident.

6.

Effectively calm the victim and reduce the victim's fear and alienation
through direct and ongoing official communication regarding the bias
incident.

It must be remembered that the actions taken by New Jersey Law Enforcement
in responding to suspected or confirmed bias incidents are visible signs of concern
and commitment to the citizens of the communities it serves.

II.

GUIDELINES FOR CONFIRMING BIAS INCIDENTS
To assist police in confirming whether a suspected bias incident is actually motivated by
blas, the following criteria shall be applied. These criteria are not all inclusive. Common
sense judgement must also be applied in the final determination.

A.

MOTIVE
1.

The absence of any other apparent motive for the bias incident.

2.

Display of any bias symbols, words, graffiti or other types of evidence.
A common sense review of the facts and circumstances surrounding
the incident. Consider the totality of the circumstances.
(Review 2C.33-11).

DEPARTMENT ORDER

lll.3.

Date: ABl27l20A9
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: BIAS CRIMES INVESTIGATIONS

4.

How the victim feels about the incident.

5.

Statements made by the suspects.

6.

Siatements made by the witnesses.

7.

Prior history of similar incidents in the same area affecting the same
victim group.

B.

When the above criteria are applied, it may be helpfulto ask the
following questions:

a.

ls the victim from one racial, religious, or ethnic group and the
suspect from another?

b.

Did the incident occur solely because of a racial, religious, sexual

orientation or ethnic difference between the victim and actor, or for
other reasons?

c.

ls the victim the only member of a particular race, religion, sexual
orientation or ethnic group in the neighborhood or one of a few?

d.

Did the victim recently move into the area?

e.

ls the victim acquainted with neighbors and/or associated with
local community groups?

f.

What was the trademark (M.O. of the actor)? ls it similar to other
documented bias incidents?

g

Has the victim experienced past or repeated incidents of a similar
nature?

h.

ls there a connection between the date of the incident and
holidays, school activities or other special public discussions or
events?

i.

Has there been prior or recent media coverage of similar
incidents?

j.

ls there an ongoing neighborhood problem that may have
contributed to the event. (Could the act be retribution for some
confliet with neighbors or area juveniles?

k.

Does the M.O. signify a "copy cat" syndrome or other incidents?

Page

#:

6

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:

ill.3.

Date:ABl27l2AA9
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Titte: BIAS CRTMES INVESTIGATIONS

Order #:

l.

ls an organizaed hate group indicated in the incident?

*

ls literature involved? What type is it?

**

ls there any documented or suspected organized hate
grouP activitY in the area?

*** Was organized

group involvement actually present or
made to appear so?

intentions of the actor to commit a bias incident
or where there other motives?

m. Were there real

n.

Does the actor have a true understanding of the impact of the
bias incident on the victim?

o.

Was the victim put in fear due to the incident?

p.

Did the victim feel threatened due to the incident?

lf after applying these criteria and asking the appropriate questions, a
suspected bias incident cannot be definitely determined to be any other
type of incident or is a borderline case, it should be confirmed as a bias
incident for continuing investigation purposes.

III.

INTER-AGENCY COOPERATION

The Bridgeton Police Department will make every effort to cooperate with any an all other
agencies responding to any bias incident.

IV. NOTIFICATIONS FOR AGENCIES OUTSIDE BRIDGETONICUMBERLAND COUNTY

A. The Office of Bias Crime and Community

Relations in the Division of Criminal
Justice shall be contacted whenever a Bias Incident is confirmed or suspected
as soon as possible, but in no event later than 24 hours after BPD first learns
of the event:

CONTACT NUMBERS:
Office Phone: 609-896-8967
Office Fax: 609-219-6595
Duty

Pager: 609-273-9243

lmmediate Notifications to the Office of Bias Crime and Community Relations in
the Division of Criminal Justice must be made when one of the following conditions

7

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

lll.3.

Date:0812712449
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: BIAS CRIMES INVESTIGATIONS
exist:

1.

Where the incident involves Rape, Aggravated Assault or Arson.

2.

That involves a Law Enforcement officer as the alleged perpetrator.

3.

That involves an organized hate group as the suspected perpetrator(s).

4.

That involve's the potential to generate lare scale unrest

Note - The Bridgeton Police Department will give full cooperation to this
organization.

B.

The Division of State Police, as part of the Department of Law and Public Safety,
under the authority of the Attorney General, maintains the Central Security
Bureau. lt is the responsibility of the Civil Affairs Unit of the Central Security
Bureau, lntelligence Service Section to investigate, among other things, bias
incidents perpetrated by known hate groups operating in the State of New jersey.
The CivilAffairs Unit also monitors the operational activities of local authorities
relative to all such incidents reported. Contact with NJSP Central Security
Bureau shall be as soon as possible.
Contact with the NJSP Central Security Bureau shall be made when the following
conditions exist:

1.

A bias incident occurs and an organized hate group is suspected of being
responsible.

2.

A bias incident has potentialto generate large scale unrest.

3.

Assistance is requested by local and county law enforcement authorities
with the investigation of any bias incident.

CONTACT CAN BE MADE WITH NJSP CSB AT{
Office Phone: 609-341-5058 (during regular business hours/days)

Other:

609-777-4949(fornon-regularbusinesshours/days)

(. lf all else fails contact the NJSP ROIC)

C.

V

The Detective Bureau will make the notifications required in A & B above.

BPD RESPONSE TO A BIAS INCIDENT
This section outlines the initial law enforcement response to a reported bias incident.

#:

B

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:

Date:0812712009
Order #: lll.3.
Categoryr DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: BIAS CRIMES INVESTIGATIONS
This outline is designed to provide a practical approach to initial response and initial
investigation of suspected or confirmed bias incidents.
Bias incidents may generate fear and concern among victims and the community. These
incidents have the potential of recurring, escalating and possibly causing
counter-violence.
Therefore, bias incidents require a thorough and comprehensive law enforcement
response.

A.

FIRST RESPONDING OFFICER
When the initial responding officer arrives on the scene and determines that the
situation may involve a bias incident, he or she will:

1.

Apprehend the actor (if applicable)

2.

Provide assistance to the victim

3.

Protect the crime scene in preparation for the gathering of evidence

4.

Request that the OIC respond to the scene

5.

Conduct a thorough preliminary investigation

6.

Obtain the names, addresses, and phone numbers of all persons
who witnessed or who are acquainted with the circumstances
of the incident. All such persons should be questioned in
detail.

7.

Prepare a standard BPD Investigation Report. Document the basic facts
and circumstances surrounding the incident to include the
following:

a.

Name, home address, work - business name and
address, phone numbers - cellular/homeiwork, and
other information regarding the witnesses and victim

b.

Where the incident occurred

c.

Person and/or property targeted

d.

How targeted

e.

Means of atiack

f.

Time of incident

I

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date:0812712AA9
Order #: lll.3.
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: BIAS CRIMES INVESTIGATIONS

B.

g.

Method of operation (Modus Operandi) or trademark
or unusual characteristics of incident

h.

Any and all other relevant information provided by the
victim(s) or witness(es)

i.

lssue VINE forms to victim(s)with info on contacting
Office of Victim Witness Advocacy at the
Prosecutor's Office

PATROL OIC
Upon arriving at the scene of a suspected or confirmed bias incident, he or she
will:

1.

Supervise the preliminary response and investigation

2.

Confer with the initial responding officer

3.

Assist in the stabilization of the victim as required

4.

Ensure that the scene of the crime is properly protected and preserved

5.

Take steps to insure that the incident does not escalate

6.

Determine if additional personnel are required at the scene or in the area
to provide complete public safety services.

a.

lf no additional resources are available the OIC should contact
mutual aid if immediate assistance is necessary and
arrange through the Patrol Bureau Commander or higher
authority for additional manpower

7.

Arrange for an immediate increase of patrols throughout the affected,
area, as appropriate

8.

lf the potential exists for further acts of violence or damage to propefi,
arrange for officers to be assigned to the location of the incident in a
fixed position

9.

Attempt to verify if the occurrence is a confirmed bias incident following
the guidelines for confirming bias incidents contained in these standards.
Verification assistance should be provided by other levels of command
andior additional investigative personnel, as required.

Page

#:

10

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

Date:0Bl27|2AAO
Order #: lll.3.
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: BIAS CRIMES INVESTIGATIONS
10. Make notifications as required by BPD Chief of Police Directive on
notifications:

a.

Request that the on-call detective respond to the
scene if a bias incident is suspected or confirmed.

11. Request that the next level of command (Patrol Bureau Commander)
to respond to the scene if appropriate.
12. Provide headquarters with updated, factual informaiion regarding the
incident.

13. Ensure the Chief of Police and Police Captain are notified of the incident
14. Ensure that the necessary basic information is obtained in order to
sustain a follow-up investigation

15. Ensure that all initial response reports are properly completed as soon
as possible

C.

CASE DETECTIVE RESPONSIBILITIES

Case Detective personnel shall respond to the scene of a suspected or confirmed
bias incident as directed by supervisory personnel.
When the Case Deiective arrives on scene and determines that the situation may
be a bias incident, he or she will:

1.

Assume control of the bias incident follow up investigation

2.

Ensure that the scene of the bias incident is properly protected and
preserved

3.

Conduct a thorough and comprehensive follow up criminal investigation.
Continuing to carry out bias incident verification procedures following the
guidelines for confirming bias incidents contained in the Attorney
General's Guideline and in this directive as appropriate.

4.

Ensure that the scene of the bias incident is properly documented and
searched and evidence gathered for analysis as required. The
documentation of the crime scene should include the taking of samples
of physical evidence, the securing and transporting into custody of related
movable evidence and photographing the crime scene as appropriate.

5.

lnterview all victims and witnesses.

#:

11

Page #:

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date: ABl27l2AA9
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: BIAS CRIMES INVESTIGATIONS

Order #: lll.3

Canvass the community to identify other victims and witnesses. Conduct
additional interviews as necessary.
Determine the primary elements of the incident and obtain information
necessary to complete the data elements of the Uniform Crime
Supplementary Bias lncident Offense Report.
Primary Elements of the investigation to include:
Person(s) Targeted - this includes the name, address,
telephone number, personal background and
other details of the victim(s).
b.

Object Targeted - this includes details on the type of
premises, building or institution against which
the offense was committed (private property,
public property, or property primarily used for
religious, educational, residential, memorial,
charitable, or cemetery purposes, or for
assembly by persons of a particular race, color,
religion, sexual orientation or ethnicity.)
How Targeted - this includes the way in which the person

or propefi was attacked or damaged (assualted,
put in fear of bodily violence by placing on public
or private property a symbol, an object, a
characterization, an appellation or graffiti that
exposes another to threats of violence, contempt
or hatred on the basis of race, color, creed or
religion, defacement or damage by placing of
symbol, an object, a characterization, an
appellation, or graffiti that exposes another to
threat of violence, contempt or hatred on the
basis of race, color, religion, sexual orientation
or ethnici$).
Means Of Attack - this includes the instrument, tool,
device, or method by which the person or
propert'y was attacked or damaged.
Time And Date - this includes both the time and date
reported and the actual time and date the
offense was committed
f.

Trademark - this includes the M.O. or individual
identifying characteristics of the bias incident

n

12

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date:081?712009
Order #: lil.3.
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: BIAS CRIMES INVESTIGATIONS
which may serve to distinguish the offense from
others committed in much the same fashion.
This element is helpful in connecting a suspect
with past incidents. lf a series of bias incidents
has occurred, these investigative elements will
be crucial in developing an operating pattern and
in identifying suspects. This investigative
process will also assist in identifying participation
of organized hate groups.

g

Conduct surveillance and other appropriate investigative
activities in order to obtain additional evidence
and to identify suspects.

h.

Contact other appropriate law enforcement agencies for
assistance, as required. Notify the county
prosecutor's office as soon as possible, not to
exceed 24 hours (as per CCPO Notification
Matrix).

i.

Work closely with the county prosecutor to ensure that
legally sufficient cases are presented for
prosecution.

j.

Assist the victim/witness in obtaining appropriate
support services.

k.

Prepare standard investigative reports documenting the
bias incident investigation, as appropriate.

l.

Prepare standard BPD supplementary investigation
reports documenting the bias incident
investigation, as appropriate.

m.

Ensure that all confirmed bias incidents are reported to
the Uniform Crime Reporting System using
Division of State Police Uniform Crime Reporting
procedures and report forms.

n.

Assist with community relations activities and crime
prevention programs, as appropriate.

The Case Detective should ensure that all physical remains of the
incident are removed after the crime scene processing is
completed. lf the remains cannot be physically carried away
(example: paint on walls), the appropriate level of command

Page

#:

13

DEPARTMENT ORDER

lll.3.

Date:0812712049
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: BtAS CRIMES INVESTIGATIONS

Order #:

should attempt to notify building or property owners regarding the
need for complete removal as soon as possible after the crime
scene has been fully processed.
Community leaders and organizations are important resources
during any bias incident investigation. These resources can help
to broaden the investigator's understanding of the incident. They
can also help to convince uncooperative victims and witnesses to
cooperate with investigators and encourage more victims to report
bias incidents.

Case Detectives shall be sensitive to the safety concerns of
victims and witnesses, and arrange for appropriate security
measures to be implemented to protect persons and property.

8.

The Detective assigned to the case will make required notifications io the
NJSP Central Security Bureau, DCJ Office of Community Relations, and
Cumberland County Prosecutor's Office. As wellas any additional
notifications that may be required or assistance needed from the
Division of Civil Rights, Community Relations Service of the USDOJ, as
provided in the New Jersey Attorney General's Guidelines on Bias Crimes.

D.

BUREAU COMMANDERS

1.

Will ensure that all personnel in their bureau are fully familiar with the
Bias lncident Policy.

2.

Will ensure that all personnel in their bureau are trained yearly covering
all aspects of the policy.

3.

Ensure that all personnel in their bureau follow all areas of the policy.

4.

Be responsible for the community relations section of the policy.

a.

COMMUNIry RELATIONS
It is the objective of community relations to bring about an
improved relationship between citizens and law enforcement
through planned community wide programs and open dialogue
between law enforcement and the community it serves.
Bias lncidents require community relations strategies which
integrate the goals and objectives of law enforcement with
community needs and concerns.
A great understanding and cooperation between law enforcement

Page

#:

14

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #: lll.3

Date: ABl27l2AA9
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Titte: BIAS CRIMES INVESTIGATIONS
and citizens of the community must be developed in order to
prevent Bias Incidents from occurring. Careful consideration
shall be given to developing the specific functions and
responsibilities of the police community relations effort.

Officers involved in community relations activities must have
knowledge of the composition of the community. Community
relations officers must maintain contact with community groups
in an effort to understand the needs and interests of the various
segments of the community.
An agency initiated community relaiions program should be
designed to offer an opportunity for law enforcement and other
public and private agenctes and individuals in the community to
discover their common goals, interests, problems, ambitions and
responsibilities and to work together toward the solution of
community problems.

b.

ELEMENTS OF POLICE COMMUNITY RELATIONS
(t)

Conduct in-service Bias lncident police community
relations training for agency personnel.

(2) Meet with residents and neighborhood groups in areas

where suspected or confirmed Bias lncidents have
occurred (or may potentially occur).
(3) Maintain liaison with community leaders, civil groups

and social service agencies, religious and professional
organizations and public, private and parochial schools.
(4) Organize police community relations programs which

reflect the needs of the community.
(5) Assist in developing cooperative programs which involves

the law enforcement agency with other community wide
organizations.
(6) Conduct Bias lncident awareness and education
programs in the school system and throughout the

community, as appropriate.

(7) Coordinate police community relations activities with
crime prevention programs.

E

ROLE AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CHIEF OF POLICE

Page #:

1E
IU

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date: A812712009
Order #: lll.3
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: BIAS CRIMES INVESTIGATIONS

1.

2.

Provide leadership and dlrectron by developing a clear and concise formal
Bias lncident policy and procedure and disseminating it to all department
personnel.
Publicly announce the agency's Bias lncident lnvesttgation Policy.
Explain that the public should immediately contact the police when a
Bias lncident occurs.
Ensure that all law enforcement officers of the agency receive appropriate
training in Bias lncident response and investigation.
Ensure that an appropriate initial law enforcement response is provided
to all suspected or confirmed Bias lncidents and that a complete
follow-up investigation is carried out, as appropriate.

5.

Ensure that security is increased in the affected area, as appropriate.

6.

Personally visit the victim of a Bias lncident, or designate an officer to do
so.

7

-

Ensure that the Bias lncident investigation is actively pursued to a
successful conclusion or until all leads have been considered.
Ensure that all relevant information regarding suspected or confirmed
Bias lncidents is shared with the county Prosecutor, the office of Bias
crime and community relations in the Division of criminal Justice, the
Division of State Police Central Security Bureau and other appropriate
law enforcement agencies within a reasonable period of time, as
necessary.
Ensure that victimlwitness service referrals are made in a timely manner,
as appropriate.

10. Enlist the aid of religious, community, business and educational groups
as well as other community leaders in an effort to moderate the impact
of the Bias lncident, to reduce the potential for counter-violence and to
promote good police community relations.

11. Ensure thai community relations' activities and crime prevention
programs are conducted, as appropriate.

12. Maintain contacts with community leaders concerning the Bias lncidents.
13. Conduct appropriate media relations. Prepare accurate and timely public
information news releases, as appropriate.

Page #:

to

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Date: ABl27l2A09
Order #: lll.3
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: BIAS CRIMES INVESTIGATIONS
14. Ensure that all confirmed Btas lncidents are reported as required to the

Uniform Crime Reporting System using Division of State Police Uniform
Crime Reporting procedures and report forms.
I3 Ensure that victims and other concerned pafties are informed of the final

disposition of the incident.

VI.

BUREAU COMMANDER RESPONSIBILITIES

A.

Bureau Commander

1.

Will ensure that all personnel in their division are fully famtliar with the
Bias lncident Policy.

?.

Will ensure that all personnel in their bureau are trained yearly covering
all aspects of the PolicY.

3.

Ensure that all personnel in their bureau follow all areas of the policy.

Vll. Crime Prevention Programs shall be the responsibility of the Administrative Bureau's
Community Policing Unit and shallwhenever possible include the following:
Bias incident prevention, education and awareness - to include programs
which provide an understanding of the nature and causes of Bias lncidents
and the resulting impact on the victims and the community.
2.

Crime analysis - to include the recognition of Bias lncident crime patterns.
Neighborhood Watch - to include identifying the purpose and principles of
crime awareness and timely reporting of suspect activity to the police.
Presented through lectures with handout literature and informational
displays.

4.

Residential security - to include discussion of physical security measures
and the conducting of on-site residential security surveys. (With handout
literature and information displays).

5.

Commercial, institutional and school security - to include discussion of
physical security measures and the conducting of on-site commercial,
institutional and school security surveys. (With handout literature and
information displays).
Environmental design techniques - to include target hardening and lighting

17

DEPARTMENT ORDER

lll.3.

Date: OBl27l20A9
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: BIAS CRIMES INVESTIGATIONS
considerations for existing buildings and new construction.

7.

Criminal mischref prevention - to include discussion of vandalism
prevention through security measures and juvenileladult education.

8.

Personal protection procedures - to include crime avoidance and
confrontation response procedures.

L

Crime prevention for senior citizens - to include identifying crimes to
which older persons are particularly vulnerable and discussion of crime
prevention measures for senior citizens.

Page

#:

18

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:

Date:0110712014
Order #:lll.4
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: DRUG ENFORCEMENT
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
POLICY AND PROCEDURE

SECTION:
CHAPTER:
SUBJECT:

lll
4

DRUG ENFORCEMENT

EFFECTIVE DATE:
CHIEF OF POLICE. Courtlandt A Turner

POLICY:
On July g, 1g87, the 1986 Drug Reform Act became effective. The new law not only sets
forth stricter penalties for the distribution of drugs, but it also imposes additional penalties for
distribution of drugs wiihin one thousand feet (1,000 ft.) of a school.
The Attorney General has distributed a Statewide Action Plan for Narcotics Enforcement.
The plan is quite comprehensive and calls upon all law enforcement agencies to actively
enforce the Drug Reform Act.
The direction for this department will be the implementation of the Attorney General's Drug

Action Plan.

PROCEDURE:

l.

This department shall develop school programs that educate our young people about
the danger of drugs. The designated officers will be the educational arm of the
department.

A.

The following programs shall be implemented in our school system and
community: (Attach List as an addendum)

B.

The designated officer shall maintain membership in various related
organizations:(Attach List as an Addendum)
officer will provide the Chief of Police with a monthly report
thai depicts the progress of the school programs and the Community Crime
Prevention programs.

C. The designated

It.

Strict enforcement and patrol of Drug Free Safety Zones within 1,000 feet of a school.
November, 1987. Procedures should be in strict accordance with the Agreement
between Education and Law Enforcement'

lll.

The designated lntelligence Officer is the intelligence gathering, enforcement and case

1

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

Date: A11072410
Order #:lll.4
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: DRUG ENFORCEMENT
coordinator for all narcotic violations. This individual shall serve as the liaison to the
Prosecutor's County Narcotic Task Force and the Statewide Narcotic Task Force. The
designated lntelligence Officer shall ensure that all members assigned to hislher divlsion
adheres to the following procedures:

A.

Establish and maintain membership in the authorized membership organizations.

B.

lnvestigate all narcotic violations immediately.

C.

Develop reliable informants that not only pinpoint distribution locations, but
also identifies the casual user. (ongoing)

1.

Prosecutions shall be sought for distributors as well as the casual
user.

D.

The designated lntelligence Officer wilt coordinate all undercover drug operations
and report directly to the Chief of Police. (ongoing)

E.

Target areas shall be established by the use of informants and the monthly
computer report that will depict locations and times of drug related offenses.
December, 1987. This information should be shared with the County Narcotics

Task Force.

F.

The designated lntelligence Officer shall set up a separate drug enforcement file.
The file shall be categorized by case and include all information that pertains to
a particular case.

1.

This file shall be separate from the department's Confidential lnformant
File.

2.

Once a narcotic location or subject has been identified, a case file is to
be initiated.

3.

Officers that are authorized by the Chief of Police may only access
the file.

a.
G.

The file shall be locked at all times.

The designated lntelligence Officer shall prepare a monthly report that provides
the following information. The report shall be forwarded io the county prosecutor
and the Statewide Drug Task Force.

1.

The number of new cases initiated.

a.

Total hours spent on the cases

#:

2

Page

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order

#:lll.4

Date:01107IZUA

Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: DRUG ENFORCEMENT

b.
2.

Whether a case is a continuing investigation, or closed

The number of active cases.

a.

Totalcase hours

b.

Total number of people charged

c.

Total number of indictments, convictions or acquittals

d.

Total arrests that were made within 1,000 feet of a school

e.

A breakdown of whether the arrests were adult or juvenile
and what the charges were

f.
3.

Type of drugs and quantity shall be included in the report

Total hours spent patrolling school safety zones.

H.

Coordinate and request county undercover officers when target areas have
been established.

l.

The Criminal lnvestigative Division Commander shall prepare allthe necessary
reports that would enable the department to obtain property that is subject to
forfeiture. (See Forfeiture Policy)

1.

The designated lntelligence Officer shall pursue the forfeiture of property
to the fullest extent of the law.

a.

All reports will be filed with the prosecutor's office within ten
(10) days of an arrest.

J.

All drug induced deaths shall be investigated in conjunction with the countywide
or Statewide Narcotics Task Force.

1.

The county prosecutor's office will be notified immediately. (ongoing)

lV. The Patrol Commander will ensure that the patrol officers enforce all narcotic

laws.

The Patrol Commander is the enforcement and deterrence arm of the department.
Personnel assigned to this division will, through routine patrol, deter narcotic offenses
around schools and other target locations. Once probable cause exists to arrest,
officers shall arrest anyone, adult or juvenile, who may be in violation of the Drug Reform
Act. Anyone not arrested must be reported, in writing, to the designated lntelligence
Officer. The circumstances and reasons as to why no arrest was effected will be
thoroughly explained.

#:

3

ilEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Date: A1107 2010
Order #:lll.4
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: DRUG ENFORCEMENT

A. The Patrol Commander

shall recommend officers for attendance in specialized
Drug Enforcement Training Courses.

Sergeants shall review the department information data and assign personnelto
locations where drug activity is prevalent.
C.

Assign police officers to school activities.

1.

Dances

2.

Major Sporiing Events

Provide monthly reports to the Chief of Police that reflect each officer's drug
enforcement activities, i.e. arrests.

All officers shall complete training that explains the provisions of the Drug
Reform Act.

V.

F.

Any calls for unauthorized people on school grounds will be investigated
immediately. A thorough check shall be initiated when any unauthorized
person(s) is found on school property.

G.

Parking regulations within the school safety zones shall be strictly enforced.

Arrest Reports
The arrest report should describe the location of the criminal activity by street
address as well as by reference to at least two street intersections or other
identifying landmarks. (i.e., e.9., 100 Park Avenue, between Penn and
Parkway Avenues).

The arresting officer should determine the distance from the location of the
criminal activity to the nearest border of the applicable school properly and
should record this approximate measurement in the arrest report, Arresting
officers should employ measuring procedures similar to those currently used
to determine distances in motor vehicle accident investigations.
The arrest report should also detail the exact route taken by the officer in
measuring the distance to the nearest school, since it is Iikely that the
measured walking distance will be greater than the actual, straight line
distance to the school property. The arrest report should also specify the
point alleged to be at or within the border of school-owned property (i.e., e.9.,
a given fence, the edge of a playground fronting a given street, etc.).

C.

Where the offense is alleged to have occurred in or on school property, or

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Order #: lll.4
Date: 01/07/2010
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: DRUG ENFORCEMENT
where a school is visible from the location of the criminal activity, the arrest
report should so indicaie.

Vl.

ln order that all members of the department fully understand the Attorney General's
emphasis to achieve a comprehensive drug enforcement program, a list has been
compiled that outlines those directives that are applicable to municipal law enforcement
agencies.
SNAP Directive 2.1: Drug Enforcement is designated to remain the number one priority
for every New Jersey Law Enforcement Agency.
SNAP Directive 2.2'. All sworn law enforcement officers shall arrest any person who
commits a controlled dangerous offense, including a disorderly persons offense, unless
such action would jeopardize an ongoing law enforcement operation or there is a
compelling public safety reason not to arrest.
SNAP Directive 2.3: Every law enforcement agency with five or more sworn officers shall
designate at least one officer as their narcotics enforcement liaison and shall submit the
name of this individual to the County Narcotic Task Force and to the Statewide
Narcotics Task Force. This officer shall, at a minimum, represent that agency at the
County task Force and shall also assist the task force, when possible, on major raids
and in other enforcement activities. Consideration should be given to assigning this
individual to the County Task Force, for a period to be determined by the municipal chief
and the County Prosecutor, for the purpose of facilitating training and integration of task
force methods of operation in enforcement activities.
SNAP Directive 2.5: All law enforcement agencies must comply with the regulations
governing the distribution of forfeited property and proceeds. ( see directive volume 2,

chapter 13)
SNAP Directive 2.6. All law enforcement agencies must comply with the Attorney
General's guidelines, issued periodically, addressing the acquisition, management,
and disposition of forfeited propeiry. ( see directive volume 2, chapter 13)
SNAP Directive 2.7: Adrug abuse resistance education program shall be introduced
by local, county, and state law enforcement agencies in every municipality.
SNAP Directive 2..34: Municipalities shall identify local drug market locations and
routinely patrol those areas and roadways. These locations and transportation corridors
shall be reported to the County Narcotics Task Force for the purpose of support in
targeting high drug crime areas.
SNAP Directive 2..35: Municipal police departments shall enforce schoolzone

enforcement policies.
SNAP Directive 2..36: Municipal police departments shall ensure that schoolzone

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:

Date:0110712010
Order #:ill.4
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: DRUG ENFORCEMENT
maps are redrawn and amended as necessary. The drug free school zone maps, along
with the local ordinance adopting the map, must be current. ln addition to reviewing the
map and adopting a local ordinance, it is necessary to provide a copy of the school
zone map and the engineer's certification, along with the pertinent police reports to the
lntake Unit of the Prosecutor's Office whenever a charge of 2C'.35-7, Distributing,
dispensing or possessing with the intent to distribute an controlled dangerous
substance on orwithin'1000'of school propedry, is lodged.
SNAP Directive 2..37 . The chief municipal law enforcement officer shall carry out the
mandates of the Drug Free School Zone Guide and revise as well as execute the
Modelfor an Agreement Between Education and Law Enforcement Officials.

Vll. Patrol Drug Response Unit

The County Prosecutor's Office has a Patrol Drug Response Unit, PDR, available to
assist all local, county and state law enforcement agencies with the enforcement of the
Controlled Dangerous Substance Act, when eircumstances warrant. The PDR is primarily
designed for response to motor vehicle stops, however, the unit is also available to assist
in preparing search warrants and to provide technical investigative assistance.
It is required that a local or county law enforcement agency immediately contact the
PDR where a seizure or arrest meets the following criteria;

*

Any organized criminal group

"

More than one half ounce (%) or 250 decks of heroin

*

More than five (5) ounces of cocaine or 25A vials of crack

*

More than five (5) pounds of marihuana

*

More than 100 tabs, dots or stamps of LSD

*

More than 250 pills or capsules

"
*

More than $10,000 in U.S. Currency

*

Technical questions or unusual circumstances

More than one (1) ounce of methamphetamine

The duty detective for the PDR Unit can be reached at the drug unit during business
hours and through the Sheriffs Communication Center after hours.

Vlll.Clandestine Laboratory lnvestigation Safety Procedures

6

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

Ill.4

Date: 01107/2010
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: DRUG ENFORCEMENT
One of the most dangerous trends in drug enforcement is the emergence of clandestine
drug laboratories. These illicit labs manufacture a variety of controlled dangerous
substances which may pose a threat to the safety and health of lab enforcement officers
The following procedure must be followed in the event a drug laboratory is suspected or
encountered.

*
*

As soon as information is developed regarding the presence of a drug laboratory,
the County Narcotics Task Force shall be notified .
lf a suspected drug laboratory is encountered, nothing should be touched or
moved. Containers, paraphernalia, instrumenis or suspected drugs should be
left in their exact positions. Do not turn on or off lights and/or electrical switches.
Do not operate portable radios, flashlights or other battery operated equipment in
the vicinity of the lab.

*

The location shall be immediately evacuated by all occupants, including law
enforcement and secured.

*

A member of the Prosecutor's Office Narcotics Unit will respond to the location,
assess the situation and contact the proper agencies to assist in the handling
of the drug lab.

#:

7

Page

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:

#:1.42.

Date:06/'16/2009
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: ATS/ACS WARRANT EXECUTION
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
CHIEF OF POLICE DIRECTIVE
POLICY & PROCEDURE

SECTION:
CHAPTER:42
I

Effective Date. lmmediately
Chief of Police: Mark W. Ott

PURPOSE

The purpose of this directive is to proiect the rights of citizens against unreasonable seizures
and to protect the Department from liability claims.
POLICY
Effective immediately every person arrested on ATS/ACS warrant shall cause the following to
occur:

1.

The working Telecommunications officer shall print two copies of the warrant being
served.

a.

One copy shall be provrded to the arresting officer.

b.

One copy shall be provided to the working supervisor and shall be
clearly marked with the following information:

i.
ii.
iii.

Case number associated with the arrest

"FOR EXECUTION TRACKING", and
"EXECUTED" or "NOT EXECUTED" and the reason for not
being executed

2.

The working Supervisor shall maintain these copies in one of two folders on the
shift supervisors desk.

3.

The working Supervisor shall make certain that the warrants in the NOT
EXECUTED file get executed at the first opportunity.

4.

At two separate times during the tour the working supervisor shall present the
"NOT EXECUTED" Warrants to the TCO for execution attempts, and these
presentations will be documented on "DAILY ASSIGNMENT" tog
.

5.

When a warrant is successfully executed it shall be moved into the WARRANTS
EXECUTED folder.

1

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:1.42.

Date:06/16/2009
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: ATS/ACS WARRANT EXECUTION

6.

At 0700hrs each morning the WARRANTS EXECUTED folder will be presented to
the working TCO for verification that each served warrant has been removed from

ACS/ATS properly. Once this has been done the TCO will mark each wlth their
lD and with "0700 Check Satisfactory".

7.

Once a warrant has been marked as described in #6 above, the warrant will be
filed in Lt. Mander's drawer in the folder marked closed ATC/ACS warrants.

8.

Failure to observe this procedure will result in disciplinary action as a sehedule C
matter for the first offense.

#:

2

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:1.43.

Date:0612912009
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: REPORTING FOR DUry - SIGNING lN/OUT
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
CHIEF OF POLICE DIRECTIVE
POLICY & PROCEDURE

SECTION:

I

CHAPTER:43
SUBJECT: Reporting For Duty
Eflective Date: July 6th, 2009
Chief of Police: Mark W. Ott

PURPOSE

The purpose of this directive is to establish in writing the procedure for reporting to work and
being logged in.
POLICY
Effective immediately all employees shall:

1.

Upon arriving at work, immediately check in with the working desk officer.
To have their arrival recorded upon the daily sign in sheet.

2.

Upon leaving work check out with the working desk officer. To have their
departure time recorded upon the daily sign in sheet.

This process may only be accomplished by one of the following two methods:

1.

Present yourself in person to the working desk officer at the door to their
office and asked to be checked inlout.

2.

Utilize one of the video intercoms at the main entry/exit points of the building to
to contact the desk to report in/out.

#:

1

DTPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Date:1213112049
Order #: 135
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Titte: BMC - COURT ORDERS/NO TRESPASSING
BRIDGETON POLICE DIVISION
CHIEF OF POLICE DIRECTIVE
POLICY & PROCEDURE

SECTION: I
CHAPTER:35

SUBJECT: COURT ORDERS/NOTICES OF TRESPASSING
EFFECTIVE DATE. 3-4-2049
CHIEF OF POLICE:Mark W. Ott
CROSS REFERENCE #: G-2009-005

PURPOSE

The purpose of this policy is to develop and implement a procedure by which notices of
trespass can be documented, whether they come from the Police, the Public or the Courts,
and such notices can be properly cataloged and recalled when necessary. This procedure
shall also document the means by which future violations can be addressed.

II.

POLICY

It shall be the policy of the Bridgeton P.D. to properly record notices against trespassing,
for future use by private citizens, the police and court ordered bans. lt shall also be the policy
of the Bridgeton P.D. to enforce such provisions where power of attorney is in place for the
BPD or the order comes from the courts, in all other situations citizens shall sign their own
complaints.

III.

DEFINITIONS

COURT ORDER: A document issued by any court of competent criminal or civiljurisdiction
banninglbarring/forbidding a specific individual or individuals from being located on certain
properties.
NOTICE AGAINST TRESPASSING: A verbal order from a police officer, under
legitimate/legal circumstances, to an individual about leaving a propefi or establishment and
not returning to same. This could also be accomplished by the couris by issuing a written
order.

LEGITIMATE CIRCUMSTANCES: Where an officer is empowered through the law to issue
such order. LE. Has discussed with owner or management of propert'y that has granted
power of attorney to the Bridgeton PD and it's agents in writing.

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #: 1.35
Date:1213112009
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: BMC - COURT ORDERS/NO TRESPASSING

IV. PROCEDURE

A.

Private Propefi Situations Not Covered By Power of Attorney
1.

When a citizen who has lawful control over a property wants someone
given notice against trespassing that person may call upon a Bridgeton
PD offrcer to provide such verbal "Notice Against Trespassing".

2.

The officer will identify the specific individual and provide the verbal order
to the subject of the complainant's desires.
The officer will request a time and blotter number be generated if one
doesn't already exist and document the basic facts on the narrative of
the blotter entry or in any associated investigation report. This narrative
shall be prepared by the officer involved and not a desk officer. The
otficer will associate the subject of the order and the person requesting
same in the persons involved field of the blotter entry (so that future
Master Name lndex Searches reveal such warning).

4.

B.

Enforcement of these orders and complaints generated from same
shall be signed/left to the citizen and not the police.

Quasi-Public Propefi Situations lnvolving Court lssued Ban Orders

1.

When a court of competent jurisdiction delivers to the Bridgeton P.D.
a court ordered ban concerning a particular individual and a particular
place:

a.

A blotter record shall be created (time & number). On the blotter
narrative a brief description of who is involved and what location
shall be entered by an officer of the Department.
The names involved shall be associated with the blotter (so that
future Master Name lndex Searches reveal such information).

The Master Name Record of the "banned" person shall be marked
in the notes fleld with the following message "SUBJECT BANNED
BY COURT ORDER FROM (SPECTFY LOCATTON lN DETATL)".

b.

The delivered order shall be marked in the upper right hand corner
with the generated Blotter number (i.e. 09-2501) and this shall be
delivered to the Records Room for filing with lnvestigation Reports.

With court ordered "Notice Against Trespassing" of this type, officers
shall sign the complaint when there is probable cause to believe the

Page #:

DEPARTMENT CRDER

Page #:

Date:1213112009
Order #: i.35
Category; DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Titte: BMC - COURT ORDERS/NO TRESPASSING
offense occurred. lf the suspect is still on the prope/cy from which they
are banned the officer may also effect the arrest.
a.

lf no probable cause to sign complaints exists, or the officer
questions the account given by a particular witness, the
complaining witness shall be the signing complainant.
lf the subject of the order is no longer on property and the
complainani wishes to file a complaint for the violation they
shall be allowed to do so themselves.

C.

Private Property lncidents lnvolving Power of Attorney Between Property Owner
and Bridgeton P.D.

1.

When an individual has been identified asa person notwanted on a
particular property (i.e. has frequent issues within a given area or causes
problems in ihat area) or has no legitimate purpose for loitering around a
particular property, the officer(s) involved shall advise the subject that
they are trespassing and be directed to leave the property.

a.

This warning is to be recorded via blotter record. A time and
numbershall be requested and the officer will associated the
individual and property with the persons involved field on the
blotter entry. The officer will also write a brief narrative of the
encounter and circumstances.
The officer should communicate with the property management
office and request that the subject be noticed by them as well
via letter and added to the property's banned list.
lf an individual has been placed on the banned list and has been
warned in person by the police (BOTH), the individual should be
charged with Defiant Trespassing whenever found on the property.

There may be occasions where an individual has both a legitimate and
non-legitimate times on a certain property.

l.E. John Jones has children by Mary Smith who lives at the Pheonix
Apt. Complex. There is a power of attorney between Pheonix Apt.
Complex and BPD. John Jones occasionally visits his children at
Mary's apartment. However, he has also been observed loitering in
common areas of the complex with others who are also not tenants
for hours on end.
ln situations such as the one found above the officer should use discretion
in making an arrest or signing complaints based on the totality of the

DEPARTMENT ORDER

1.35

Order #:
Date:1213112009
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: BMC - COURT ORDERS/NO TRESPASSING
circumstances.

D.

Power of Attrcrney Documents

1.

To properly catalog and document power of attorney information the
following process shall be used:

a.

Upon receipt of a power of attorney document, a blotter entry
shall be made (Other lncident).

i.
ii.
b.

c.
d.

Associate the property to Persons involved.
Type narrative to include a complete reproduction of the
power of attorney (generally only half a page of
information).

Mark the original document in the upper right hand corner with the
Blotter #.
Make copies of same for binder at Dispatch, Patrol Division
Commander, NRT Binders.
File originalwith records who will store same with investigation
reports by number.

Page

#:

4

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#;

#:1.4

Date:01123/2414
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: COMMUNICABLE DISEASES
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
CH]EF OF POLICE DIRECTIVE
POLICY AND PROCEDURE

SECTION:

I

CHAPTER:

4

SUBJECT:

COMMUNICABLEDISEASEPOLICY

EFFECTIVE

DATE:

1-23-2414

CHIEF OF POLICE:Mark W. Ott

PURPOSE OF POLICY
It is the responsibility of the Bridgeton Police Department to ensure that its employees are
able to periorm their duties in a safe and effective manner and to make certain that its
employees provide every person the same quality of service, regardless of a person's state of
health. The safe performance of daily operations has recently become threatened more than
ever before by life endangering communicable diseases, the most notable being Human
lmmuno-Deficiency Virus (HIV), and the causative agent of Acquired lmmuno-Deficiency
Syndrome (AIDS). Therefore, it shall be the policy of this department to continuously provide
employees with communicable disease information and up-to-date safety procedures which
will assist in minimizing potential exposure, while increasing their understanding of the nature
and potential risks of communicable diseases. lt shall also be the policy of this department to
ensure every person, regardless of his or her state of health, receives equal police
emergency services.
PROCEDURES:

I.

DEFINITIONS

A.

Body Fluids: Liquid secretions including but not limited to blood, semen
and vaginal or other secretions that might contain these fluids, such as
saliva, vomit, urine or feces (any bodily fluid).

B.

Communicable Disease: Those infectious illnesses that are transmitted
through direct or indirect (including airborne) contact with an infected
individual, including but not limited to the body fluids of the infected
individual.

C.

II.

Designated Safety Officer: The Administrative Bureau Commander.

COMMUNICABLE DISEASE PREVENTION

A.

ln order to minimize potential exposure to communicable diseases,

1

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Dafr-: A112312A14
Order #: 1.4
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: COMMUNICABLE DISEASES
officers must assume that all persons are potential carriers of a
communicable disease. With this in mind all employees will
utilize "Universal Precautions" at all times.

1.

Universal Precautions - Treating all blood and body fluids as
contaminated.

B.

Officers must cover all open cuts and abrasions with waterproof bandages
prior to reporting for duty.

C.

Disposable latex gloves shall be worn when handling any person, clothing
or equipment with body fluids on them, or when the officer anticipates
becoming involved in assaultive behavior through which the officer may
potentially become exposed to blood or body fluids containing blood^

1.

Gloves should not be reused and a new pair should be put on before
handling a different person or touching uncontaminated items

2.

When leather or cotton gloves are worn for crime scene work, latex
gloves can be worn underneath for added protection.

3.

ln appropriate circumstances, more than one pair of latex gloves
shall be worn to protect against exposure, where a single pair
might be damaged and unable to provide adequate protection.

4.

Wash hands thoroughly with liquid soap and water after removing
gloves.

D. Masks,

protective eye goggles and protective disposalcoveralls shall be
worn where body fluids may be splashed on the officer, or where airborne
contamination of a communicable disease is anticlpated.

Note: To date, there have been no documented cases of transmission of
Hepatitis B Virus, (HBV) or HIV Virus through airborne contamination'

E. All sharp instruments

such as knives, scalpels and needles shall be
handled with extraordinary care and should be considered to be contaminated
items.

1.

Leather gloves should be worn when searching for or handling sharp
instruments.

2.

Officers should not place their hands in areas where sharp instruments
might be hidden. An initial visual search of the area should be
conducted, using a flashlight and/or portable metal mirror where
necessary.

PaEe

#:

2

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

Date:0112312014
Order #: L4
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: COMMUNICABLE DISEASES

3.

a.

When searching a suspect's pockets, officers should exercise
careful hand movements and should try io pull the pockets
inside out from the top edge of the pocket instead of inserting
a hand into the pocket.

b.

When circumstances allow, the suspect should empty his or
her own pockets by pulling the pocket inside out. lf this is
determined by the officer to be a safe option.

c.

Use a Slim Jim or wooden paint stirrer to search in between
creases or automobile seats.

A search of a purse can be accomplished carefully by dumping the
contents onto a flat surface.

lll.

4.

Needles shall not be recapped, bent, broken, removed from a disposable
syringe, or otherwise manipulated.

5.

Needles or similar sharp edged instruments shall be placed in a
puncture-resistant, non-porous container when being collected for
evidence or disposal purposes. The container shall be marked
accordingly to show contents.

F.

Officers shall not smoke, eat, drink, or apply makeup around body fluid spills
or when wearing protective gloves.

G.

Any evidence contaminated with body fluids shall first be air dried, then double
bagged according io State Police and FBI procedures and marked to identify
suspected or known communicable disease contamination.

TRANSPORT and CUSTODY

A.

Where appropriate protective equipment is available, no officer shall refuse to
interview, assist, arrest or otherwise physically handle any person who may
have a communicable disease.

1.

Should an officer encounter a circumstance where appropriate equipment
is not available, the officer shall immediately contact his or her supervisor
and request assistance, but shall not neglect their duties or
responsibilities.

B.

Officers shall not put their fingers in or near the mouth of any conscious person

1.

Officers utilizing protective gloves can, if need be, insert their finger into
the mouth of an unconscious person in an attempt to clear a blocked

#:

3

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Date:4112312014
Order #: I 4
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Titte: COMMUNICABLE DISEASES

airway. This action should be performed in accordance with prescribed
foreign body airway obstruction procedures.

C.

lndividuals with body fluids on their person shall be transported in separate
vehicles from other individuals.

D.

During a transfer of custody, officers have an obligation to notify, in a discrete
manner, relevant support personnel that the suspecUvictim has body fluids
present on their person or has stated that he or she has a communicable
disease. Reasonable care should be taken that the information is not
transmitted to the general public or to those who have no need for that
information.

E.

Suspects taken into custody with body fluids on their persons, and not in
need of medical attention, shall be directly placed in the designated holding
area for processing.

1.

The shift commander shall be immedlately advised of the suspect's
status.

2.

Officers shall document, in the "remarks" section of the report, that a
suspect taken into custody has body fluids on his or her person or has
stated that he or she has a communicable disease. All necessary
precautions must be taken to avoid contact and contamination by
officers handling suspect. Suspect should be isolated from other
prisoners, or officers.

3.

All officers enterin! the isolated area shall be equipped with the
protective gear that is dictated by the circumstances.

IV. DISINFECTION

A.

Any unprotected skin surfaces that come into contact with body fluids shall
be immediately and thoroughly washed with warm running water and liquid soap
for a full minute before rising and drying.

1.

Alcohol or antiseptic toweleties may be used where soap and water
are not available.

2.

Disposable gloves should be removed inside out, with the contaminated
side not exposed. The hands and forearms should then be washed.
Hand lotion should be applied after disinfecting to prevent chapping
and to seal cracks and cuts on the skin.

DEPARTMENT *RDTR
Date: A112312014

Order #: l 4

Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: COMtv'i U N ICABLE DISEASES

4.

This must be accomplished wiihin twenty (20) minutes from time
of contact.

a.

Avoid petroleum-based lubricanis that may eat through latex
gloves.

Officers should remove clothing that has been contaminated with body fluids
as soon as practical.
1.

Officers should cleanse any contacted skin area in the prescribed
fashion (showering if necessary) prior to putting on clean clothing.

lf an ofiicer's article(s) of cloihing has been stained with the blood of
a patient, helshe shall immediately place the article(s) into a red bio
hazard bag.
Officers with affected clothing shall bag same as appropriate for
biohazard packaging and take it to the Bridgeton Fire Depariment.
The bag and iis contents should be explained to the receiving
member of BFD, who will then wash the clothing for the officer.

Disinfecting procedures shall be initiated whenever body fluids are spilled in
or when an individual with body fluids on his or her person is transported in a
municipal vehicle.

1.

The supervisor shall be notified and the vehicle shall be taken out of
service.

2.

The affected vehicle shall remain out of service until it has been
disinfected by washing the contaminated areas with a 10 part
water to 1 part bleach solution or disinfectant approved by the
Police Department Safety Officer.

a.

The person disinfecting the vehicle shallwear a protective
gown, latex gloves and eye protection.

Non-disposable items such as handcuffs, batons, etc., should be disinfected
with eithera bleach solution ('1 part bleach to 10 partswater), rubbing alcohol
or commercial disinfectant. Contaminated shoes and boots, including soles,
should also be disinfected with an approved disinfectant.

1.

A protective gown, eye protection and latex gloves shall be worn when
disinfecting equipment.

Page #:

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

Date: A112312414
Order #: 1.4
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: COMMUNICABLE DISEASES

V.

LINE OF DUTY EXPOSURES TO COMMUNICABLE DISEASE

A.

Any officer who has been bitten by a person, or who has had physical contact
with body fluids of another person, while in the line of duty shall be initially
considered to have been exposed to a communicable disease.

1.

The officer is to complete the Communicable Disease Exposure Report
which is found at the end of this Directive.

B.

Reports of direct air contact to communicable diseases shall be evaluated on the
merits of the particular incident by the City's Health Officer.

C.

The officer's immediate supervisor shall be contacted and all appropriate injury
forms shall be completed.

D. lmmediately

after exposure, the officer shall be transported to a medical facility
for clinical and serological testing for evidence of infection. The health care
officials shall evaluate the iest results, along with the circumstances surrounding
the incident, and make a final determination as io the extent, if any, of exposure
to a communicable disease.

E. Any person

responsible for potentially exposing the officer to a communicable
disease shall be encouraged to undergo testing to determine whether the person
has a communicable disease.

F.

G.

VI.

Officers who test positive for a communicable disease may continue working
as long as they maintain acceptable performance and do not pose a safety
and/or health threat to themselves, the public or the department.

1.

The department shall make all decisions concerning the officer's
work status solely on the medical opinions and advice of the City's
Workmen's ComP doctors.

2.

The department may require an employee to be examined by a health
care official to determine if he is able to perform his duties without
hazard to himself or others.

AII personnel shall treat employees who have contracted a communicable
disease fairly, courteously and with dignity.

LEGAL RIGHTS OF VICTIMS OF COMMUNICABLE DISEASES

A.

Victims of communicable diseases have the legal right to expect, and all
department employees are duty bound to provide, the same level of

#:

6

Page #:

DEPARTMENT ORDER
DaG:A112312414
Order #: 1.4
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: COMMUNICABLE DISEASES
service and enforcement as any other individual would receive.

B.

Officers assume that a certain degree of risk exists in law enforcement and
emergency services work and accept those risks with their individual
appointments. This holds true with any potential risks of contracting a
communicable disease as surely as it does with risks of confronting an armed
criminal.

C.

Any officer, who refuses to take proper action in regard to a victim of a
communicable disease, when appropriate protective equipment is available,
shall be subject to disciplinary measures along with civil and/or criminal
prosecution.

1.

Appropriate protective equipment shall consist of the following
equipment:

a.
b.
c.
d.

Face mask and eye shield
lmpervious fluid gown
Latex gloves
Biohazard bag and alcoholwipes

Whenever an officer mentions in a report that an individual has or may have
a communicable disease, he shallwrite "contains confidential information"
across the top margin of the first page of the report.
The officer's supervisor shall ensure that the above statement is on all reports
requiring that statement at the time the report is reviewed and initialed by the
supervisor.
F.

The Supervisor disseminating newspaper releases shall make certain that
confidential information is not given to the news media.

G. All requests (including subpoenas) for copies of reports

marked "contains

confidential information" shall be referred to the County Prosecutor when the
incident involves an indictable or juvenile offense. All requests for similarly
marked reports involving Petiy Disorderly and Disorderly Person offenses,
shall be referred to the City's Attorney.
H.

Prior approval shall be obtarned from the County Prosecutor before advising
a victim of a sexual assault that the suspect has, or is suspected of having,
a communicable disease.
All circumstances, not covered in this policy that may arise concerning
releasing confidential information regarding a victim or suspected victim of a
communicable disease, shall be referred directly to the Chief of Police.

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Date: A112312414
Order #: I.4
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: COMMUNICABLE DISEASES

J.

Victims of communicable disease and their families have a right to conduct their
lives without fear of discrimination. An employee shall noi make public, directly
or indirectly, the identity of a victim or suspected victim of a communicable
disease.

K.

Whenever an employee finds it necessary to notify another employee or police
officer, that a victim has or is suspected of having a communicable disease, that
information shall be conveyed in a dignified, discrete and confidential manner.
The person to whom the information is being conveyed should be reminded that
the information is confidential and that it should not be treated as public
information.

L.

Any employee who disseminates confidential information in regard to a victim,
or suspected victim, of a communicable disease in violation of this policy shall
be subject to serious disciplinary action and/or civil andlor criminal prosecution.

M.

lf, while dispatching a call you become aware that the paiient suffers from a
communicable disease, you willadvise all responding units as follows: Code77
'C' (Charlie) No additional clarification shall be transmitted on the radio.

N.

The Ryan White Comprehensive Aids Resources Emergency Act provides that
an emergency response employee who has been exposed to a bloodborne or
airborne pathogen may request information relating to the patient who may be
the source of the exposure.

VII. OFFICER TESTING

A.

lf the officer is exposed to a bloodborne or airborne pathogen the officer may
request testing and it will be the employee's responsibility to seek this option
by going to the Police Administration office to set up and follow through with
appointments and ensuring that appointments are made and kept.

B.

Medical Examiner cases require notification from the officers department.
The designated safety officer shall notify the Medical Examiner in
writing. The notification shall advise that the officer had been exposed
and that the department is requesting the decedent be tested.

When the results are received the designated safety officer and the
Chief shall meet with the officer and advise him/her of the results.

a.

C.

The officer shall be provided with the results in writing and a
copy of the letter shall become a permanent medical record
that shall be filed in the officer's medical employment file.

AIDS Testing

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Da&:A112312414
Order #: 1.4
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: COMMUNICABLE DISEASES

D.

1.

lf the officer would tike to be tested, he/she should be tested
immediately.

2.

The officer should be tested again at six months and lwelve months.

Hepatitis Testing

1.

lf the officer would like to be tested, he/she should be tested immediately

2.

The officer should be tested again after seventeen days

VIII TESTING OF ADULTS OTHER THAN LAW ENFORCEMENT
The trial court must order a defendant to undergo AIDS testing under
certain circu mstances.
The first circumstance is when during the crime, disorderly persons
offense or petty disorderly person offense or during the arrest or
investigation relating to that crime, disorderly persons offense or
petty disorderly persons offense a police officer, the victim or another
person is pricked by a hypodermic needle and there is probable cause
to believe that the defendant is an intravenous drug user.
2.

The second circumstance is when during the course of the crime,
disorderly persons offense or petty disorderly offense or during the
arrest or investigation relating to that crime, disorderly persons offense
or petty disorderly offense, a police officer, the victim or other person
has contact with the defendant that involved (or was likely to involve)
the transmission of bodily fluids.
ln the situations described above, the defendant must be convicted of
or indicted for the offense during which the contact or needle prick
occurred or there must be an accusation in place (i.e., the defendant
has waived his right to indictment). Note that this testing is mandatory

There are also situations where the trial court has the discretion to order AIDS
testing. These situations occur when:

1.

During the performance of any law-enforcement duty, a police officer
suffers a prick from a hypodermic needle and there is probable cause
to believe that the defendant is an intravenous drug user;
or

Page #:

DEPARTMENT (iKDER

Page #:

Dale:0112312014
Order #: L4
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: COMMUNICABLE DISEASES

2.

During the performance of any law-enforcement duty, a law-enforcement
officer had contact with a defendant that involved (or was likely to involve)
the transmtssion of bodily fluids.

3.

The court shall order such testing only upon the request of the law
enforcement officer, victim of the offense or other affected person. This
request must be made at the time of indictment, charge or conviction.
lf a County Prosecutor declines to make such an application within 72
hours of being requested to do so by a law enforcement officer, the law
enforcement officer may appeal to the division of Criminal Justice for that
officer to bring an application.

IX. TESTING OF JUVENILES
ln addition to any other disposition made pursuant to law, a court shall order a
juvenile charged with delinquency or adjudicated delinquent for an act which, if
committed by an adult would constrtute a crime, a disorderly persons offense
or a petty disorderly persons offense, to submit to an approved serological test
for acquired immune deficiency syndrome (AIDS) or infection with the human
immunodeficiency virus (HtV) or any other related virus identified as a probable
causative agent of AIDS if:

1.

ln the course of the commission of the act, including the immediate
flight thereafter or during any investigation or arrest related to that act,
a law enforcement officer, the victim or other person suffered a prick
from a hypodermic needle, provided there is probable cause to believe
that the juvenile is an intravenous user of controlled dangerous
substances;
or
ln the course of the commission of the act, including the immediate
flight thereafter or during any investigation or arrest related to that act,
a law enforcement officer, the victim or other person had contact with
the juvenile which involved or was likely to involve the transmission of
bodily fluids.
The court may order a juvenile to submit to an approved serological
test for AIDS or infection with the HIV or any other related virus identified
as a probable causative agent of AIDS if in the course of the performance
of any other law enforcement duties, a law enforcement officer suffers a
prick from a hypodermic needle, provided that there is probable cause to
believe that the defendant is an intravenous user of controlled dangerous
substances, or had contact with the defendant which involved or was
likely to involve the transmission of bodily fluids. The court shall issue
such an order only upon the request of the law enforcement officer,

10

DEPARTMENT CIRDER

Hage

1.4

Date:0112312014
Category: DEPARTM ENT ORDERS
Title: COMMUNICABLE DISEASES

Order #:

victim of the offense or other affected person made at the time of
indictment, charge or conviction. lf a county prosecutor declines io
make such an applicaiion within 72 hours of being requested to do so
by the law enforcement officer, ihe law enforcement officer may appeal
to the Division of Criminal Justice in the Department of Law and Public
Safety for that officer to bring the application. The juvenile shall be
ordered by the court to submit to such repeat or confirmatory tests

as may be medically necessary.

X.

REPORTING

A.

An officer that has been exposed shall, immediately notify his/her immediate
supervisor.

B.

The immediaie supervisor shall ensure that the officer completes the lnfectious
Communicable Disease Exposure Report (Attached) as well as the normal
Worker's Comp. lnjury RePort form.

1.

The forms shall be completed and submitted before the officer
completes his/her shift.

C. The reports shall be forwarded

1.
XI

to the Chiefs Office.

The reports shall be filed in the officer's permanent medical file.

VACCINATIONS

A.

The City of Bridgeton offers it's public safety employees free vaccinations
for Hepatitus.

1.

Any employee wishing to accept this offer shall make contact
with the Chiefs Secretary to set up appointments.

2.

After the vaccinations have been set up (approval) it is the
individual employees responsibility to ensure that they
make each and every appointment to receive initial as well
as supplemental shots.

3.

Officers failing to set up a course of vaccinations through the
Chiefs Secretary shall be deemed to have refused the
service.

4.

Anyone who initially fails to wish the shots but later determines
that they do wish to have the shots shall be allowed to do so.

r:

I

I

Page

DEPARTMENT ORDER

1.4

Date:0112312014
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: COMMUNICABLE DISEASES

BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
EXPOSURE INCI DENT REPORT

Date: I

I

Employee's Name:
Date of Exposure:
PreciseLocation of
lncident:

Badge

/

/

Time of Exposure:

#:

12

Page

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #:

1.4

Date:0112312014
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: COMMU NICABLE DISEASES
Nature of
Incident:

Describe what tasks were being performed when exposure occurred. Be Specific:

Were you wearing Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)? Yes

_

No

_

List PPE
used:

Did the PPE

fail? Yes

No

lf yes, explain the failure in
detail:

What bodily fluid(s)were you exposed to (blood or other potentially infectious material?) Be
Specific:

What parts of your body became exposed? Be
specific:

Estimate the size of the area of your body that was exposed:

'

For how long?
Did a foreign body (needle, nail, auto part, dentalwire, etc.) penetrate your body? Y_
lf so specifically describe what, where and how the foreign body penetrated your skin:

N_

#:

13

Page

DEPA.RTMENT ORDER
Order #:

1.4

Date: A112312014

Category : DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: COMMUNICABLE DISEASES

much.
Did you receive medical attention?

Y-

ldentification of Source lndividual:
Name:
Address:
Home Phone:

Work

Other important information:

Signature:

lf so, how

No

Was any fluid iniected into your body? Yes

N-

lf yes list where, when and by whom:

Phone:-----

#:

14

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:1.7

Date:01/01/2010
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: COMPUTER OPERATIONS/REPORT WRITING
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
POLICY AND PROCEDURE

SECTION: I
CHAPTER:7
REVISION DATE

SUBJECT: COMPUTER OPERATIONS/REPORT WRITING
EFFECTIVE DATE:
CHIEF OF POLICE
COURTLANDT A. TURNER
CROSS REFERENCE #:
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
POLICY
To establish the procedure by which members gain access to department computers, and to
standardize the format used in completing the necessary police reports to accomplish the
police mission.

l.

Computer Access

A.

All members will be given specific access and user rights by the system
administrator for the department computer system.

1.

Users will be assigned a login name and/or number to be used to
gain access to the computers and the software contained thereon.

2.

Users will give the system administrator a password to be associated
with their login name/number. This password must not be shared with
other members to maintain the integrity of the system security.

a.

b.

lf a user wishes to change his password, he may contact
the system administrator to do so. Periodic changing of
passwords is encouraged.
Users should respect another user's concerns for password
privacy.

B.

No member will use another member's computer login namelnumber or

#:

1

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #: 1.7
Date:01/01/2010
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: COMPUTER OPERATIONS/REPORT WRIT|NG
password for any reason.
C.

computer hacking and installation of computer virii will not be tolerated and
will be closely monitored and scrutinized. Such actions will result in
disciplinary action that could include departmental and criminal charges.

D.

No user will install any software on a department computer without prior
authorization from the system administrator.
Playing games of any kind on a department computer is prohibited.
1.

This applies to all members whether on-duty or off-dug at the time.
Members who are aware of any game programs that are installed on
department computers are urged to make the System Administrator
aware of same.

3. The System Administrator is authorized and directed to remove any
unauthorized programs, games or otherwise, from department
computers.

ll.

Computer Login
A.

This department has a computer network in place, which uses a clienuserver
configuration. what this means is that there is one main computer server to
which all the other workstations (clients) attach and connect to. The server
contains all the programs that we use to complete our police reports, currenfly
the IMPACT Police Management software.

1. lf a workstation is not attached and connected

to the seryer via
network cabling and the proper login, the user will not be able to
access any software on the server or complete reports.

There are different types of computers in place for this department. some
may be operating in a Dos environment, while others will be running an
operating system including windows 95/98 or later. Each operating system
has it's own login process.

1.

lf users are unfamiliar with the operating system installed on a
specific computer, they should refrain from using that computer until
properly instructed by the system administrator or other authorized
person.

2-

lf a computer fails to allow a user to login, this problem can usually be
rectified by shutting the computer down and then restarting the system.

Page #:

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

1.7

Date: 01/01/2010
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: COMPUTER OPERATIONS/REPORT WRITING
It should be noted that resetting a computer which has open

programs/files €n cause damage to system files and should be avoided
if other less drastic means of shutting down and restarting can be used,
i.e., pressing the key combination of CTRL-ALT-DEL, or using the normal
shutdown procedure for a Windows 95/98 or later system.

lll.

Police Reports

A.

All police reports that can be completed using the IMPACT software will be
done in that manner, thus enabling all reports to be instantly retrievable at any
time of day or night. The following reports are currently prepared exclusively by
using the IMPACT software:

1.

Arrest

2. lnvestigation
3. Supplementary lnvestigation
4. Miscellaneous Operations
5. Recovered Vehicle/Property
B.

The original police report will be printed on canary yellow paper and submitted
to the report preparer's supervisor for review after being proofread-

1.

After review, the original police report will be placed into the appropriate
binder or clipboard.

2.

C.

ln the event a report is corrected and resubmitted, the preparer will
ensure that the previously submitted report is removed so that duplicate
reports aren't submitted.

a.

lf a report has already been submitted to Records, the officer
must notify the Records Room that it is a replacement to
another already submitted report. This must be done prior
to the report being permanently filed.

b.

lf a report has already been forwarded to another agency or
provided to anyone upon request, it can not be corrected or
replaced and is considered to be an official police record.

c.

Anyone, whether civilian or law enforcement, requesting a
copy of any official department police report should be directed
to the Records Section for that purpose.

ln those cases involving an arrest, the arresting officer will be responsible for
assuring that a computerized mugshot is obtained in addition to any other
existing arrest processing requirements.

#:

3

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

1.7

Date: 01/01/2010
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: COMPUTER OPERATIONS/REPORT WRITING

D.

A police report is an otficial document and a permanent record once filed. lt
is important that the reports be true and accurate accounts of all investigations
and incidents requiring police action or intervention. They should be objective
and unbiased, and free of errors, both in spelling and grammar.

1.

Reports should always be proofread by the preparer before being
submitted to a supervisor for review.

2. The reviewer should review all police reports completely

before placing
his or her initials on that report. The reviewer should read the entire
report, including all narrative. Any deficiencies or errors, either in
procedure, spelling or grammar should be noted and the preparer should
then make the necessary corrections.

3.

Police reports will also undergo a final review by the Special Services
Bureau. Any deficiencies or errors in procedure or content will be noted
and the report will then be returned to the reviewer for corrections if
needed.

E.

When a police report is needed for court testimony, or any other official purpose,
only the original report on file with the Records Section will be used for purposes
of copies. No report that is printed from the computer system should be used for
court testimony or forwarded to other agencies.

F. lf a police report or other official document is to be discarded,

proper procedure
should be taken to maintain the confidentiality of these reports. ldeally, all
reports should be shredded before being thrown into the trash. ln the event a
shredder is not available, the report should be torn and obliterated so as to
prevent it from being read by unauthorized personnel who might have access
to the discarded report.

lV.

1.

Reports should never be left lying around City Hall.

2.

Simply crumpling a report and throwing it into the trash is not acceptable.

Remote Computer Access

A. This department maintains

at least one computer available for dial-up
connections from remote locations by officers of this department. Officers are
responsible for ensuring that no one unauthorized attempts are made to access
this department's computer from their personal computers.

B.

Otficers must realize that by connecting to a department computer via modem,

#:

4

DEPARTMENT ORDER

1.7

Date:0110112010
Order #:
Gategory: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: COMPUTER OPERATIONS/REPORT WRITING
they are essentially "taking" over the computer workstation that they've
accessed. This may be a computer in Detective Division or the System
Ad m in istrator's workstation.

V.

1.

The only program authorized to be accessed remotely is the IMPACT
Police Management software.

2.

No programs or files on the remotely accessed computer other than
IMPACT are to be opened, accessed, perused or copied.

lnternet Access

A.

Several computers are able to access the lnternet via various lnternet Service
Providers (lSP) or Online Services (OLS) such as America Online.

1.

Officers are authorized to access these services only for authorized

work-related research, inquiries or investigative purposes.

2.

Under no circumstances will members access sites on the World

Wide Web that contain pornographic or sexually explicit materials,
except as part of an authorized investigation.

3.

Likewise, no member shall access public or private chat rooms, or
engage in "lnstant Messaging" with persons for other than bona fide
work-related purposes.

4.

No member will download files to a department computer without the
prior approval of the System Administrator or the Chief of Police.

5.

No telephone toll charges are to be incurred to access an ISP or OLS

without the express approval of the Chief of Police.

Vl.

Electronic Mail/ Network Messaging

A.

All Electronic Mail (e-mail) or Network Messaging sent or received using
department e-mail systems is considered to be the property of the department
and all messages are department records.

1.

The department reserves the right to monitor and disclose all messages
without notice.

2.

There are no personal privacy rights in any department e-mail or network
messaging system.

a.

This department's equal employment opportunity and anti-

Page

#:

5

DEPARTMENT ORDER

I.7

Order #:
Date: 01/01/2010
Category: DEPARTM ENT ORDERS

Title: COMPUTER OPERATIONS/REPORT WRtTtNG
harassment policies apply to electronic communications and
discriminatory or harassing communications are prohibited.

b.

c.

No offensive, sexually explicit, or otherwise inappropriate
content is to be used in e-mail, network messaging, files or
other documents generated or contained on department
computers.

Abuse of an e-mail system or network messaging may subject
members to disciplinary action.

Vll. Computer Problems

A.

ln the event of a computer malfunction, failure or lockup that the user is
unfamiliar with should be directed to a supervisor for resolution. lf it is
necessary, the system administrator should be contacted for technical support.

1. If the system administrator

is available at city Hall, it is not necessary
to contact a supervisor prior to requesting assistance.

2.

ln the event the system administrator is not working the supervisor must
be contacted as this may involve cailing the administrator in for overtime.

Page#:

6

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Order#:1.8

Page

Date:0110112010

Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Tit|e: COMPUTERIZED MUG SHOT CAMERA SYSTEM
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT

POLICYAND PROCEDURE
SECTION:

I

CHAPTER:8
# OF PAGES: 3
REVISION DATE

SUBJECT: COMPUTERIZED MUGSHOT SYSTEM

EFFECTIVE DATE:
CHIEF OF POLICE
COURTLANDT A. TURNER

CROSS REFERENCE #:
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT

Purpose

This primary purpose of this policy is to establish a standard operating procedure for the use
of the new digital computerized mugshot camera. Secondarily, this policy shall serve to
reinforce the training the officers using the system have already recerved, either by the
Training Unit, or by qualified superiors or contemporaries, who have been pre-approved to
provide such training by a member of the Training Unit.
This policy is an augmentation to, and not a replacement of or substitution for, any existing
policies or procedures pertaining to the obtaining of arrest photos.

Statement
The digital mugshots entered into the computer system will be available for viewing or printing
on a24-hourlT day basis. This will obviously be a great toolwith many benefits to the officers
who normally had no access the Polaroid photos we've been taking since 1987. At this point,
the mugshots can only be viewed from computer workstations, which are using the Windows
95 (or 98) operating environment. Monies have been requested in the budget to upgrade all
computer hardware to enable the installation of Windows 95 or 98 on all workstations.

#:

1

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Order #: I 8
Date:0110112010
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: COMPUTERIZED MUG SHOT CAMERA SYSTEM
All digital mugshots will have a unique number, regardless of whether the subject depicted
has been photographed before, either Polaroid or digitally. All digital photos will be linked to
the arrestee's Master Name lndex entry in the lmpact software and not to their photo lD # as
we've become accustomed to in the old Polaroid system.

Procedures
l.

2.

All arrestees who would normally be photographed in accordance with existing
departmental standard operating procedures willADDlrloNALLY be photographed
using the photo imaging system. The dual photos are necessary untilan adequate
database is built in the computer system, for possible use in photo arrays.
No officer shall use the photo imaging workstation until properly instructed and
evaluated by an approved instructor. There have been problems noted in the use of

this workstation. This step is necessary to maintain the integrity of the photo database.
Officers taking digital photos will take priority over the system from officers who are
preparing other police reports. Therefore, it would be prudent for officers to use other
available workstations for non-arrest type reports to reduce the inconvenience of having
to change workstations. lt is noted that sometimes this is not possible due to workload
and workstation availability
4.

It is incumbent upon the officer taking the digital mugshot to ensure that an acceptable
image is captured for the front and profile (side) views. This shall include that the
subject's head is approximately one (1) inch from the top of the image as viewed on the
monitor, and centered left to right. An officer can capture and discard images until they
are satisfied with the results.

5.

The arrestee's hands will be down to their side (not on their hips or elsewhere)
The arrestee will be told to stand with his or her toes immediately BEHIND the red
tape line on the floor. This will ensure the proper distance from the camera that is
crucial to photograph integrity in the event of it's use in a photo array.
For the profile view, have the arrestee turn their head to the RIGHT until a proper profile
is obtained. There will be a visible marker (orange sticker) on the wall to the right which

the officer can instruct the subject to look at, simplifying this step.
8.

Once you're satisfied that proper front and side view images have been captured, exit
the photo imaging software, saving the captured images. IMPORTANT! You are already
logged into the lmpact software. You will note that there is an lmpact lcon at the bottom
of the screen on your monitor (the taskbar). lt will say srART- Fox260 or srARTCOMMAND. DO NOT login to the lmpact software again! This will cause numerous
serious anomalies in the computer system. Just click on the lmpact icon at the bottom
of the screen and you will be right back into the lmpact software.

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Order#:1.8

Page

Date:011011201A

Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: COMPUTERIZED MUG SHOT CAMERA SYSTEM

9.

There has been track lighting installed to provide the proper amount of light for the
camera system. Please ensure that all of the light bulbs are operational. lf they are
not, please notify your supervisor who will have access to replacement bulbs.

10. A hard copy color photo print will be maintained in the Criminal lnvestigation Division
office. These photo prints will be printed and maintained by the Computer Network
Administrator or other designees as assigned by the Chief of Police. Officers should
note that they could print out a black and white copy of any digital photos on a laser
printer if needed. These laser copies are of excellent quality and suitable for facsimile
transmission.

11. lf there are any other problems encountered, or any questrons, suggestions, or
discrepancies with this procedure, officers are authorized to contact the computer
network administrator(s) immediately for assistance or clarification. Supervisory
permission is only required if it is necessary for the network administrator to respond
to City Hall after hours.

#:

3

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Date: 4510712013
Order #: I.33.1
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: CONDUCTED ENERGY DEVICES
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
POLICY AND PROCEDURE

SECTION:
CHAPTER:
SUBJECT:

I

33.1

CONDUCTED ENERGY DEVICES

EFFECTIVE DATE:MAY 7. 2013
CHIEF OF POLICE:MARK W. OTT

ACCREDITATION STANDARDS: 1.3.4; 1.3.5; 1.3.7; 1.3.9
The written directives developed by the Bridgeton Police Department are for internal use only,
and do not enlarge an officer's civil or criminal liability in any way. They should not be
construed as the creation of a higher standard of safety or care in an evidentiary sense, with
respect to third party claims. Violations of written directives can only be the basis of a
complaint by this department, and then only in an administrative disciplinary setting.
l:33.'1-1 PURPOSE:

To establish guidelines concerning member certification requirements and the
parameters for use of a conducted energy device.
1.33.1-2 POLTCY:

The department has acquired conducted energy devices (CEDs) to provide
members with additional use-of-force options for gaining compliance of resistant
or aggressive individuals in arrest and other enforcement situations. ln certain
situations, a conducted energy device may help diffuse a volatile situation and
make it unnecessary for an officer during a confrontation to resort to the use of
deadly force. The device may also reduce the risk of death or injury to members,
innocent bystanders and victims, and also the persons who are subject to arrest.
l:33.1-3 PROCEDURE:

I.

Definitions

A. Conducted

Energy Devtce (CED):

Any device approved by the New Jersey Attorney General that is capable
of firing darts/electrodesthat transmit an electrical charge or current
intended to temporarily disable a person.

B.

Constructive Authority: The use of a law enforcement officer's authority to
exert control over a subject, including verbal commands, gestures, warnings

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Order #: i.33.1
Date:4514712013
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: CONDUCTED ENERGY DEVICES
and unholstering a weapon.

C.

Fire. To cause the darts/electrodes of a conducted energy device to be
ejected from the main body of the device and to come into contact with a
person for the purpose of transmitting an electrical charge or current against
the person.

D.

Enhanced Mechanical Force: The actual firing or discharge of a conducted
energy device. An intermediate force option between mechanical force and
deadly force, requiring a greater level of justification than that pertaining to
physicalor mechanicalforce, but a lower levelof jusiification than required
for the use of deadly force

Discharge: To cause an electrical charge or current to be directed at a person
in contact with the dartsielectrodes of a conducted energy device.

ll.

F.

Drive Stun Mode: To discharge a conducted energy device where the main
body of the device is in direct mode with the person against whom the charge
or current is transmitted.

G.

Spark Display: A non-contact demonstration of a conducted energy device's
ability to discharge electricity that is done as an exercise of constructive authority
to convince an individual to submit to custody"

Authorization to Carry
The department issued conducted energy devrce shall be the Karbon Arms
MPID. This model has met the criteria established by the New Jersey Attorney
General and is the only device authorized for use by members of this department

1.

The device is capable of making a date and time-stamped digital recording
of each occurrence when the darts/electrodes are fired, and of each
occurrence when an electrical current is discharged.

2.

The device is capable of making a digital video recording of each firing and
electrical discharge, where the focus of the internal camera is centered on
the person against whom the conducted energy device was targeied.

J.

The device safeguards all such digital data and video recordings to ensure
that they can be accessed or erased only be appropriate supervisory
personnel.

B.

The Chief of Police shall determine the number of officers who are authorized to
carry and use a conduciive energy device.

C.

An officer shall not carry or use a conducted energy device unless expressly

DEPARTMENT ERDER

Page #:

Order #: 1.33 1
Date:4514712013
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: CONDUCTED ENERGY DEVICES
authorized, in writing, by the Chief of Police.

D.

An officer shall not carry or use a conducted energy device uniil successfully
completrng a training course approved by the Police Trarning Commissron in
the proper use and care of the device.
1.

The training must comply with the Police Training Commission approved
qualification and re-qualification procedures.

2

The Chief of Police shall have the continuing responsibility to ensure that
allofficers authorized to carry or use a CED remain qualified by experience,
demonstrated judgment, and training.

The chief of Police may, at any time, suspend or revoke the authority of an officer
to carry or use a conducted energy device.
F.

lll.

An officer authorized to carry and use a CED pursuant to this policy shall be
exempt from criminal liability under N.J.S.A. 2C:39-(h) for knowing possession
of a stun gun provided by his or her department.

Authorization To Use of Conducted Energy Devices

A.

An officer who is authorized to use a conducted energy device pursuant to this
policy may fire and/or discharge the device, as acomponent of enhanced
mechanical force, during an operation only when:

1.

The officer believes such force is reasonable necessary to prevent the
person against whom the device is targeted from causing death or
serious bodily injury to himself, an officer or any other person; or

2.

The officer believes such force is reasonably necessary to prevent the
immediate flight of an individual whom the officer has probable cause to
believe has committed the offense in which the suspect caused or
attempted to cause death or serious bodily injury; or

The individualwill not voluntarily submit to custody after having been
given a reasonable opportunity to do so, considering the exigency of
the situation and the immediacy of the need to employ law enforcement
force to prevent the individual from causing death or serious bodily injury
to himself or any other person.

B. An officer is authorized

to unholster and display a conducted energy device, as
part of an exhibition of constructive authority, and to activate the device's spark
display function when:

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

1.33.1

Date:4510712013
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: CONDUCTED ENERGY DEVICES

1.

The purpose of such display is to create an apprehension that the device
will be firedldischarged, if necessary, so as to induce compliance with poiice
commands.

2.

The person to whom the conductive energy device is exhibited is refusing to
comply with police commands; and

3.

The use of some form of actual force against the person (whether physical,
mechanical, enhanced mechanical, or deadly) may potentially be needed
if the exercise of constructive authority is not successful in inducing the
person to comply with the officer's commands.

C.

An officer shall not direct an electrical charge or current against a person who
has already received an electrical charge from a conducied energy device unless
the person, despite the initial discharge, continues to pose a threat of causrng
death or bodily injury to him or herself, the officer, or any other person.

1.

The person shall be given a reasonable opportunity to submit to law
enforcement authority and to comply with commands before being
subject to a second or subsequent charge. This does not apply if the
person's conduct, after the initial discharge, creates an immediate risk
of death or serious bodily injury to a person and that delaying a second
or subsequent discharge would likely result in death or serious bodily
injury to that person.

2.

lf a second or subsequent discharge is authorized and necessary, and
if feasible, the main body of the device should be centered on the person
so that the video camera records the circumstances justifying any such
second or subsequent discharge.

D.

An officer shall not direct an electrical charge or current against a person who is
restrained by handcuffs unless:

1.

The officer reasonably believes, based on the suspect's conduct while
handcuffed, that such force is immediately necessary to protect the
officer, the suspect or another person from imminent danger of death
or serious bodily injury.

2.

The use of physical or mechanical force (i.e. baton or OC spray) is
not immediately available to be employed, has been tried and failed
to stop the imminent threat of death or serious bodily injury, reasonably
appears to be unlikely to stop the imminent threat if tried, or would
be too dangerous to the officer or an innocent person to employ.

3.

The main body of the device shall be focused towards the person so that
the focus of the device's video camera is centered on the person in order

#:

4

Page

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Order#:1.33.1

Date:4510712013

Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: CONDUCTED ENERGY DEVICES
to recorder the circumstances justifying the discharge.

E.

An officer shall not use a conducted energy device in drive stun mode unless
the officer reasonably believes, based on the suspect's conduct, that discharging
the device in drive stun mode is immediately necessary to protect the officer, the
suspect, or another person from imminent danger of death or serious bodily injury.

IV. Unauthorized Uses of Conducted Enerqy Devices

A.

A conducted energy device shall not be used in any environment where an officer
knows or has reason to believe that a potential flammable, volatile or explosive
material is present that might be ignited by an open spark, including but not
limited to pepper spray with a volatile propellant, gasoline, propane or natural gas.

B. A conducted

energy device shall not be used or threatened to be used to retaliate
for any past conduct or to impose punishment.

C.

A conducted energy device shall not be fired or discharged against a person who
is exhibiting only passive resistance to an officer's command to move from or to
a place, to get onto the ground, or to exit a vehicle.

D.

A conducted energy device shall not be fired or discharged to prevent a person
from committing property damage.

E.

A conducted energy device shall not be fired or discharged against the operator
of a moving vehicle.

F.

Two or more conducted energy devices shall not be discharged upon a person
at the same time.

G.

A CED shall not be used in, on or immediately adjacent to a body of water in
which the targeted person could fall during any stage of the application of the
electrical current generated by the device.

V. Training
A.

and Qualification Requirement

No officer shall be authorized to carry or use a conducted energy device
during an actualoperation until having completed a training course and
qualification procedure approved by the Police Training Commission in
the proper use and deployment of conducted energy devices.

1.

The training program will include training provided by the manufacturer
of the device along with training governing the use of the device under
New Jersey law.

2. The training program shall also include a component

on how to interact

#:

5

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Date: A5lA7l2A13
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: CONDUCTED ENERGY DEVICES

Order #:

1.33.1

with an emotionally disturbed person, how to recognize mental illness,
and techniques to de-escalate a psychiatric crisis to prevent injury or
death.

B.

All law enforcement officers authorized to carry and use a conducted
energy device pursuant io this policy shall qualify, and thereafter re-qualify
semi-annually, in a training course and qualification procedure approved by

the Police Training Commission.

Vl

DeploymentTechniques
When feasible, the officer should warn the person against whom the conducted
energy device is directed that the officer intends to fire the weapon.

B.

1.

lf a second or subsequent discharge is authorized by this policy, the
officer, when feasible, shall warn the person that that he or she Intends
to discharge the device again.

2.

It shall not be necessary for an officer to warn the person of the impending
firing/discharging of the device if the person's conduct is creating a risk of
death or serious bodily injury that is so immediate that any delay would
likely result in death or serious bodily injury.

An officer shall not unholster a conducted energy device during an encounter
unless the officer reasonably believes that is may be necessary for the officer
to use the conducted energy device.
1

An officer shall not exhibit a CED to a person or conduct a spark display
during an encounter unless the officer reasonably believes that the display
of the device andlor demonstration of its abiliiy to discharge electricity as
an exercise of constructive authority would help to establish or maintain
control in a potentially dangerous situation to discourage resistance and
ensure officer safety.
An officer may unholster andlor exhibit a CED or conduct a spark display
if another officer on the scene has unholstered and/or exhibited a firearm.

C.

An officer may, through verbal commands, threaten to use a CED, so long at the
officer's purpose is limited to creating an apprehension that the device will be
used if necessary.
An officer shall not fire a CED if there is substantial risk that the electrode/darts
will strike an innocent person unless firing the device is reasonably necessary to
protect innocent person(s) from death or serious injury by the person against
whom the CED is targeied.

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Dar'e-:A5lA7l2O13
Order #: I 33.1
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: CONDUCTED ENERGY DEVICES

E.

To ensure officer safety, when feasible, at least one officer other than the one
deploying the CED shall be present and prepared to deploy deadly force in the
event the CED fails to incapaciiate the suspect and prevent him or her from
causing death or serious bodily injury to a person.

F. During the deployment

of a CED, the deploying officer shall coniinually evaluate
the options selected against changing circumstances.

G.

An officer tralned and authorized to carry a CED shall be aware of any targeting
recommendations made by the manufacturer.

H.

A CED may be used in conjunction with a water-based chemical agent. lf the
individual has already received an electrical charge from a CED, the person
shall be provided, when feasible, a reasonable opportunity to submit to law
enforcement authority and comply with law enforcement commands prior to
deploying a chemical agent.

1.
t.

The department-issued oleoresin capsicum (OC) spray uses a
water-based aerosol propellant that emits non-flammable material.

A CED shall not be directed against a person who is situated on an elevated
surface (i.e. scaffold, ledge) unless reasonable efforts have been made to
prevent or minimize a fall-related injury.
An officer shall use particular care when considering whether to use a CED
against an individualwho is particularly vulnerable due to age, either elderly
or young, or due to a known or reasonably apparent medical condition, such
as a pregnant female.

Vll. Handling of lnjured Suspects

A.

Subjects against whom a CED has been directed shall be transported to
a medical facility for examination if any of the following circumstances exist:

1.

The subject requests medical attention.

2.

The subject has been rendered unconscious or unresponsive.
The subject, after being subjected to a discharge, does not appear
to have recovered normally, as described in CED training.
The subject has exhibited signs of exited delirium, as described
in CED training, prior to, during, or after the discharge of the CED.

6

The subject has suffered bodily injury requiring medicalattention as
a result of a fall, or otherwise reasonably appears to be in need of

DEPARTMET{T GRDER

Page

33.1

Date: A510712413
Order #: I
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: CONDUCTED ENERGY DEVICES
medical attention.

6.

The subject was exposed to three or more discharges from a CED
during the encounter.

7.

The subject was exposed to a continuous discharge lasting fifteen
seconds or more.

8.

There is no one present at the scene who is qualified or authorized
to remove the CED darts/electrodes from the subject's body.

9.

An officer trained and authorized to remove dartsielectrodes
experiences difficulty in removing a darUelectrode.

10. Any part of a CED darUelectrode has broken off and remains imbedded.

B.

An officer is authorized to remove a CED darUelectrode from a subject only if
the officer has received training on darUelectrode removal.

C.

An officer is not authorized to remove a CED darVelectrode from any part of
a person's head or neck or when it is located in the area of the subject's genitalia
or female breast.

1.

Absent of exigent circumstances requiring immediate action, a CED
darUelectrode may only be removed from the above listed areas by an
emergency medical technician or by other qualified medical personnel.

Vl

I

I.

Reporting Requirements

A.

B.

ln all instances when a CED has been fired or discharged against an individual,
the officer who employed such force shall complete.

1.

An Investigation Report.

2.

A Use of Force Report.

3.

A Conducted Energy Device Report.

When an officer unholsters and exhibits a CED and/or conducts a spark display
but does not fire or discharge the CED, or otherwise employ actual force against
a subject, a Conducted Energy Device Report is not required.

C.

Any accidental or unintentional discharges must be immediately reported a
supervisor.

D.

All instances when a CED is fired or discharged upon a person, whether

#:

8

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

1.33.1

Date: A51A712013
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
TitIE: CONDUCTED ENERGY DEVICES
intentional or accidental, shall require the supervisor to make notification to
the following:

1

Patrol Bureau Commander:

2.

Professional Standards Bureau Commander;

3.

Professional Standards Unit (PSU) of the Cumberland County
Prosecutor's Office in the following manner:

a.

Notification during Monday - Friday from 0830 to 1630 shall
be made directly to the PSU.

b.

Notification during other hours shall be through the on-call
Major Crimes Detective.

IX. Use of Force Review

A.

All instances when a CED has been fired or discharged against an individual
shall be subject to the use of force review provisions as outlined in written
directive I.33 - Use of Force.

B.

The Professional Standards Bureau Commander shall submit a final report to
the Chief of Police within two business days providing all the relevant
circumstances, deployment and outcome, including whether the deployment
avoided injury to an officer and avoided the need to use deadly force.

C. The Chief of Police shall issue a finding on whether

the firing and all discharges
complied with the Attorney General's policy on CEDs and forward a copy of the
report to the Cumberland County Prosecutor within three business days of the
firing/discharge.

D.

X.

The Cumberland County Prosecutor's Oflice shall immediately be notified when
the use of a CED results in death or serious bodily injury to a person.

Evidence Retention

A.

When a CED is fired or discharged upon a person, a supervisor shall take custody
of the device and secure the same.

1.

The information stored on the device concerning the use of force incident
(i.e. data concerning the time the weapon was fired, the time of all
electrical discharges, and video recordings of the weapon and all electrical
discharges) must be preserved for evidence.

2.

The supervisor shall safeguard the digital information in the devrce

#:

I

NEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

Date:0510712013
Order #:1.33.1
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: CONDUCTED ENERGY DEVICES
concerning the incident by placing the unit into evidence.

Xl.

3.

The Professional Standards/Services Bureau Commander or designee
shall download all the data from the device onto the department server
and burn a copy of the event on a DVD for evidence.

4.

Once the data is secure on the department server and burned to a DVD,
the event shall be erased from the device and the unit shall be placed back
in service.

Care and Handling

A.

When not in use, all CEDs shall be stored in the assigned officer's department
Iocker. CEDs shall not be taken from the department when off-duty.

1.

An officer issued a CED shall ensure the device, including the video
recording function, is functional prior to taking the equipment on patrol.

2.

The results of the inspection shall be noted in a blotter entry by the
assigned officer.

B.

3.

lf the function check reveals that the device battery is weak, the officer
will ensure the device is fully charged prior to field deployment.

4.

lf the function check reveals the CED is not functioning properly, the
CED shall not be deployed. The supervisor shall take the device out
of service and forward a maintenance request for repair to the Professional
Standards/Services Bu reau.

Officers are required to ensure cleanliness of their assigned CED.

1.
C.

A certified CED technician shall conduct periodic maintenance of the
devices in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.

All CEDs shall be worn on the officer's support side of their duty belt in a
cross-draw holster.

#:

10

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:

l^9

Date: 01/01/2010
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: COURTROOM TESTIMONY
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
POLICY AND PROCEDURE

SECTION:
CHAPTER:9
# OF PAGES: 4
I

REVISION DATE

SUBJECT: COURT TESTIMONY
EFFECTIVE DATE:
CHIEF OF POLICE
COURTLANDT A. TURNER
CROSS REFERENCE #:
BRIDGETON
POLICE DEPARTMENT:
POLICY
The trial court appearance is frequently the critical stage in the handling of a case by a police
officer. At this juncture, the guilt or innocence of an arrested person is determined. Within
the comparatively short time of the court proceeding, all of the initiative, personal sacrifice
and preparation that the development of a case requires, may be lost if the testifying officer
gives an unprofessional presentation. Therefore, the following guidelines are promulgated to
assist police officers in their preparation and presentation of evidence.
Before trial, each police officer should carefully review the incident report that he/she
prepared, long in advance of the proceedings. lt should be the goal of the officer to be able
to testify without need to refer to the report. Nevertheless, it cannot be overly emphasized
that the report should be as complete as possible. Furthermore, the officer should review all
other significant facts not contained in the report about which he/she may be expected to
testify. Prior to testifying, he/she should attempt to mentally recreate the scene, the objects
present, the distances and exactly what occurred so that helshe will be able to recall
accurately these facts during questioning. No detail that led the officer to act as helshe did is
too insignificant to recall. lf there were others present when the incident occurred, the officer
should confer with them and test his/her recollections against theirs.

PROCEDURE

I.

PREPARATION

1

DEPARTMENT ORDER

1.9

Date: 01/01/2010
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: COURTROOM TESTI MONY

A.

lf there is any chance that the legality of an arrest, stop, search, frisk,
interrogation or identification will be challenged in the proceeding, the officer
should carefully reread those sections in this manualto familiarize
himself/herself with the operational concepts.

B.

The legal requirements set forth in those sections should allow the officer to
articulate those factors which led him/her to act as he/she did and which
substantiate the legality of those actions.

C.

Of course, the offrcer should not deviate in any respect from the events as
they aciually transpired.

D.

Before the court appearance, the prosecutor assigned to the case should
request a pretrial conference to discuss the forthcoming trial.

E.

The officer should also request a copy of his/her grand jury testimony,
if available, for review.

F. lf the officer believes that there are strengths

and weaknesses to his/her case,
he/she should discuss his/her analysis with the prosecutor.

G.

II.

1.

Thereafter, if in cross-examination or at any time during the proceeding,
the officer is asked whether he/she participated in a pretrial conference,
helshe should have no hesitation in acknowledging that he/she did so.

2.

Such pretrial conferences are acceptable procedures for both the
prosecution and the defense.

MunicipalCourt

1.

Any requests for court adjournment shall be made directly to the officer
in charge of court. The court administrator is not to be contacted by
officers.

2.

lt shall be the officer's responsibility to submit a list of witnesses needed
for court three (3) working days prior to the court date.

3.

lt shall be the officer's responsibility to submit a notice to the
Property/Evidence Officer of any evidence needed for the court date
three (3)working days prior to the court date.

INITIAL TESTIMONY

A.

While awaiting the commencement of trial in the courtroom, the officer
should act with deference for the court and avoid unnecessary conversation
or distracting motions. The officer should also be cognizant of the fact that,

Page

#:

2

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

I.9

Date:0110112010
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: COURTROOM TESTIMONY
even though the trial is not in progress, the officer is in view of the judge and

the public.

B.

Generally, contact with the defendant or any defense witnesses should be
avoided.

C.

lf a witness sequestration order is in effect, the officer should determine
whether he/she is affected and how he/she is affected.

D.

During the trial, each police officer should utilize care in ensuring that his/her
uniform or other attire is in order, that the officer is well groomed and that the
officer appears neat.

E.

When the officer is called to testify, he/she should recognize that the jury and
the judge's first impression of the police officer is when he/she walks to the
stand and accepts the oath.

F. By manner and bearing, the police officer should make it clear that he/she
considers his/her courtroom appearance to be an important duty.

G.

After taking the oath, the officer should be careful to refrain from any movements,
sounds or posture that might distract the jury's attention from testimony.

H.

lntangible factors such as appearance, sincerity and generally credibility
commonly exert a very significant influence on the decision of a judge or jury.

I.

1.

A relaxed, unhurried demeanor is preferable.

2.

Accidental or nervous pauses and short lapses of memory are
insignificant.

3.

Testimony may be logical and complete, but it is to no avail if the
flnder of fact does not believe the person testifying.

4.

Consequently, an effort should be made to project a professional
and honest image.

lf a question is not understood or if it is in any way unclear, the testifying
officer should ask that it be repeated.

1.

One must never respond to a question that is not understood,
whether put forth by the prosecutor, judge or defense counsel.

2.

Before answering a question, the officer should carefully consider
the subject of the question and the facts that relate to the inquiry.

#:

3

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

Date: 01/01/2010
Order #: 1.9
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: COURTROOM TESTIMONY

J.

3.

When answering the proponent of the question, whether the person
be counselor judge, that person is to be directly addressed.

4.

Eye contact should be utilized and answers must be deliberate and
loud enough to be heard by the judge or jury, although a
conversational tone should be adopted.

The officer should attempt to be exact and logical, pointing individually to each
factor, however trivial, that led to his/her conclusion.

1.

Nevertheless, it must be emphasized that judges and juries may be
alienated by "robot-like" testimony that tends to radiate a false quality.

2.

lf it is necessary while on the stand to refer to notes, permission to do
so should be requested from the judge.

3-

This is accepted procedure, and there is no need for embarrassment.

K.

The testifying officer should not volunteer information by answering more than
propounded by the question. The prosecutor should be relied upon to ask those
questions that require a response.

L.

Even if the officer realizes that the prosecutor is omitting an important point, he
should wait until he has been excused from the stand to inform the prosecutor.

M.

Unless the officer is a qualified expert witness, he should refrain from offering his
"opinions" as evidence.

1.

lf given they will be struck from the record. Consequently, any terms
such as "l think", "in my opinion", "l believe", "probably", or "in my
judgment", should be avoided and all statements must be definite.

2.

lf the question concerns distance or time, and if the answer is only an
estimate, the officer is to state that it is only an approximation.

3.

However, the officer should never simply guess at the answer to a
question.

4.

lf the answer is not known, then the witness should simply say,
"l don't know".

a.
III.

By guessing, the officer exposes his/herself to contradiction
and challenge for dishonesty.

CROSS.EXAMINATION

#:

4

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #:

1.9

Page#:

Date:O1lUl2A1A

Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: COURTROOM TESTIMONY

A.

During cross-examinatron, it is a common tactic for defense counsel to confuse,
mislead, frustrate and anger a witness in the hope of breaking down the effect of
their testimony on direct examination.

B.

Being aware of this fact, any temptation or inclination to become agitated or
impatient should be resisted.

C.

Responses should be calm, unhurried and deliberate.

D.

If time is needed either to consider a question further or compose oneself, a

request to counsel to repeat the question is proper.

5

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #;

Order #:1.26
Dab:AU2UZA10
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: DOMESTIC VIOLENCE INVOLV|NG - LEOS
BRIDGETON PO[-ICE DEPARTMENT
CHIEF OF POLICE DIRECTIVE
POLICYAND PROCEDURE

SECTION:

I

CHAPTER: 26

SUBJECT:

DOMESTIC VIOLENCE INCIDENTS INVOLVING BRIDGEToN PoLICE
DEPARTMENT PERSONNEL
EFFECTIVE DATE: 9-20-201 O
CHIEF OF POLICE:Mark W. Ott

PURPOSE

This Department recognizes that some law enforcement officers commit acts of domestic
violence as defined in N.J.S.A. 2C:25-17 et. seq. The integrity of the law enforcement
profession and the community's trust in law enforcement are dependent upon a uniform
policy on handling such incidents.

II.

POLICY

This Department will act quickly where incidents of domestic violence are alleged to have
occurred to protect the victim, arrest the perpetrator, where appropriate, and conduct parallel
administrative and criminal investigations. ln addition, the Department will work to develop
and implement appropriate, case-specific remedies to the situation.
This policy for handling of domestic violence incidents involving law enforcement officers
does not supercede the Attorney General's Guidelines on Police Response Procedures in
Domestic Violence Cases and Attorney General Directives lmplementing Procedures for the
Seizure of Weapons from Municipal and County Law Enforcement Officers and from all State
Law Enforcement Officers involved in Domestic Violence lncidents [Directives 2000-3 and
20004 dated 9-1-00, hereinafter Attorney General Weapons Seizures Directivesl^ These
guidlines and directives remain in full force and effect and must be followed by law
enforcement officers responding to a domestic violence call involving a law enforcement
officer.
Failure of any officer or supervisor to comply with any provision of this directive will subject
the officer to discipline.

III.

DEFINITIONS

See N J.S.A.2C.25-19 and Attorney General's Guidelines on Police Response procedures
Domestic Violence Cases for definitions.

in

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #:1.26
Daft:AU2A|2A1A
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: DOMESTIC VIOLENCE INVOLVING - LEOS

IV. PREHIRE SCREENING AND INVEST}GATION
This Department will conduct thorough background investigations of all
potential new employees to determine if there is a criminal history with
particular attention to acts of domestic violence, sexual abuse, stalking,
elder abuse or child abuse. This Department will conduct a check of the
Domestic Violence Registry to determine the existence of any active
restraining orders and to determine if there is a history of domestic violence.
B.

All candidates will be interviewed about any history of acts of domestic
violence, sexual assault, stalking, elder abuse or child abuse and past
or present restraining orders and their disposition.
Those candidates with a history of perpetrating acts of domestic violence,
sexual assault, stalktng, elder abuse or child abuse will be screened out
at this point in the hiring process.

V.

POST-CONDITIONAL OFFER OF EMPLOYMENT

This Department will require psychological examination of all viable
candidates to be performed by an experienced and licensed psychiatrist
or psychologist or other mental health professional.
B.

VI.

The psychological screening should include a focus on indicators of
violent or abusive tendencies or behaviors, including domestic violence,
in their background.

EDUCATION AND TRAINING

A

All law enforcement officers within this Department will receive at least
four hours of training on domestic violence issues annually, as approved
by the Division of Criminal Justice, pursuant to N.J.S.A. 2C..25-ZO.

B.

All police dispatchers within this Department, sworn and unsworn, will
receive annual training on how to handle a domestic violence call.

C

All law enforcement officers and unsworn members of this Department
will receive at least annual training on the impact of domestic violence
within the law enforcement community and on the Department's policy
and procedures when a law enforcement officer or an unsworn member
is involved in a domestic violence incident.

D

ln addition to the training required in Paragraph A. above, all police
supervisors within this Department will receive annual training on such
matters as:

Page #:

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #:1.26
Date= 0912012010
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: DOMESTIC VIOLENCE INVOLVING - LEOS
How to recognize potential indicators or early warning signs
of domestic violence behavior by law enforcement officers.
How to investigate indicators of potential abusive behavior
or early warning signs potentially indicative of domestic
violence.

When to notify the Chief of Police of the information gathered
in accordance with the Department's chain of command.
4.

Available programs to assist law enforcement domestic
violence victims and batterers.

VII. EARLY WARNING AND INTERVENTION RESPONSIBILITIES

A.

Department Responsibilities
1.

This Department will, either in response to observed warning
signs of domestic violence behavior or at the request of an
officer, provide non-punitive avenues of assistance to officers,
their partners, and other family members.

2

This Department will encourage officers to take personal
responsibility in seeking referrals and assistance, confidential
or othenrvise, and assistance from the Department or own their
own initiative to prevent a problem from escalating to the level of
criminal conduct.

When this Department is aware that an officer is undergoing a
separation or divorce, or that an officer is otherwise undergorng
a high conflict period with a spouse or intimate partner, and the
officer is exhibiting any of the warning signs of domestic violence
behavior, the Department will encourage the officer to seek
individual counseling.

This Department will investigate reports of domestic violence
reported by family members or other officers.

5.

B.

The Department, either in response to observed signs of domestic
violence behavior or at the request of an officer, will refer the officer
to Employee Assistance.

Supervisor Responsibilities

1.

supervisors will document any information potentially indicative of
domestic violence including but not limited to:

Page #:

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #:1.26
Da|s:A912012010
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: DOMESTIC VIOLENCE INVOLVING - LEOS

a.

Aggressiveness

(1) Excessive or increased use of force on the job
(2) lnappropriate surveillance activities
(3) Unusually high incidences of physical altercations
and verbal disputes

(4) Citizens and fellow officer complaints of unwarranted
aggression or verbal abuse

(5) lnappropriate treatment of animals
(6) On or off-duty officer injuries

b.

Domestic violence related issues
Monitoring, controlling or harassing the purported victim
directly or through any other person.

c.

Deteriorating work performance

(1) Tardiness

(2) Excessive absences
(3) Alcoholand drug abuse

2.

When the supervisor finds a pattern of behavior potentially indicative
of domestic violence, ihe supervisor will:

a.

Address the behaviors, consistent with lnternal Affairs
policies, through a review with the officer and document
all contacts. Under no circumstances willthe identity
of a reporting victim or witness be disclosed to the officer
at this stage.

b.

Forward written reports detailing behaviors to the Chief of
Police through the chain of command in a timely manner
to determine discipline or other appropriate action.

c.

Prepare and submii to the Chief of police a written request
for psychological examlcounseling by a licensed
psychologisUpsychiatrist or other mental health professional.

Page

#:

4

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #:1.26
Date:0912A12010
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: DOMESTIC VIOLENCE INVOLVING - LEOS
The supervisor's written report will include the factual basis
for the referral and will attach any relevant supporting
documentation. A copy of the report will also be forwarded
to the County Prosecutor for consideration and discussion
with the Chief of the Department.

When the supervisor determines an officer has engaged in domestic
violence, the supervisor will:

5

Prepare and submit to the Chief of Police a written request
for a psychological exam/counseling by a licensed
psychologisUpsychiairist or other mental health professional.
The psychologisVpsychiatrist must be provided with all
reports and information available regarding the domestic
violence incidenUs. The psychologisUpsychiatrist must
attempt to contact the reported victim for their input and must
be provided with the reported victim's coniact information;
the contact rnformation must be kept confidential. A copy of
the report will be forwarded to the County Prosecutor.
b.

Request that the Chief of Police order the officer to seek
assistance from a program for batterers that has been
approved by the County Prosecutor or the Department. lf
such a program is not available, request that the Chief of
Poliee order the officer to a counselor who has demonstrable
training and experience in counseling domestic violence
batterers. The cost of the counseling is to be paid by the
officer.
Contact and inform the purported victim of the concerns
regarding the officer's behavior; the the officer has been
ordered to undergo a psychological evaluation; that the
evaluator will be contacting the reported victim; and that
reported victim is not required to speak with the evaluator;
and, that any information disclosed by the reported victim
may not be confidential. The supervisor will document
that he/she informed the reported victim concerning this
procedure.

A

u.

C.

lf the Department decides to take adverse action against
the officer, it will provide a copy of the psychological
report to the officer in a timely manner, unless doing so
would endanger the safety of the victim.

Law Enforcement Officer Responsibilities

Page #:

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #:1.26
Date: A9|ZO|2UA
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: DOMESTIC VIOLENCE INVOLVING - LEOS

1.

Officers Must:
When an officer knows or is made aware of any information
of abuse or violence involving a fellow officer, the officer
must report that knowledge or informatron to his or her
supervisors.

b.

2.

Cooperate with the investigation of a domestic violence case
involving a law enforcement officer except in the case where
the ofiicer is the victim.

Officers may be subject to criminal charges or discipline in accordance

with Department procedure, if they:

a.

lnterfere with domestic violence cases involving themselves
or fellow officers.

b.

lntimidate or coerce witnesses or victims (i.e. surveillance,
harassment, stalking, threatening, or falsely reporting).

3.

Officers who are involved in any domestic violence incident involving
police response, regardless of jurisdiction, must immediately notify
the on-duty supervisor and provide notice of the court dates, times,
appearances, and proceedings. Failure to do so may result in
Departmental discipline in accordance with Department policy and
procedures.

4

Officer who are the subject of any domestic violence restraining
order or protective order proceeding, whether or not the order is
issued and regardless of jurisdiction, must immediately notify
their supervisor and provide a copy of the order, if issued. Failure
to do so may result in Departmental discipline in accordance with
Departmental Policy & Procedures.

VIII. INCIDENT RESPONSE PROTOCOLS

A.

Department-Wide Response

1.

This Department will accept, document, and preserve all calls or
reports, including those made anonymously, regarding domestic
violence as on-the-record information. A detailed lnvestigation
Report (lR) must be completed by the responding officer to a
domestic violence call. This report is to be completed regardless
of whether or not an arrest is made, and regardless of whether
or not a criminal offense has been committed.

Page #:

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date:0912012A1A
Order #:1.26
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: DOMESTIC VIOLENCE INVOLVING - LEOS

2.

All reports of possible criminal activity implicating law enforcement
officers in domestic violence will be documented in accordance
with approved policies and procedures governing the handling of
reports of domestic violence incidents.

3.

A copy of the report alleging domestic violence by an officer will be
fonivarded to the Chief of Police through the chain of command
including the Professional Standards Bureau.

4.

The Department will make all such lRs available to the victim
without cost. N.J.S. A. 47:1A-1.1.

5.

The Department will make all such lRs available to the officer at
no cost.

b

The Chief of Police will consult with the County Prosecutor, who will
determine who should be the designated Principal Law Enforcement
Contact person. lf the designated Principal Law Enforcement
Contact person is not available 2417, then, after consultation with the
Chief of Police the County Prosecutor will select an aliernate contact
person. The contact person's information must be provided to the
victim. The principal Law Enforcement Contact person will:

a.

Advise the victim to immediately report any violation of any
restraining order to the police department where it occurred
and to the designated Principal Law Enforcement Contact
person.

b.

Advise the victim to contact the designated Principal Law
Enforcement Contact person if there is any harassment,
witness tampering or intimidation by a law enforcement
officer
lntervene if the officer or agents of the officer are harassing
or intimidating the victim, or violaiing no-contact orders.

d.

Provide the victim with the name and contact number of the
domestic violence Assistant Prosecutor in the county
where the abusive officer is charged with committing a
criminal offense, contempt of a domestic violence restraining
order, or subject to a motion for forfeiture of weapons. The
victim should also be provided with the name of the
victim-witness advocate or detective in the Prosecutor's Office
who have been designated as the resource persons in the
Prosecutor's Office

Page #:

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #:1.26
Date:0912012010
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: DOMESTIC VIOLENCE INVOLVING - LEOS

B.

e.

Provide the victim with contact information for a local
domestic violence program and with approved safety
planning material.

f.

Keep the victim apprised of all case developments.

g.

Ensure that the chain of command, including the Chief of
Police is regularly briefed on both the administrative and
crimlnal investigations.

h.

Assist the victrm with safety planning should the officer be
terminated. Assistance will be provided by linking the
victim with resources and preparation planning either
within the Department or via outside government and
non-profit agencies.

Communications Response (Own or Agreement with Regional Center)

1.

Communications officers/dispatchers will assign a high priority
to all domestic violence calls, including those that involve
or appear to involve a law enforcement officer from any agency.

2.

Com mu n ications officers/d ispatchers will immediately notify

the Communications supervisor of any domestic violence
call received that involves, or appears to involve, law enforcement
personnel from any agency.
Communications supervisors will prepare and preserve
documentation of the facts and circumstances of the call,
including any relevant recorded call for service, for use in
potential administrative or criminal investigations upon
knowledge or notification that the domestic violence
incident involved law enforcement personnel form any agency.

C.

Patrol Response
1

Upon arrival on the scene of a domestic violence call or
incident involving a law enforcement officer, the primary patrol
unit will immediately notify dispatch and request the primary
patrol supervisor or shift commander to report to the scene,
regardless of the involved officer's jurisdiction.

The responding officers will follow standard police response
procedures as set fourth in the Attorney General's Guidelines

on Police Response Procedures in Domestic Violence Cases.

Page #:

Page #:

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #:1.26
DaG:4912412010
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: DOMESTIC VIOLENCE INVOLVING - LEOS

D.

On-Scene Supervisor Response
1.

The primary patrol supervisor or shift commander will immediately
report to the scene of all law enforcement officer domestic
violence incidents regardless of the involved officer's jurisdiction.

The on-scene supervisor will immediately notify the County
Prosecutor's Office of any domestic violence incident
involving a law enforcement officer for direction on handling the
case regardless of whether criminal charges are filed or a
restraining order is issued.
The on-scene supervisor will assume command and ensure that
the crime scene is secured and that all evidence is collected
in accordance with approved police investigative procedures.
The on-scene supervisor will ensure that an arrest is made in
cases where mandatory arrest is required or probable cause
exists.
tr

lf the alleged offender has left the scene and probable cause
exists, the supervisor will:

a.

Exhaust all reasonable means to locate the alleged
offender.

b.

Ensure that an arrest warrant is sought, if unable to
locate the alleged offender.
Document all subsequent actions in a timely manner

lf the victim has left the scene, the supervisor will make every
effort to follow through on the investigation and attempt to
locate the victim.

Arrest both parties involved in a domestic violence incident
should be avoided. The supervisor will ensure that a thorough
investigation is conducted and an arrest of the primary aggressor
is made in accordance with State law. ln determining which
pafi is the primary aggressor where both parties exhibit signs
of injury, the supervisor should consider such factors as:
Any history of domestic violence or violent acts by

either person.

b.

Whether the injury was caused by a person acting

in

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #:1.26
Dafs:4912012010
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: DOMESTIC VIOLENCE INVOLVING - LEOS
self-defense.
Relative size and strength of the persons involved.
The comparative severity of the injuries suffered or
inflicted.

e.

Each person's fear of physical injury resulting from the
other person's threatened use or history of use of force.

The on scene supervisor will ensure the victim is informed of the
following:

a.

Victim's Rights as set forth in the Victim Notification Form.
Procedures for obtaining a restraining order.

9.

(,_

The availability of a Domestic Violence Response Team
member or a domestic violence advocate immediately
followig the incident.

d.

The availability of confidential transportation to a location
that can provide improved victim safety.

e.

Community resources, local domestic violence victim
services, including shelter, and safety planning
information.

Whenever a domestic violence call involving a law enforcement
officer does not result in an arrest or a warrant is not sought, the
on-scene supervisor will explain in a written report why these
actions were not taken, and the report shall be forwarded to the
Professional Standards Bureau.

10 The on-scene supervisor

will notify the Chief of Police through the
chain of command as soon as possible. lf the officer is from
another jurisdiction, the supervisor will ensure that notification
is made to the Chief of Police in the Department where the
accused officer is employed. All notifications, and attempts to
notify, will be fully documented in writing and shall be fonrvarded
to the Professional Standards Bureau.

E. Additional

1.

CriticalConsiderations

When responding to a domestic violence incident involving a law
enforcement officer from another jurisdiction, all responding

Page #:

10

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date: A9l2Al2A10
Order #:1.26
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: DOMESTIC VIOLENCE INVOLVING - LEOS
officers, investigators, and supervisors will follow the same
procedures that are to be followed in responding to a domestic
violence complaint involving an officer from this Department as
set forth in the Attorney General's Guidelines on Police Response
to Domestic Violence Cases and Attorney General Weapon
Seizure directives.

When responding to a domestic violence incident involving a law
enforcement officer from another county, the Chief of Police or
Law Enforcement Chief Executive or person acting in those
capacities shall notify the County Prosecutor where the officer
is employed.
5

lf the reported incident involves the Chief of Police or Law Enforcement
Chief Executive or a person acting in those capacities, the
supervisor will immediately notify the County Prosecutor's Office
which may directly oversee the criminal investigation. lf warranted
the County Prosecutor may designate a member of the office to
respond to the scene of all domestic violence incidents involving
a Chief of Police.

ln responding to domestic violence incidents where the victim is
a law enforcement officer, standard domestic violence response
and investigation procedures should be followed as set forth in
the Attorney General's Guidelines on Police Response to
Domestic Violence Cases.

(

ln responding to domestic violence incidents where the parties
involved are both law enforcement officers, standard domestic
violence response and investigations procedures as set forth
in the Attorney General's Guidelines on Police Response to
Domestic Violence Cases and the Attorney General Weapons
Seizure Directives should be followed.

6.

When responding to a domestic violence complaint involving
a law enforcement officer employed by the federal government
or out of state agency, all responding officers, investigators and
supervisors will follow the same procedures that are to followed
in responding to a domestic violence complaint involving an officer
from this Department as set forth in the Attorney General's
Guidelines on Police Response Procedures in Domestic Violence
Cases and in the Attorney General's Weapons Seizure Directives.
All weapons are to be seized. The Chief of Police shall notify the
federal government agency that employs the officer.

F. Department

Follow Up

Page #:

11

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #:1.26
Da|e: AU2A|2010
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: DOMESTIC VIOLENCE INVOLVING - LEOS

1.

ln a timely manner, the Chief of Police shall ensure that all officers
who responded to a law enforcement officer domestic violence
call are debriefed. The debriefing should include:
a.

Review of Department confidentiality guidelines.

A direct order prohibiting discussion of the incident
outside the official inquiry.

c.
2.

A clear delineation of assignments.

Follow-up invesiigators will proactively seek out information on
existing protective orders and, if found, will enforce them and
any other applicable state and federal firearm laws and determine
whether the officer violated department policy by failing to report
the temporary or flnal restraining order.
Arrest warrants charging law enforcement officers with domestic
violence and protective orders issued at a later time should be
served by no fewer than two officers with at least one being of
senior rank to the officer being served. ln cases where firearms
have not previously been seized, firearms will be seized and
decisions about seized weapons shall be made as set forth
in the Attorney General's Guildelines on Police Response
Procedures in Domestic Violence Cases and in the Attorney
General Weapons Seizure Directives.

4.

This Department will conduct a thorough lnternal Affairs
investigation even if the temporary or final restrainrng order
is dismissed against a member of this Department.

E

Following the reported incident, the Chief of Police of the
primary investigative department or his designee will
immediately contact the designated Principal Law Enforcement
Contact person and advise that officer of the domestic violence
incident and request that he perform the duties listed in Section

Vlll. A. (5)above.

G.

Response in Cases lnvolving Restraining Order Only

1.

Any law enforcement officer who is served with a temporary
or final restraining order must immediately inform the working
shift supervisor and provide a copy of the order to the supervisor.

2.

Whenever this Department is notified that a temporary or final

Page #:

12

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #:1.26
Date: AU2A|201O
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: DOMESTIC VIOLENCE INVOLVING - LEOS
restraining order is issued against a member of this Department,
this Department will serve the restraining order, if it has not
already been served, or will assist any other agency in ensuring
the immediate service of the restraining order. This department
will also ensure that a supervisory officer will be present at any
time the law enforcement officer is removing personal items from
any common residence with the victim pursuant to the
restraining order.
lf the law enforcement officer's duty or off-duty firearms and
weapons have not already been turned in pursuant io the
Attorney GeneralWeapons Seizure Directives, the weapons
shall be immediately seized by this Department.
No weapon is to be returned or issued to the law enforcement
officer except pursuant to the procedure set forth in Attorney
General Weapons Seizure Directives.
A

This Department will ensure that an Internal Affairs investigation
is initiated pursuant to the procedures set forth in the Attorney
General's lnternalAffairs Policy and Procedures Manual.
This working supervisor receiving notice that an officer has been
served shall make notice to the Patrol Bureau Commander and then
the Cumberland County Prosecutor's Oflice of the issuance of the
restraining order against the officer.

7.

The Chief of Police or his designee will immediately contact the
designated Principal Law Enforcement Contact person to
perform the duties listed in Section Vlll. A. (5)above.

IX. SEIZURE OF WEAPONS

A.

See Attorney General Directives lmplementing Procedures for the Seizure
of Weapons from Municipal and County Law Enforcement Officers and from

All State Law Enforcement Officers lnvolved in Domestic Violence lncidents
[Directives 2000-3 and 2000-4 dated September 1, 2000].

X,

VICTIM SAFEry AND PROTECTION

A.

Victim Safety
This Department will make all reasonable efforts to:

1.

Provide law enforcement protection and other safety measures
to a victim of law enforcement officer domestic violence.

Fage #:

IJ

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

Order #:1.26
Date:09l2Al2A1A
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: DOMESTIC VIOLENCE INVOLVING - LEOS

a.

Directed patrol initiatives including:

(1) Drive

by's

(2) Foot

patrots

(3) Welfare checks

2.

Assist in arranging for the transportation of the victim to a safe
place when necessary.

3.

Ensure victim contact with trained domestic violence advocates
for safety planning.

These protective measures will remain in effect even if the oflicer is
dismissed as a result of committing domestic violence.

B.

Victim Notification
To better ensure victim safety, the designated Principle Law Enforeement
Contact person will inform the victim as to the status of the case as far
in advance as possible to all impending actions taken against or with the
officer. This Department will provide reasonable assistance to help the
victim with safety measures.

C. Confidentiality

of Victim Location

lf the victim wishes to be placed in an undisclosed "safe home,', she/he
may be transported by another par'ry in lieu of a law enforcement officer.
Those law enforcement employees who do have contact with the
victim must keep all rnformation concerning his or her whereabouts and
safety plans confidential.

D.

Prohibition of Law Enforcement Court Accompaniment
No law enforcement officer will attend any domestic violence related court
proceeding of any law enforcement officer employee unless subpoenaed
to appear, or authorized by their agency, or as part of their investigation.

XI, POST INCIDENT ADMINISTRATIVE AND CRIMINAL DECISIONS
The Department shall conduct an administrative investigation of an alleged incident
of domestic violence alleged to have been committed by an officer of this Department
in accordance with the Attorney General's lnternalAffairs Policy and Procedures
Manual.

#:

14

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:

#:1.14

Date:1213112009
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: DRUG TESTING
BRI DGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT

CHIEF OF POLICE DIRECTIVE
POLICY AND PROCEDURE

SECTION:
CHAPTER:
SUBJECT:

I

14

DRUG SCREENING FOR LAW ENFORCEMENT

ORIGINAL EFFECTIVE DATE: MARCH 30,2009
REVISION
REVISION

DATE: OCTOBER 30,2012
PAGE(S): 12,14,15 - SECTION Vl.A.5; SECTION X.B.1.h AND SECTION

x.B.1.i
REVISION
REVISION

DATE: NOVEMBER 7,2012
PAGE: 1 - SECTION l:14-2

CHIEF OF POLICE:MARK W. OTT

ACCREDITATION

STANDARDS:

32.2.7

1.14-1 PURPOSE:
This policy is put into place to insure a minimum standard for random drug testing of
police personnel. The minimum standard to be used is the New Jersey Attorney General's
Guidelines on Random Drug Testing.

t.14-2

POLICY:

This Policy creates minimum standards for random drug testing of sworn law
enforcement officers who come under the jurisdiction of the Police Training Act and are
authorized to carry a firearm pursuant to New Jersey Statute 2C:39-6. Upon direction of the
Cumberland CountyProsecutor's Office, all police agencies within the County shall establish
a Random Drug Testing Policy by rule and regulation as defined by New Jersey Statute
40A:14-118 for Municipal Law Enforcement agencies
The Bridgeton Police Department continues to maintain azero tolerance for illegaldrug
usage, inclusive of any blood alcohol levels during work hours.
This Policy is to be implemented by July 1 , 2001. The random drug testing policy shall
include up to two (2) random tests in each calendar year. No more than five (5) officers will
be tested at any time.

This agency will use urine specimens for the purpose of Random Drug Testing.

1

Iorpnnr@

Page #:

Date:12131/2009
Order #: I 14
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Titie: DRUG TESTING
The Standard Operating Procedure used by this agency shall offer the option of splitting a
specimen into two specimens. One of the specimens will be retained by this agency until
receipt of the results of a first specimen test from the State Toxicology Laboratory. The sec
ond specimen test shall then be released by the agency in accordance with procedures
outlined in the Attorney General's Law Enforcement Drug Testing Policy.

The State of New Jersey Toxicology Laboratory shall repo( a specimen that has tested
positive for controlled substances to the submitting law enforcement agency. A medical
review officer for the State Toxicology Laboratory shall review the medical questionnaire
pertinent to the specimen before confirming the results.
When a sworn law enforcement officer tests positive for illegal drug use, the officer shall
be suspended from all duties in accordance withadministrative procedures concerning

immediate suspensions. Disciplinary charges shall be filed against an officer for illegal drug
useand upon a sustained finding in a finaldisciplinary action, the officer shall be terminated
from employment as a law enforcement officer. Theofficer shall be permanently barred from
future employment in a law enforcement agency of the State of New Jersey pursuant to the
Attorney General's Drug Screening Law Enforcement Guidelines. The employing agency
shall also file the name of the officer with the Central Drug Regisiry.
Sworn law enforcement officers who refuse to submit to a drug test ordered in response
to a random selection shall be immediately suspended from employment. Upon finding that
the officer did in fact refuse to submit a sample the officer shall be terminated from law enfo
rcement employment in New Jersey pursuant to the Attorney General's Drug Screening Law
Enforcement Guidelines. The employing agency shall also file the name of the officer with
the Central Drug Registry.

1..14-3 PROCEDURE:

I

APPLICABILITY

A. This policy applies to the following personnel:

1.

Applicants for the position as a Law Enforcement
Officer who, if appointed , will be responsible for
the enforcement of criminal laws of this State and
will authorized to carry a firearm under NJSA
2C:39-6;

2.

Law enforcement offrcer trainees subject to the
Police Training Act while they attend a
mandatory basic training course; and
Sworn law enforcement officers who are
responsible for the enforcement of criminal laws

DEPARTM=NT ORDER
Date:1213112049
Order #:1.14
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: DRUG TESTING
of this State, come under the jurisdiction of the
Police Training Act and are authorized to carry a
firearm under NJSA 2C:39-6.

B.

II

This law enforcement agency has an independent
obligation to undertake the drug testing of individual
officers when there is a reasonable suspicion to believe
the officer is illegally using drugs.

TYPES OF DRUG TESTING
Applicants of a position as a law enforcement officer may
be required to submit a urine specimen at any time prior
to appointment

B. Law Enforcement Trainees
1

2.

Trainees will be required to submit one or more
urine specimens for testing while they attend a
mandatory basic training course. All drug testing
conducted during mandatory basic training will
comply with rules and regulations established by
the Police Training Commission.
lndividual trainees may also be required to submit
a urine specimen when there exists reasonable
suspicion to believe the trainee is illegally using
drugs. A trainee will be ordered to submit to a
drug test based on reasonable suspicion only
with the approval of the county prosecutor, the
chief executive officer of the trainee's agency or
the academy director.

C.

Sworn Law Enforcement Officers

1.

Urine specimens shall be ordered from a sworn
law enforcement officer when there exists
reasonable suspicion to believe that officer is
illegally using drugs. Urine specimens shall not
be ordered from an officer Without the approval of
the county prosecutor or the chief executive
officer of the officer's agency.

2.

Urine specimens may be ordered from sworn law
enforcement officers who have been randomly
selected to submit to a drug test. Random

Page #:

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #:1.14
Date:1213112009
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: DRUG TESTING
selection shall be defined as a method of
selection in which each and every sworn member
of this agency- regardless of rank or assignmenthas an equal chance to be selected for drug
testing each and every time a selection is
conducted.

3.

Urine specimens may be collected from law
enforcement officers during a regularly scheduled
and announced medical examination or a fitness
for duty examination.

III. NOTIFICATION OF DRUG TESTING PROCEDURES

A.

Applicants

1.

This agency will test applicants for law
enforcement positions and shall notify those
applicants that the pre-employment process will
include drug testing. The notification will also
indicate that a negative result is a condition of
employment and that a positive result will:
a)

result in the applicant being dropped
from consideration for employment

b)

cause the applicant's name to be
reported to the Central Drug Registry
maintained by the Division of State
Pofice

c.)

2.

preclude the applicant from being
considered for future law enforcement
employment for a period of two years.

ln addition, the notification will indicate that if the
applicant is currently employed by another
agency as a sworn law enforcement officer and
the officer tests positive for illegal drug use, the

officer's employing agency will be notified of the
test results and the officer will be terminated
from employment and permanently barred from
future law enforcement employment in New
Jersey.

B. Trainees

Page #:

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date:1213112009
Order #:1.14
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: DRUG TESTING

1.

All newly appointed law enforcement officers
shall be informed that drug testing is
mandatory during basic training. Newly
appointed officers shall also be informed that
a negative result is a condition of employment
and that a positive result will:

2.

C.

a)

result in the officer's termination from
employment

b)

inclusion of the officer's name in the
Central Drug Registry

c.)

the officer being permanently barred from
future law enforcement employment in
New Jersey.

Newly appointed officers shall further be informed
that the refusal to submit to a drug test will result
in their dismissalfrom employment and the
permanent ban from future law enforcement
employment in New Jersey.

Sworn law enforcement officers: reasonable suspicion
Each municipal law enforcement agency shall
include in its rules and regulations as defined in
NJSA 40A:1'18 a provision that individual law
enforcement officers will be ordered to submit
to a drug test when there is a reasonable
suspicion to believe the officer is illegally
using drugs.
Before an officer may be ordered to submit to a
drug test based on reasonable suspicion, the
agency shall prepare a written report, which
documents the basis for the reasonable
suspicion. The county prosecutor or the
chief executive officer of the law enforcement
agency shall review the report before a
reasonable suspicion test may be ordered.
Under emergent circumstances, approval may
be given for a reasonable suspicion test on the
basis of a verbal report.

Page #:

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date:12131/2009
Order #:1.14
Gategory: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: DRUG TESTING

3.

This agency's rules or appropriate standard
operating procedures shall provide that a
negative result is a condition of employment
as a sworn officer. A positive test result will in:
a)

result in the officer's termination from
employment

b)

inclusion of the officer's name in the
Central Drug Registry

c.) the officer being permanently barred from
future law enforcement employment in
New Jersey.
This agency's rules or appropriate standard
operating procedures shall further provide that
officers who refuse to submit to a drug test
based on reasonable suspicion after being
lawfully ordered to do so are subject to the
same penalties as those officers who test
positive for the illegal use of drugs.

D.

Sworn law enforcement officers: random drug testing
1.

The Cumberland County Prosecutor's Office has
directed all law enforcement agencies within
Cumberland County to establish Random Drug
Testing procedures. This policy must be
esiablished under rule and regulation as defined
in NJSA 40A'.14-118 for municipal law
enforcement agencies. Random drug
testing will not be implemented until rules and
regulations establishing the procedure have been
in effect for a minimum of 60 days.

2.

Each agency will establish a rule or appropriate
standard operating procedure which states:
a). All sworn officers of the agency are

eligible for random drug testing,
regardless of rank or assignment.
b)

The number of officers to be selected
each time a random selection takes
place will be based on the number of

Page #:

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #:114
Date:1213112049
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: DRUG TESTING
sworn officers employed by this agency.

c).

Method of random selection shall be a
lottery, which ensures that every sworn
officer in this agency has an equal
chance to be selected for a testing
each and every time a selection takes
place.

d).

A written report will be accomplished

documenting and verifying the selection
process these reports will be maintained
within the Professional Standards
Bureau office.
e)

A representative of this agency's
collective bargaining unit shall witness
the selection process.
Provide that any member of this agency
who discloses the identity of an officer
selected for random drug testing or the
fact that a random selection is
scheduled to take place prior to the
collection of urine specimens shall be
subject to disciplinary action.

s) Establish a system to collect urine
specimens from selected officers in a
prompt efficient and confidential manner
(see Acquisition Procedures section).
h)

This agency prescribes that officers who
refuse to submit to a drug test when
randomly selected are subject to the
same penalties as those officers who
test positive for the illegal use of drugs.

IV. SPECIMEN ACQUISITION PROCEDURES

A.

Preliminary acquisition procedures

1.

This agency will designate a member of its staff
to serve as monitor of the specimen acquisition
process. The monitor shall always be of the
same sex as the individual being tested. ln the

Page #:

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date:1213112049
Order #:1.14
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: DRUG TESTING
event there is no member of the same sex
available from this agency during specimen
collection, this agency shall request a member
of the same sex from another law enforcement
agency to serve as monitor of the process.

2.

The monitor of the specimen acquisition process
shall be responsible for:
a). Ensuring all documentation is fully and

accurately completed by the individual
submitting the specimen.
b)

Collecting specimens in a manner that
provides for individual privacy while
ensuring the integrity of the specimen.

c)

Complying with chain of custody
procedures established for the collection
of urine specimens and their subsequent
submissions to the NJ State Toxicology
Laboratory, within the Division of Criminal
Justice for analysis.

Prior to the submission of a specimen, an
applicant for a law enforcement position shall
execute a form consenting to the collection and
analysis of their urine for illegal drugs. This form
shall also advise the applicant that a negative
result is a condition of employment.
a). Applicants shall not complete a medical

questionnaire prior to the submission of
a specimen unless they have already
received a conditional offer of
employment.
b)

Applicants who have not received a
conditional offer of employment can be
required to complete a medical
questionnaire if, following submission of
their specimen to the State Toxicology
Laboratory for analysis, this law
enforcement agency receives a report
indicating the specimen tested positive
for a controlled substance.

Page #:

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date:1213112009
Order #: I 14
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: DRUG TESTING

4.

Applicants shall also be advised of the penalties
associated with a positive result of specimen
testing, that is:

a).

result in the applicani being dropped
from consideration for employment

b). cause the apPlieant's name to be
reported to the Central Drug Registry
maintained by the Division of State
Police

c).

5.

preclude the applicant from being
considered for future law enforcement
employment for a period of two years.

Prior to the submission of a urine specimen, a
irainee enrolled in a basic training course shall
execute a form advising the trainee that a
negative result is a condition of employment and
that a positive result will.
a)
b)

Result in the trainee being dismissed
from basic training
Cause the trainee to be dismissed from
employment as a law enforcement officer
by his or her appointing authoritY

c). Cause the trainee's name to be

submitted to the Central Drug Registry
d)

Cause the trainee to be permanently
barred from future law enforcement
employment in New Jersey
1.

The form shall advise the trainee
that refusalto particiPate in the
testing process carries the
same penalties as testing
positive for illegal drug use.

Trainees shall also complete a
medical questionnaire, which
clearly describes all
medications, both PrescriPtion

Page #:

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date:1213112409
Order #:1.14
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: DRUG TESTING
and over the counter (nonprescription), that were ingested
in ihe past 14 days.

Prior to the submission of a urine specimen,
sworn law enforcement officers shall complete a
medical questionnaire, which clearly describes
all medications, both prescnption and over-thecounter (non-prescription), that were ingested in
the past 14 days.

B. Specimen Collection
1.

Throughout the test process, the identity of
individual applicants, trainees, and sworn law
enforcemeni officers shall remain confidential.
lndividual specimens shall be identified
throughout the process by the use of social
security numbers. At no time shall an individual's
name appear on any form or specimen container
sent to the State Toxicology Laboratory.

2.

Specimens will be collected utilizing equipment
and supplies approved by the State Toxicology
Laboratory. Under no circumstances may a
specimen be collected and submitted for
analysis in a specimen container that has not
been approved by the State Toxicology
Laboratory.
Urine specimens will be acquired and processed
in accordance with procedures established by
the State Toxicology Laboratory.

a). After the monitor has inspected the
appropriate forms for accuracy, the
applicant, trainee or sworn officer shall
void into the sPecimen collection
container.
b)

After a specimen has been Produced,
the individual shall sealthe specimen
container and deliver ii to the monitor.

c)

Once the monitor is satisfied that the
required documentation is accurate and

Page #:

10

Page #:

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date:12/3112009
Order #:1.14
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: DRUG TESTING
he or she has inspected the specimen
container to determine that a specimen
has been produced, the monitor will take
possession of the specimen and ensure
it is delivered to the State Toxicology
Laboratory for analysis.
4.

lndividuals will void without direct observation of
the monitor unless there is reason to believe that
the individualwill adulterate the specimen or
otherwise compromise the integrity of the test
process. Under these circumstances, the
monitor may directly observe the production of
a specimen. This agency must first document
the facts underlying its belief that an individual
may adulterate a specimen or otherwise
compromise the integrity of the test process.

A,

lndividuals that initially are unable to produce a
urine specimen may remain under the
supervision of the test monitor until the monitor
is satisfied that the individual cannot produce a
specimen. While the individual is under
supervision, the monitor may allow the
individual to drink fluids in an attempt to induce
the production of a specimen. lf the individual
remains unable to provide a specimen after a
reasonable period of time, the monitor may
have the individual examined by a medical
doctor to determine whether the inability to
produce a specimen was the result of a
medical or physical infirmity or constituted a
refusal to cooperate with the drug testing
process.

6.

Trainees and sworn law enforcement officers
shall have the option to provide the monitor with
a second urine specimen at the same time the
first specimen is collected.

a). The second specimen shall

be collected

in the same fashion as the first
specimen. The monitor shalltake

possession of the second specimen and
place it in a secured, refrigerated storage
area.

11

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date:1213112A49
Order #:1.14
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: DRUG TESTING

b). This agency shall maintain possession
of the second specimen for a period of
60 days or until the agency receives
notification from the State Toxicology
Laboratory that the first specimen tested
negative for the presence of controlled
substances.

c).

The second specimen shall be released
by this agency under the following
circumstances:

This law enforcement agency is
notified by the State ToxicologY
Laboratory that the first
specimen tested positive for a
controlled substance; and
il

This law enforcement agencY is
informed by the individualwhose
specimen tested positive that he
or she wishes to have the
specimen independently tested;
and

iii.

The officer must designate a
laboratory that is licensed as
a clinical laboratory by the
New Jersey Department of
Health under the NJ Clinical
Laboratory lmprovement Act to
Conduct the independent test;
and

A representative of the licensed
clinical laboraiory designated bY
the individual takes possession
of the second specimen in
accordance with accepted chain
of custody procedures within 60
days of the date the specimen
was produced,

Page #:

i,/

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date:1213112009
Order #:1.14
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: DRUG TESTING
and

v.

The individual is responsible for
all costs associated with the
independent test of the second
specimen.

V.

SUBMISSION OF SPECIMENS FOR ANALYSIS
A.

The NJ State Toxicology Laboratory within the Division of
Cnminal Justice will constitute the sole facility for the
analysis of Law Enforcement drug tests. Law
Enforcement agencies are not permitted to use any other
facility or laboratory for purposes of analyzing urine
specimens.
Urine specimens should be submitted to the State
Toxicology Laboratory within one (1) working day of their
collection. ln the event a specimen cannot be submitted
to the laboratory within one working day of its collection,
this law enforcement agency shall store the specimen in
a controlled access refrigerated storage area until
submission to the State Toxicology Laboratory.

1.

Submission of specimens to the State
Toxicology Laboratory may be accomplished
by personnel from this Agency or commercial
courier.

2.

Should this agency choose to have specimens
delivered to the laboratory by commercial courier,
the following procedural safeguards must be
taken:
a)

All submissions must be "next day
delivery"

b). ln addition to the sealed container, all

submissions must be packaged in a
manner that includes two additional
seals to provide for integrity of the test
specimens.
c). The State Toxicology Laboratory must

reject specimens that it has reason to
believe have been subject to tampering.

Page #:

IJ

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date:12131/2049
Order #:1.14
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: DRUG TESTING

VI. ANALYSIS OF SPECIMENS
The State Toxicology Laboratory will utilize the following
test Procedures to analyze urine specimens for law
enforcement agencies:
1.

All specimens will be subject to an initial test
utilizing fluorescence polarization immunoassay
analysis.

2.

Those specimens that test positive for a
controlled substance following the fluorescence
polarization immunoassay shall be subject to a
gas chromatography-mass spectrophotometry
analysis to confirm the presence of the controlled
substance.
ln the event a specimen is confirmed to be
positive for a controlled substance following the
gas ch romatog raphy-mass spectrophotometry,
a medical review officer at the laboratory shall
compare the test results with the medical
questionnaire submitted with the specimen to
determine whether any substance listed on the
questionnaire would explain the test result.
a). The medical review officer may direct this

agency to obtain further information from
the individual being tested concerning
the medications listed on the
guestionnaire.
b)

ln the event the questionnaire does not
explain the test result, the medical
review officer shall issue a report
indicating the specimen tested positive.

The State Toxicology Laboratory shall analyze
each specimen for the following substances and
the metabolites:
a. Amphetamine and methamphetamine

b. Barbiturates

c. Benzodiazepine
d. Cannabinoids

Page #:

14

@onurn-i
Date:1213112009
Order #:1.14
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: DRUG TESTING
e. Cocaine
f. Methadone
g. Phencyclidine
h. Opiates

5.

Every law enforcement executive may request that
one or more specimens be analyzed for the
presence of steroids.

6.

The analysis of each specimen shall be done in
accordance with procedures adopted by the
State Toxicology Laboratory. These procedures
shall include but not be limited to security of the
test specimens, chain of custody, metabolite
cut-off levels and the issuance of test reports.

VII.

DRUG TEST RESULTS

A. The State Toxicology

Laboratory shall notify the
agency of any positive test
law
enforcement
submitting
results from the specimens submitted for analysis. All
reports of positive results shall be in writing and sent to
the agency within 15 working days of the submission.
The laboratory will, upon request, provide the submitting
agency with written documentation that one or more
specimens submitted for analysis tested negative.

B.

The State Toxicology Laboratory shall not report a
specimen as having a positive test result for a controlled
substance until that specimen has undergone a
confirmatory test and the medical review officer has
reviewed the results of that test with the medical
questionnaire pertinent to that specimen.

C.

The submitting agency shall notify the applicant, trainee
or sworn officer with the result of a positive test as soon
as practical after receipt of the report from the state
laboratory. Upon requesi, the individual may receive a
copy of the laboratory rePort.

D. Under

no circumstances may an agency or an individual

resubmit a specimen for testing or ask that a particular
specimen within the possession of the State Toxicology
Laboratory be retested.

VIIt. CONSEQUENCES OF A POSITIVE TEST RESULT

Page#:

'i=

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date:1213112049
Order #:1.14
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: DRUG TESTING

A.

When an applicant tests positive for illegal drug use:
The applicant shall be immediately removed from
consideration for employment by the agency;
2.

The applicant shall be reported to the Central
Drug Registry maintained by the Division of State
Police by the law enforcement agency to which
the individual applied;
and

The applicant shall be precluded from
consideration for future law enforcement by any
law enforcement agency in New Jersey for a
period of two years.
4.

When the applicant is currently employed by
another agency as a sworn law enforcement
officer, the officer's current employer shall be
notified of the positive test result. Under these
circumstances, the officer's current employer is
required to dismiss the officer from employment
and also report his or her name to the Central
Drug Registry.

B.

When a trainee tests positive for illegal drug use, subject
to rules adopted by the Police Training Commission:
The trainee shall be immediately dismissed from
basic training and suspended from employment
by his or her appointing agency;
The trainee shall be terminated from employment
as a law enforcement officer, upon final
disciplinary action by the appointing authority;
J.

The trainee shall be reported to the Central Drug
Registry;
and

4.

The trainee shall be permanently barred from
future law enforcement employment in New
Jersey.

Page #:

to

Page#:

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date:12131/2009
Order #:1.14
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: DRUG TESTING

C. When a sworn law enforcement

officer tests positive for

illegaldrug use.

1.

The officer shall be be immediately suspended
from all duties
The officer shall be terminated from employment
as a law enforcement officer, upon final
disciplinary action;

3.

The officer shall be reported to the Central Drug
Registry by his or her employer;
and

4.

The offrcer shall be permanently barred from
future law enforcement employment in New
Jersey.

IX. CONSEQUENCES OF A REFUSAL TO SUBMIT TO A DRUG TEST
A.

Applicants who refuse to submit to a drug test during the
pre-employment process shall be immediately removed
from consideration for law enforcement employment and
barred from consideration of future law enforcement
employment for a period of two years. ln addition, the
appointing authority shallforward the applicant's name
to the Central Drug Registry and note the individual
refused to submit to a drug test.

B.

Trainees who refuse to submit to a drug test during basic
training shall be immediately removed from the academy
and immediately suspended from employment. Upon a
finding that the offrcer did in fact refuse to submit a
sample, the trainee shall be terminated from law
enforcement employment and permanently barred from
future law enforcement employment in New Jersey. ln
addition, the appointing authority shallforward the
trainee's name to the Central Drug Registry and note
the individual refused to submit to a drug test.

C.

Sworn law enforcement officers who refuse to submit to
a drug test ordered in response to a reasonable suspicion
or random selection shall be immediately suspended from
employment. Upon a finding that the officer did in fact

17

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:1.14

Date: 1213112409
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: DRUG TESTING
refuse to submit to a sample, the officer shall be
terminated from law enforcement employment and
permanently barred from future law enforcement
employment in New Jersey. ln addition, the appointing
authori$ shall fonrvard the officer's name to the
Central Drug Registry and note the individual refused
to submit to a drug test.

X

RECORD KEEPING

A.

This agency's lnternalAffairs Unit shall maintain all
records relating to the drug testing of applicant, trainees
and law enforcement officers.

B.

These records shall include but not necessarily limited to

1.

For all drug testing:

a). The identity of those

ordered to submit

urine specimens:

b). The reason for that

c).

order;

The date the urine was collected;

d). The monitor of the collection process;

2.

e).

The chain of custody of the urine sample
from the time it was collected until the
time it was received bY the State
Toxicology Laboratory,

f)

The results of the drug testing;

g).

Copies of notifications to the subject;

h).

For any positive result, documentation from
the officer's physician that the medication was
lavufully prescribed and does not render the
officer unfit for duty;

i).

For any positive result or refusal, appropriate
documentation of disciplinary action.

For random drug testing, the records shall also
include the followlng information:

Page

#:

1B

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:1.14

Date:12/31/2409
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: DRUG TESTING

a). A description

of the process used to

randomly select officers for drug testing

b). The date selection was made;

c).

A copy of the document listing the
identities of those selected for drug
testing,

d). A list of those who were actually tested;
and

e).

C.

Xl.

The date(s) those officers were tested.

Drug testing records shall be maintained with the level of
confidentiality required for internal affairs files pursuant to
the New Jersey lnternalAffairs Policy and Procedures
(A.G.'s Guidelines).

Central Drug Registry

A.

Every law enforcement agency shall notify the Central
Drug Registry maintained by the Division of State Police
of the identity of applicants, trainees, and sworn law
enforcement officers who test positive for the illegal use
of drugs or refuses an order to submit to a urine sample.

B.

Notifications to the Central Drug Registry shall include
the following lnformation as to each individual:

1.

Name and address of the submitting agency

2.

Name of the individual who tested positive;

3.

Last known address of the individual;

4.

The individual's date of birth;

5.

The individual's social security number;

6.

The individual's SBI number (if applicable);

7.

The substance for which the individual tested
positive, or the circumstances of the refusal to
submit a urine sample;

Page

#:

19

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:

Page

#:1.14

Date:12131/2009
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: DRUG TESTING

8.

Date of dismissal from the employing agency;
and

9.

Whether the individual was an applicant, trainee
or sworn law enforcement officer.

C.

Notrfications to the central registry shall be sent to:
Division of State Police
PO Box 7068
West Trenton, New Jersey 08628

D.

lnformation contained in the central registry may be
released by the Division of State Police only under the
following circumstances:

1.

ln response to an inquiry from a law enforcement
agency as part of the background investigation
process for prospective or newly appointed
personnel.

2.

ln response to a court order.

(ATTACHMENT A)
DRUG SCREENING
MEDICATION I NFORMATION

ln order to ensure the accuracy of established urine screening and confirmation procedures,
am providing the following information:

A.

During the past 14 days I have taken the following medication prescribed by a physician:
Name of MedicationPrescribing

Physician Date Last Taken

1.

2.
J.

B.

During the past 14 days, I have taken the following non-prescription medications (cough
medicine, cold tablets, aspirin, etc.)

I

20

DEPARTMENT ORPTR

Page

#:1.14

Date: 12131D049
Order
Gategory: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: DRUG TESTING
Non-Prescrrption

Medication

Date Last Taken

1.

2.

Signature of

DATE

Witness

Social Securiiy Number and lnitials

DATE

i

(ATTACHMENT B)
DRUG SCREENING THROUGH URINALYSIS
APPLICANT NOTICE AND ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
t,
, understand that as part of the pre-employment process, the
will
a comprehensive background investigation to determine my
PD,
conduct
Bridgeton
suitability for the position for which I have applied.
* I understand that as part of this process, I will undergo certain medical and physical
examinations, which will include drug screening through urinalysis.
* I undersiand that a negative result on the drug screening is a condition of employment.
* I undersiand that I can refuse to undergo the testing.
* I understand that if I refuse to undergo the testing I will be rejected for employment.
* I understand thai if I produce a positive test result for illegal drug use, that information will
be forwarded to a central registry maintained by the Division of State Police. lnformaiion
from that registry will be made available by court order or as part of a confidential
investigation relating to law enforcement employment.
I understand that if I produce a positive test result for illegal drug use and am not currently
employed as a sworn law enforcement officer, I will be barred from future law enforcemeni
employment in New Jersey for two years. After this two year period, the positive test result
may be considered in evaluating my fitness for future law enforcement employment.

*

#:

21

Page

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:

#:1.14

Date:1213112049
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: DRUG TESTING

* I understand

that if I am currently employed as a sworn law enforcement oflicer and I
produce a positive test result for illegal drug use, my current law enforcement employer will
be notified of the positive test result in accordance with the Attorney General's Guidelines I
will be dismissed from my law enforcement position and I will be permanently barrd from law
enforcement em ployment.
* I further understand that I will undergo unannounced drug screening by urinalysis during my
attendance at academy training. I acknowledge receipt of a copy of the methods and
procedures for drug screening applicants for sworn law enforcement positions.
* I have read and understand the information contained on this "Applicant Notice and
Acknowledgement" form. I agree to undergo drug screening through urinalysis as part of the
pre-empioyment process.

SIGNATURE OF APPLICANT

SIGNATURE OF WITNESS

DATE

DATE

(ATTACHMENT C)
DRUG SCREENING THROUGH URINALYSIS
TRAINEE NOTICE AND ACKNOWLEDGMENT
t,

I

, understand that as part of the program of trainlng at the
will undergo unannounced drug screening by urinalysis during the training

period.

"

I understand that a negative result is a condition of my continued attendance at the
academy.
* I understand that I can refuse to undergo the testing.
* I understand that if I refuse, I will be dismissed from the academy and my employment with
the City of Bridgeton will be automatically terminated.
* I understand that if I produce a positive test result for illegal drug use, I will be rejected for

employment.
* I understand that if I produce a positive test result for illegal drug use, that information will
be forwarded to a central registry maintained by the Division of State Police. lnformation
from that registry will be made available by court order or as part of a confidential
investigation relating to law enforcement employment.
* I understand that if I produce a positive test result for illegal drug use, I will be permanently
barred from serving as a law enforcement officer in New Jersey.

22

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:

#:1.14

Date:1213112009
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: DRUG TESTING

* I acknowledge

receipt of a copy of the methods and procedures for drug screening trainees
for sworn law enforcement positions.
" I have read and I understand the information contained on this "Trainee Notice and
Acknowledgement" form. I agree to undergo drug screening through urinalysis as part of the
academy training program.

SIGNATURE OF

TRAINEE

DATE

SIGNATURE OF

WITNESS

DATE

23

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:

#:1.37

Date:12131/2449
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: IMPACT OFFENDERS
BRIDGETON POLICE DIVISION
CHIEF OF POLICE DIRECTIVE
POLICY AND PROCEDURE

SECTION:

I

CHAPTER:37
REVISION DATE

SUBJECT: IMPACT OFFENDERS

EFFECTIVE DATE: February 1Sth, 2009
CHIEF OF POLICE:Mark W. Ott
CROSS REFERENCE #: G-2009-002

I.

PURPOSE

The purpose of this directive is to give officers clear guidance on how to handle particular and
identified persons when deciding on making discretionary arrests or issuance of a summons.

II.

POLICY

It shall be the policy of this Department to address every violation committed by an identified

IMPACT OFFENDER with appropriate enforcement efforts when violations are observed.
Discretion in not enforcing various violations should be left for the law abiding members of the
community. Once a person (adult or juvenile) has been identified as an IMPACT
OFFENDER, their Master Name Page on lmpact shall be marked with a bold notation which
reads as follows "*" IMPACT OFFENDER**. Whenever this individual is stopped for violating
the law, the full complainUprosecution process for observed violations shall be used.

III.

DEFINITIONS

IMPACT OFFENDER: Any person who has been found to be a repetitive offender as
determined by this directive is deemed to constitute a threat to the public's safety, health,
welfare andlor the general good order of the municipality.

IV. IDENTIFYING IMPACT OFFENDERS

A.

MINOR OFFENDERS

1

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:

Date:1213112009
Order #:1.37
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
TitIE: IMPACT CFFENDERS

Any person who has been cited on more than four separate occasions for any one of / or
combination of the following petty disorderly or disorderly persons offenses:

1. Drinking ln Public
2. Assault
3. Breach Of the Public Peace
4. Poss. U/50 Grams Marijuana/Other
5. Loud Noise/Music
6. D.W.l.
7. Littering
8. Harassment
L Lewdness

CDS for personal Use

10. Prostitution

1. Disorderly Conduct
12. Possession of Drug Paraphernalia
13. Fighting
14. Possession of Hypodermic Syringe
15. Shoplifting
16. Theft
17. Pan Handling
18. Gambling ln Public
1

19. Trespassing
20. Wandering for Purposes of Prostitution or CDS

B.

SERIOUS OFFENDERS

Any person who has been charged on two separate occasions for any one of / or
combination of the following criminal offenses:

1. Prostitution
2. Burglary
3. Arson
4. Robbery
5. Poss. CDS Wlntent To Distribute
6. Manufacture/Distribution of CDS
7. Employing Juvenile ln CDS Dist. Scheme
8. Recruiting For Criminal Gang
9. Eluding Police ln M.V,
10. Resrsting Arrest With Violence
1'1. Aggravated Assault

12. Any Weapons Offense
'13. Any Crime of the 1st or 2nd Degree
14. Auto Theft
15. Joyriding

2

ilEPARTMEhIT ORDER

Page #:

Date:12131/2AA9

Orsier #:1.37

Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: IMPACT OFFENDERS

C.

COMBINATIONOFFENDERS

Any person who has been charged on separate occasions for the following combination
from A, & B. above:
- Three from list A
Plus
- One from list B

V.

IDENTIFICATION PROCESS

Every officer is expected to cooperate in the identification of IMPACT OFFENDERS.
This process shall be implemented in the following manner. When an officer believes a
subject fits the criteria fisted under section IV the officer shall print and fill out a copy of the
attached "IMPACT OFFENDER SUGGESTION FORM". The officer shall then submit the
form to their Bureau Commander. The Bureau Commander shall review the form and check
to make certain the subject fits the criteria. Upon reaching a positive conclusion the Bureau
Commander shall make the'** IMPACT OFFENDER*'entry on the Master Name Listing for
the identified subject. ln the event the subject submitted does not meet the criteria the form
will be returned to the submitting officer with a notation indicating why the subject was not
accepted.

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #:1.37
Date:12131,20A9
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: IMPACT OFFENDERS

VI

,IMPACT

OFFENDER SUGGESTION FORM'

Page #:

Page#:

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:1.37

Date:1213112009
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: IMPACT OFFENDERS

M.

'IMPACT OFFENDER SUGGESTION FORM"

Subject's First Name:
Subject's Middle

lnitial:_

Subject's Last Name:

SSN:
Subject's

/

/

D.O.B.:

/

/

Subject's Known Alias nformation ( Names/SS Ns/DOBs)
I

Submitting Officeds Name:

BureauCommander:

_(initials)

Candidate Rejected
Reason:

- Doesn't

Fit Criteria

:

4

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:

1.8

Date:UlA1l201O
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: COMPUTERIZED MUG SHOT CAMERA SYSTEM
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
POLICY AND PROCEDURE

SECTION: I
CHAPTER:8
#OF PAGES: 3
REVISION DATE

SUBJECT: COMPUTERIZED MUGSHOT SYSTEM

EFFECTIVE DATE:
CHIEF OF POLICE
COURTLANDT A. TURNER

CROSS REFERENCE #:
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT

Purpose

fhis primary purpose of this policy

is to establish a standard operating procedure for the use
of the new digital computerized mugshot camera. Secondarily, this policy shall serve to
reinforce the training the officers using the system have already received, either by the

Training Unit, or by qualified superiors or contemporaries, who have been pre-approved to
provide such training by a member of the Training Unit.
This policy is an augmentation to, and not a replacement of or substitution for, any existing
policies or procedures pertaining to the obtaining of arrest photos.

Statement

The digital mugshots entered into the computer system will be available for viewing or printing
on a 24-hourlT day basis. This will obviously be a great tool with many benefits to the officers
who normally had no access the Polaroid photos we've been taking since 1987. At this point,
the mugshots can only be viewed from computer workstations, which are using the Windows
95 (or 98) operating environment. Monies have been requested in the budget to upgrade all
computer hardware to enable the installation of Windows 95 or 98 on all workstations.

1

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Date:01|0112410
Order #: I I
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: COMPUTERIZED MUG SHOT CAMERA SYSTEM
All digital mugshots will have a unique number, regardless of whether the subject depicted
has been photographed before, either Polaroid or digitally. All digital photos will be linked to
the arrestee's Master Name lndex entry in the lmpact software and not to their photo lD # as
we've become accustomed to in the old Polaroid system.

Procedures
All arrestees who would normally be photographed in accordance with existing
departmental standard operating procedures wiIIADDITIONALLY be photographed
using the photo imaging system. The dual photos are necessary until an adequate
database is built in the computer system, for possible use in photo arrays.
2.

No officer shall use the photo imaging workstation until properly instructed and
evaluated by an approved instructor. There have been problems noted in the use of
this workstation. This step is necessary to maintain the integrity of the photo database.
Officers taking digital photos will take priority over the system from officers who are
preparing other police reports. Therefore, it would be prudent for officers to use other
available workstations for non-arrest type reports to reduce the inconvenience of having
to change workstations. lt is noted that sometimes this is not possible due to workload
and workstation availability

4.

It is incumbent upon the officer taking the digital mugshot to ensure that an acceptable
image is captured for the front and profile (side) views. This shall include that the
subject's head is approximately one (1) inch from the top of the image as viewed on the
monitor, and centered left to right. An officer can capture and discard images until they
are satisfied with the results.

5.

The arrestee's hands will be down to their side (not on their hips or elsewhere).

6.

The arrestee will be told to stand with his or her toes immediately BEHIND the red
tape line on the floor. This will ensure the proper distance from the camera that is
crucial to photograph integrity in the event of it's use in a photo array.
For the profile view, have the arrestee turn their head to the RIGHT until a proper profile
is obtained. There will be a visible marker (orange sticker) on the wall to the right which

the offrcer can instruct the subject to look at, simplifying this step.
Once you're satisfied that proper front and side view images have been captured, exit
the photo imaging software, saving the captured images. IMPORTANT! You are already
logged into the lmpact software. You will note that there is an lmpact lcon at the bottom
of the screen on your monitor (the taskbar). lt will say START- FOX260 or STARTCOMMAND. DO NOT login to the lmpact software again! This will cause numerous
serious anomalies in the computer system. Just click on the lmpact icon at the bottom
of the screen and you will be right back into the lmpact software.

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

Order #: L8
Date:0110112010
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
TitIe: COMPUTERIZED MUG SHOT CAMERA SYSTEM

9.

There has been track lighting installed to provide the proper amount of light for the
camera system. Please ensure that all of the light bulbs are operational. lf they are
not, please notify your supervisor who will have access to replacement bulbs.

10. A hard copy color photo print will be maintained in the Criminal Investigation Division
office. These photo prints will be printed and maintained by the Computer Network
Administrator or other designees as assigned by the Chief of Police. Officers should
note that they could print out a black and white copy of any digital photos on a laser
printer if needed. These laser copies are of excellent quality and suitable for facsimile
transmission.

11. lf there are any other problems encountered, or any questions, suggestions, or
discrepancies with this procedure, oflicers are authorized to contact the computer
network administrator(s) immediately for assistance or clarification. Supervisory
permission is only required if it is necessary for the network administrator to respond
to City Hall after hours.

#:

3

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:

#:1.48

Date:0212712012
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: NJ CJIS
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
POLICY AND PROCEDURE

SECTION:
CHAPTER:
SUBJECT:

I

48

CRIMINALJUSTICEINFORMATIONSYSTEMS

EFFECTIVE DATE: FEBRUARY 27,2012
REVISION

DATE: SEPTEMBER4,2012

REVTSTON

SECTTON(S). V.8.2

CHIEF OF POLICE:MARK W. OTT

ACCREDITATIONSTANDARD(S): 81.2.9
The written directives developed by the Bridgeton Police Department are for internal use only,
and do not enlarge an officer's civil or criminal liability in any way. They should not be
construed as the creation of a higher standard of safety or care in an evidentiary sense, with
respect to third party claims. Violations of written directives can only be the basis of a
complaint by this department, and then only in an administrative disciplinary setting.

1.48-1 PURPOSE
The purpose of this directive is to codify this agency's policy and procedures regarding
the use of the Criminal Justice lnformation Systems, commonly referred to as CJIS.

t'.48-2

POLTCY

It is the policy of this agency to conform to the requirements set forth in the CJIS User
Agreement, with the New Jersey State Police and to any applicable policies and procedures
established by the New Jersey Attorney General and Coun$ Prosecutor.
For purposes of this directive, the following applications are considered part of CJIS.
CCH

-

Computerized Criminal History

- lnterstate ldentification lndex
NCIC - National Crime lnformation Center
MVC - Motor Vehicle Services
NJLETS - New Jersey Law Enforcement Telecommunication System
NLETS - National Law Enforcement Telecommunication System
lll

This directive does not govern those applications administered by the New Jersey
Administrative Office of the Courts (AOC).

1

Page #:

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #:1.48
Date:A212712012
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: NJ CJIS
All personnelwho operate NJCJIS must adhere to the NJCJIS Security Policy.
The Non-Compliance Sanction Plan and the CJIS Security Policy are permanently
attached to this directive. AII personnel shall comply with the provisions of these
documents.

Alldata received from any NJCJIS terminal, MDC oTALPR is confidential information for
use by authorized criminal justice personnel, for criminal justice purposes only. Unauthorized
disclosure could result in criminal, civil and administrative penalties. For further procedures
on the ALPR, refer to Policy #11.39.
This directive also installs a mechanism to:
Provide for continuing education and certification in the use of the CJIS equipment
and applications;
Properly docu ment requ ired CJ S transactions;
ldentify potential abuses.
I

The Chief of Police shall appoint the Terminal Agency Coordinator (TAC) and the
Assistant TerminalAgency Coordinator (ATAC). The TAC and ATAC shall be primarily
responsible for ensuring the integrity of the equipment and various applications. The TAC
and ATAC shall have full staff and functional authority pertaining to CJIS related matters.
The TAC and ATAC shall keep the Chief of Police current on all policy changes mandated
by the New Jersey State Police or Federal Bureau of lnvestigation. The Chief of Police,
under recommendation by the TAC and ATAC shall determine what personnel have access
to the CJIS terminals and applications.

Allterminal operators must pass a background investigation as delineated within the
NJCJIS Security Policy. This check should be completed prior to the submission of
applicant fingerprint cards. AII terminal operators must successfully complete basic CJIS
iraining thatminimally includes NCIC, NJLETS, NLETS, MVC, NJCJIS, CCH and lll policies
and procedures, hit confirmations and terminal security. Terminal operators shall not utilize
other operator's access codes.

l:48-3

PROCEDURES

CJIS Entries

A. The various manuals dealing with CJIS transaetions need not be repeated within
important points is provided. For further
this directive, bui a short synopsis of
CJI
guidance and reference to the various manuals, they are available on the
S portal. Each dispatch work station has a link to this portal. lt may also be accessed by
172.25.15.10 in the web address bar
entering the lP Address of

NJSP

B. Each entry should be "packed" with as many identifiers

as possible. This serves

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Date:0212712012
Order #:1.48
Gategory: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: NJ CJIS
unnecessary CJIS transactions. Operators
to reduce the chance of false hits and
to
are required to modify entries when determined to be necessary (i.e. correction
previous entry, additional information is acquired making prior entry no longer factually
accurate, etc... ).

C.

Stolen MV Entries: As much information as possible must be entered into the
appropriate fields. Note that each state's
MVC identifiers may not conform to
standard NCIC codes. Therefore, it is incumbent upon terminal operators to verify the
nformation provided by each state's MVC record and the information provided by the officer
prior to entry. All stolen vehicle
entries must be made within one hour of the vehicle
being reported stolen.

D. Wanted Persons Entries: All actors wanted by this agency shall be entered into
NCIC. Prior to entry, all available
descriptive information shall be obtained
using appropriate sources, i.e. MVC, NLETS and NJCCH/lll files, if authorized. lf
t
his agency wishes to have an individual located within the State of NJ, the entry must reflect
that need. lf extradition is
being sought for an out of state warrant service,
Prosecutor's
extradition approval must first be obtained from the Cumberland County
Office.

E.

Missing Persons: Refer to Policy 11.23, Missing Person lnvestigations. Pack the
identification and to minimize the chance of
record as much as possible to facilitate
modifica
false hits. lnvestigative personnel will generally direct that any updates and
tions be performed. A missing person shall not be entered into NCIC until the'NCIC Missing
Person" form is
completed fully by the officer and authenticated by the signature of
the individual reporting the missing person.

1. lt is required that all missing persons be entered in the NCIC database within
(1) hour of the determination.
F. Hit Confirmations.

Upon receipt of a hit confirmation request, the
response is furnished
communications operator shall ensure that a subsiantive
Urgent hit requests require a ten-minute response. Routine hit requests require a one-hour
A substantive response is a positive or negative confirmation or notice of
response.
reject.
a specific amount of time necessary to confirm or

1.

Due to the urgency generally associated with and the stated time constraint
for teletypes should be conducted every
imposed upon confirmations, a check
ten (10) minutes.

2.

lf the network is down and you are unable to send or receive a HIT TTY, a
response to or to inquire shall be
telephone call or fax to an agency in
appropriate.

G. Guns: All surrendered and recovered guns, if not stolen, that come into the
NCIC as a recovered gun, with the
possession of this agency must be entered into

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Date:0212712412
Order #:1.48
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: NJ CJIS
following exceptions:

1. Guns seized as the result of a Domestic Violence Temporary Restraining
seized as a result of a Domestic
Order shall not be entered, however, guns
Violence crime shall be entered.
2.

Black powder guns, BB guns, Airsoft guns, starter pistols and guns turned
amnesty program shall not be entered.
to this agency as part of a gun

3.

Guns involved in a crime that have an obliterated, defaced or no serial
Crime Gun Center Trace Request form
number must be entered utilizing the NJ
Recover
(Appendix A), which is located on BPD Online Forms, or on the Enter
ed Gun Screen. The paper version shall be faxed to the NJ Crime Gun Center for entry at
(609)671-0923.
The NCIC system cannot accept guns without a serial number. lf
NJ Crime Gun Center at
assistance is needed, a call may be made to the
(609)963-6900X2015

H. Articles: Refer to NCIC Operator's Manual for entry criteria. Again, be careful to
NCIC Code Manual
use the article names as defined in the

II.

CCH/III

A.

CCH refers to Computerized Criminal History, a State of New Jersey database.
Both of these applications are strictly
monitored and controlled.

lll refers to lnterstate ldentification lndex

B.

Authorized personnel may access CCH/Ill files as follows:

1.

A Detailed Record Request should be conducted for all criminal arrests,
offenses, but not for municipal ordinance
including domestic violence related
criminal
violations. Once the Detailed Record Request has served its use in the
investigation, it shall be destroyed.

2.

A Detailed Record Request should be conducted prior to NCIC and/or
NJSBI Criminal History or Ill Criminal
Missing Person entries. When utilizing an
t
History for an NCIC entry, the fact sheet or pedigree sheet shall be attached to
"packing'
jacket
into
purposes.
will
be
entered
the
identifiers
All
available
for
he NCIC entry
pack the entry (AKA, SMTS, DOB, SOC, etc.). lf the
NCIC entry to properly
gun possessron,
subject has a previous resisting arrest, aggravated assault,
confirmed gang member, escape, eluding, they are to be entered with a cautionary code with
details entered into the miscellaneous field. The remainder of the record must be
investigative purpose. lt is the responsibility of
destroyed after it has served its
destructi
the end user, and not necessarily the terminal operator, to ensure the
on of the CCH/lll.

3.

When conducting a CCH/lll a report number must always be entered in the

Page

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:

#:1.48

Date:0212712012
Order
Category: DEPARTM ENT ORDERS

Title: NJ CJIS
miscellaneous field. lf there is no
created and that number utitized.

4.

report

number generated, a CAD entry must be

When performing CCH/Ill for a background check the miscellaneous field
Employment", the position title and also contain
Justice

should say "Criminal
an lA number..

5.

The term "desiroy the record" shall be narrowly construed to mean rendering
or similar destruction Records
the record useless through shredding
in the trash. lt is further
discarded
merely
not
be
histories
shall
containing criminal
nderstood that these records are not to be submitted along with completed reports and are to
be

destroyed
III.

following use.

INVESTIGATIVE CONTINUITY

A.

ln order to maintain investigative continuity in investigations that require NJCJIS
transactions, the incident number generated by the initial incident shall be utilized
throughout the investigation and administrative processes.

1.

Example: A stolen vehicle is later recovered. The original incident number for
also be used on the recovery investigation.
the stolen vehicle investigation will
only
(A separate CAD entry must be made, but this new incident number is
to the
Refer
incident.
the
new
used for statistical purposes and to account for time spent on
in the Notes Field. The prevailing date and time shall be
original file number
when a vehicle reported
utilized on any new reports.) The exception would occur
stolen by a different police authority is recovered by this police authority. ln this instance
the newly generated incident number would be the number for the incident and the
be referenced within the report's narrative.
original authority's number would

2.

Example: A missing person later returns home. The original incident number
also be used on the returned missing
for the missing person investigation will
incident
be
made, but this new
must
(A
entry
CAD
separate
person investigation.
new
the
number is only used for statistical purposes and to account for time spent on
original file number in the Notes Field. The prevailing
incident. Refer to the
exception would occur
date and time shall be utilized on any new reports.) The
when a person reported missing by a different police authority is located by this police
authority. ln this instance the newly generated incident number would be the number for the
incident and the original
report's narrative.

3.

authority's number would be referenced within the

Example: A wanted person in NCIC is arrested. The original incident number
will also be used on this new arrest. (A
for the incident causing the NCIC entry
stati
separate CAD entry must be made, but this new file number is only used for
stical purposes and to account for time spent on the new incident. Refer to the original
Notes Field. The prevailing date and time shall be utilized
incident number in the
wanted person by a
on any new reports.) The exception would occur when a

u

5

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:

Date:A212712012
Order #:1.48
Gategory: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: NJ CJIS
different police authority is located and subsequently arrested by this police authority. ln this
instance the newly generated incident number would be the number for the incident and
number would be referenced within the report's narrative.
the original authority's

B.

Records Unit personnel will store multiple reports indigenous to an incident within
necessary review or audit without
the same file jacket. This will facilitaie any
u n necessary cross-referencing.

IV. SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

A.

The operation of the NJCJIS is subject to policies and procedures established by
Bureau of lnvestigation.
the New Jersey State Police and Federal

B.

Personnel in violation of the NJCJIS policies and procedures are subject to this
and may receive disciplinary penalties up
agency's system of progressive discipline
of
employment.
to and including termination

C.

V.

All violators are subject to criminal prosecution and/or civil liabilities.

SECURITY & DISCIPLINE

A.

ln accordance with Section I - Personnel Security of the NJCJIS Security Policy,
background check of state and national fugitive
will have a
operators
all terminal
fingerpri
files, to be completed prior to the submission of state and federal applicant
ni cards.

1.

Access to the system will not be granted until all background checks are
returned from the state and have
cards have been
fingerprint
completed and
cleared.

2.

lf a record of any kind is found, access will not be granted by the employee's

agency.

3.

lf an applicant is found to be a fugitive from justice or has been convicted of
be denied NJCJIS terminal operator
an indictable offense, the applicant shall
accessicertification.

4.

lf an applicant is found to have a conviction of a disorderly persons offense,
each case and make the determination to
the agency administrator will review
grant access.

5.

ln accordance with N.J.S.A. 2C'.52-27c, an expunged record may be utilized
to deny terminal operator access.

6.

The agency administrator may allow a current NJCJIS terminal operator, who

6

Page #:

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date:0212712412
Order #:1.48
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: NJ CJIS
may have been charged with an
resolution of the charge.

offense, to remain in that capacity untilthe

7.

Police officers who do not have terminal operator access/certification are not
receiving NJCJIS information from a terminal
prohibited from requesting and
operator in the performance of his/her duiies

8.

NJCJIS terminal operators with convictions prior to July 13, 1994, are not
above. However, the agency administrator
subject to the limitations as outlined
based
on
those
convictions
deny
access
the
right
to
had

B.

Dissemination of lnformation

1.

General Dissemination: NJCJIS data is confidentialand is intended for use
agencies for criminaljustice purposes. This
only by authorized criminal justice
ensure legal
data is documented criminal justice information which is protected to
NJCJIS
may
via
the
dissemination and use. Unauthorized requests or receipt of material
result in
criminal prosecution. The NJCJIS will not be used for personal use of
to any members of the Bridgeton
any kind, nor will it be used to give information
Police Department or the public that do not have access to the information. Prior
o the dissemination of NJCJIS information, an individual must ensure that the person/agency
receive such data. lf the receiving agency does not have NJCJIS
is authorized to
access, then a user agreement would be required.

2. ln the event that a Bridgeton Police Department employee is off-duiy and
Bridgeton Police Department
any
NJCJIS information via the
requests
Telecommunications Center, the telecommunications officer shall demand the reason
from the requestor and document that reason in a blotter entry. The telecommunications
working supervisor that a request has been made. The
officer will notify the
to the Professional
workrng supervisor shall fonvard an interdepartmental email
who
fails to provide a
An
employee
matter.
the
concerning
Standards Bureau Commander
provided
with any NJCJIS
reason to the telecommunications officer shall not be
requesting the information will also contact the
informatron. The employee
that is being
local police department and file a report in relation to the information
requested. Any unauthorized requests andior dissemination may result in criminal
civil liability.

prosecution and

3.

Criminal History Dissemination: To prevent unauthorized access or use of
through the NJCJIS, allcopies of
NJCCH, NLETS CHRI or lll data received
such data must be afforded maximum security. All NJCCH, NLETS, CHRI and lll
ecords will be destroyed immediately after they have served their intended and authorized
state and federal regulations. Unauthorized requests
purpose, pursuant to
liability
and dissemination may result in criminal prosecution and

civil

C

Audits

- lnternal

Page #:

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date:A212712012
Order #:1.48
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: NJ CJIS

1.

AII NJCCH, NLETS, CHRI and lll transactionswill be audited on a monthly
will be documented in writing in the
basis by the TAC or ATAC. Violations
persistent
will be subject to
violations
and
records,
training
operator's
terminal

isciplinary action.

D.

Audits

-

External

1. Pursuant to an FBI/NCIC mandate, the NJCJIS unit has established a
every terminal agency to ensure
comprehensive program to biennially audit
procedures.
policies
Failure of any agency
and
compliance with state and federal
o comply with those established standards will result in the implementation of the NJCJIS
Sanction Plan. This implementation can result in
Non-compliance
of NJCJIS
censure, restriction of NJCJIS access, or ultimately in termination
services for that agency. lt is the policy of this department to fully comply with any and all
conducted pursuant to the above referenced mandate.
audits

E.

Discipline

1.

All agencies with access to the NJCJIS shall permit an inspection team
the State Police to conduct
appointed by the NJCJIS Control Unit of
r
appropriate inquiries into any allegations of security vtolations. The NJCJIS
policies
and
NJCJIS
violated
have
who
eserves the right to deny access to terminal operators
violations of the NJCJIS will be documented in the terminal
procedures. All
being made with the
will require contact
Violatlons
records.
operator's training
NJCJIS Control Unit to determine if an investigation will be conducted by their division or this
department's Professional Standards Bureau for any discipllnary action.

Unit

VI. EDUCATION

& TRAINING

A. The TAC and ATAC shall be responsible

for distributing all manuals, technical

New Jersey State Police, Federal
updates, and training notes distributed by the
Terminal
operators must acknowledge
Bureau of lnvestigation or other applicable agency.
receipt of these manuals, updates and training notes in writing.

B.

The TAC and ATAC shall ensure that terminal users are familiar with the various
necessary training where indicated, including
applications and shall provide the
rece
regular competence tests. Terminal operators shall receive a minimum
rtification that includes an affirmation of proficiency and practical hands-on tesiing. This
provided biennially and shall be conducted on
training shall minimally be

biennial

NJLEARN".

C.

Full access operators will receive basic training in: NCIC, NJLETS, NLETS, MVC,
Procedures, Hit Confirmations and the security
NJWPS, CCH/ilt, CJIS Policies

and

Page

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Da!.p-:A212712012
Order #:1.48
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: NJ CJIS
of the system.

D. Limited access operators will have basic training in MVC, NCIC, NJCJIS Policies
system.
and Procedures, and the security of the
E.

The basic training will be done by the TAC, ATAC or a designated

Communications Training Officer (CTO).

F.

Within six months of this basic training, terminal operators must successfully

complete a proficiency test administered

G.

by

the TAC or ATAC.

The training unit shall maintain written training and examination records

#:

9

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:

#:1.46

Date:4913012014
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: ON-DUTY ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION PROCEDURE

Order

BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
CHIEF OF POLICE DIRECTIVE
POLICY & PROCEDURE

SECTION: I
CHAPTER:46
SUBJECT: SUPERVISOR ON-DUTY ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES
EFFECTIVE DATE: October 1st,2014
CHIEF OF POLICE:MARK W. OTT
The written directives developed by the Bridgeton Police Department are for internal use only,
and do not enlarge an officer's civil or criminal Iiability in any way. They should not be
construed as the creation of a higher standard of safety or care in an evidentiary sense, with
respect to third party claims. Violations of written directives can only be the basis of a
complaint by this department, and then only in an administrative disciplinary setting.

1,46-1 PURPOSE:
To determine the basic, unsafe act and/or unsafe physical condition(s) that caused a loss.
Once the basic loss cause is identified, remedial action can be taken to reduce the potential
for future similar losses. lt should be kept in mind that the purpose of an accident
investigation is not to place blame, but to learn from experience.

l:46-2

POLICY:

The purpose of this directive is to set guidelines for supervisors of the Bridgeton City Police
Department when taking the report of an injury incurred by a departmental employee while in
the performance of their duty.

l:46-3

A.

PROCEDURE:
Definition:

1.

B.

Catastrophic lnjury. An injury that results in permanent impairment from a
spinal cord injury involving severe paralysis of an arm, leg, or the trunk; or
amputation of an arm, hand, foot, or leg involving the effective use of that
appendage, or severe brain or closed-head injury.

Sick or lnjured While On Duty

1.

Members taken sick or injured due to a service associated incident shall
report the fact to their supervisor. As soon as possible, appropriate
documentation, (i.e. Supervisor's Report of Accident, Supervisor's Report
of Motor Vehicle Accident, Officer First Report of lnjury), shall be completed

1

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Date:0W3A12014
Order #:1.46
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: ON-DUTY ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION PROCEDURE
by the officer andior his immediate supervisor with copies forwarded to their

division commander.

C.

Catastrophic lnjury While On Duty

1.

When a member is seriously injured on-duty, his immediate supervisor will,
as soon as possible, verbally notify the Chief of Police. The immediate
submitting of a written report of the facts will follow this. lnformation shall
include the date, location, cause, extent or injuries and property damage.
The appropriate documentation will also be completed.

1..464 REPORTS TO BE COMPLETED:

A.

Supervisor's Report of Accident
1.

General lnformation: This section of the report contains general information
rncluding the name of the employee, job title, department, etc. Key points
to note are the date the supervisor was informed of the injury, the length of
time on the job, any previous accident history, and physical disabilities,
the exact location of the accident and the type of treatment necessary.

2.

Nature of lnjury. One or more boxes should be checked indicating the type
of injury that occurred.
Body Part: One or more boxes should be checked indicating which body
part(s)was affected.
Accident Type: One of the eighteen boxes should be checked indicating
the type of accident that has occurred. Note that there are separate boxes
for a fall on the same level, a fall on a different level and a slip-not a fall.
Also, there are separate lines for lifting and overexertion.

5.

Agency of Accident: This is an indication of the type of activities that
the individual was involved in when the accident occurred. Was heishe
working on a machine, using tools, climbing a ladder, etc. One or more
boxes can be checked.

o.

Describe Accident: A concise description of the accident should be
presented.

7.

Basic Causes of Accident There are two columns, one for unsafe acts of
individual(s) and the other for unsafe physical conditions. All accidents have
a cause - one or more boxes should be checked. Keep in mind that the
majority of accidents are a result of unsafe acts of individual(s). From
statistical studies, approximately 80% of all accidents are the result of
unsafe acts.

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Date:09/30/2014

Order #:1.46

Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: ON-DUTY ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION PROCEDURE
There is also a section for other contributing factors that may have led to
the loss. Depending upon the circumstances, you may or may not check
off one of these areas.
The questions "Why was the unsafe act committed?" and "Why did the
unsafe condition exist?" should also be answered.
8.

RemedialActions: Under this section, you should indicate the action you
are taking to correct the above identified, unsafe act and/or unsafe physical
condition.
Evaluation: ln this portion, regardless of the actual injury that did occur,
you should evaluate the potential loss severity. The following definitions
should be utilized:

a.

Major lnjury: one that could have resulted in an amputation or
death, a serious injury is a lost workday case.

b.

Minor lnjury: all others.

At the conclusion of the report, you should indicate what could have been
done to prevent this accident. You should also indicate what action is
actually being taken to reduce the potential for future similar losses.

B.

Supervisor's Report of Motor Vehicle Accident and Automobile Loss Notice, (when
employee is involved in a motor vehicle accident).

1.

lnformation: This section of the report contains general
information including the name of the employee, department, location,
General
etc.

2.

Accident Type/Weather: This section, you will check off the type of
accident and the weather conditions.

3.

Accident Description: A concise description of the accident should be
presented, including contributing vehicle conditions, contributing road
conditions, corrective measures and whether or not the accident was
preventable.

4-

Automobile Loss Notice: Thls form will also be completed by the
supervisor conducting the motor vehicle accident investigation. This
report will contain the information in regards to vehicles involved, insurance
information, driver's involved, property damage, etc.

5.

Standard Crash report form (NJTR -1) should be done by officer ranking

DEPARTMENT ORDER

1.46

Date: 09/3012014
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: ON-DUTY ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION PROCEDURE
above the officer involved in the crash, by a separate agency or by
an experienced traffic crash investigator with advanced training in traffic
crash investigation.

C.

l:46-5

Employer's First Report of lnjury for the City of Bridgeton

1.

Part l: To be filled out by the injured employee. This section must be
completed.

2.

Part ll: Employer Section. This section must be completed by the
employee s supervisor.

Forwarding all police related accidents and injuries to proper recipients.

A. The ranking supervisor

working during the time of any of the above issues
prior
will
to securing for the day make and fax copies of required reports
to the following:

1.

Copy faxed of all injuryiaccident reports to Business Administrator's
Office.

2.

Copy provided to the Chief s Office (if after hours - reports should
be placed under the door).

3.

Copy fonrvarded to any other required recipient (i.e. workman's comp.,
Cumb. Co. Prosecutor's Office, Etc.)

NOTE: All of the above listed reports can be found on BPD Online forms, under the
supervisor section.

Page

#:

4

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:lll.12

Order
Date:01/08/2010
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: ORGANIZED CRIME & VICE SUPPRESSION
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
POLICY AND PROCEDURE

SECTION.
CHAPTER:
SUBJECT:

III
12

ORGANIZED CRIMEA/ICE SUPPRESSION

EFFECTIVE DATE:
CHIEF OF POLICE: COURTLANDT A, TURNER

POLICY
Organized crime and vice can exist in any community, regardless of size or the ethnic
background of the people who comprise a particular community. Organized crime and vice is
not Iimited to any one particular social group. lt is important that officers are able to recognize
and effectively dealwith organized crime and vice as it may arise in a community.

The Bridgeton Police Department shall be committed to the suppression of Organize Crime
and Vice Activities within the community. Our agency will utilize all available resources to
combat these crimes.
PROCEDURE

r.

oFFrcER rN CHARGE RESPONSTBtLTTIES (ANT|-CR|ME TEAM PRtMAR|LY)

A. The officer in charge shall be responsible

for all organized crime and vice

investigations.

B.

He/she shallcoordinate activities between federal, state and county agencies.

C.

He/she shall provide for the exchange of intelligence information between all
agencies.

D.

He/she shall obtain authorization for payment from the Confidential Fund to
be utilized for the following:

1.

Purchase of contraband

2.

Purchase specialized surveillance equipment

3.

lnformant payments

4.

Officer subsidy

#:

1

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:lll.12

Order
Date:01/08/2010
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: ORGANIZED CRIME & VICE SUPPRESSION

E.

ll.

Accounting procedure for the Confidential Fund is stipulated in department policy.

VICE and ORGANIZED CRIME CONTROL FUNCTTON

A.

lllegal sale and distribution of liquor and tobacco.

B.

lllegal sale and distribution of controlled dangerous substances.

C.

lllegal gambling operations.

D.

Prostitution and illegal pornography.

E.

lllegalfirearms.

F. Labor Racketeering.
G.

Corruption.

H.

Extortion and bribery.

l.
III.

ThefUfencing.

INVESTIGATION

A. The members

of the department are to be alert for possible vice and
organized crime operations.

B.

whenever an operation is suspected, the officer who has recognized a
potential operation, shall forward a suspected Narcotics Activity Report
(See Appendix 1)to the officer in charge. The Suspected Narcotics Activity
Report is to remain confidential and become part of the organized crime
and vice file.

1.

An intelligence file will be started once a report is received.

2.

AII intelligence files shall remain secured in a separate filing system

a.

Once a report has been forwarded to the officer in charge,
heishe will:

(1) Set

up a surveillance to verify any further suspicious
activities.

(2) Conduct background checks on the suspects, for
use on surveillance.

#:

2

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:lll.12

Order
Date:0.1108/2010
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: ORGANIZED CRIME & VICE SUPPRESSION

(a) Criminal History
(b) Division of Motor Vehicte
(c) Other Agencies

3.

Notify the Chief of Police if further investigation is warranted.

4.

Notify the appropriate agencies.

5.

a.

Prosecutor's Office

b,

New Jersey State Police

c.

Federal Bureau of lnvestigation

d.

DEA

coordinate all activities and maintain a case file as the operation
progresses.

a.
6.

This file will be maintained in the intelligence file, system,
separate from Central Records.

The Vice and Organized Crime Control function shall utilize the Central
lnformant File in accordance with department policy.

IV. DEPARTMENT COORDINATION

A. Whenever a surveillance

operation is conducted, the officer in charge shall
notify all effected personnel.

B.

The officer in charge shall keep their immediate subordinates abreast of all
operations.

C. Whenever the need arises to suspend

regular patrolactivities in an area
where an operation is being conducted, the officer in charge of patrol will be
notified and ensure that the request is followed.

D.

Whenever raids are to be conducted, the Patrol Section will be notified to
provide assistance as needed, or ensure that there will be no interference
between members of the patrol and the members of the operation detail.

E. All members

of the department are responsible for the suppression of
organized crime and vice activities.

Page

#:

3

Page

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:lll.12

Order
Date:UlABl2AlA
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: ORGANIZED CRIME & VICE SUPPRESSION

V.

INTELLIGENCE GATHERING

A.

The computer readout will be reviewed to target locations that demonstrate a
high frequency of a particular crime or activity.

B. People who frequent

an area should be noted and a surveillance of the probable
offenders, their habits, associates, vehicles, methods of operation and the
amount of time spent in a particular location shall be noted on the Surveillance
Activity Report. (See Appendix)

C. The need for specialized

equipment will be evaluated and approved after the
area to be worked is analyzed.

1.

Cars and surveillance equipment can be obtained from the County
Prosecutor's office, or the New Jersey State Police.

2.

Communication devices should have a scramble-sending unit
incorporated. Cross communication between agencies must be
maintained (portable radios).

3.

Relief officers will be scheduled by the officer in charge and shall
be accomplished as inconspicuously as possible.

4.

Two (2) officers will always be assigned to an operation.

5.

Officers assigned to an operation will report the activities of the day
to the officer in charge by means of a written report.

6.

The officer in charge shall report to the Chief of Police about all
activities on a two-week basis.

7.

The officer in charge shall act as a legal Iiaison with the Prosecutor in
charge of special enforcement on legal matters.

8.

A contingency plan will be completed on a case by case basis
regards to operational procedure.

vr.

EXECUTTON OF SEARCH WARRANTS (PREMISES)

A.

Must be authorized by the Chief of Police.

B.

A warrant to search must be obtained prior to the search.

C.

Once a warrant has been secured, a briefing will be conducted for.

1.

The Division Commanders.

in

#:

4

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#;lll.12

Date: 01108/2010
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: ORGANIZED CRIME & VICE SUPPRESSION

D.

E.

2.

All officers involved in the operation.

3.

County, state and federal officers, if applicable.

4.

Support personnel, if it is deemed necessary.

Briefings will cover:

1.

The place to be searched, street name, house number and description
of the place to be searched. Photographs will also be used.

2.

General layout of the interror of the place to be searched.

3.

Doors and other possible exit points.

4.

Duty assignments and approach routes will be set up.

5.

Communications and an entry code will be provided.

6.

At least two hours before the execution of the Search Warrant will
take place, two surveillance officers will be assigned to ensure that
the number of people present at the location do not outnumber the
team members conducting the Search Warrant.

The officer in charge shall be the team leader.

F. Prior to execution,

a survey will be conducted to determine what equipment

may be needed:

1.

Pry bars

2.

Battering ram

3.

Cameras

4.

Video Equipment

G.

The officer in charge will coordinate support units and patrol units to ensure
the safeiy of the participants. Communications will be mainiained with all
units. Cross communication between involved agencies will be maintained
using portable radios.

H.

Any contraband or evidence seized will be done in accordance with department
policy.

#:

5

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

Order #:lll.12
Date: 01/08/2010
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: ORGANIZED CRIME & VICE SUPPRESSION

L

Arrest of individuals involved will be done in accordance with department policy.

J.

lf the need arises, the first aid squad will be dispatched for anyone in need of
medical attention.

#:

6

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #: lll.13

Page #:

Date:01/08/2010

Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: JUV. SEX. ASSAULTS/CHILD ABUSE VICTIMS
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
POLICY AND PROCEDURE
SECTION:
CHAPTER:
SUBJECT:

ilt
13

PROCEDURES GOVERNING JUVENILE SEXUAL
ASSAULT/CH I LD ABUSE VICTIMS

EFFECTIVE DATE:
CHIEF OF POLICE:

COURTLANDT A. TURNER

1.

Under current SOP, uniform personnel shallconduct lnitial lnvesttgation Reports
regarding the reporting of Sexual AssaulU Abuse incidents involving juvenile victims.
Refer to 2C. 14-1. through 2C.144. Et al (Sexual Assault) and 9:6 ET al (Child Abuse).

2.

lf the elements of the crime are present, uniform personnel shall proceed with that
investigation.
Once a sexual assault of a juvenile is reported, CID is to be notified immediately.
Upon notification, CID shall make a determlnation as to assist the officer with the
investigation, or to assume control of the investigation in total.

4

Once CID personnel are present, the objective is to then gather the facts in a systematic
fashion, including, but not limited to, tape-recording statements of victims/accused;
interviewing victims or witnesses, photographing crime scenes or injuries to victims;
or gathering and properly packaging and storing physical evidence crucial to the
investigation.

5.

This procedure shall be done in concert with the initial investigating officer to make
available additional resources to uniform personnel.
ln all cases where CID assumes control of the investigation, or where CID assists
uniform personnel, a Referral Sheet shall be filled out in full and forwarded to the
Cumberland County Prosecutors Office. This referral sheet shall be completed within
24 hours of the occurrence of a reported juvenile sexual assault or child abuse case.
Should the incident occur over a given weekend or holiday, wherein the Cumberland
County Court House is officially closed, this sheet shall then be faxed to the
Prosecutors Office. This fax number is listed at the bottom of the referral sheet.
Standard referral sheets shall be made available to Uniform Division and shall be
located in those areas where other blank report forms are stored.
This General Order shall not exclude any other agency that would, under normal
circumstances, be contacted in lieu of or in addition to the Cumberland County
Prosecutors Office.

8.

Purpose is to establish an investigative procedure concerning juvenile sexual

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

Order #: lll.13
Date: 01/08/2010
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: JUV. SEX. ASSAULTS/CHILD ABUSE VtCTtMS
assaulU child abuse victims, through a joint effort by Uniform/ClD Personnel, that will

increase the likelihood of a successful investigation and/or prosecution, by employing
the best methods and personne[, and minimizing the trauma of the crime victim.

#:

2

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Order #:lll.14
Date:01/08/2010
Gategory: DEPARTM ENT ORDERS

Title: SEIZED CURRENCY ACCOUNTABILITY
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
POLICY AND PROCEDURE

SECTION:

lll

CHAPTER:
SUBJECT:

SEIZEDCURRENCYACCOUNTABILIry

14

EFFECTIVE DATE:
CHIEF OF POLICE:COURTLANDT A. TURNER

PURPOSE

The County of Cumberland has adopted the Forfeiture Program Administration's Standard
Operating Procedure for the accounting of seized currency by its law enforcement agencies.
It is the intent of this policy to bring the Bridgeton Police Department into compliance with
these standards.

1.

Accounting Procedures for Seized Currency

A.

U.S. currency seized by any sworn law enforcement officer shall be counted
as soon as practical, but no later than the end of the seizing officer's end of
tour. The currency shall be counted by at least two officers, independent of
each other. Preferably, this will be done at the seizure location. lf it is
impractical to count the currency at the location of the seizure, two officers
shall transport the currency to a secure location within the agency. Both
officers must agree and certify the total dollar amount of the currency, as
well as assure the authenticity of the currency by randomly determining that
the currency is not counterfeit.

(1) The officers shall record the seized currency on the form entitled
United States Currency Seizure Report.
(2) This form shall include claimant information, name of seizing agency;

the agency's ORI number; name and badge number of the seizing
officer; date, time and location of the seizure; and, a breakdown by
denomination of the currency and coins seized.
(3) The currency seized shall be listed on the report form by each
denomination with a total for each denomination; a total of all coins;

and, a grand total of all currency and coins seized.
(4) Upon completion, the officers conducting the count and the arrested

pariy or their attorney shall sign the form.

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

Date:01/08/2010
Grder #:lll.14
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: SEIZED CURRENCY ACCOUNTABILIry

a.

The originalform will be maintained according to standard
operational procedures, this is, submitted to the records bureau.

b.

The seizing officer shall maintain a copy of this report form.

c.

A copy shall be given to the arrested party or their attorney.

d.

Two copies shall be maintained by each of the submitting
officers or personnel.

(5) The currency custodian in our agency will be the evidence clerk. ln
the evidence clerk's absence, the chief law enforcement officer of the
agency will appoint a second designee.

B.

All currency seized by law enforcement officers of this agency will be forwarded
to a custodian designated by the county prosecutor. Seized currency shall be
forwarded to this custodian no later than 48 hours of the seizure.

(1) Upon transfer of these funds to the designated custodian, the
submitting personnel shall sign the U.S. Currency Seizure Report,
inclusive of numeric identifier and date.

(2) The custodian of funds shall also sign the form and return a copy to
the submitting personnel.

a.

The seizing officer's form copy shall match the submitting
personnel's form copy at time of submittal.

b.

This match may occur by the county treasurer or an individual
designated by the agency's chief executive officer.

c.

Any discrepaneies must be reported immediately to the
agency's chief law enforcement officer and the county
prosecutor.

(3) The form copy with the two signatures will then be turned over to
records bureau personnel for placement with the original reports.

2.

Security Procedures for Currency

A.

Any officer that has seized currency shall exercise due diligence in its
handling, storage and security in compliance with departmental procedures
and regulations. Willful or gross negligence in security of currency may
subject a public ernployee to discipline or criminal charges.

B.

Seizure of foreign currency shall be converted to United States currency on

#:

2

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:lll.14

Order
Date:01108/2010
Gategory: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: SEIZED CURRENCY ACCOUNTABILITY
the first business day following the seizure at any banking institution.

(1) The chief law enforcement officer will be notified of foreign currency
seizures at a time before conversion. This notification is to be made
by the seizing officer's commander.

This order details procedures for statewide standardization. Any deviation
must be documented by special report by the personnel involved in the
deviatlon.

Page

#:

3

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:

Date:01108/2010
Order#: lll.15
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: STATEMENT TAKING
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT

POLICYAND PROCEDURE

SECTION,

III

CHAPTER:
SUBJECT:

15

CONSTITUTIONAL REQUIREMENTS INVOLVING CUSTODIAL

INTERVIEWS
REVISION

DATE: MARCH 1,2011

EFFECTIVE DATE. MARCH 17,2011
CHIEF OF POLICE:MARK W. OTT

ACCREDITATIONSTANDARDS. 1.2.34-C
THIS DIRECTIVE SUPERCEDES AND INCORPORATES PREVIOUS DIRECTIVE III.15 STATEMENTS

The written directives developed by the Bridgeton Police Department are for internal use only,
and do not enlarge an officer's civil or criminal liability in any way. They should not be
construed as the creation of a higher standard of safety or care in an evidentiary sense, with
respect to third party claims. Violations of written directives can only be the basis of a
complaint by this department, and then only in an administrative disciplinary setting.
lll:'15-'1 Purpose

The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines for members of the department in
protecting the constitutionally guaranteed rights of individuals subjected to custodial
interviews or interviewed as suspects in a criminal investigation, the guidelines on audio
and/or video recording of custodial interviews, an individuals right to bail when appropriate,
and the dangers of pre-trial publicity.

lll:15-2 Policy
It will be the policy of this department to guarantee, without question, the constitutionally
guaranteed rights of all individuals.

lll:'15-3 Procedure

l.

Miranda Warnings

A.

An individualwho is being questioned as a suspect in a criminal investigation will
be advised of their constitutional rights (Miranda warnings) prior to the conducting of an

1

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Date: 01/0812010
Order #: lll.15
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: STATEMENT TAKING

interview. This will apply whenever that individual is in custody or the circumstances are such
that they do not feel that they are free to leave. Whenever there is doubt about custody, the
Miranda warnings will be given.

1-

All such warnings should be given using the Miranda warning forms provided by the
department. Members are urged to read the warnings dlrectly from the form to avoid
confusion and/or omissions. The suspeci, the advising officer, and whenever possible, a
witness should then sign the form.
The advising officer should also record the date and time of the advisement on the form.

ll.

lnterview Procedures

A.

When conducting a custodial interview, the interviewing officer should attempt to
have another officer present to serve as a witness to any admissions or statements made.
When appropriate, the interview should be tape-recorded by a detective trained in interview
techniques. However, when a statement is obtained following an interrogation in any case
involving a '1st, 2nd or 3rd degree crime, or any case involving a juvenile age 14 or older
suspected of committing a crime enumerated in N.J.S.A. 2A'.4A-26a(2)(a)), the officer
involved will either video and/or audio record any final statement obtained, or any
acknowledgment by the suspect of the content of a written statement. Care should be taken
however not to create an atmosphere where the interviewee may feel intimidated or coerced
by having too many officers present.

1. Generally only two officers should be present during a custodial interview, the
officer or detective conducting the interview and a witness. When a detective is conducting a
tape-recorded interview, the other officer present should be the officer investigating the
incident for which the interview is being conducted.
The witness or investigating officer will be permitted to participate in the interview. Officers
involved should discuss how the interview should proceed prior to commencing the interview.
lf circumstances require that more than two officers be present during an interview, only two,
as described above, may actively participate. However, a record will be made of all officers
present either by identifying them on tape or recording their names in a written report.

B. Officers conducting interviews will not withhold food, water, or bathroom
privileges from anyone as an interview taciic. lndividuals being interviewed will be permitted
reasonable access to water and bathrooms and will be fed when appropriate.
C.

No one shall be interviewed for longer than two consecutive hours without a
break of at least fifteen minutes. After each break the interview may be resumed for another
two hours until such time as the interviewee invokes the right to counsel or silence, if further
interviewing would be fruitless, or the purpose of the interview has been accomplished.
The custodial interview of a juvenile requires a specific level of advisement to

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:

Date:01/08/2010
Order #: lll.15
Category: DEPARTM ENT ORDERS

Title: STATEMENT TAKI NG
guarantee the rights of the juvenile and the rights of the parent. Procedures regarding
custodial interview of juveniles are described in policy and procedures 11.19, section Xlll.

lll.

Right to Counsel

A. Once an individual has invoked their right to legal counsel, they are not to be
quesiioned further unless authorized by said counsel or unless initiated by the individual.
Prior to resuming an interview so initiated, Miranda warnings should be repeated and another
warning form completed. The burden rests with the State to prove that Miranda warnings
were voluntarily waived.

1. ln accordance with State v. Reed (1993), if officers become aware at any
point prior to commencing or during a custodial interview that an attorney has been retained
on behalf of the individual being interviewed, and is present or otheruvise readily available,
and has expressed a desire to confer with the individual, the individual must be so advised
before the interview can begin or continue. Failure to so advise will render the waiving of the
right to counsel invalid.
At no time will coercion, intimidation, or other unlawful means be used to obtain involuntary
confessions from individuals suspected of criminal activity.

lV.

Processing and Bail

A.

When an individual has been arrested they will be processed for that arrest
and the appropriate documentation presented to the court without unnecessary delay. Where
appropriate, bailwill be set and the individual shall be provided a reasonable opportunity to
arrange for the posting of bail.

V.

Pre-trial Publicity

A. Members must be aware of the effect pre-trial publicity could have on an
individual's ability to receive a fair trial. Therefore, the release of any and all information to
the media or the public will be in compliance with the department's SOP 1.22, Media
Relations, in regards to such release.

3

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #:

lll.16

Page

Date: 04/'1312010

Category: DEPARTM ENT ORDERS
Title: PHOTO & LIVE LINEUP PROCEDURES
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
Chief of Police Directive
POLICY AND PROCEDURE

SECTION:
CHAPTER:
SUBJECT:

lll
16

PHOTO AND LIVE LINE UP PROCEDURES

EFFECTIVE DATE: lmmediately
CHIEF OF POLICE: Mark W. Ott

PURPOSE:

While it is clear that current eyewitness identification procedures fully comport with
federal and state consiitutional requirements, that does not mean that these procedures
cannot be improved upon. Both case law and recent studies have called into question the
accuracy of some eyewitness identifications. The Attorney General, recognizing that this
primary duty is to ensure that justice is done and the criminal justice system is fairly
administered, has promulgated these guidelines as "best practices" to ensure that
identification procedures in this state minimize the chance of misidentification of a suspect.
It is the intent of the Bridgeton Police Department to follow the "best practices" as
recommended by the Attorney General and we adopt the following as a departmental order.

I.

COMPOSING THE PHOTO OR LIVE LINE UP

The following procedures will result in the composition of a photo or live lineup in which a
suspect does not unduly stand out. An identificatron obtained through a lineup composed in
this manner should minimize any risk of misidentification and have stronger evidentiary value
than one obtained without ihese procedures.

A.

ln order to ensure that inadvertent verbal cues or body language do not
impact on a witness, whenever practical, considering the time of day,
day of the week, and other personnel conditions within the department,
the person conducting the photo or live lineup identification procedure
should be someone other than the primary investigator assigned to the
case.

When it becomes necessary for the primary investigating officer to
conduct the phoio or live lineup identification procedure, he or she should
be careful to avoid inadvertent signaling to the witness of the "correct"

response.

B.

The witness should be instructed prior to the photo or live lineup

#:

1

DEPARTMENT ORDER

lll.16

Date:0411312A10
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: PHOTO & LIVE LINEUP PROCEDURES
identification procedure that the perpetrator may not be among those
in the photo array or live lineup and, therefore, they should not feel
compelled to make an identification.

C. When possible,

photo or live lineup identification procedures should be
conducted sequentially, i.e. showing one photo or one person at a time
to the witness, rather than simultaneously.

D.

ln composing a photo or live lineup, the person administering the
identification procedure should ensure that the lineup is comprised in
such a manner that the suspect does not unduly stand out. However,
complete uniformity of features is not required.

E.

Photo Lineup. ln composing a photo lineup, the officer creating the
lineup should:

1.

lnclude only one suspect in each identification procedure.

2.

Select fillers (non-suspects) who generally fit the witness'
description of the perpetrator. When there is a limited or
inadequate description of the perpetrator provided by
the witness, or when the description of the perpetrator differs
significantly from the appearance of the suspect, fillers should
resemble the suspect in significant features.

3.

Seleci a photo that resembles the suspect's description or
appearance at the time of the incident if multiple photos of the
suspect are reasonably available to the investigator.

4.

lnclude a minimum of five fillers (non-suspects) per identification
procedure.

5.

Consider placing the suspect in different positions in each
lineup when conducting more than one lineup for a case due
to multiple witnesses.

6.

Avoid reusing fillers in lineups shown to the same witness when
showing a new suspect.

7.

Ensure that no writings or information concerning previous arrest(s)
will be visible to the witness.

8.

View the array, once completed, to ensure that the suspect does
not unduly stand out.

9.

Preserve the presentation order of the photo lineup. ln addition,

Page#:

2

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Date: 04/1312010
Order #: Ill.'16
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: PHOTO & LIVE LINEUP PROCEDURES

the photos themselves should be preserved in their original
condition.

F.

Live Lineups. ln eomposing a live lineup, the officer creating the lineup
should:

1.

lnclude only one suspect in each identification procedure.

2.

Select fillers (non-suspects) who generally fit the witness'
description of the perpetrator. When there is a limited or
inadequate description of the perpetrator provided by the
witness, or when the description of the perpetrator differs
significantly from the appearance of the suspect, fillers should
resemble the suspect in significant features.
Consider placing the suspect in different positions in each
Iineup when conducting more than one lineup for a case due
to multiple witnesses.

II,

4.

lnclude a minimum of four fillers (non-suspects) per identification
procedure.

5.

Avoid reusing fillers in lineups shown to the same witness when
showing a new suspect.

CONDUCTING THE INDENTIFICATION PROCEDURE

The identification procedure should be conducted in a manner that promotes the
accuracy, reliability, fairness and objectivity of the witness' identification. These steps are
designed to ensure the accuracy of identification or non-identification decisions.

A.

Simultaneous Photo Lineup: When presenting a simultaneous photo lineup,
the lineup administrator or investigator should:

1.

Provide viewing instructions to the witness as outlined in

subsection l. B. above.
Confirm that the witness understands the nature of the lineup
procedure.

Avoid saying anything to the witness that may influence the
witness' seleciion.
lf an identification is made, avoid reporting to the witness any
information regarding the individual he or she has selected prior
to obtaining the witness' statement of certainty.

DEPARTMENT ORDER

lll.16

Date: 0411312010
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: PHOTO & LIVE LINEUP PROCEDURES

5.

Record any identification results and witness' statement of
certainty as outlined in subsection ll.E., "Recording
ldentification Results".

6.

Document in writing the lineup procedure, including:

7.

B.

a.

ldentification information and sources of all photos used.

b.

Names of all persons present at the photo lineup.

c.

Date and time of te identification procedure.

lnstruct the witness not to discuss the identification procedure
or its results with other witnesses involved in the case and
discourage contact with the media.

Sequential Photo Lineup: When presenting a sequential photo lineup, the
officer creating the lineup should:

1.

Provide viewing instructions to the witness as outlined in

subsection l.B. above.

2.

Provide the following additionalviewing instructions to the
witness:

a.

lndividual photographs will be viewed one at a time.

b.

The photos are in random order.

c.

Take as much time as needed in making a decision
about each photo before moving to the next one.

d.

All photos will be shown, even if an identification is made
prior to viewing all photos.

3.

Confirm that the witness understands the nature of the sequential
procedure.

4.

Present each photo to the witness separately, in a previously
determined order, removing those previously shown.

5.

Avoid saying anything to the witness that may influence the

witness' selection.

6.

lf an identification is made, avoid reporting to the witness any

Page

#:

4

DEPARTMENT ORDER

lll.16

Date: 04/13/2010
Order #:
Gategory: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: PHOTO & LIVE LINEUP PROCEDURES
information regarding the individual he or she has selected prior
to obtaining the witness' statement of certainty.

C.

7.

Record any identification results and witness' statement of
certainty as ouilined in subsection ll. E. "Recording ldentification
Results".

8.

Document in writing the lineup procedure, including.

a.

ldentification information and sources of all photos used.

b.

Names of all persons present at the photo lineup.

c.

Date and time of the identification procedure.

Simultaneous Live Lineup: When presenting a simultaneous live lineup,
the investigator arranging the lineup should:

1.

Provide viewing instructions to the witness as outlined in
subsection l.B. above.

2.

lnstruct all those present at the lineup not to suggest in any way
the position or identity of the suspect in the lineup.

3.

Ensure that any identification actions (e.9. speaking, moving, etc)
are performed by all members of the lineup.

4.

Avoid saying anything to the witness that may influence the witness'
selection.

5.

lf an identification is made, avoid reporting to the witness any
information regarding the individual he or she has selected prior to
obtaining the witness' statement of certainty.

6.

Record any identification results and witness' statement of certainty
as outlined in subsection ll. E. "Recording ldentification Results".

7.

Document in writing the lineup procedure, including:

B.

a.

ldentification information of lineup participants.

b.

Names of all persons present at the lineup.

c.

Date and time of the identification procedure.

Document the lineup by photo or video. This documentation

Page

#:

5

DEPARTMENT ORDER

lll.16

Date: 04/13/2010
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: PHOTO & LIVE LINEUP PROCEDURES
should be of a quality that represents the lineup clearly and fairly.

9.

lnstruct the witness not to discuss the identification procedure
or its results with other witnesses involved in the case and
discourage contact with the media.

D. Sequential

Live Lineup: When presenting a sequential live lineup, the
creating
the lineup should:
officer

1. Provide viewing instructions

to the witness as outlined in

subsection l.B. above.

2.

Provide the following additionalviewing instructions to witness:

a.

lndividuals will be viewed one at a time.

b.

The individuals will be presented in random order.

c.

Take as much time as needed in making a decision
about each individual before moving to the next one.

d.

lf the person who committed the crime is present,
identify him or her.

e.

All individuals will be presented, even if an identification
is made prior to viewing all the individuals.

3.

Begin with all lineup participants out of the view of the witness.

4.

lnstruct all those present at the lineup not to suggest in any way
the position or identity of the suspect in the lineup.

5.

Present each individual to the witness separately, in a previously
determined over, removing those previously shown.

6.

Ensure that any identification action (e.9. speaking, moving, etc)
are performed by all members of the lineup.

7.

Avoid saying anything to the witness that may influence the
witness' selection.

L

lf an identification is made, avoid reporting to the witness any
information regarding the individual he or she has selected prior
to obtaining the witness' statement of certainty.

9.

Record any identification results and witness'statement of

Page

#:

6

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date: 04/1312010
Order #: lll.16
Gategory: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: PHOTO & LIVE LINEUP PROCEDURES
certainty as outlined in subsection ll.E. "Recording ldentification
Results".

10. Document in writing the lineup procedure, including:

a.

ldentification information of lineup participants.

b.

Names of all persons present at the lineup.

c.

Date and time the identification procedure
was conducted.

11. Document the lineup by photo or video. This documentation
should be of a quality that represents the lineup clearly and

fairly. Photo documentation can either depict the group or
each individual.
12. lnstruct the witness not to discuss the identification procedure
or its results with other witnesses involved in the case and
discourage contact with the media.

E. Recording

ldentification Results

When conducting an identification procedure, the officer creating
the line up shall preserve the outcome of the procedure by documenting
any identification or non-identification results obtained from the witness.
Preparing a complete and accurate record of the outcome of the
identification procedure is crucial. This record can be a critical document
in the investigation and any subsequent court proceedings. When
conducting an identification procedure, the officer should:

1.

Record both identification and non-identification results in
writing, including the witness' own words regarding how
sure he or she is.

2.

Ensure that the results are signed and dated by the witness.

3.

Ensure that no materials indicating previous identification
results are visible to the witness.

4.

Ensure that the witness does not write on or mark any materials
that will be used in other identificaiion procedures.

Page

#:

7

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:

Date:0512712011
Order#: lll.17
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: RETENTION & TRANSMITTAL OF NOTES
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
POLICYAND PROCEDURE

SECTION:

lll

CHAPTER:
SUBJECT.

17

WITNESS

RETENTION AND TRANSMITTAL OF CONTEMPORANEOUS NOTES OF
INTERVIEWS AND CRIME SCENES

EFFECTIVE DATE: JUNE 28, 201'1
CHIEF OF POLICE:MARK W. OTT

ACCREDITATION STANDARDS: NONE

REFERENCE:

NJATTORNEYGENERALDIRECTIVE#2A11-2

STATE V. W.B. (2Ar)
srATE V COOK (2004)
The written directives developed by the Bridgeton Police Department are for internal use only,
and do not enlarge an officer's civil or criminal liability in any way. They should not be
construed as the creation of a higher standard of safety or care in an evidentiary sense, with
respect to third party claims. Violations of written directives can only be the basis of a
complaint by this department, and then only in an administrative disciplinary setting

1..23-1 PURPOSE:
The purpose of this policy is to establish a process for the proper retention and
transmittal of contemporaneous notes of witness interviews and crime scenes.

t.23-2

POLTCY:

This department will follow set requirements as brought forth in the Supreme Court ruling
of Statev.W.B. (2011) andAttorneyGeneral Directive2011-2,fortheretentionand
transmittal of contemporaneous notes taken in the course of investigating a crime under
New Jersey law, whether committed by an adult or a juvenile.

1.23-2 PROCEDURE:

I.

DEFINITIONS

A. "CONTEMPORANEOUS NOTES": means any notation, whether handwritten,
an electronic notetaking device or audio recorded, that
typed, entered into
personal perception of what transpired in
describes or memorializes the note taker's
the officer's personal
memorializes
or
that
witness
interview
the course of a
made
observations at the scene of the crime. The term also includes notations

1

Page #:

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #:lll.17

Date:0512712011

Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: RETENTION & TRANSMITTAL OF NOTES
after the witness interview, provided that they memorialize the officer's personal recollection
of what transpired during the interview. This term does not include, among other things,
notations
concerning investigative tasks to be accomplished (i.e. a "to do" list),
references to informaiion
from outside the interview to be checked against
statements made by the witness to verify or
dispel the witness's account, possible
lines of inquiry, specific questions that were not pursued or
actually posed to the
witness and other investigative techniques or deliberative processes.

B. "WITNESS INTERVIEW". means an interview of a witness done in the course of
investigating a
crime of the first, second, third or fourth degree under New Jersey
law, whether committed by an
adult or a juvenile

II.

GENERAL RETENTION AND TRANSMITTAL

A. The prohibition on policy and/or practice of destroying
witness
inierviews and crime scene observations.

contemporaneous notes of

1. Any existing departmental policy and/or practice to destroy contemporaneous
notes of a
wltness interview or of a crime scene observation after the contents
of those notes have
been incorporated into a final report is hereby rescinded and
prohibited as contrary to the
law of the State of New Jersey.

2. When an officer, during the course of an investigation of a crime conducts
participates
in a witness interview, the officer shall retain any original
contemporaneous notes of the

3.

original

or

interview that the officer made.

During the course of investigating a crime scene, officer's shall retain any
contemporaneous notes made of their personal observations of the

crime scene

4.

Any officer who records contemporaneous notes in relation to a witness
interview or of a
crime scene will make a copy of the contemporaneous notes
Those copies will be
signed and dated by the officer and attached to the initial
or supplemental reported and
labeled with the same case number. ln the
event that it is an audio recording, offrcers will
upload the recording into the
Impact system and attach same to the case file. The officer
will then retain and
store their original contemporaneous notes.

5.
witness,

Any officer who records photographic images, whether it be in relation to a
suspect or crime scene, the officer will upload their photos into the
forensics pictures file
located in the Y drive of the computer system. A new
sub-folder will be created in the
forensics pictures file folder utilizing the original
case file number to be retained and
stored.

B.

Notice to Prosecutor of material that may be confidential or privileged.

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Order #: lll.17
Date:0512712011
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: RETENTION & TRANSMITTAL OF NOTES

1. Whenever officers provide a copy of their contemporaneous notes with the
pursuant to paragraph 4 of Section llA, and the officer believes that
report
the contemporaneous
notes may include or othenvise reveal confidential or
privileged information or where the
officer believes that further disclosure of the
contemporaneous notes or any portion thereof
may endanger any person or
interfere with an investigation, the offlcer shall alert the
prosecuting agency. lt
prosecuting
will be the responsibility of the
agency to determine
whether the
contemporaneous notes are discoverable pursuant to R.3:13-3, whether any
nondiscoverable portions of such notes should be redacted prior to providing discovery,
a
nd/or whether it is appropriate or necessary to apply for a protective order denying,
t
final

estricting or deferring discovery of such notes or portions thereof, pursuant to R.3:13-3(f).

C.

Existing notetaking policies andlor practrces.

1. Nothing in this policy shall be construed either to require officers to take
contemporaneous notes of a witness interview or of crime scene observations, or to
discourage officers from taking any such notes.
2.
of statements

This policy does not modify existing requirements for electronic recordation
pursuant to State v. Cook, 179 NJ 533 (2004) and R.3:17

D. Note taking

techniques.

1. When an officer takes notes of a witness interview, the officer should,
whenever feasible
avoid memorializing what transpired during the course of the
interview on the same page
that includes notations that do not pertain to what
transpired during the witness interview,
(e.9. follow-up investigative tasks to be
performed).

2. This approach will enable officers to transmit to the prosecuting agency only
those pages
that are required to be transmitted pursuant paragraph 4 of
Section llA, and will also
assist the prosecuting agency in distinguishing and
separating notations that must be
provided in discovery from non-discoverable
material.

Page

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date:0110712010
Order #:ll.2O
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: SCHOOL LOCKDOWN POLICY
BRIDGETON POLICE DIVISION
CHIEF OF POLICE DIRECTIVE
POLICY AND PROCEDURE

SECTION:

ll

CHAPTER:

20

SUBJECT:

SCHOOL LOCK DOWN POLICY

A/o reledse

$ecilrr*ry

Conc-ernS

\

'

#:

1

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Date:0812812009
Order #: 1.30
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: SEATBELT USAGE
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
CHIEF OF POLICE DIRECTIVE
POLICY AND PROCEDURE

SECTION:

I

CHAPTER:

30

SUBJECT:

SEATBELT USAGE

EFFECTIVE

DATE:

lmmediately

CHIEF OF POLICE:Mark W. Ott

STATEMENT

This policy addresses officer safety by usage of occupant restraint systems (seat belt and
shoulder harness) while operating motor vehicles. lt also establishes mandatory compliance
with state law.
The public watches the police and every employee must realize that the passing public takes
notice when police officers are observed violating traffic laws (especially not wearing
seatbelts, talking on cell phones, speeding and other specific things )
POLICY
During the everyday operation of a motor vehicle, officers and other members charged with
operation of a motor vehicle will use the occupant restraint system in the vehicle. While in
normal operating modes of travel or during emergency responses (Code 55), the occupant
restraint system will offer additional safety against serious or lifelhreatening injury in the
event of a collision. Proper usage of the occupant restraint system will also provide a correct
example to our motoring Public.

ln keeping with officer safety, this administration also recognizes there are numerous times
an officer will need to exit his or her vehicle as quickly as possible. ln keeping with this policy,
it is recognized that in response to certain situations, officers should release the occupant
restraint system before coming to a complete stop. Examples of these situations include
motor vehicle stops, field interviews of suspicious persons and responding to calls involving
weapons or violence.

This is in order to facilitate necessary action or actions of the involved officer or officers for
personal safety, to effectively perform the required task and to protect the public. Officers are
expected to make proper judgment regarding the need for speedy exit from their vehicles.
When deemed appropriate by the involved officer, that officer may remove the occupant
restraint system before bringing the patrolvehicle to a complete stop or eniering into an
officer safety danger zone.

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page#:

l-30.

Date: 08/2812009
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: SEATBELT USAGE
ln practical terms the officer should have the seatbelt on until you are within forty yards of
your intended stop. Officers should practice clearing themselves from the seatbelt so that
muscle memory develops to assist the officer in future operations.
VIOLATIONS
Violatrons of this order will be handled as progressive discipline.

2

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Date: 0111012012
Order #:1.28
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: SOC]AL MEDIA
BRI DGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT

POL1CYAND PROCEDURE

SECTION:
CHAPTER:
SUBJECT:

I

28

SOCIAL MEDIA

EFFECTIVE DATE: JANUARY 10, 2012
CHIEF OF POLICE:MARK W. OTT

ACCREDITATION STANDARDS:
The written directives developed by the Bridgeton Police Department are for internal use only,
and do not enlarge an officer's civil or criminal liability in any way. They should not be
construed as the creation of a higher standard of safety or care in an evidentiary sense, with
respect to third party claims. Violations of written directives can only be the basis of a
complaint by this department, and then only in an administrative disciplinary setting.

l:28-1

PURPOSE

The department endorses the secure use of social media to enhance communication,
collaboration, and information exchange; streamline processes; and foster productivity. This
policy establishes this department's position on the utility and management of social media
and provides guidance on its management, administration, and oversight. This policy is not
meant to address one particular form of socral media, rather social media in general, as
advances in technology will occur and new tools will emerge.

1,.28-2 POLICY
Social media provides a new and potentially valuable means of assisting the department
and its personnel in meeting community outreach, problem-solving, investigative, crime
prevention, and related objectives. This policy identifies potential uses that may be explored
or expanded upon as deemed reasonable by administrative and supervisory personnel.
The department also recognizes the role that these tools play in the personal lives of some
department personnel. The personal use of social media can have bearing on departmental
personnel in their official capacity. As such, this policy provides information of a precautionary
nature as well as prohibitions on the use of social media by department personnel.

l:28-3

PROCEDURES

Page

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date: 01/1012012
Order #:1.28
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: SOCIAL MEDIA

A.

DEFINITIONS

1. Blog: A self-published

diary or commentary on a particular topic that
may allow visitors to post responses, reactions or comments.
The term is short for "Web Log".

2.

Page. The specific portion of a social media website where content

is

displayed and managed by an individual or individuals with

administrator rights.

3. Post

Content an individual shares on a social media site or the act of
publishing content on a site.

4.

Profile: lnformation that a user provides about himself or herself on a social
networking site.

5.

Social Media: A category of lnternet-Based resources that integrate usergenerated content and user participation. This includes,
but is not limited to, social networking sites (Facebook,
MySpace), microblogging sites (Twitter, Nixle), photoand video-sharing sites (Flickr, You Tube), wikis
(Wikipedia), blogs and news sites (Digg, Reddit).

6.

Social Networks: Online platforms where users can create profiles, share
information and socialize with others using a range of
technologres.

7.

Speech: Expression or communication of thoughts or opinions in spoken
words, in writing, by expressive conduct, symbolism, photographs,
videotape or related forms of communication.

8.

Web 2.0: The second generation of the World Wide Web focused on
shareable, user-generated content, rather than static web
pages. Some use this term interchangeably with soclal media.

9.
B.

Wiki: Web page(s) that can be edited collaboratively.

ON-THE-JOB USE

1.

Department-Sanctioned Presence

a.

Determine Strategy

(1) Where possible, each social media page shall include an
introductory statement that clearly specifies the purpose

#:

2

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Datet 4111012412
Order #:1.28
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: SOCIAL MEDIA
and scope of the agency's presence on the website.

(2) Where possible, the page(s) should link to the department's
officialwebsite.

(3) Social media page(s) shall

be designed for the target
audience(s) such as youth or potential police recruits.

b,

Procedures
(1) AII department social media sites or pages shall be
approved by the Chief of Police or their designee and
shall be administered by the departmentalAdministrative

Bureau or as otherwise determined.
(2) Where possible, social media pages shallclearly indicate
they are maintained by the department and shall have

department contact information prominently displayed.
(3) Social media content shall adhere to applicable laws,

regulations and policies, including all information
technology and records management policies.

i.

Content is subject to public records laws.
Relevant records retention schedules apply to
social media content.

ii.

Content must be managed, stored and retrieved
to comply with open records laws and e-discovery
laws and policies.

(4) Where possible, social media pages should state that the
opinions expressed by visitors to the page(s) do not reflect
the opinions of the department.

Pages shall clearly indicate that posted comments
will be monitored and that the department reserves
the right to remove obscenities, offtopic comments
and personalattacks.
Pages shall clearly indicate that any content posted
or submitted for posting is subject to public
disclosure.

c.

Department-SanctionedUse

Page #:

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date: 01/1012012
Order #:1.28
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: SOCIAL MEDIA

(1) Depariment personnel representing the department via
social media outlets shall adhere to the following'

i.

Conduct themselves at all times as representatives
of the department and, accordingly, shall adhere to
all depariment standards of conduct and observe
conventionally accepted protocols and proper
decorum.

ii.

ldentify themselves as a member of the department
Not make statements about the guilt or innocence
of any suspect or arresiee, or comments
concerning pending prosecutions, nor post, transmit,
or otherwise disseminate confidential information,
including photographs or videos, related to department
training, activities or work related assignments without
express written permission.

iv

Not conduct political activities or private business.

(2) The use of department computers by department personnel

to access social media is prohibited without authorization.
(3) Department personnel use of personally owned devices to

manage the department's social media activities
or in the course of official duties is prohibited without
express written permission.
(4) Employees shall observe and abide by all copyright,

trademark and service mark restrictions in posting
materials to electronic media.

d.

Potential Uses

(1) Social media

is a valuable invesiigative tool when
seeking evidence or information about.

Missing persons;

ii.

Wanted persons;

iii.

Gang participation;

iv. Crimes perpetrated
cyberstalking); and

online (i.e. cyberbullying,

Page #:

Page

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:1.28

Date: 01/1A12A12
Order
Category : DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: SOCIAL MEDIA

v.

Photos or videos of a crime posted by a participant
or observer.

(2) Social media can be used for community outreach

and

engagement by:

i.

Providing crime prevention tips;

ii.

Offering onltne reporting opportunities,

iii.

Sharing crime maps and data; and

iv. Soliciting

tips about unsolved crimes (i.e.
Crimestoppers, Text-A-TiP).

(3) Social media can be used to make time-sensitive
notifications related to

i.

Road closures;

ii.

Special events;

iii.

Weather emergencies; and

iv. Missing or endangered

Persons.

(4) Persons seeking employment and volunteer positions
use the lnternet to search for opportunities and social
media can be a valuable recruitment mechanism.

C.

PERSONAL USE

1.

Precautions and Prohibitions

a.

Department personnel are free to express themselves as private
citizens on social media sites to the degree that their speech
does not impair working relationships of this department for
which loyalty and confidentiality are important, impede the
performance of duties, impair discipline and harmony among
co-workers, or negatively affect the public perception of the
department.

b.

As public employees, department personnel are cautioned thai
speech on- or off-duty, made pursuant to their official duties - that
is, that owes its existence to the employee's professional duties

#:

5

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Dal'e:4111U2412
Order #:1.28
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: SOCIAL MEDIA
and responsibilities - is not protected speech under the First
Amendment and may form the basis for discipline if deemed
detrimental to the department. Department personnel should
assume that their speech and related activity on social media
sites will reflect upon their office and this department.
Department personnel shall not post, transmit, or otherwise
disseminate any information to which they have access as a
result of their employment without written permission from the
Chief of Police or his designee.
For safety and security reasons, department personnel are
cautioned noi to disclose their employment with this department
nor shall they post information pertaining to any other member of
the department without their permission. As such, department
personnel are cautioned not to do the following:

(1) Display department logos, uniforms or similar identifying
items on personalweb pages.

(2) Post personal photographs or provide similar means of
personal recognition that may cause them to be identified
as a police officer of this department. Officers who are, or
may be reasonably expected to work in undercover
operations, shall not post any form of visual or personal
identification.
e.

When using social media, department personnelshould be mindful
that their speech becomes part of the worldwide electronic domain.
Therefore, adherence to the department's code of conduct is
required in the personal use of social media. ln particular,
department personnel are prohibited from the following:

(1) Speech containing obscene or sexually explicit language,
images or acts and statement or other forms of speech
that ridicule, malign, disparage or otherwise express bias
against any race, any religion or any protected class of
individuals.

(2) Speech involving themselves or other department personnel
reflecting behavior that would reasonably be considered
reckless or irresponsible.
Engaging in prohibited speech noted herein, may provide grounds
for undermining or impeaching an officer's testimony in criminal
proceedings. Department personnel thus sanctioned are subject

Page #:

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date: 01/1412012
Order #:1.28
Category: DEPARTM ENT ORDERS

Title: SOCIAL MEDIA
to discipline, up to and including termination.

g.

Department personnel may not divulge information gained by
reason of their authority; make any statements, speeches,
appearances and endorsements; or publish materials that could
reasonably be considered to represent the views or positions of
this department without express authorization.

h.

Department personnel should be aware that they may be subject
to civil litigation for:
(1) Publishing or posting false information that harms the

reputation of another person, group or organization
(defamation);
(2) Publishing or posting private facts and personal information
aboui someone without their permission that has not been

previously revealed to the public, is not of legitimate public
concern and would be offensive to a reasonable person,
(3) Using someone else's name, likeness or other personal

attributes without the person's permission for an exploitive
purpose; or
(4) Publishing the creative work of another, trademarks or

certain confidential business information without the
permission of the owner.
Department personnel should be aware that privacy settings and
social media sites are constantly in flux and they should never
assume that personal information posted on such sites is
protected.
Department personnel should expect that any information created,
transmitted, downloaded, exchanged or discussed in a public online
forum may be accessed by the department at any time without prior
notice.

Reporting violations - Any employee becoming aware of or having
knowledge of a posting or of any website or web page in violation
of the provisions of this policy shall notify their supervisor
immediately for follow-up action.

Page #:

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:1.27

Order
Date: 1112712009
Category: DEPARTMENT QRDERS

Title: SPECIAL REPORTS
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
CHIEF OF POLICE DIRECTIVE
POLICYAND PROCEDURE

SECTION:

I

CHAPTER: 27

SUBJECT:

SPECIAL REPORTS

EFFECTIVE DATE:January 1st, 2010
CHIEF OF POLICE:Mark W. Ott

Purpose:
To establish clear procedure on how members of the Bridgeton Police Department are to
prepare certain reports that fall outside the realm of normal reporting or require
confidentiality.
Policy
It is the policy of the Bridgeton Police Department to keep certain matters confidential for a
variety of reasons. To that end a special vehicle for that purpose is hereby designed. The
Special Report is hereby created to achieve the transmittalof information from the source to
it's intended recipient without becoming part of the normal records management system.

L

Special Reports

1.

Are intended for matters that are to be kept confidential.

2-

Are intended to be sent from the transmitting person to the appropriate
receiver without broadcasting department wide.

3"

A supervisory or managerialofficer may require special reports from any
employee.

4"

speciat reports would be required for a variety of reasons, including
but not limited too:

a.

Response to specific incidents

b. Response to Administrative lnvestigations

c.

To clarify certain issues

#:

1

Page#:

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:1.27

Order
Date: 1112712009
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: SPECIAL REPORTS

d.

To register a violation of rule, regulation, directive, order
law or other official edict.

5.

Special Reports are to be hand delivered from the employee preparing
the special report to the recipient or delivered in a secure fashion. No
copies of the report will be kept by the preparing party. The information
will not be saved on any computer or information storing device, if done
on computer.

6.

Special Reports willcontain the following information:

IAL

a.

Headingasfollows"S P EC

b.

"Date:

c.

"Prepared by:
preparing the Special Report

d.

Narrative

e.

"Signed:
preparing the Special Report

f.

lf there is more than one page the person preparing the Special
Report shall initial the bottom of each page preceding the page
with the officialsignature line.

R E PO RT"

" printed name of person

" signature of person

7. When Special Reports are required during lnternal Affairs lnvestigations
the person requiring the Special Report from another will provide the
officer being directed to prepare a Special Report with either the:

a.

Standard BPD Witness Advisement Form;

or

b. Standard BPD Administrative

Advisement Form

2

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:1.31

Date: 11l19l2A}g
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
TitIE: STRIP AND BODY CAVITY SEARCHES
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
CHIEF OF POLICE DIRECTIVE
POLICY AND PROCEDURE

SECTION:

I

CHAPTER:

31

SUBJECT:

STRIP AND BODY CAVITY SEARCHES
EFFECTIVE DATE: I mmediately

CHIEF OF POLICE:Mark W. Ott
PURPOSE:

To provide guidance to members concerning the lawfuljustifications and procedures for
conducting strip searches of individuals and for requesting body cavity searches, when
necessary.
POLICY:

This written directive explains member's authority to conduct strip searches and body cavity
searches in conjunction with the provisions of N.J.A.C. 10A:34 entitled New Jersey Municipal
Detention Facilities and guidelines promulgated by the New Jersey Attorney General
pursuant to N.J.S. 2A:161A-8b. Strict compliance with the procedures outlined herein is
mandatory in all situations, without exception.
NOTE:

The Bridgeton Police Department has no space or lock up facility that could be considered a
Municipal Detention Facility.
PROCEDURE:

t.

DEFINITIONS

A.

STRIP SEARCH: Removal or rearrangement of clothing to permit
visual inspection of a person's undergarments, buitocks, anus, genitals
or breasts.

1.

The following does NOT constitute a strip search.

a.

Removal or rearranging of clothing reasonably required to
render medical treatment or assistance;

#:

1

DEPARTMENT ORDER

1.31

Date: 11119120A9
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: STRIP AND BODY CAVITY SEARCHES

b.
B.

It.

Removal of articles of outer clothing, such as coats, ties,
belts or shoelaces.

BODY CAVITY SEARCH: Visual or manual search of a person's anal
or vaginal cavity.

SEARCH REOUIREMENTS AND PROCEDURES - STRIP SEARCHES

A.

A person who has not been arrested or who has been subjected to arrest
without custodial confinement shall not be strip searched unless:

1.

The search is authorized by a search warrant or voluntary written
consent and is authorized by the Officer ln Charge (OlC),
or

2.

The search is based upon PROBABLE CAUSE to believe that the
person is concealing a weapon, contraband, or evidence of a
crime;
AND
Exigent circumstances prevent obtaining a search warrant or
approval of the OlC.

a.

The terminology "without custodial confinement" shall be
construed to mean persons who will be released on a
summons, ROR, or on bail in the near future.

B. A person who has been detained

or arrested for commission of an offense
other than a crime who is confined in a municipal detention facility shall not
be subject to a strip search unless:

1.

The OIC authorizes confinement in the municipal detention faciliiy
or transfer to adult correctional facility;
AND

2.

One of the following conditions exist:

a.

A search warrant has been issued authorizing the strip
search;
or

b. The person to be strip searched

has granted voluntary and

Page

#:

2

DEPARTMENT ORDER

131

Date: 1111912009
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
TitIE: STRIP AND BODY CAVITY SEARCHES
written consent for the search;
or

c.

The search is based upon REASONABLE SUSPICION to
believe that the person is concealing a weapon, contraband
or evidence of a crime;
AND

i.

The search is authorized by ihe OIC;
or

ii.

C.

Exigent circumstances require immediate action to
prevent bodily harm and these circumstances
prevent obtaining a search warrant or approval of
the OlC.

A person who has been arrested for COMMITTING A CRIME who is confined
in a municipal detention facility may only be strip searched under the
followlng conditions.

1.

The watch commander authorizes confinement in the municipal
detention facility or transfer to adult correctional facility;
and

2.

The search is authorized by the OlC,
and

3.

One of the following conditions exist:

a.

A search warrant has been issued authorizing the strip
search;
or

b.

The person to be strip searched has granted voluntary and
written consent for the search;
or

c.

The search is based upon REASONABLE SUSPICION to
believe that the person is concealing a weapon, contraband

Page

#:

3

DEPARTMENT ORDER

1.3'1

Date: 1 1l19l20Ag
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Titte: STRIP AND BODY CAVIry SEARCHES
or evidence of a crime;

or

d.

The person lawfully confined will be placed under
psychological observation or suicide watch.

D.

ln the limited instances where this written directive authorizes a strip search
without custodial confinement, the search shalt be conducted:

1.

At a location where the search can not be observed by unauthorized
persons or the in-house security camera system;

2.

By a person of the same sex;

3.

By the number of members deemed necessary by the OIC to
provide security;

4.

Under sanitary conditions;
and

5.
E.

ln a professional and dignified manner.

ln situations where a person is subjected to custodial confinement, a strip
search shall be conducted:

1.

At a location where the search can not be observed by unauthorized
persons;

2.

By a person of the same sex;

3.

By the number of members deemed necessary by the OIC to

provide security;

4.

Under sanitary conditions;
and

5.

ln a professionaland dignified manner.

a.

lf the confinement is for the commission of a crime, the
strip search shall include a check for:

i.

Body vermin

Page#:

4

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #:1.31
Date: 1111912009
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: STRIP AND BODY CAVITY SEARCHES

ii.

Cuts

iii.

Bruises

iv.

Needle scars
and

v.
b.

III.

Other injuries, where appropriate

lf the confinement is for the commission of a crime and an
exigent circumstance exists, the OIC can authorize a strip
search by a person of the opposite sex and in the presence
of members of the opposite sex deemed reasonably
necessary to provide security.

SEARCH REQUIREMENTS AND PROCEDURES - BODY CAVITY SEARCHES

A.

A body cavity search lS NOT authorized and WILL NOT be conducted
without custodial confinement.

B. A person who has been detained

or arrested for COMMISSION OF A
CRIME OR COMMISSION OF AN OFFENSE OTHER THAN A CRIME
who is confined in a municipal facility shall not be subject to a body cavity
search unless:

1.

The OIC authorizes confinement in the municipal detention facility
or transfer to adult correctional facility;
And

2.

The search is authorized by the OIC;
And

3.

Reasonable suspicion exists that contraband will be found in a
body cavity;
And

4.

One of the following conditions exist:

a.

A search warrant has been issued authorizing the body
cavity search;

Page

#:

5

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date: 1M912009
Order #: 1.31
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: STRIP AND BODY CAVIry SEARCHES

b.
C.

The person to be searched has granted voluntary and
written consent for the body cavity search.

An authorized body cavity search of a person who has been detained or
arrested for commission of a crime or commission of an offense other
than a crime shall be conducted:

1.

ln a medically acceptable manner by a physician or registered
nurse who must be of the same sex as the detained or
arrested person;
And

At a hospital or other location deemed a "medically acceptable
environment";
And

3.

Under sanitary conditions;
And

4.

ln the presence of only those officers deemed necessary by the OIC
for security, who are of the same sex as the person to be searched-

a.

The person to be searched may.
Remove the object in the presence of the physiclan
or registered nurse, and an officer of the same sex
as the person;
Or

ii.

Be examined by the physician or registered nurse
who may remove the object, without use of force.

ln the event it is determined that a foreign object which
contains metal is present in the body cavity of the person
to be searched, such object may be removed only by
the physician, with or without the use of force, if the OIC
has authorized a body cavity search based on a duly
authorized search warrant or valid consent of the person
involved.

c.

ln the event the watch commander, the physician, or the

Page #:

DEPA.RTMENT ORDER
Date: 11l19l2AAg
Order #: 1.31
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: STRIP AND BODY CAVITY SEARCHES
registered nurse has determined that non-metal contraband
is being concealed in the body cavity of the person to be
searched, and the police are not able to obtain a search
warrant for the search, and that person refuses to permit
contraband removal, the person may be kept under visual
surveillance to detect removal or elimination of the
contraband.

IV, REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
The member who performs the strip search or the OIC who authorizes
a body cavity search shall file a written report to be made part of the
detained or arrested person's record which shall include, but not be
limited to, the following information:

1.

A statement of the facts indicating the reasonable suspicion
or probable cause for the search.

2.

A copy of the search warrant, if applicable.

J.

A copy of the consent form, if applicable.
The name of the officer in charge who authorized the search.
The names of the officer(s) present during the search and the
reason for his or her presence.

B.

6.

The name(s) of the person(s) conducting the search.

7.

An inventory of any item(s) found during the search.

8.

The reason for the use of force, if necessary.

9.

An explanation of the exigent circumstances which required
immediate action for the search to be conducted as an exception
to the regulations including the reason(s) why a search warrant
could not be obtained.

All reports pertaining to strip searches or body cavity searches are not
public records. These reports shall be made available, upon request, to:

1.

The person searched.

2.

The County Prosecutor.

3.

The AttorneY General.

Page#:

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:1.31

Date: 1111912409
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
TitIE: STRIP AND BODY CAVIry SEARCHES

or

4.
C.

The Commissloner of the Department of Corrections.

When a body cavity search is conducted, the OIC shall request a sworn
statement from the licensed physician or registered nurse who conducted
the search stating that the body cavity search was conducted pursuant
to statutory and medical requirements.

Page#:

8

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page#:

#=1.13.4

Date:06/10/2013
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT DIRECTIVE

Title: UNIFORM APPEARANCE - TATTOOS/PIERCINGS
BRI DGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
Chief of Police Directive
POLICYAND PROCEDURE

SECTION:

I

CHAPTER:

13.4

SUBJECT:

POLICY ON UNIFORM APPEARANCE - TATTOOS/PIERCINGS

EFFECTIVE DATE: lmmediately
CHIEF OF POLICE:MARK W. OTT
PURPOSE:

The purpose of this order is to provide guidelines for the manner of dress and appearance for
those currently working for the Bridgeton Police Department and restrictions for new hires.
The aim of this policy is to show a presentable image to the public, an image that signifies
professionalism.

DEFINITION:

The term tattoo as it pertains to this policy includes any and all tattoos,
branding or intentional disfigurlng or scarring marks to the human body.

POLICY:

I.

OFFICERS HIRED BEFORE 6-10-2013

A.

Prohibitions:

1.

No officer hired prior to 6-10-2013 shall obtain any new tattoo
to any portion of the armslhands from the distal portion of the
bicep/tricep to the terminal end of the fingers.
EXCEPTIONS:

a.

Should an officer hired prior to 6-10-2013 desire to
obtain a new tattoo to any portion of the arm/hand
from the distal portion of the bicep/tricep to the
distal portion of the wrist - that officer will first purchase
new Class B uniform shirts (summer style polo
with long sleeves) and shallthereafter be required to
wear long sleeve uniforms shirts year round (summer
or winter for the remainder of their career).

1

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page#:

#:1.13.4

Date:06/10/2013
Order
Gategory: DEPARTMENT Dl RECTIVE

Title:

UN I FORM APPEARANCE - TATTOOS/PI ERCI NGS

b.

2.

An officer hired prior to 6-10-2013 desiring to obtain
a new tattoo to a single finger of one hand to signify
marriage may do so with no need to keep same
covered.

No officer hired prior to 6-10-2013 shall obtain any new tattoo
to any portion of the face, head or neck (or any physiological
structure associated with the face head or neck; e.g. ear,
nose, lips, etc.).

B.

No officer shall wear any form of piercing jewelry while on duty. This is due to
the increased risk of injury to the officer during duty hours should a physical
confrontation occur. Even simple stud style ear rings increase the risk of injury
to the officer's ear and neck should the ear be struck or pulled.

C.

No officer shall shall have any piercings of the face or facial structures or unusual
ear or body piercings.

D. Officers

with tattoos that are visible to the public shall, on dates where appearance

in Superior Court is expected or anticipated, wear the long sleeve Class B shirt
to the court appearance.

Therefore, during months where Summer Uniform is in effect, officers are expected
to keep a long sleeve Class B shirt in their work locker to make appearances in
the superior court.
lf attending court on scheduled day off, the officer is expected to appear in Superior
Court with the tattoos covered by appropriate long sleeve shirt.

II.

PERSONS SEEKING EMPLOYMENT AFTER 6-10-2013

A.

Persons having a visible tattoo, while wearing a shirt similar in design to the BPD
summer Class B long sleeve uniform shirt (polo or regular style), on the hands,
face, neck or any structure associated with the head, face or neck. Shall not be
considered for hire and will be removed from the Civil Service Lits.
EXCEPTION:

1.

A potential candidate with a ring style tattoo symbolizing marriage on
on one finEer shall not be consider a disqualifying.

B.

Persons having body piercings of the face, or facial structures or unusual ear or

2

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:l-13.4

Date:06/10/2013
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT Dl RECTIVE

Title:

U Nl

FORM APPEARANCE - TATTOOS/PI ERCI NGS
body piercings shall not be considered for hire.

Page#:

3

Lrrqer #: r.o.o
uafe: u tz ilzv to
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: TCO DAILY OBSERVATION REPORT
BRIDGETON POLICE DIVISION
CHIEF OF POLICE DIRECTIVE
POLICY AND PROCEDURE
SECTION: I
CHAPTER: 5.3
REVISION DATE: N/A

SUBJECT: DISPATCHER TRAINING MANUAL

EFFECTIVE DATE: MARCH 14,2011
CHIEF OF POLICE:MARK W, OTT

ACCREDITATION

STANDARDS:

35.1.3;

33.1,5;

33.1.6;
33.4.3;
33.5.1

BRIDGETON POLICE
OBSERVATION REPORT
?

DEPARTMENT

TCO DAILY

TRAINEE Badge # C.T.O. Badge # ?

?

RATING INSTRUCTIONS : RATE OBSERVED BEHAVIOR WITH REFERENCE TO THE
SCALE BELOW. COMMENT ON THE MOST AND LEAST SATISFACTORY
PERFORMANCE OF THE DAY..
COMMENT ON ANY BEHAVIOR YOU WISH, BUT A SPECIFIC COMMENT IS
-6"
REQUIRED ON ALL RATINGS OF "2" OR LESS AND
OR ABOVE. CHECK' N.O."
BOX IF NOT OBSERVED. IF TRAINEE
FAILS TO RESPOND TO TRAINING, CHECK "N.R.T.' BOX AND COMMENT BELOW

(.oTHER).
?
?

DATE:

?

?

ACCEPTABLE
BYCTO PROGRAM
ACCEPTABLE
STANDARDS
LEVEL
Assignment or Reason For No Evaluation ?
NOT

SUPERIOR BY
CTO PROGRAM
STANDARDS

v J I r---r___Y

t

:# o6Ed

USCIUO IN=II'IIIUVdSO

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Order#:1.5.3

Page#:

Datel0112112015

Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: TCO DAILY OBSERVATION REPORT
?
?
?

-->

1234567

?

?

cro
N.O

N.R.T
APPEARANGE
RTT ?
?

1-1234567 1.

GENERALAPPEARANCE ?

?
?

?

ATTITUDE/INTERACTION ?
?

2. 1 234

567 2.

ACCEPTANCE OF FEEDBACK-CTO PROGRAM ?

567 3.

ATTITUDETOWARD COMMUN]CATIONSWORK ?

?

3- 1 234
?

4.1

234567 4,

WITHTHE PUBLIC INGENERAL ?

?

5- 1 234567

5.

WITH OTHER DEPARTMENT MEMBERS ?

?
?
?

KNOWLEDGE ?
?

6- 123 4

567 6.

KNOWLEDGE OF DEPARTMENT POLICIES AND PROCEDURES ?

?

7.1

234567 7.

KNOWLEDGEOF RADIO/TELEPHONE ?

?

8- 1 23 4 5

67 8.

KNOWLEDGE OF CAD/COMPUTERS ?

?

9- 123 4
2

567 9.

KNOWLEDGE OF CALL PRIORITIZATION ?

2

Page

DEPARTMENT ORDER

1.5.3

Date=0112112015
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: TCO DAILY OBSERVATION REPORT

10- 12 3 4 5 6

7

10. KNOWLEDGE REFLECTED

IN VERBAL TESTS ?

?
?

?

PERFORMANCE ?
?

7

11.

TELEPHONE SKILLS

-

NORMAL CONDITIONS ?

7

12.

TELEPHONE SKILLS

-

MODERATE AND HIGH STRESS

7

13.

CALLER INTERVIEW SKILLS ?

56

7

14.

ROUTINE LOGSi FORMS-ACCURACY/COMPLETENESS

15-1 234 56

7

15. GEOGRAPHY/MAP INTERPRETATION

11- 12 3 4 5 6
?

12- 12 3 4 5 6

CONDITIONS ?
?

13- 12 3 4 5 6
?

14- 1

234

?

?

?

16-

12 3 4 5 6 7 16. POSITION PERFORMANCE: NON-STRESS CONDITIONS ?

?

17- 12 3 4 5 6
?
18-

7

17.

POSITION PERFORMANCE: STRESS CONDITIONS ?

12 3 4 5 6 7 18. CAD SKILLS _ NORMAL CONDITIONS

?

19.12

3456

7

19.

CAD SKILLS

3456

7

20.

CAD SKILLS _ UPDATE AND RELAY ?

-

?

MODERATE AND HIGH STRESS ?

?

20.12
?

21- 1 234

567 21. CONTROLOFCONFLTCT-VOICE

COMMAND ?

?

22- 1 23 4 5 6
?

23.12

3456

7 22. CONTROL

7

23.

OF CONFLICT- HYSTERICALCALLER ?

PROBLEM SOLVING: DECISION MAKING ?

?

24- 1 234 56
?

25- 12 3 4 5 6

7 24. COMMON

SENSEAND JUDGEMENT ?

7 25. RADIO: APPROPRIATE USE OF PROCEDURES ?

?

26- 12 3 4 5 6

7 26. RADIO: LISTENS AND COMPREHENDS

?

?

27- 1 234 56

7 27. RADIO: ARTICULATION

?

28-1234567 28. USEOFTIME

?

?

29-1234567 29. PREPAREDNESS
2

?

OF TRANSMISSION ?

?

#:

3

Page#:

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #:

1.5.3

Date=0112112015

category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: TCO DAILY OBSERVATION REPORT
30- 1 234 56

7

30.

NC|C/SCIC/ATS/ACS SKTLLS ?

?
?
?
?
?

?

MINUTES REMEDIAL TRAINING TIME (EXPLAIN
REMEDIAL PLANS)

?

THE TRAINEE'S MOST SIGN]FICANT STRENGTHS ARE: ?
?

THE TRAINEE'S MOST SIGNIFICANT WEAKNESSES ARE: ?

The trainee's significant

weaknesses y

have j/ have not

required remedial training.

?

REMEDIAL TRAINING, IF PROVIDED, CONSISTED OF THE FOLLOWING: ?
?

oTHER (EXPLATN) ?

4

Page

DEPARTMENT ORDER

1.5.3

Date:0112112015
Order #:
Gategory: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: TCO DAILY OBSERVATION REPORT
My evaluation of the above listed trainee's progress to-date

is !

Satisfactory ii

Unsatisfactory
(Explain below*)
?

EXPLANATION OF UNSATISFACTORY RATING: ?
I have discussed the trainee's overall performance with him /

her.

YES

2

DATE CTO

TRAINEE

DATE

?

?

ADMINISTRATIVE BUREAU

TRAINING

COMMANDER

COORDINATOR

03t11t2011?

DATE

DATE

ii NO ii

#:

5

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:1.29

Date:1212912009
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Order

Title: TORT CLAIMS DIRECTIVE
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
CHIEF OF POLICE DIRECTIVE
POLICY AND PROCEDURE

SECTION:

t

CHAPTER:

29

SUBJECT:

TORT CLAIMS

EFFECTIVE DATE: 1-1 -2009
CHIEF OF POLICE:Mark W. Ott

PURPOSE:

To establish clear procedure on how to handle receipt of tort claims and lawsuits from the
public.

DEFINITIONS:

TORT CLAIM: for the purposes of this directive a tort claim shall be any civil complaint
in a federal, state or county court where damages are sought,

allegations of rights violations are made, or allegations of misconduct
of any kind are made by a plaintiff, against any member or the agency
as a whole.
PROCEDURE:

l.

Proper Receipt of a Tort Claim:
Should a person come to the Police Station to deliver or make service of any Tort
Claim that person is to be directed to the Municipal Clerk's Office at '181 E.
Commerce St. The Chief of Police is to be notified of any attempted service
or service of a Tort Claim.

A.

ll.

ln the event a Tort Claim arrives in the mail it is to be forwarded to the
Municipal Clerk's Office immediately and the Chief of Police Notified by
delivering a copy of the Tort Notice and any accompanying paperwork.

After Receiving Tort Claim:

A, The Chief of Police is to be notified.
B.

The Business Administrator is to be notified.

C.

The Chief of Police shall direct the Professional Standards Bureau

#:

1

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:1.29

Date:1212912009
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: TORT CLAIMS DIRECTIVE

to make a formal reviewiinvesiigation of the allegations in the printed Tort
Claim.

1.

D.

This review shall cover all aspects of the case and is designed to:

a.

Eliminate future problems in handling matters

b.

lmplement training or retraining

c.

To improve efficiency of the department

d.

To correct improper behavior if exhibited

A copy is to be delivered to the City Solicitor.

Page

#:

2

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Date:08/2812009
Order #: 1.30.
Gategory: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: SEATBELT USAGE
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
CHIEF OF POLICE DIRECTIVE
POLICY AND PROCEDURE

SECTION:

I

CHAPTER:

30

SUBJECT:

SEATBELT USAGE
lmmediately

EFFECTIVE

DATE:

CHIEF OF POLICE.Mark W. Ott

STATEMENT

This policy addresses officer safety by usage of occupant restraint systems (seat belt and
shoulder harness)while operating motor vehicles. lt also establishes mandatory compliance
with state law.
The public watches the police and every employee must realize that the passing public takes
notice when police officers are observed violating traffic laws (especially not wearing
seatbelts, talking on cell phones, speeding and other specific things.)
POLICY
During the everyday operation of a motor vehicle, officers and other members charged with
operation of a motor vehicle will use the occupant restraint system in the vehicle. While in
normal operating modes of travel or during emergency responses (Code 55), the occupant
restraint system will offer additional safety against serious or lifethreatening injury in the
event of a collision. Proper usage of the occupant restraint system will also provide a correct
example to our motoring Public.

ln keeping with officer safety, this administration also recognizes there are numerous times
an officer will need to exit his or her vehicle as quickly as possible. ln keeping with this policy,
it is recognized that in response to certain situations, officers should release the occupant
restraint system before coming to a complete stop. Examples of these situations include
motor vehicle stops, field interviews of suspicious persons and responding to calls involving
weapons or violence.

This is in order to facilitate necessary action or actions of the involved officer or officers for
personal safety, to effectively perform the required task and io protect the public. Officers are
expected to make proper judgment regarding the need for speedy exit from their vehicles.
When deemed appropriate by the involved officer, that officer may remove the occupant
restraint system before bringing the patrolvehicle to a complete stop or entering into an
officer safety danger zone.

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #:

l-30.

Page

Date: 08/2812009

Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: SEATBELT USAGE
ln practical terms the officer should have the seatbelt on until you are within forty yards of
your intended stop. Officers should practrce clearing themselves from the seatbelt so that
muscle memory develops to assist the officer in future operations.
VIOLATIONS
Violations of this order will be handled as progressive discipline.

#:

2

DEPARTMENT ORDER

1.36

Date: 1 1l02l2A1A
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: TRAFFIC LAW ENFORCEMENT

(b) Never place highway flares on grassy areas; always place on the road surface
(c) When leaving

a flared out area unattended, make arrangements to check the

area prior to flares burning out so that the hazard is not recreated.

High Risk Traffic Stops:

A.

ldentifying the High Risk Stop

1.

High Risk stops will be conducted in situations where an occupant of the
vehicle is currently committing or has just committed a violent crime andior
there is an increased risk of bodily injury, serious bodily injury, andior death
to the officers conducting the motor vehicle stop.

2.

Upon observing the vehicle and, when possible, prior to activation of
emergency equipment, notify Communications of:

a. Location

and Direction of Travel

1. Update communications and responding backup units frequently
until stop is conducted.
b. Plate Number
c. Vehicle Description

d. Number of Occupants

3.

Request a number of backup units equal to or greater than the number
of occupants in the vehicle.

4.

Wait for at least one backup unit to arrive before attempting to stop vehicle.

B. Stopping the Vehicle

1.

Activate the emergency overhead lights (audible siren, when needed)to
stop the vehicle in a location that would provide the officers with the safest
environment possible and would limit the substantial risk of death or serious
bodily injury to bystanders in the event that deadly force is necessary.

2.

Notify Communications of the motor vehicle stop location.

3.

The primary officer should position his/her patrol vehicle a safe distance

Page#:

34

Page#:
Date: 11lAZl2A1A
Crder #: 1.36
Ca'tegory: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: TRAFFIC LAW ENFORCEMENT
behind the suspect vehicle and angled so that the engine can be used as
cover.

C.

4.

Backup units should position their patrol vehicles to block traffic, provide
cover and avoid potential crossfire.

5.

Weapons should be exhibited (duty weapon, sub-gun or rifle) and ihe primary
officer, or the supervising officer on scene, will begin giving commands to
remove the occupants from the vehicle.

a.

Only one (1)officer is to give commands.

b.

Allcommands should be loud and authoritative.

c.

The vehicle's audible PA system should be utilized when available.

Removing Occupants from the Vehicle

1.

Order all occupants to keep their hands where they can be seen and to
remain motionless until further instructed.

2.

Allfurther instructions will be directed at one occupant at a time; no two
occupants should be moving at the same time.

a.

Start with the driver and then proceed to the occupant sitting
immediately to the driver's right and so on.

b.

After front row proceed to the next row back starting with the
occupant on the driver's side.

3.

Advise the occupants not to make any quick movements.

4.

Order each occupant to remove their seatbelt and to roll their windows all
the way down.

5.

Order the driver of the vehicle to turn off the vehicle, remove the keys and
slowly throw the keys out the window.

6.

Order the driver to open the door from the outside and to slowly exit the
vehicle, facing away from the officers, with his hands above his head.

7.

Order the driver to slowly walk backwards toward the sound of your voice
until he is a safe distance from you and the suspect vehicle.

a.

A backup officer, with his weapon holstered, will be next to the
officer giving commands and will be prepared to take the occupant

35

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

136

Date: 1110212414
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: TRAFFIC LAW ENFORCEMENT
into custody

8. Order the driver to slowly get into a kneeling position with his legs crossed
at the ankles and his arms out to the side with palms facing backwards.
An alternative approach would also beto have the occupant get into a prone
position for handcuffing.

9.

The backup officer will handcuff the occupant and escort him to the rear of
a patrolvehicle and pat him down before securing him in the rear seat.

10. Repeat the process for all occupants of the vehicle.

#:

36

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Date:442812013
Order #: I.33
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: USE OF FORCE
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
CHIEF OF POLICE DIRECTIVE
POLICY AND PROCEDURE

SECTION:

I

CHAPTER:

33

SUBJECT:

USE OF FORCE
IMMEDIATELY

EFFECTIVE

DATE:

CHIEF OF POLICE:Mark W. Ott

PURPOSE:
To establish guidelines for officers regarding the use of force.
POLICY:

Sworn law enforcement officers have been granted the extraordinary power to use force
when necessary to accomplish lawful ends. That authority is grounded in the responsibility of
every sworn law enforcement officer to comply with the laws of the State of New Jersey
regarding the use of force and to comply with this policy. Equally important is law
enforcement's obligation to prepare Individual officers in the best way possible to exercise
that authority. In situations where law enforcement officers are justified in using force, the
utmost restraint should be exercised. The use of force should never be considered routine.
ln determining to use force, the law enforcement officer shall be guided by the principle that
the degree of force employed in any situation should be only that reasonably necessary to
accomplish lawfu I objectives.

This policy reinforces the responsibility of law enforcement officers to take those steps
possible to prevent or stop the illegal or inappropriate use of force by other officers. Every
law enforcement officer is expected and required to take appropriate action in any situation
where that officer is clearly convinced that another officer is using force in violation of state
law. Law enforcement officers are obligated to report all situations in which force is used
illegally by anyone. This policy sends a clear message to law enforcement officers that they
share an obligation beyond the requirements of the law. Officers are encouraged to do
whatever they can to interrupt the flow of events before a fellow officer does something illegal
and before any official action is necessary. Law enforcement officers can serve each other
and the public by simply saying or doing the right thing to prevent a fellow officer from
resorting to force illegally or inappropriately.
Deciding whether to use force when authorized in the conduct of official responsibilities is
among the most critical decisions made by law enforcement officers. lt is a decision that can
be irrevocable. lt is a decision that must be made quickly and under difficult, often
unpredictable circumstances. Sound judgement and the appropriate exercise of discretion

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page#:

Date:0812A2A13
Order #r 1.33
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: USE OF FORCE
will always be the foundation of police officer decision making in the broad range of possible
use of force situations. lt is not possible to entirely replace judgement and discretion with
detailed policy provisions. Nonetheless, this policy is intended to provide the best guidance
and direction possible to police officers when called upon to confront and address the most
difficult situations. Law enforcement officers whose actions are consistent wiih state law and
the provisions of this policy will be strongly supported by the law enforcement community in
any subsequent review of their conduct regarding the use of force.
PROCEDURE:

I.

DEFINITIONS:

A.

B.

C.

CONSTRUCTIVEAUTHORITY

1.

Constructive authority does not involve actual physical contact with
the subject, but involves the use of the law enforcement officer's
authority to exert control over a subject.

2.

Examples include verbal commands, gestures, warnings and
unholstering a weapon.

3.

Pointing a firearm at a subject is an element of constructive authority
to be used only in appropriate situations.

PHYSICAL CONTACT

1.

Physical contact involves routine or procedural contact with a
subject necessary to effectively accomplish a legitimate law
enforcement obiective.

2.

Examples include guiding a subject into a police vehicle, holding
the subject's arm while transporting, handcuffing a subject and
maneuvering or securing a subject for a frisk.

PHYSICAL FORCE

1.

Physical force involves contact with a subject beyond that which
is generally utilized to effect an arrest or other law enforcement
objective. Physical force is employed when necessary to
overcome a subject's physical resistance to the exertion of the
law enforcement officer's authority, or to protect persons or
property.

2.

Examples include wrestling a resisting subject to the ground, using
wrist locks or arm locks, striking with hands or feet, or other

2

DEPARTMET*IT ORDER
Date:0812812413
Order #:1.33
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: USE OF FORCE
similar methods of hand to hand confrontation.

3.

Strangle holds (also called "Choke" holds) are not to be considered
a typical use of physicalforce. These type holds are only to be
used in life threatening/preserving situations where other alternatives
are unavailable or impractical. Strangle holds are to be
considered a "Deadly Force Option''.
Strangle hold - a physical movemenVaction designed or intended to block
circulation of oxygen or blood in the human body at the neck.

D, MECHANICAL

E.

F

1.

Mechanical force involves the use of some device or substance,
other than a firearm, to overcome a subject's resistance to the
exertion of a law enforcement officer's authority.

2.

Examples include the use of a baton or other object, canine
physical contact with a subject, or chemical or natural agent
spraying.

DEADLY FORCE

1.

Deadly force is force which a law enforcement officer uses with the
purpose of causing, or which the officer knows creates a substantial
risk of causing, death or serious bodily harm.

2.

Purposely firing a firearm in the direction of another person or at a
vehicle, building or structure in which another person is believed to
be constitutes deadly force.

3.

A threat to cause death or serious bodily harm, by the production
of a weapon or otherwise, so long as the officer's purpose is limited
to creating an apprehension that deadly force will be used if
necessary does not constitute deadly force.

REASONABLE BELIEF

1.

G.

FORCE

Reasonable belief is an objective assessment based upon an
evaluation of how a reasonable law enforcement officer with
comparable training and experience would react to, or draw
inferences from, the facts and circumsiances confronting and
known by the law enforcement officer at the scene.

IMMINENT DANGER

Page

#:

3

Page #:

DEPARTMENT ORDTR
Date:0812812413
Order #: 1.33
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: USE OF FORCE

1.

lmminent danger describes threatened actions or outcomes that
may occur during an encounter absent action by the law
enforcement officer. The period of time involved is dependant on the
circumstances and facts evident in each situation and is not the same
ln all situaiions.

2.

H

The threatened harm does not have to be instantaneous, for example
imminent danger may be present even if a subject is not at that
instant pointing a weapon at the law enforcement officer, but is
carrying a weapon and running for cover.

SUBSTANTIAL RISK
1.

Any discharge of a firearm entails some risk of an unintended
outcome. A substantial risk exists when a law enforcement officer
disregards a foreseeable Iikelihood that innocent persons will be
endangered"
For example, firing a weapon into a confirned space (room, vehicle,
etc.) occupied by innocent persons exposes those persons to a
substantial risk of harm.

LAW ENFORCEMENT OFFICER

1.

J

Any person sworn to enforce the criminal laws of the State of New
Jersey, who is certified by the Police Training Commisslon, or is
currently employed by a public safety agency and is authorized to
carry a firearm under N.J.S.A. 2C:39-6.

SERIOUS BODILY HARM
Any bodily harm that creates a substantial risk of death, or which is
likely to cause serious permanent disfigurement or loss (or extended
impairment of,) the function of any bodily function or organ.

II.

AUTHORIZATION AND LIMITATIONS

A

USE OF FORCE

A law enforcement officer may use PHYSICAL FORCE OR
MECHANICAL FORCE when the officer reasonably believes
is immediately necessary at the time:

a.

To overcome resistance directed at the officer or others;

it

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date:442812013
Order#:1.33
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: USE OF FORCE
or

b.

To protect the officer, or a third party, from unlawful force;
or

c.

To protect property;
or

d. fo effect other laMul objectives,
B.

such as make an arrest.

USE OF DEADLY FORCE

1.

A law enforcement officer may use DEADLY FORCE only when the
officer reasonably believes such action is immediately necessary
to protect the officer or another person from imminent danger of
death or serious bodily harm.

2.

A law enforcement officer may use deadly force to prevent the
escape of a fleeing suspect:

a.

Whom the officer has probable cause to believe has
committed an offense in which the suspect caused or
attempted to cause death or serious bodily harm;
and

b.

Who will pose an imminent danger of death or serious
bodily harm should the escape succeed;
and

c.
3.
C.

When the use of deadly force presents no substantial risk
of injury to innoceni persons.

lf feasible, a law enforcement officer should identify himself/herself
and state their intention to shoot before using a firearm.

RESTRICTIONS ON THE USE OF DEADLY FORCE

1.

A law enforcement officer is under no obligation to retreat or desist
when resistance is encountered or threatened. However, a law
enforcemeni officer shall not resort to the use of deadly force if the
offtcer reasonably believes that an alternative to the use of deadly
force will avert or eliminate an imminent danger of death or serious

Page

#:

5

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date:0812812013
Order #: 1.33
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: USE OF FORCE
bodily harm and achieve the law enforcement purpose at no
increased risk to the officer or another person.

2.

A law enforcement officer shall not use deadly force to subdue
persons whose actions are only destructlve to property.
Deadly force shall not be used against persons whose conduct is
injurious only to themselves.

4.

(

Under current state statutes the discharge of any projectile from a
firearm is considered to be deadly force, including less lethal means
such as beanbag ammunition or rubber bullets. For that reason,
these and similar less lethal means of deadly force can only be
used when an officer reasonably believes such action is immediately
necessary to protect the officer or another person from imminent
danger of death or serious bodily harm.

A law enforcement officer shall not discharge a weapon as a signal
for help or as a warning shot.
While any discharge of a firearm entails some risk, discharging a
firearm at or from a moving vehicle entails even greater risk of
death or serious injury to innocent persons. The safety of innocent
persons is jeopardized when a fleeing suspect is disabled and looses
control of his or her vehicle. There is also a substantial risk of harm
to occupants of the suspect vehicle who may not be involved or
involved to a lessor extent, in the actions which necessitated the use
of deadly force.

a.

Due to this greater risk and considering that firearms are not
generally effective in bringing moving vehicles to a rapid halt,
officer shall not fire from a moving vehicle or at the driver or
occupant of a moving vehicle unless the officer reasonably
believes:

There exists an imminent danger of death or
serious bodily harm to the officer or another
person;
and

ii.

No other means are available at the time to avert
or eliminate the danger.

A law enforcement officer shall not fire a weapon solely io
disable moving vehicles.

Page #:

DEPARTMENT ORDER

1.33

Order #:
Date:0812812013
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: USE OF FORCE

7.

D.

Officers shall not cause deadly force to be used by taking
unnecessary or unreasonable action, thereby forcing, the use of
Deadly Force. Example, purposely placing himself/herself in front of
a moving vehicle.

EXHIBITING A FIREARM

1.

A law enforcement officer shall not unholster or exhibit a firearm
except under any of the following circumstances:

a.

For maintenance of the firearm

b.

To secure the firearm

c.

During training exercises, practice or qualificaiion with the
firearm

d.

When circumstances create a reasonable belief that it may
be necessary for the officer to use the firearm

e.

When circumstances create a reasonable belief that display
of a firearm as an element of constructive authority helps
establish or maintain control in a potentially dangerous
situation in an effort to discourage resistance and ensure
officer safety.

III.

POST USE OF FORCE PROCEDURES

A.

Following any use of force against an individual, officers shall be responsible
to monitor and assess the individual's condition and provide or summon
medical assistance as reasonably required. This assessment shall take place
as soon as practical taking into consideration the overall operation and the
number and extent of injuries present.

B.

lf emergency medical services are summoned to treat an injured subject, who
is under arrest, the arrestee shall remain handcuffed unless otherwise directed
by medical personnel. lf transportation to a medical facility is required, the
arrestee shall remain under constant guard.

C. When the use of force by an officer

of this department results in injury to any
person, or an officer employs deadly force, the Officer ln Charge (OlC) shall
be immediately summoned to the scene of the incident. Depending on the
level of the force utilized andior extent of injuries sustained, crime scene
security and precautions shall be considered.

Page

#:

7

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Date: OBl28/2413
Order #: 133
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: USE OF FORCE

D.

All use of force incidents involving officers of this department shall be thoroughly
documented and where necessary investigated in accordance with the
provisions of this written directive.

IV. USE OF FORCE INCIDENTS RESULTING IN FATALITIES OR SERIOUS
BODILY HARM

A.

If an officer of this department is involved in an incident where the officer's
actions or use of force in a fatality or serious bodily harm to any person,
supervisory personnel on scene shall be responsible to ensure the
following occurs:

1.

lf the officer received any injuries as a result of the incident, he
shall be taken to the nearest appropriate medical facility for
treatment.

2.

Otherwise the officer directly involved in causing the fatality or
serious bodily harm shall be removed from the incident location
at the earliest possible opportunity and brought to police
headquarters to facilitate the continuing investigation.

The officer shall be relieved of his/her regular duties and reassigned
until such time as a thorough investigation has been completed.

B.

4.

lf the officer's firearm was involved, the firearm, holster, and all
remaining ammunition shall be turned over to the assigned lnternal
Affairs investlgator.

q

Critical incident stress counseling shall be made available to the
officer(s) involved and their families (EAS or through local Union).

6.

The Chief of Police may require a Fitness For Duty Evaluation.

7.

The officer shall remain on administrative reassignment until the
Chief of Police approves his/her return to full duty.

The Cumberland County Prosecutor's Office must be notified immediately
following any use of force by an officer involving death or serious bodily
injury to a person, or where deadly force is employed with no injury (to
include unintended discharges of firearm) or where any injury to a person
results from the use of a firearm by an officer. lmmediate notification
means the notification must occur before any investigation of the
incident is undertaken other than to secure the scene and to render
medical assistance as required by the circumstances.

DEPARTMENT ORDER

1.33

Date:08128/2013
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: USE OF FORCE

V. OFFICER IN CHARGE

RESPONSIBILIry

A.

Whenever an Officer ln Charge (OlC) is notified of a use of force incident
involving an on or off duty officer of this department occurring in the City
of Bridgeton, it shall be the OIC's responsibility to promptly respond
to the appropriate location to commence a preliminary investigation into
the incident and then notify the Patrol Bureau Commander.

B.

The chain of command shall make notifications upward to the Chief of
Police.

C.

lncidents that have resulted in minor or alleged injury shall be documented
by the OIC and forwarded through the chain of command.

D.

E.

1.

The OIC shall ensure that the involved officer submits all required
reports, including a properly completed Use of Force Report.

2.

The OIC shall complete a special report documenting the
investigation of the use of force and shall forward same to the
appropriate Bureau Commander.

ln addition to the above stated reporting requirements, whenever an
incident results in serious injury (requiring hospitalization) or death,
the following actions must be completed by the OlC.

1.

Notification to the appropriate Bureau Commander and in cases
of fatality, the Chief of Police.

2.

Establishment of crime scene security and precautions.

3.

Detective Bureau and Professional Standards Bureau assistance.

4.

Notification to Cumberland County Prosecutor's Office.

lncidents involving the use of force andlor firearms discharge by off duty
officers that occur outside the boundaries of the City of Bridgeton shall
require the following action on the part of the OIC:

1.

Collection of preliminary data regarding the event and notification
to the Chief of Police through the chain of command.

2.

Provide the officer with instructions regarding their obligations as
defined in this written directive.

3.

Establish contact with the investigating law enforcement agency
and determine what assistance, if any, the department can provide.

Fage

#:

I

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

1.33

Dal'e:4812812013
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: USE OF FORCE

VI.

NOTIFICATION AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

A.

The reporting requirements contained herein shall apply to all officers on
and off duty. Specifically exempted from these requirements is force
employed in training situations and exercises, however, should anyone
receive injuries as a result of force utilized by an officer in a training
situation, the incident must be reported.

B.

ln all instances when an officer utilizes physical, mechanical, or deadly
force against or toward any person, the officer is required to submit a
Use of Force Report.

1.

The report shall be submitted by the end of the officer's tour of
duty unless extenuating circumstances exist which prevent the
officer from completing the report.

C. The Use of Force Report must be completed in its entirety and must be
reviewed by an OlC.

D.

Completed Use of Force Reports shall be forwarded to the appropriate Bureau
Commander for review. The appropriate Bureau Commander will forward them
to the Professional Standards Bureau for review and filing.

1.

This system of multi-layered review is intended to bring any
problematic issues to light at the earliest opportunity.

2.

Reviewing supervisors are expected to examine the incident to
ensure that existing policy has been followed, identify and define
potential training needs, evaluate the effectiveness of the weapons
and/or tactics utilized, and lastly to initiate disciplinary action
if necessary.

E.

The OIC shall notify the Cumberland County Prosecutor's Office immediately
when the use of physical, mechanical or deadly force results in death or
serious bodily injury or when an injury of any degree results from the use of
a firearm.

F.

An Annual Use of Force Summary Report shall be prepared by the Professional
Standards Bureau Commander documenting all use of physical mechanical
or deadly force by officers of this department. A copy of the report shall be
forwarded to the Chief of Police, and to the Cumberland County Prosecutor's
Office.

G.

The use of force by any officer that results in actual or alleged injury to any
person shall be reported to the OIC as follows:

#:

10

DEPARTMENT ORDER

1.33

Order #:
Dafs: A8/2812013
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: USE OF FORCE

H.

1.

lf the injury appears serious, the OIC shall be notified immediately.

2.

lf the injury is minor or alleged, the OIC shall be notified once
the arresiee has been transported to police headquarters.

3.

Notwithstanding the above, any utilization of deadly force shall be
immediately reported to the OIC regardless of the presence or
absence of injury to any degree.

The discharge of any firearm by an officer of this deparlment, whether
intentional or unintentional, shall be reported to the department through
the OIC as soon as practical. lf the discharge occurs on duty, whether or
not injury to any person results, this notification shall be made immediately
after the incident occurs.

1.

Officers are required to control the situation to whatever degree
possible until assistance arrives. This shall include:

a.

Emergency assistance to injured persons.

b.

Search for additional suspects or weapons.

c.

Crowd control and crime scene preservation.

d.

Requesting immediate assistance as necessary.

e.

A special report shall not be required if all circumstances
surrounding the event are documented in standard
investigation (lR) or supplemenial investigation (SUPP)
reports.

2.

Officers shall complete and submit a Special Report providing

the particular information concerning the location and circumstances
of the discharge.

a.

For officers on duty this report shall be completed and

submitted by the end of the officer's tour of duty.

b.

For off duty officers, this report shall be completed and
submitted as soon as possible after the incident but in
no event shall the time exceed twenty-four hours.

c.

ln the event that a officer is incapacitated or fatally wounded
as a result of the incident, the officers Bureau Commander
or the Captain of Police shall complete this report.

Fage

#:

11

DEPARTMENT ORDER

1.33

Date:08128124fi
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS

Title: USE OF FORCE

d.

3.

ln the event that any firearm discharge by an officer of this
department results in a fatallty, regardless of their duty
status or location of the incident, the officer shall
immediately notify the department through the duty OlC.

Weapons discharged as a result of the humane destruction of
injured, sick or vicious animals conducted in accordance with the
written training bulletin (T09-021 ) covering such activity"

4.

Specifically excluded from this notification and reporting requirement
is the discharge of any weapon for training or hunting activities,
provided however, if any person should be injured as a result of such
training or hunting activity, the notification and reporting requirement
shall stand.

VII. TRAINING AND QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS

A.

Use of Force training will be conducted on a semi-annual basis. All
officers are required to receive training, and proper documentation is the
responsibility of the department training coordinaior (Services Sergeant).
The training shall include the current standards established by statutory
and case law, as well as, state and county policy. Additional mandatory
topics include, but shall not be limited to:

1.

The use of force in general.

2.

The use of physical and mechanical force.

3.

The use of deadly force.
and

4.
B.

The limitations that govern the use of force and deadly force.

Prior to receiving authorization to carry any agency issued or approved
weapon, officers are reguired to attend agency-approved or Police
Training Commission approved training for the weapon. The training
shall be comprehensive in nature and should include a mixture of
classroom instruction and practice, followed by officer testing to

demonstrate proficiency. Agency training shall include instructions
on use of force issues, as well as, lethal and non-lethal weapons.

C. Officers must successfully

pass an applicable qualification course, or
otherwise satisfactorily demonstrate proficiency to a certified instructor,
prior to being granted authorization to carry agency-approved weapons.

Page

#:

12

DEPARTMENT ORDER

1.33

Date:4812812013
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: USE OF FORCE

D.

All training and qualification sessions must be properly documented and
the records must be promptly forwarded to the department training
officer for inclusion in the officer's training file (and IMPACT).

E.

Re-Qualification sessions for department authorized firearms shall be
monitored by a certified firearms instructor and shall occur twice a year.

F.

Re-Qualification sessions for other weapons or tools shall be monitored
by a certified instructor with that device or a certified M.O.l. instructor
and shall occur at a minimum of every 2 years.

G.

a.

Pepper Spray

b.

Baton

c.

Other

The failure of an officer to qualify is addressed in the Firearms, Weapons
and Tools policy (1.19).

VIII.PROHIBITIONS

A.

Officers shall not carry or use any weapon or ammunition that has not
been approved for use, in writing, by the Chief of Police or Department
Rangemaster. This provision shall apply to officers while on or off duty.

IX. VIOLATIONS

A.

Violations of this Directive shall be handled as progressive disciplinary
issues and on a case by case basis depending on the seriousness
of the issue.

Page

#:

'13

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #:1.34.

Page #:

Date: 1010112014

Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: VEHICLE PURSUIT DIRECTIVE
BRIDGETON POLICE DEPARTMENT
CHIEF OF POLICE DIRECTIVE
POL1CY AND PROCEDURE

SECTION:

t

CHAPTER.

34

SUBJECT:

VEHICLE PURSUITS

EFFECTIVE

DATE:

10-1-2014

CHIEF OF POLICE:Mark W. Ott

PURPOSE OF POLICY

The primary purpose of this policy is to secure a balance between the protection of the lives
and safety of the public and police officers, and law enforcement's duty to enforce the law
and apprehend violators. Since there are numerous situations which arise in law
enforcement that are unique, it is impossible for this policy or any standard operating
procedure to anticipate all possible circumstances. Therefore, this policy is intended to guide
officer's discretion in matters of vehicular pursuit.
Deciding whether to pursue a motor vehicle is among the most critical decisions made by law
enforcement officers. lt is a decision which must be made quickly and under difficult, often
unpredictable circumstances. ln recognition of the potential risk to public safety created by
vehicular pursuits, no officer or supervisor shall be criticized or disciplined for a decision not
to engage in a vehicular pursuit or to ierminate an ongoing vehicular pursuit based on the risk
involved, even if circumstances where this policy would permit the commencement or
continuatron of the pursuit. Likewise, police officers who conduct pursuits consistent with
this policy will be strongly supported by the law enforcement community in any subsequent
review of such actions.
It must be further noted that the City of Bridgeton is an urban environment with few if any
open areas. This in and of itself suggests that prior to engaging in a vehicular pursuit the
officer must be aware that at almost every turn during the course of a pursuit, so long as the
matter remains inside the City, the next turn will almost certainly be a densely populated area.
DEFINITIONS:
A.

AUTHORIZED TIRE DEFLATION DEVICE: A device designed and intended
to produce a controlled deflation of one or more tires of a pursued vehicle, and
capable of operation consistent with criteria established in this policy.
BOXING lN: The surrounding of a violator's moving vehicle with moving pursuit
vehicles which are then slowed to a stop along with the violator's vehicle.

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page #:

Date: 1010112014
Order #: 1.34.
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: VEHICLE PURSUIT DIRECTIVE

C.

DIVIDED HIGHWAY: A road which includes a physical barrier between
traffic traveling in opposite directions.

D.

HEADING OFF: An attempt to terminate a pursuit by pulling ahead of,
behind or toward a violator's moving vehicle to force it to the side of the road
or to otherwise come to a stop.

E.

LAW ENFORCEMENT OFFICER: Any person sworn to uphold the laws of
the State of New Jersey Vehicular Pursuit Policy, and who is certified
by the Police Training Commission or whose training has included
PursuiUEmergency Driving, and who is currently employed by a public
safety agency.

F

PARALLELING:

STREET PARALLELING. Driving a police vehicle on a street
parallelto a street on which a pursuit is occurring.

2.

VEHICLE PARALLELING: A deliberate offensive tactic by one
or more patrolvehicles to drive alongside the pursued vehicle
while it is in motion.

G.

PURSUIT DRIVING: Pursuit driving is an active attempt by a law enforcement
officer operating a motor vehicle and utilizing emergency warning lights and an
audible device to apprehend one or more occupants of another moving
vehicle when the officer reasonably believes that the driver of the fleeing vehicle
is aware of the officer's attempt to stop the vehicle and is resisting apprehension
by increasing vehicle speed, ignoring the officer or otherwise attempting to elude
the officer.

H.

PURSUIT VEHICLES
PRIMARY UNIT: The police vehicle that initiates a pursuit or any
unit that assumes control of the pursuit as the lead vehicle (the
first police vehicle immediately behind the fleeing suspect).
SECONDARY UNIT: Any police vehicle which becomes involved
as a backup to the primary unit and follows the primary unit at
a safe distance.

ROADBLOCK: A restriction or obstruction used or intended for the purpose of
preventing free passage of motor vehicles on a roadway in order to effect the
apprehension of a violaior.

1.

AVENUE OF ESCAPE: A gap in a roadblock which requires the
violator to decrease the vehicle's speed to permit the violator to

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:1.34.

Order
Date:101U/2A14
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: VEHICLE PURSUIT DIRECTIVE
bypass the roadblock

2.

J.

BLOCKING VEHICLE: A motor vehicle, often a law enforcement
vehicle, which is placed perpendicular to a roadway or angled in
such a way as to create a roadblock.

SUPERVISOR: A police officer who, by virtue of rank or assignment, is
responsible for the direction or supervision of the activities of other police
officers.

K.

VEHICLE CONTACT ACTION: Any action undertaken by the pursuing officer
intended to result in contact between the moving police vehicle and the
pursued vehicle.

L.

VIOLATOR: Any person who a police officer reasonably believes:

1.

Has committed an offense of the 1st or 2nd degree or
an offense enumerated in Appendix A of this policy
or

2.

Poses an immediate threat to the safety of the public or other
police officers.

PROCEDURE

I.

DECIDING WHETHER TO PURSUE

A police officer has the authority, at all times, to attempt the stop of any person
suspected of having committed any criminal offense or traffic violation. lt is clear
that while it is the officer who initiates the stop, it is the violator who initiates the
pursuit. The officer's decision to pursue should always be undertaken with an
awareness of the degree of risk to which the law enforcement officer exposes
himself and others. The officer must weigh the need for immediate apprehension
against the risk created by the pursuit.

A.

AUTHORIZATION TO PURSUE

1.

A police officer may only pursue

a.

When the officer reasonably believes that the violator
has committed an offense of the 1st or 2nd degree, or
an offense enumerated in Appendix A of this directive

Page

#:

3

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:1.34.

Date:1010112014
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: VEHICLE PURSUIT DIRECTIVE

b.

When a police offrcer reasonably believes that the violator
poses an immediate threat to the safety of the public
or other police officers.

2.

B.

Pursuit for motor vehicle offenses is not authorized under the
above criteria unless the violator's vehicle is being operated so
as to pose an immediate threat to the safety of another person.

In the event that one of the authorization requirements is satisfied, a pursuit
should not be automatically undertaken. An officer must still consider the

following factors:

1.

Likelihood of successful apprehension

2.

Whether the identity of the violator is known to the point where later
apprehension is possible

3.

Degree of risk created by pursuit

a.

Volume, type, speed and direction of vehicular traffic

b.

Nature of the area:

- Residential
- Commercial
- School Zone
- Open Highway

- Etc.

c.

Population density and volume of pedestrian traffic

d.

Environmentalfactors such as weather and darkness

e.

Road conditions:

- Construction

- Poor Repair
- Extreme Curves

- lntersections controlled by traffic signals or signs

Page

#:

4

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:1.34,

Date: 1010112014
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: VEHICLE PURSUIT DIRECTIVE

- lce
- Etc.

4.

Police Officer characteristics

a.

Driving skills

b.

Familiarity with roads

c.

Condition of police vehicle

C. TERMINATING

1.

THE PURSUIT

The pursuing officer SHALL terminate the pursuit

a.

lf instructed to do so by a supervisor
or

b.

lf the officer believes that the danger to the pursuing officers
or the public outweighs the necessity for immediate
apprehension of the violator
or

c.

lf the violato/s identity is established to the point where later
apprehension may be accomplished and where there is no
immediate threat to the safety of the public or police officers
or

d.

lf the pursued vehicle's location is no longer known or the
distance between the pursuing vehicles and the violator's
vehicle becomes so great that further pursuit is futile
or

e.

lf there is a person injured during the pursuit and there are
no police or medical personnel able to render assistance
or

f,

lf there is a clear and unreasonable danger to the police
officer or the public. A clear and unreasonable danger exists

Page

#:

5

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:1.34.

Date: 1AlUl2O14
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: VEHICLE PURSUIT DIRECTIVE
when the pursuit requires that the vehicle being driven at
excessive speeds or in any other manner which exceeds the
performance capabilities of the pursuing vehicles or police
officers involved in a pursuit
or

g

II.

lf advised of any unanticipated condition, event or
circumstance which substantially increases the risk
to public safety inherent in the pursuit.

ROLE OF THE PURSUING OFFICER

A. The decision to initiate and/or continue a pursuit requires weighing

the need
to immediately apprehend the violator against the degree of risk to which the
officer and others are exposed as a result of the pursuit.

B.

Upon the commencement of a pursuit, the pursuing officer will immediately
activate emergency lights, audible device and headlights.

C. Once the pursuit

has been initiated, the primary unit must notify
communications and a superior officer providing as much of the following
information as is known:

III.

1.

Reason for the pursuit

2.

Direction of travel, designation and location of roadway

3.

ldentification of the violator's vehicle: year, make, model, color,
vehicle registration number and other identifying characteristics

4.

Number of occupants

5.

The speed of the pursued vehtcle

6.

Other rnformation that may be helpful in terminating the pursuit
resolving the incident.

VEHICULAR PURSUIT RESTRICTIONS

A.

No pursuits will be conducted:

1. ln a direction opposite the flow of traffic on a divided highway.

2.

ln a police vehicle in which an individualwho is not a law
enforcement officer is either the driver or passenger.

Page

#:

6

Page #:

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Date:1410112014
Order #: 1.34
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: VEHICLE PURSUIT DIRECTIVE

B.

No more than two police vehicles (primary unit and secondary unit)
shall become actively involved in a pursuit unless otherwise specifically
directed by a supervisor.

C.

A motorcycle officer may initiate a pursuit, but witl relinquish primary unit
status immediately upon the participation of a marked police vehicle.
An unmarked police vehicle will not participate in a vehicular pursuit
unless it is equipped with an emergency light and an audible device.

The unmarked car shall relinquish primary unit status immediately
upon the participation of a marked vehicle.
E.

To diminish the likelihood of a pursuit, a police officer intending to stop
a vehicle for any violation of the law shall, when and without creating
a threat to public safety, close the distance between the two vehicles
prior to activating emergency lights and an audible device. Police
officers shall recognize that while attempting to close the distance and
prior to the initiation of a pursuit and the activation of emergency lights
and an audible device, they are subject to all motor vehicle laws
governing the right of way (e.g.N.J.S.A. 39:4-91 and 39:4-92).

F.

Throughout the course of a vehicular pursuit, pursuing officers shall not
attempt to overtake or pass the violators moving vehicle.

G

During the course of a pursuit and when approaching an intersection
controlled by traffic signals or signs, or any other location at which there
is a substantially increased likelihood of collision, the operator of any
pursuit vehicle shall, prior to entering the intersection, reduce the vehicle's
speed and control the vehicle so as to avoid collision with another vehicle
or a pedestrian. The officer shall observe that the way is clear before
cautiously proceeding through the intersection. At all other times
including an attempt to close the distance prior to the initiation of a
pursuit, police officer shall observe the applicable laws governing the
right of way at intersections and other locations^

H. Officers involved in a pursuit will not engage

in vehicle paralleling.

l.

There shall be no street paralleling along the route unless the pursuit passes
through a patrol's assigned area. A patrol that is parallel-street-pursuing shall
not join or interfere with a pursuit, and shall stop all pursuit-related activity at
the boundary of its assigned area.

J.

Boxing in or heading off a violator's moving vehicle is permitted only under
extraordinary circumstances. These tactics substantially increase the risk
inherent in the pursuit and shall only be employed.

DEPARTMENT ORDER

I.34.

Date:1010112014
Order #:
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: VEHICLE PURSUIT DIRECTIVE

1.

At low speeds
and

2.

With the approval of a supervisor,
or

3.
K.

ln response to an imminent threat to the safety of the public or
a police officer.

Roadblocks must only be employed as a last resort in circumstances where
deadly force would otherwise be justified.

1.

The use of a roadblock must be authorzed by a supervisor.

2.

At no time will a roadblock be established until all pursuing
police vehicles are made aware of the roadblock and its location
and have acknowledged this awareness.

3.

L.

Once a roadblock has been established and a vehicle or barricade
has been positioned in the roadway, there shall be:

a.

Adequate distance to see the roadblock

b.

An avenue of escape

c.

No one in the blocking vehicle(s)

Officers involved in a pursuit shall not fire any weapon from or at a moving
vehicle nor engage in any vehicle contact action except as a last resort
to prevent imminent death or serious injury to the officer or another
person where deadly force would otherwise be justified.

IV. AUTHORIZED TIRE DEFLATION DEVICES

A.

Law enforcement agencies may choose to utilize authorized tire deflation
devices during the course of a vehicular pursuit. Agencies which choose
to employ this strategy may only utilize devices authorized by this policy.
As with all operational decisions made during the conduct of a vehicular
pursuit, the use of such devices is subject to the assessment of inherent
risk balanced against the need to apprehend a fleeing offender.

B.

To be authorized for deployment and use under the vehicular pursuit
policy, the tire deflation device must:

Page

#:

8

DEPARTMENT ORDER

1.34.

Order #:
Date:1014112014
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: VEHICLE PURSUIT DIRECTIVE

1.

Be capable of producing a controlled deflation of one or more
tires of a pursued vehicle;

2.

Be capable of being deployed or activated immediately
before the pursued vehicle drives over it, and removed or
deactivated immediately after the pursued vehicle drives over it;
and

3.
C.

Allow the officer to remain a safe distance from the roadway at the
time of deployment or activation.

Prior to the deployment and use of an authorized tire deflation device, the
law enforcement agency shall

1.

Modify its vehicular pursuit policy to provide for the proper use of
the authorized tire deflation device:
and

2.

Train all officers in the use of the authorized tire deflation device.

a.
D.

Training must include practical, hands-on operation of the
authorized tire deflation device.

Use of an authorized tire deflation device:

1.

An authorized tire deflation device may be utilized only after
supervisory approval.

2.

An authorized tire deflation device shall not be used to stop
motorcycles, mopeds or similar vehicles.

3.

The authorized tire deflation device should not be used in
locations where specific aeographic features increase the
risk of serious injury to the officer, violator or public;
- Sharp curyes
- Steep embankments
- Alongside rivers
- etc.

Page

#:

I

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #:1.34.
Date: 1010112014
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: VEHICLE PURSUIT DIRECTIVE

E.

4.

Deployment locations should have reasonably good sight
distances to enable the officer to observe the pursuit and other
traffic as it approaches.

5.

The officer deploying the authorized tire deflation device should
not attempt to overtake and pass a high speed pursuit in order to
position the device.

Deployment
1.

The officer deploying the authorized tire deflation device should
do so from a position of safety.

2.

The officer deploying the authorized tire deflation device should
be in position to allow suffrcient time for deployment.

J.

The supervisor must coordinate the efforts of all law enforcement
units involved in the pursuit.
The communications operator shall notify all units of the
location of the authorized tire deflation device deployment.

F. Use of the authorized tire deflation device
1.

The officer operating the authorized tire deflation device should
take a position of safety as the pursued vehicle approaches.

2.

The officer shall deploy or activate the authorized tire deflation
device immediately before the pursued vehicle arrives at the
point where it would impact the device.
The officer shall remove or deactivate the device immediately
after the pursued vehicle goes over the authorized tire deflation
device.

4.

The officer should immediately notify communications if the
pursued vehicle impacted the authorized tire deflation device,
if the officer observed any signs of deflation, and the direction

and operation of ihe pursued vehicle after the impact.

G.

Reporting

1.

After deployment or use of the authorized tire deflation device, the
law enforcement agency shall include at least the following
information in the narrative of the vehicle pursuit report:

Page #:

10

Page

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:1.34.

Order
Date:10101/2014
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: VEHICLE PURSUIT DIRECTIVE

a.

Date, time and location of deployment and activation

b.

Officer who deployed and activated the authorized tire
deflation device

c.

Results of the use of authorized tire deflation device:
- On the pursued vehicle;

- On other vehicles, property or people;
and

- On the authorized tire deflation device itself

V.

ROLE OF THE SUPERVISOR
Upon being notified or becoming aware of the pursuit, the supervisor shall decide
as quickly as possible whether or not the pursuit should continue.

A.

The supervisor shall permit a pursuit to continue on

1.

if:

There is a reasonable belief that the violator committed an
offense of the 1st or 2nd degree, or an offense enumerated
in Appendix A or this policy;

or

2.

There is a reasonable belief that the violator poses an immediate
threat to safety of the public or other police officers.

B. The supervisor

shall order a pursuit terminated at any time if he or she
concludes that the danger to the pursuing officers or the public outweighs
the necessity for immediate apprehension of the violator.

C.

The supervisor shall order the pursuit terminated if the suspect's identity
is established to the point where later apprehension may be accomplished
and where there is no immediate threat to public safety.

D. ln recognition

of the overall population density and volume of vehicular traffic
in this State, and the increased risk attendant to prolonged vehicular pursuits,
a supervisor shall order the termination of any pursuit of protracted duration
unless the supervisor determines that further pursuit is justified to respond
to an immediate threat to public safety.

E.

The supervisor shall ensure, for the duration of the pursuit, that this policy

#:

11

DEPARTMENT ORDER
Order #:1.34.
Date:101012014
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: VEHICLE PURSUIT DIRECTIVE
and agency procedures are followed by all officers.

VI. ROLE OF POLICE COMMUNICATIONS

A.

The communications operator shall;

1.

lmmediately notify a police supervisor of a pursuit in progress if a
supervisor has not already been otherwise notified;

2-

Keep the supervisor apprised of the duration and progress of the
pursuit.

B.

When possible, a police supervisor shall determine whether there is a need
to assume control over and coordinate pursuit related communications.

C

Call for all non-emergent radio traffic to cease. The desk officers shall
whenever possible repeat whatever the pursuing officers are saying to
confirm what was said and to make certain the supervisor and other
officers are clear on what is going on. The supervisor should make
certain that the pursuing officer(s) are updating on a constant basis:

1.

Speed

2.

Direction of travel

3.

Location

4.

Traffic/Pedestrian Conditions

5.

Other important information

VII. REINSTATING PURSUITS

A.

Reinstatement of any previously terminated pursuit shall be undertaken
consistent with the authorization criteria for originally initiating a pursuit.

VIIt. I NTER-JURISDICTIONAL PURSUITS

The original pursuing jurisdiction shall provide timely notification of a
pursuit in progress to any other jurisdiction into which the pursuit enters.

1.

Notifying another jurisdiction that a pursuit is in progress is not a
request to join the pursuit. The pursuing agency shall advise
if assistance is necessary. Whenever the pursuing officers are
unfamiliar with the roadways and terrain of the jurisdiction into
which the pursuit has entered, the pursuing agency shall, when

Page #:

12

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:1.34.

Date:101A112414
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: VEHICLE PURSUIT DIRECTIVE
possible, seek the assistance of, and be prepared to relinquish
the pursuit to, the other agency.

IX. PURSUIT REPORTING

A.

All law enforcement officers who operate law enforcement vehicles in
vehicular pursuit situations shall be required to file a pursuit incident
report. Pursuit incident reports are to be filed whenever a pursuit
OCCUTS:

The working supervisor during any pursuit shall file the Pursuit Report
and forward same to the Patrol Bureau Commander, who after reviewing
same shall forward the report to the Professional Standards Bureau
for filing.

Officers involved in any facet of the pursuit shall file either the original
investigation report or a supplemental investigation report, which
will include at a minimum, the following information:

1.

Location, date and time of pursuit initiation.

2.

Location, date and time of pursuit termination.

3.

Highest speed achieved, weather conditions, road surface
conditions and description of pursuit area.

4.

Reasons for initiating and terminating pursuit.

5.

Consequences of the pursuit, such as crashes, injuries or deaths.

6.

Whether or not the violator was apprehended.

7. The offenses with which the violator was charged.
B,

All other periinent information.

B. All law enforcement

agencies are required to prepare an annual agency
Vehicular Pursuit Summary Report for submission to the County
Prosecutor. This shall be handled by the Professional Standards Bureau
Commander. The annual report shall be submitted on the Police Vehicular
Summary Report Form and shallcontain the following information:

1.

Total number of pursuits.

2.

Number of pursuits resulting in crash, injury, death and arrest.

Page

#;

13

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:1.34.

Order
Date:10101/2014
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: VEHICLE PURSUIT DIRECTIVE

3.

The number and type of vehicles involved in crashes (police,
violator, and third parties).

4.

A description of individuals injured or killed (police, violator
and third parties).

5.

The number of violators involved and arrested in pursuit incidents,
including passengers.

6.
X.

The number of pursuits in which authorized tire deflation devices
were used.

VEHICULAR PURSUIT REVIEW

A. The Bridgeton

Police Department hereby establishes a review procedure
for all pursuits involving Bridgeton Police Personnel.

B.

The Patrol Bureau Commander (PBC) in Charge of the Platoon involved
shall in the case of every pursuit carried out during their Platoons work
hours gather together the following information:

1.

Copies of all reports generated as result of the incident

2.

Copies of transmission/telephone tapes regarding incident

3.

Copy of pursuit report

4.

MVR recordings

5.

GPS reports

Having obtained these items the PBC shall contact the Police Captain to
report the fact that there has been a pursuit. The police Captain
will then arrange for a group meeting involving the following:

1.

Police Captain

2.

Patrol Bureau Commander (Platoon lnvolved)

3.

Professional Standards Bureau Commander

These officials shall meet to review the flle and determine:

1.

lf the pursuit was reasonable

2.

Properly handled

Page

#:

14

DEPARTMENT ORDER

#:1.34.

Date: '1410112014
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: VEHICLE PURSUIT DIRECTIVE

3.

Training needs have been identified

4.

Disciplinary issues discussed

5.

Other relevant data

At the conclusion of the meeting the gathered information shall be
put together to form an lA file on the review and appropriate steps will
be put forth as identified during the meeting (if any) and submitted to the
Chief of Police for final review and determination.

C.

Every law enforcement agency shall conduct an investigation when one of its
vehicles collides with another vehicle or any other object during the course of
a pursuit. The investigation shall determine whether the collision could have
been prevented. A copy of the report shall be made available to the county
prosecutor. ln every case where the collision could have been prevented,
the report shall set forth the actions taken by the agency to address the
cause or causes of the collision (e.9. remedial training, revision of department
policy, disciplinary action, etc).

XI. TRAINING

A.

All officers shall attend in-service vehicular pursuit training twice annually.

B.

Vehicular pursuit training shall consist of knowledge of applicable statutes,
familiarization with statewide police pursuit policy and departmental
procedures, decision making skills, and the use of an authorized tire
deflation device if employed by the agency.

C. An annual

1.

report shall be filed with the county prosecutor and it will include:

The POLICE VEHICULAR PURSUIT SUMMARY REPORT
and

2.

Confirmation that all officers received semi-annual Vehicular
Pursuit Training.

APPENDIX "A":

Page

#:

15

DEPARTMENT ORDER

Page

#:1.34.

Date: '1010112014
Order
Category: DEPARTMENT ORDERS
Title: VEHICLE PURSUIT DIRECTIVE
Offenses in addition to those of the 1st & 2nd Degree for which vehicular pursuit may be
authorized under subsection lA(1 )(a):
VEHICULAR HOMICIDE 2C.11-5 (2nd Degree)
AGGRAVATED ASSAU LT 2C.12-1b
CRIMI NAL RESTRAINT 2C:1 3-2

AGGRAVATED CRIMINAL SEXUAL CONTACT 2C:14-3a
ARSON 2C'.17-1b
BURGLARY 2C:18-2
AUTOMOBI LE TH EFT 2C:20-2

THEFT BY EXTORTION 2C:20-5
ESCAPE 2C.29-5
MANUFACTURING, DISTRIBUTING OR DISPENSING OF CDS 2C:35-5b

#:

16